WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
The 1955-56 Catalog
ANNOUNCEMENTS OF 1955-56
STAFF AND DATA OF 1954-
IvlARY BAYLES
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012 with funding from
LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation
http://archive.org/details/underg5556west
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
The 1955-56 Catalog
ANNOUNCEMENTS OF THE 1955-56 SESSION
STAFF AND DATA OF THE 1954-55 SESSION
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN
CORRESPONDENCE
Correspondence should be addressed as follows.
ADMISSION
Registrar
ALUMNI MATTERS
Alumni Secretary
CATALOG, ANNOUNCEMENTS
Registrar
EMPLOYMENT OF SENIORS AND ALUMNI
Placement Bureau
HOUSING
On campus: Business Director of Residence Halls
Off campus men: Office of Off-campus Housing
Off campus, women: Dean of Women
INFORMATION
Bureau of Information
MATTERS OF GENERAL UNIVERSITY INTEREST
The President
VETERANS AFFAIRS
Veterans Coordinator
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, MORGANTOWN, W. VA.
SERIES 55, NO. 10-1 — WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY BULLETIN — APRIL, 1955
The West Virginia University Bulletin is issued monthly throughout the year. Publi-
cations included are the Announcements of the College of Arts and Sciences, the
College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics, the College of Commerce, the
College of Education, the College of Engineering and Mechanic Arts, the Division
of Forestry, the School of Journalism, the College of Law, the School of Medicine, the
School of Mines, the School of Music, the College of Pharmacy, the School of Physical
Education and Athletics, the Graduate School, the Summer Session and the Evening
Education Program; the General Catalog; bulletins of the College of Engineering and
the School of Mines; other scholarly and scientific publications; and the Proceedings
of the West Virginia Academy of Science.
CONTENTS
The Board of Governors 4
Administrative Officers and Standing Committees 5
Campus Maps 8
Part I: General Information
West Virginia University 13
University Life 24
Admission, Registration, Fees, Re-Admission 51
Part II: Curricula and Courses
The College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics 69
The College of Arts and Sciences 118
The College of Commerce 212
The College of Education 224
The College of Engineering and Mechanic Arts and the School of Mines 260
The Graduate School 306
The School of Journalism 312
The College of Law 324
The School of Medicine 336
The Division of Military Science and Tactics and Air Science 351
The School of Music 353
The College of Pharmacy 364
The School of Physical Education and Athletics 373
Part III: The Staff
The Alphabetical List of Staff 389
Part IV: Appendix
Degrees Conferred, 1870-1954 (tables) 409
The Classified Enrollment, 1954-55 (tables) 412
University Extension Service Map 416
Geographical Distribution of Enrollment, 1954-55 (table) 418
Index 419
University Calendars 42(i
The Board of Governors
TERM EXPIRKS
Thomas E. Millsop, President, Weirton 1957
Raymond E. Salvati, Vice-President, Huntington 1956
William G. Thompson, Secretary, Montgomery 1955
Mrs. Paul Hammann, Martinsburg 1958
E. G. Otey, Bluefield 1959
Thomas L. Harris, Parkersburg 1960
A. C. Spurr, Fairmont 1961
K. Douglas Bowers, Beckley 1962
Frank J. Zsoldos, Pineville 1963
Iryin Stewart, Chief Executive Officer, Morgantown
The Board of Governors has charge of the educational, administrative, financial
and business affairs of the University and Potomac State College of West Virginia
University.
Administrative Officers
General
Irvin Stewart, LL.B., A.B., A.M., Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University (1946)
Edna Arnold, M.A., Dean of Women (1939), 1935.
Charles Edward Butler, M.A. in L.S., Librarian (1949).
Joseph Clay Gluck, B.A., B.D., Director of Student Affairs (1949), 1943.
Louisi Keener, B.A., Comptroller (1954), 1928.
Jay Everett Long, M.A., Registrar of the University (1945), 1929.
Colleges, Schools and Divisions
Raymond W. Coleman, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Commerce (1952), 1948.
Arm and Rene Collett, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences (1951), 1924.
Roland Parker Davis, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Engineering (1945), 1911.
Ray Oscar Duncan, Ed.D., Dean of the School of Physical Education and Athletics
(1952).
Robert Barclay Dustman, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School (1949), 1924.
Eston Kermit Feaster, Ed.D., Dean of the College of Education (1953), 1949.
Douglas Graver Gilbert, B.S., Colonel, Infantry, U.S. Army, Head of the Military
Division, 1953.
Thomas Porter Hardman, J.D., Dean of the College of .Law (1931), 1913.
Weldon Hart, Ph.D., Director of the School of Music, 1949.
Joseph Lester Hayman, Ph.C, M.S., Dean of the College of Pharmacy (1936), 1919.
John Oliver Knapp, B.S.Agr., Director of the Agricultural Extension Division (1938),
1917.
Walter Allos Koehler, Ph.D., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station (1952),
1924.
Perley Isaac Reed, Ph.D., Director of the School of Journalism (1939), 1920.
J. Ben Robinson, D.D.S., D.Sc, Dean of the School of Dentistry, 1953.
Garold Ralph Spindler, E.M., Director of the School of Mines (1948), 1934.
Edward Jerald Van Liere, M.D., Ph.D., Dean of the School of Medicine (1937), 1921.
Harry Ross Varney, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home
Economics, and Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, 1950.
Heads of Other Administrative Offices
Boris Constant Belpuliti, M.S., Director of Student Activities Building, 1953.
Robert Nathan Brown, A.B., Director of Intercollegiate Athletics (1954), 1950
David Wood Jacobs, A.B., Director, Bureau of Information; Alumni Secretary, 1938.
Margaret Cornelia Ladwig, Ph.D., Placement Adviser, 1949.
John Joseph Lawless, Ph.D., M.D., Director, University Health Service (1944), 1935.
John Luchok, B.S.J., University Editor (1953), 1950.
Ernie Bevan McCue, A.B., A.M., Director of University Extension (1952), 1947.
Delmas Ferguson Miller, Ph.D., Principal, University High School (1950), 1949.
Edwin Orr, B.S.M.E., Superintendent, Buildings and Grounds (1954), 1949.
Robert Chatterton Pulling, B.S., Director of Administration, 1954.
Jo Ann Dodds Richardson, B.S.H.E., Executive Secretary, Y.W.C.A., 1953.
Ruth Eleanor Robinson, A.M., Manager, University Book Store (1944), 1939.
Bulan Talmadge Thomas, Jr., B.S., Veterans Coordinator, 1953.
Mayme Elizabeth Waddell, B.S., MA., Director, Residence Halls (1935), 1930.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
Standing Committees
THE UNIVERSITY
ADMISSIONS: The Registrar and the deans and directors of all colleges and schools
admitting freshmen.
BOARD OF GOVERNORS SCHOLARSHIPS: F. J. Holter, Betty Boyd, C. H.
Cather, J. L. Hail, J. E. Long, and M. L. Vest.
BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS: A. R. Collett, H. M. Cather, R. O. Duncan, and
A. H. VanLandingham.
OFF-CAMPUS CONTACTS: M. G. Brooks, R. R. Ashburn, D. H. Bond, J. P. Brawner,
Susan M. Holden, D. W. Jacobs, J. E. Long, Ruth D. Noer, L. W. Welden, and
Dana Wells.
PERMANENT BUILDINGS: C. L. Lazzell, R. D. Baldwin, H. M. Cather, R. S.
Marsh, and F. P. Summers.
SPACE ALLOCATION: R. D. Baldwin, C. L. Lazzell, J. E. Long, and Edwin Orr.
THE SENATE
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE: President Stewart, J. P. Brawner, E. L. Core, E. C.
Jones, J. J. Lawless, C. L. Lazzell, J. E. Long, and E. O. Roberts.
COMMITTEES: C. B. Seibert, Morton Backer, O. J. Burger, J. A. Gibson, and J. C.
Stickney.
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY BOARD: Q. F. Curtis, J. P. Brawner, J. H. Clarke,
Beatrice Hurst, E. C. Kennedy, L. A. Seltzer, and L. W. Welden.
EXTENSION: C. K. Shultz, T. E. Ennis, F. J. Holter, T. S. Isaack, J. O. Knapp,
E. B. McCue, and G. R. Spindler.
INSTRUCTIONAL POLICIES AND PRACTICES: H. M. Cather, M. G. Brooks.
O. H. Cross, L. T. Fish, Leo Fishman, J. B. Hickman, and A. E. Singer.
INTER-COLLEGE RELATIONS: R. O. Duncan and all other Deans and Directors.
LIBRARY: C. E. Butler, W. H. Baker, W. D. Barns, J. B. Byers. J. J. Lawless, V. J.
Lemke, and J. H. Thompson.
MEMBERSHIP: L. H. Brown, W. S. Minor, and A. F. Wojick.
PUBLICATIONS: A. W. Goodspeed, J. O. Buchanan, E. L. Core, R. W. Laird, John
Luciiok, Helen P. Pettigrew, and G. G. Somers.
RESEARCH: H. D. Bennett, H. L. Barnett, A. T. Cross, W. R. Cross, R. B. Dustman,
R. E. Foster, E. W. Hanczaryk, W. A. Koehler, J. F. Ollom, W. R. Ross, H. R.
Varney, and T. W. Williams.
STUDENT AFFAIRS: J. C. Gluck. Members to consist of the various chairmen of
subcommittees on student affairs as appointed by the president.
Convocations: J. C. Gluck, Weldon Hart, W. F. Manning, Sara R. Smith, and
L. H. Taylor; student members, Patrick Angelo Carone and David Michael
Harcharic.
Discipline: C. K. Sleeth, Helen P. Pettigrew, and M. L. Vest.
New Residences: J. C. Gluck, A. S. Abel, L. R. Gribble, and Cornelia Ladwk;.
Off-Campus Schedules: J. C. Gluck, A. R. Collett, and J. L. Hayman.
Prizes, Scholarships, and Loan Funds: J. C. Gluck, Betty Boyd, H. M. Cathfr,
Q. F. Curtis, J. E. Long, and R. M. White.
Social Affairs: J. C. Gluck, Betty Boyd, Grace M. Griffin, A. C. McBride, Beth
Palmer Muffly, C. B. Seibert, and Dana Wells; student members, Rachaei.
Ann Hess, George Mayo Curry, Carolyn Reynolds, and Donald Lee Bopp.
Student Fee Fund: J. C. Gluck and Betty Boyd; student members; William
Curry, Richard Stewart, and Rosemary Eisenhauer.
Student Organizations: E. L. Core, Evelyn P. Anderson, Betty Boyd, P. W.
Gainer, and F. J. Holter.
Student Publications: P. I. Reed, P. W. Gainer, Howard Jeffrey, and John
Luchok; student members, Carol Gravely, Louise Hyde, and Earl Curry.
Subcommittee on Loans: J. C. Gluck, J. H. Clark, C. L. Lazzell, and E. O.
Roberts.
Student Residences Committee: J. C. Gluck, Mayme Waddell, Betty Boyd,
Thomas E. Ennis, and Kenneth Wood; student members, Mary Lou McClung
and Laura Powell.
STANDING COMMITTEES
STUDENT ELIGIBILITY: J. G. Scherlacher, D. H .Bond, J. C. Gluck, J. E. Long,
C. O. Loomis, and Kenneth Wood.
STUDENT ETHICS IN ACADEMIC WORK: Nadine Page, H. N. Kerr, B. H. Light,
W. F. Porter, Jr., and Dana Wells.
TEACHER EVALUATION: G. E. Toben, Evelyn P. Anderson, Sara Ann Brown,
E. C.Jones, and T. J. Kallsen.
TEACHER TRAINING: Sara R. Smith, J. P. Brawner, T. J. Brennan, T. C. Campbell,
Jr., E. K. Feaster, C. W. Hill, E. K. Jerome, B. R. McGregor, D. F. Miller, John
Semon, and J. K. Stewart.
TENURE AND RETIREMENT: C. M. Frasure, A. S. Abel, Grace M. Griffin,
R. C. Gunton, C. L. Lazzell, and I. D. Peters.
THE EVANSDALE CAMPUS
SCALE • FEET
THE MAIN CAMPUS OF WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
FARMS
UNIVERSITY FORESTS
1. Martin Hall
2. Experiment Station
3. Woodburn Hall
4. Reynolds Hall
5. Science Hall
6. Mechanical Hall
7. Armory
8. Administration Building
9. President's Home
10. Heating Plant
11. School of Music
12. Horticulture Greenhouse
13. School of Medicine
14. Oglebay Hall
15. Woman's Hall
16. Agricultural Economics
No. 2
17. College of Law
18. Mountaineer Field
19. Speech Annex
20. Chemistry Building
21. Field House
22. Elij
23. Lit
24. Ogl
25. Me|
26. A[
No J
27. Lai
Sch
28. Ted
29. Mi
Bu
>re Hall
I Annex
Economics
Elementary
>ratory
30. Health Center
31. Terrace Hall
32. Home Management
House
33. New Women's Dormitory
34. Forestry Building
35. Cafeteria
36. Mountainlair
37. Armstrong Hall
38. Brooks Hall
39. Spruce Street Annex
40. Nursery School
41. Glasscock Annex
42. Plant Pathology
Greenhouse
43. Phvsics Building
44. Drill Field
45. Home Management
Apartments
46. Counseling Center
47. Placement Office
Parti
GENERAL INFORMATION
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
HISTORY
West Virginia University had its origin in the Congressional Land-Grant (Morrill)
Act of July 2, 1862, for the benefit of agriculture and the mechanic arts, and in an
act of the State Legislature of October 3, 1863, accepting the conditions of the Con-
gressional act. In case of a doubt regarding the rights of West Virginia under the act,
the Legislature asked that the benefits be extended to her. By an act of April 19, 1864,
the request was granted, and land-script for 150,000 acres, most of which were later
located in Iowa and Minnesota, was issued to the new state.
On January 9, 1866, the trustees of Monongalia Academy offered to give the State
all its property, including the site and other property of nearby Woodburn Female
Seminary, representing a total value of about S3 1,000, on condition that the proposed
college "be located permanently at or near Morgantown." On February 7, 1867,
the Legislature accepted the offer of Monongalia Academy and established the
"Agricultural College of West Virginia" at Morgantown.
Government and control of the "Agricultural College" were vested in a Board of
Visitors composed of one member from each of the State's eleven senatorial districts.
In response to requests from President Martin, the Legislature, by an act of December
4, 1868, changed the name of the "Agricultural College" to "West Virginia University."
At the same time the name of the controlling body was changed from "Board of
Visitors" to "Board of Regents." Primarily to serve political purposes, the number of
regents was changed from time to time to 1919, when government and control were
vested in a state Board of Education of five members including the State superintendent
of free schools as the ex officio chairman. This plan proved unsatisfactory, and an
act of April 14, 1927, vested control in a Board of Governors of seven members. The
number was increased in 1947 to nine.
From 1867 to 1895 and even longer, leaders were divided as to whether West Vir-
ginia should have a State-supported university or one "first-class" state-supported
college. With devotees of liberty dominating the situation "the College Plan" was
favored. Component "departments" and "schools." with the professors generalh
occupying "chairs," functioned autonomously and somewhat provincially. Efforts to
comply with the Hatch Act (1887) and the Second Morrill Act (1890) brought larger
\iewpoints. As a result President Goodknight, who had traveled abroad, in 1895
attempted to convert "the College" into a universitv. For that purpose "the eight
Academy Schools, five Technical and Professional Schools, and four Special Courses"
were organized into four colleges, each with a dean, as follows: Arts and Sciences,
Powell B. Revnolds; Engineering and Mechanic Arts, William S. Aldrich; Agriculture,
John A. Meyers; and Law, Judge Okey Johnson. The School of Music was established
in 1897 a "Summer Quarter" or "Continuous Session" in 1898, and a College of
Medicine in 1900.
Both the College of Medicine and the Summer Quarter were discontinued in 1901.
Beginning in 1897 the College of Arts and Sciences and the College of Engineering and
Mechanic Arts functioned without deans and through more or less autonomous de-
partments and schools to 1911 when the deanships were revived. In 1902 a semblance
of the "Summer Quarter" was revived in the "Summer School" which in 1932 became
the "Summer Session." Alternating between a department and a school organization
since 1867, Military Science and Tactics became a division in 1911. The arrangement
made in 1903 with the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore, for maintaining
a University College of Medicine proved unsatisfactory. It was discontinued in 1910,
and the "Medical Sciences" were offered in a department of the College of Arts and
13
14 GENERAL INFORMATION
Sciences to 1912 when the present School of Medicine was established. In 1914 a
Department of Pharmacy was established in the School of Medicine. In the same year
the Department of Home Economics, previously a unit in the College of Arts and
Sciences, was transferred to the College of Agriculture. The Division of Agricultural
Extension was organized in 1912 and the Division of Mining and Industrial Extension
in 1914.
The building program inaugurated in 1917 brought additional expansions and
curricular offerings. Among the former were the Engineering Experiment Station,
1921, and the School of Mines, 1926, which in 1930 became an independent unit. In
1927 the courses in education were transferred from the College of Arts and Sciences to
the newly created College of Education, and in 1928 the Division of Physical Education
was established. Curricular offerings were being improved meanwhile through addi-
tional and better qualified personnel. In January, 1930, the Board of Governors estab-
lished a Graduate School authorized to offer graduate degrees in certain indicated fields.
The Depression (1929-35) slowed expansion somewhat, but progress was resumed
in 1936 when the Department of Pharmacy was discontinued as a unit of the School
of Medicine and converted into the College of Pharmacy. The next year the Division
of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics were combined into the School
of Physical Education and Athletics. At the same time (1937), the course in Forestry
begun in 1935 as a two-year curriculum in the College of Agriculture, was expanded
to a four-year course, and the name of the sponsoring unit was changed to the College
of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics. In 1939 the Department of Journalism
was discontinued as a unit in the College of Arts and Sciences and became the School
of Journalism. The same year a Department of Art was established in the College
of Arts and Sciences. In 1940 the college was further enlarged by the inclusion of a
Department of Social Administration, authorized to offer a graduate curriculum lead-
ing to the professional Certificate of Social Work. In 1941 the name was changed to
the Department of Social Work and in 1944 the Department was authorized to
establish an undergraduate curriculum in social work leading to the Bachelor of
Science Degree. In 1950 the Board of Governors authorized the degree of Master of
Social Work and approved the establishment of a two-year curriculum leading to that
degree. In 1944 a four-year course leading to the B.S. (Medical Technology) Degree
was approved to be given jointly by the College of Arts and Sciences and the School
of Medicine. In 1948 the Board of Governors approved an order authorizing the
College of Arts and Sciences to offer a general course as an integral part of its cur-
riculum and an optional lower-division program of studies. In 1951 the Department
of Business Administration was discontinued as a unit of the College of Arts and
Sciences and converted into the College of Commerce. The Technical Institute
Program was instituted by the College of Engineering and the School of Mines in 1953.
The University has had thirteen regular presidents, nine acting presidents, and
one chairman of the faculty. Together with their periods of service, they were
Alexander Martin, April 3, 1867-August 12, 1875; Vice-president John Work Scott
(acting), September 6, 1875-March 27, 1877; John Rhey Thompson, March 28, 1877-
March 12, 1881; Vice-president Daniel Boardman Purinton (acting), March 13, 1881-
1882; William Lyne Wilson, 1882-1883; Robert Carter Berkeley (chairman of the
faculty), 1883-1885; Eli Marsh Turner, 1885- July 21, 1893; Vice-president Powell Benton
Reynolds (acting), July 24, 1893-1895; James L. Goodknight, 1895-August 6, 1897;
(from August 6 to August 10, 1897, Vice-president Robert Allen Armstrong was
nominally acting president); Jerome Hall Raymond, August 10, 1897-1901; Powell
Benton Reynolds (acting), March 21, 1901-July' 31, 1901; Daniel Boardman Purinton,
August 1, 1901-July 31, 1911; Alexander R. Whitehill (acting), August 1, 1911-Septem-
ber 30, 1911; Thomas Edward Hodges, October 1, 1911-August 31, 1914; Frank Butler
Trotter (acting), July 19, 1914-1916; 1916-1928; John Roscoe Turner, 1928-December
31, 1934; Robert Allen Armstrong (acting), January 1, 1935-September 30, 1935;
Chauncey Samuel Boucher, October 1, 1935-August 31, 1938; Charles Elmer Lawall
(acting), September 1, 1938-1939; 1939-August 31, 1945; Charles Thompson Neff, Jr.,
(acting), September 1, 1945-1946; Irvin Stewart, 1946-.
LOCATION
West Virginia University is in Morgantown, Monongalia County, 80 miles southeast
of Wheeling and 200 miles north of Charleston. The community is served by the
Raltimore and Ohio Railroad, Capital Airlines, 4 bus lines and Routes 7, 19, 73. 92,
and 119.
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
ACCREDITATION
West Virginia University is a member of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools. It is accredited by the North Central Association and various
professional accrediting agencies.
PHYSICAL PLANT
West Virginia University's campus comprises 74.35 acres near the center ol
Morgantown and approximately 260 acres of newly acquired land known as the
Krepps and Dille farms. In 195L the Monongalia County Court deeded to the Univer-
sity approximately 90 acres which adjoins 55 acres already owned by the University.
This tract of 145 acres is the site for the new Medical Center, plans for which are
now heing made by architects. The first building, the Mechanical Plant, was com
pleted in 1954, and the erection of the second building, the Basic Sciences Building.
was begun in 1954. Much of the campus is on high ground overlooking the Mononga-
hela river and the surrounding countryside. The physical plant includes 47 state-
owned buildings or structures on campus, five demonstration and experimental farms
near Morgantown, four additional experimental farms and two agricultural extension
centers located at suitable points throughout the state, a summer surveying camp for
Civil and Mining Engineering students, and a summer camp for Forestry students.
Structures on the main campus, with dates of their completion or acquisition, are:
Martin Hall, 1870; Woodburn Hall, 1876; Agricultural Expermient Station, 1899,
present central part being the Armory from 1873 to 1888; Science Hall, 1893; Mechani-
cal Hall, 1902; Armory, 1902; Administration Building, "Old Library," 1902; Presi-
dent's House, 1905; Heating Plant, 1906: Placement Office, 1914; Horticultural Green-
house, 1915: Medical Building, 1916; Oglebay Hall, 1918; Woman's Hall, 1919; Plant
Pathology Greenhouse, 1920; Law Building, 1923; old Cafeteria, in 1954, to house
Department of Speech scenic shops and Buildings and Grounds tin and gardening
shops, 1924; Mountaineer Field. 1925: Hall of Chemistrv, 1925; Elizabeth Moore Hall,
1928; Field House, 1929; Universitv Library, 1931; Deah'l Hall, to 1948 the "University
Rural High School," 1933; Wings 'to Woman's Hall, 1935; Men's Hall, 1935; Oglebav
Annexes, 1933 and 1937; Alexander Wade School, 1939; Reynolds Hall, formerlv
'Commencement Hall" completed in 1893, 1940; Mineral Industries Building, 1942;
University Health Center, 1942; Terrace Hall, 1942; Home Management House, 1942;
Forestry Building, 1946; U.S. Bureau of Mines, formerly "Clay Laboratory," 1946;
Department of Mines Stoker Laboratory, 1946; new Cafeteria, 1947; Mountainlair, 1948;
Armstrong Hall, 1950; Brooks Hall, 1951; Physics Building, 1952; and the Music
Building, 1954. The University acquired the nearby Krepps and Dille farms, now
known as the Evansdale Campus, (260 acres) in 1948.
The farms, with dates of acquisition, are: Dairy Husbandry Farm 175 acres (1899)
and 29.5 acres (1941); Horticulture Farm, 62.5 acres (1916); Animal Husbandry Farm.
321 acres (1916) and 262.5 acres (1941), including a portion for poultry husbandry;
Agronomy Farm, 102 acres (1916) (6 acres donated to College of Engineering for
aeroplane hangar in 1943, 15.7 acres transferred to City of Morgantown (1946) for
runway extension in exchange for 52.3 acres at County Farm); total acreage of
Agronomy Farm, 132.6 (1947); and Poultry Husbandry Farm, 20 acres (1916), all near
Morgantown; University Experiment Farm at Kearneysville, Jefferson Countv. 158
acres (1930) ; Reymann Memorial Farms at Wardensville, Hardy County, 930 acrer,
(1917) and 57 acres (1943); Reedsville Experiment Farm, Preston County, 457 acres
(1944); Ohio Valley branch, Mason County, 150 acres (1945); Tygart Valley Farm
(Forestry), Randolph County, 495 acres (1949) ; Camp Russell Love Morris (Engineer-
ing), Preston County, 53i/ 2 acres (1950).
The agricultural extension centers, with dates of establishment, are State 4-H
Camp at Jackson's Mill, Lewis County (1921). and the Recreation Center at Oglebav
Park, Ohio County (1926).
Approximately 50 acres of mostly wooded land along the west side of the Star
City Boulevard was set aside in 1948 for growing trees, wildflowers, and other plants,
and for their display for students of botany, forestry, horticulture, etc., as well as for
the general public. Footpaths have been constructed to provide access to various
parts of the Arboretum.
16 GF.NERAL INFORMATION
FUNDS
Funds for maintaining the University, the Agricultural Experiment Station, the
Engineering Experiment Station, the Mining and Industrial Extension Division and
the Agricultural Extension Service are derived from the following sources: (1) interest
on the land-grant endowment of $115,300; (2) Federal Morrill-Nelson and Bankhead-
Jones funds; (3) biennial appropriations by the Legislature; (4) fees and tuitions of
students; (5) Federal Purnell fund; (6) Federal Hatch fund; (7) Federal Adams fund;
(8) Federal Bankhead-Jones research fund; (9) Agricultural Extension Consolidated;
(10) Federal Clarke-McNary fund; (11) Federal Research and Marketing fund; (12)
tuition of high-school students paid by Monongalia County Board of Education; (13)
income derived from sale of farm and dairy products as well as income from athletics,
dormitories, dining halls, book store, student activities, etc.; (14) grants by Federal
agencies for special research and extension projects; (15) contribution bv private
benefactors for the support of scholarships, loan funds, and prizes.
GOVERNMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Direction of educational, administrative, financial, and business affairs of the
University is vested in the Board of Governors. The board is bipartisan and consists
of nine members who are appointed by the Governor with staggered terms of service.
The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately eighteen
weeks each and a Summer Session of two terms of six weeks each.
Acting in an advisory capacity to the President and assisting him in carrying out
established University policies is a Council of Administration, composed of the Presi-
dent, the Registrar, and the deans and directors of all colleges and schools, as well
as other administrative officers who may be called to take part in the deliberations of
the Council.
The University Senate, a legislative body with jurisdiction over all academic
matters that concern the entire University and all matters that concern more than
one college or division, is composed of the President, the Registrar, all professors,
associate professors, and assistant professors in all colleges, schools, and divisions,
and all heads of departments.
The Graduate Faculty, composed of all members who teach courses on the
graduate level, sets the specific requirements and standards of quality for admission
to candidacy for graduate degrees and for the award of graduate degrees.
The Committee on Student Affairs acts as an integral part of the whole organiza-
tion of the University. Its program is bound up with that of the University as a
whole, designed to serve the larger academic and social objectives of modern education,
lor a list of members see page 6.
Colleges and Schools
Organization of the University, together with dates of establishment of the various
colleges, etc., follows:
Colleges: College of Arts and Sciences, 1895; College of Law, 1895; College of
Engineering and Mechanic Arts, 1895; College of Agriculture, 1895; College of Edu-
cation, 1927; College of Pharmacv, 1936; College of Commerce, 1952.
Schools: School of Music, 1897; the Summer Quarter, 1898-1900, Summer School,
1902-1931, and Summer Session, 1932; School of Medicine, 1912; School of Mines, 1926;
Graduate School, 1930; School of Physical Education and Athletics, 1937; School of
Journalism, 1939; School of Dentistry, 1953.
Divisions: Division of Military Science and Tactics, 1911, Division of Military
and Air Science and Tactics, 1949; Division of Forestry, 1937; Division of Home
Economics, 1937.
Experiment Stations and Research Bureaus: Agricultural Experiment Station, 1888;
Engineering Experiment Station, 1921; Government Research Bureau, 1931-1935, 1949;
Business Research Bureau, 1949.
Extension Service: Agricultural Extension, 1912; Mining and Industrial Extension,
1914; Extension in Education, 1915; Liberal Arts Extension, 1916; University Extension,
1930.
The College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics; the College of Arts
and Sciences; the College of Engineering and Mechanic Arts; the College of Pharmacy;
WEST VIRGINIA UN1VERSI I V 17
the School of Mines; the School of Music; and the School of Physical Education and
Athletics are all degree-granting units admitting freshmen. The College of Education,
the College of Law, the School of Journalism, the School of Medicine, and the School
of Dentistry are professional colleges and schools requiring from two to three years of
academic training as a foundation for professional work. All graduate instruction is
administered by the Graduate School and the Graduate Faculty.
A full description of the organization and offerings of the colleges and schools of
the University is found in Part II of this Catalog.
Summer Session
in
The fifty-seventh Summer Session of the University will be held from June
August 26, 1955. The session will be made up of two terms of six weeks each.
University High School will be in session the first nine weeks for secondary-school
student teaching, practice supervision, and observation. The University Laboratory
Elementary School also will be in session during the first six weeks for elementary school
observation and practice supervision.
Requirements for admission and character of the work offered are the same for
the Summer Session as for the regular academic year.
Credit may be obtained towards the Bachelor's and Master's Degrees in most of
the departments and toward the Doctorate in some departments. Offerings are varied
from summer to summer so that students may complete the work for the Master's
Degree by attending summer sessions only.
For complete description of courses, see the Summer Session Bulletin.
Evening Education
The University offers a program of evening classes for the benefit of those who
wish to continue their education beyond the high-school level and who are unable
to attend the usual day classes.
All courses are taught by resident faculty members and carry full college residence
credit. Many of these courses may be counted toward advanced degrees.
Davision of Military Science and Tactics and Air Science
Requirements
West Virginia University, a beneficiary of the act of Congress of 1862, offers in
time of peace, a four-year course of instruction in military and air science and tactics.
Successful completion of the entire course leads to a commission as Second Lieutenant
in the United States Army Reserve, or United States Air Force Reserve. Distinguished
military graduates of West Virginia University may apply for and be offered com-
missions as Second Lieutenants in the Regular Army or Regular Air Force, under
conditions prescribed by law.
The course comprises two years of basic (Military Science 1, 2, or Air Science 1,
2; Military Science 3, 4, or Air Science 3, 4), two years of advanced training (Military
Science 105, 106, 107 and 108, or Air Science 105, 106, 107 and 108), and Summer Camp
of six weeks duration for Military Science students and four weeks Summer Training
for Air Science students during the summer following the junior year. The Army
Summer Camp and Air Force Summer Training is conducted at government expense,
and eligible students are paid $78 monthly in addition to traveling expenses at the
rate of 5 cents per mile.
All male students not specifically exempt by provisions of the appropriate para-
graph below are required by chapter eighteen, article eleven, of the official code of
West Virginia, and by orders of the Board of Governors of the University, to complete
satisfactorily the entire basic course as prerequisite to graduation from the University.
Within deferment quotas established by Public Law 758, 80th Congress, qualified
and selected enrolled students are offered the opportunity of being deferred by the
Professor of Military Science and Tactics or Professor of Air Science from military
service under the Selective Service Act of 1948 and Selective Service Extension Act
of 1950, as amended by the Universal Military Training and Service Act, November,
1951, as amended, until completion of their military courses, and receipt of their
Baccalaureate Degree. Such deferment is subject to cancellation should the studeni
18 GENERAL INFORMATION
not be selected for the advanced course, fail to remain in good standing, or to develop
the qualities expected of an officer.
Curriculum
Basic instruction is given for three hours per week throughout the two semesters
of each school year. Two hours' credit is allowed for each semester's work.
The third and fourth years of instruction in Military Science and Air Science,
corresponding to the junior and senior years of the student, comprise the advanced
course and are entirely elective on part of the student and selective on part of the
Professor of Military Science and Tactics and Professor of Air Science. Application
for advanced training should be made at the beginning of the second semester of the
student's sophomore year.
Enrollment in the advanced courses Army ROTC or Air Force ROTC is elective
on the part of those students who may be selected by the President of the University
and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics or the Professor of Air Science, under
regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Air Force.
Each student who shall have enrolled in either advanced course shall complete that
course and, if tendered, accept a commission in a reserve component of the Army or
Air Force upon completion of the course as a prerequisite for his graduation from the
University, unless he is excused from this requirement by the authority of the
Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Air Force.
All Army advanced course military science students follow the same curriculum
on the basis of five hours per week. Assignment to branch of Army ROTC students is
made by the Department of the Army during the fourth year of instruction based
upon the preferences of the student, his personal qualifications, civilian occupational
and military experience, academic curriculum pursued, and the needs of the Army.
Three hours' credit is allowed for each semester completed.
Advanced Air Science students follow a common course of instruction for all
students on the basis of five hours per week. Three hours' credit is allowed for each
semester completed.
Students with twelve months or more of previous honorable active service are
eligible to apply for enrollment in the advanced course immediately upon entrance
into the University for the fall semester of their junior year. Students with less than
twelve months service, but more than six, will be eligible to apply for enrollment in
the advanced course only upon completion of Military Science 3 and 4, or Air Science
3 and 4.
Allowances
Commutation of subsistence, in the amount of the current value of the field
ration ($0.90 per day during the Fiscal Year 1955), will be paid monthly to each
student taking the advanced course. In addition, uniforms, equipment, and textbooks
are furnished all military and air science students by the government.
Military Deposit
Each student is financially responsible for all government property he is issued.
A deposit of $10 will be given to the Comptroller, at time of registration to cover any
loss or damage to Government property while in his possession. This deposit, less a
nominal administrative charge, will be refunded upon return of the undamaged
property.
Exemptions
The following students will not be required to enroll in the Division of Military
and Air Science and Tactics but may elect to do so with the approval of the Professor
of Military Science and Tactics or the Professor of Air Science:
(1) Those who are not citizens of the United States.
(2) Those who, at time of entrance, are more than 23 years of age, and former
students over that age who re-enter the University after an absence of three
years.
(3) Graduate students.
(4) Students who are taking only the short course, the special interim courses, or
extension work.
(5) Students who at time of matriculation have successfully completed not less
than 58 hours of work, and all who have completed the two-year basic Arm\
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 19
ROTC or Air Force ROTC course at an institution maintaining a senior
division unit. Those who have satisfactorily completed one, two, or three
semesters in a senior division unit will he allowed comparable credit.
(6) Students who are unable to perform military duty for physical reasons.
Exemptions will be determined by the adviser from the student's records and
from recommendations of the Director of the Student Health Service.
Students with one year or more previous honorable active service are exempted
from taking basic military training (i.e., Military or Air Science 1, 2, 3, 4). Students
with more than six months but less than one vear's service are exempted from taking
the first year of basic military training (i.e., Military or Air Science 1, 2). Note cur-
riculum in connection with advanced course work.
Organization
The Division of Military and Air Science and Tactics and the conduct of military
science and air science instruction is the responsibility of the Professor of Military
Science and Tactics, and Professor of Air Science who, together with their militarv
staffs, are officers and non-commissioned officers of the Army and Air Force, appointed
by the Department of the Army and Department of the Air Force for duty at West
Virginia University.
Reserve Officers Training Corps Bands
There is an Army ROTC band and an Air Force ROTC Band. Membership is
restricted respectivelv to basic Army and Air Force ROTC students. Assignment to
one of the bands is determined by audition before the Director of the Band.
Library
The Library of the University originated in the collection of books owned by
Monongalia Academy when it was transformed into West Virginia University.
The Library's function is to provide books and related materials for teaching,
research, and cultural purposes. It endeavors to maintain well-balanced collections in
all subject fields included in the curricula of the University. Although primarily
intended to supply the needs of the faculty and students of the University, the collec-
tions are available to any resident of West Virginia through the Library Extension
Service Department, which also borrows books from other libraries for the use of
Faculty members and properly accredited graduate students, and makes loans to other
institutions. Facilities are also available for the reproduction of material by microfilm
and photostat.
The Library contains over 283,000 volumes and some 50,000 maps, besides several
million pieces consisting of manuscripts, books, papers, and county court records
relating to West Virginia. Over 1,900 periodicals are received currently. The law
Library, housed in the College of Law, has over 54,000 additional volumes.
The Audio-Visual Aids Department has about 1,200 educational motion-picture
films available to members of the University and to groups throughout the the state, 400
film strips, and a collection of musical and speech recordings.
During regular sessions, except on holidays and vacations, the Library is open from
7:55 a.m. to 10:00 p.m., Monday through Friday; from 7:55 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on
Saturday; and from 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Sunday. During the Summer Session
the weekday hours are from 7:55 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., and only the Reserve Collection is
available on Sunday from 2:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. During periods when the Univer-
sity is not in session, the hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Fridav;
9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon on Saturday; closed all day Sundays and holidays.
University Extenison
s *
The work of this division is under the general supervision of the Director of Uni-
versity Extension. The work given in extension courses corresponds in every particular
to that given in the same courses on campus. Students taking extension coyxses for
credit must satisfy all requirements for admission to the University and, before register-
ing, must file with the Registrar of the University complete official transcripts of record.
The maximum undergraduate credit that may be counted toward any degree for
extension work conducted by the University is 48 semester hours. The maximum
undergraduate credit that may be counted towards a degree for extension work taken
20 GENERAL INFORMATION
in other institutions is 30 semester hours. No more than 15 hours of work taken in
graduate extension courses may be couted towards any degree, and of these only 8
semester hours may be in one field. Education majors are limited to 12 semester
hours that m;i\ be counted toward the completion of the Master's Degree. For other
regulations on graduate extension for Education majors see the College of Education
Announcements or the Education section of the University Catalog.
No University extension courses may be offered for credit without the approval
of the Director of University Extension. Library and laboratory facilities for each
course must be approved by the Director and, in case of courses for graduate credit,
by the Dean of the Graduate School. Reference books for the use of extension stu-
dents may be borrowed from the University Library upon the order of the Director of
University Extension, subject to the approval of the Library Committee. Postal
charges must be paid by the individual or groups for whom the books are borrowed.
A fee of $8 per semester hour is charged for each extension course offered.
For further information write to the Director of University Extension.
Guided Reading Course— Correspondence
The Extension Division of West Virginia University offers six reading courses
through correspondence. While these courses are offered in cooperation with the
West Virginia Federation of Women's Clubs, any adult may enroll for any of these
courses by applying to the Director of University Extension. The fee is SI per course.
The reader sends in short reports on the books he reads in each course. When the
course has been satisfactorily completed, a progress card from West Virginia University
Extension Division is awarded. These courses carry no University credit but arc
designed to provide adults with some of the best reading materials in the areas
covered through this program. At present the courses include:
1. World Affairs
2. Modern America
3. Psychology for Everyday Living
4. Happy Family Relationships
5. Novel and Biography
6. Ideas in Conflict
University Book Store
The Book Store, located on the ground floor of the Law Building, is owned and
operated by the State. The objective of the Book Store is to supply the student with
everything required of him in connection with his University work at the lowest
practical cost to him.
The Book Store (1) sells new and used textbooks; trade books (general and non-
technical); general school supply and stationery items; office supplies; medical and
engineering instruments and supplies; physical education equipment; University
stamped and seal items such as stationery, T-shirts, jackets, sweat shirts, book ends,
souvenir and gift merchandise; (2) buys used books from students for cash; (3) main-
tains a mail-order service for extension students and alumni. Orders for books or
supplies will be filled when prepaid, or shipped COD.
Cafeteria
The Cafeteria is open for three meals daily except Saturday and Sunday. Dinner is
not served on Saturday except on special occasions such as Homecoming Weekend and
Greater West Virginia University Weekend. Only the noon meal is served on Sunday.
The Cafeteria observes all University holidays, and opens and closes with the
I niversity schedule.
ASSOCIATED INSTITUTIONS
West Virginia Academy of Science
Organized in 1924 to bring about closer affiliation among scientists of the state and
to encourage the pursuit of scientific work throughout the commonwealth, the West
Virginia Academy of Science is a body of nearly five hundred men and women who
are interested in the service of science in development of the state. Members arc
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY 21
Widely distributed throughout West Virginia and adjoining states and are representa-
tive of colleges, high schools, and industries. A Collegiate Academy and a Junior
Academv are sponsored by the Senior Academy. Annual meetings, held at the various
institutions of higher learning, are divided into sections on biology, chemistry, geology
and mining, mathematics and physics, education, psychology and social sciences. The
Proceedings of the annual meetings are published under the auspices of the University
and the Academy.
West Virginia Geological and Economic Survey
The West Virginia Geological and Economic Survey, situated at West Virginia
University, is governed by its own commission and receives separate appropriations.
The Geological Survey was founded by an Act of the Legislature in 1897 and has
functioned consistently since that date. It is recognized as one of the leading state
surveys.
One of the major purposes of the Survey is to have members of its staff, specialists
in their field, investigate all natural resources, and especially mineral resources, of the
state and make results of the investigations available to the public in the form of
written reports and maps.
Accomplishments of the Survey include complete topographic mapping on 1-mile-
to-the-inch quadrangles; complete geologic mapping of the state by counties, and a
state geologic map; complete mapping of the soils of the state by counties; and the
state relief map (scale 1 inch equals 4 miles).
Numerous special reports also have been made on coal, oil, gas, clays, limestones
and cement, iron ores and building stone, mineral springs, manganese, deep-well
records, salt brines, rock salt, caverns and forest and wood industries.
The professional staff of the Survey is composed of eight geologists, a petroleum
engineer, two chemists, and a spectroscopist. There is close cooperation between the
survey and the Department of Geology of the University. Two geologists from the
U.S. Geological Survey are assigned here for cooperative studies on ground waters.
The large collection of well cuttings on file brings many petroleum geologists here
to study them.
Government of the Survey is vested in the Geological Survey Commission, com-
posed of the Governor of West Virginia, the State Treasurer, the Commissionei of
Agriculture, the President of West Virginia University, and the Director of the
Agricultural Experiment Station.
West Virginia Biological Survey
The West Virginia Biological Survey is an organization of voluntary workers whose
purpose is the collection of information of every kind about the plants and animals
of the state.
The executive committee consists of a biologist from each of the colleges of the
state with a chairman, secretary, and curator. There are no dues, and membership is
open to all persons interested in the work of the Survey.
The repository for plant and animal collections is in Brooks Hall, West Virginia
University, Morgan town, and Marshall College, Huntington. Under direction of the
Survey a series of publications dealing with biology of the state is being published.
The Survey, in cooperation with Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania,
during several summers has maintained one or more field collectors whose work has
taken them into all parts of West Virginia. An increase in knowledge of biological
conditions in the state has resulted from this work.
State Road Commission
The Materials Laboratory of the State Road Commission is housed in Mechanical
Hall of the University. Its work includes testing of all materials used by the Commis-
sion and also research on problems of road construction and maintenance in West
Virginia.
22 GENERAL INFORMATION
UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS
The following publications are issued regularly at the University:
1. The West Virginia University Bulletin, issued monthly during the year. The
series includes the Catalog of the University and the Announcements of the various
colleges and schools as well as other occasional publications.
2. The bulletins and circulars of the Agricultural Experiment Station.
3. The circulars of the Agricultural Extension Service, including Farm Women's
Club leaflets, 4-H Suggestions, Treasures of the Trail, and special pamphlets.
4. Agricultural News Service bulletins published weekly by the College of
Agriculture.
5. The bulletins of the Engineering Experiment Station and of the School of
Mines.
6. The West Virginia Law Review, official publication of the West Virginia Bar
Association, edited by the faculty of the College of Law.
7. Miscellaneous publications under the title of Philological Papers or Biological
Studies.
8. The Student Directory, annual directory of the student body, published by
the University Book Store.
9. The annual Proceedings of the West Virginia Academy of Science.
10. The West Virginia Fourth Estatesman, a quarterly publication edited by the
faculty of the School of Journalism.
UNIVERSITY LIFE
STUDENT WELFARE
Director of Student Affairs
The activities of student welfare are under the administration of the Director of
Student Affairs. The Director's office is on the second floor of the Administration
Building.
Dean of Women
All interests of women students in the University are in charge of a special
executive officer of the University, the Dean of Women. The Dean's office is on the
main floor of Elizabeth Moore Hall.
Eligibility for Activities
To be eligible to represent the University in public appearances, a student must
be enrolled in the University and must meet the eligibility requirements of the
department or school in which the activity originates. The records of those students
whose status is questionable should be checked at the Registrar's Office before partici-
pation. This checking should be done by the department or school in question.
To hold an elective or appointive office in any duly recommended student organi-
zation, a student must be enrolled in the University for at least 12 semester hours and,
if in other than his or her first semester in residence, must have maintained a minimum
average of "C" the last previous semester in the University.
The rules and the policies of the Southern Conference govern participation in
intercollegiate athletics.
Student Government
University Student Government was reorganized in 1952 under a new constitution
providing for three separate departments of governmental activity: the Student
Legislature, the Student Executive Council, and the Student Court.
The Legislature, composed of elected representatives from all colleges and schools,
determines policy and exercises control over all student activities proposed by the
Executive Council, the administrative body which includes the president and vice
president of the student body, and the president and vice president of each class.
The Court, composed of seven students, handles constitutional revisions and contro
versial issues of the Legislature and Executive Council.
UNIVERSITY LIFE 23
Student Government sponsors many educational and entertaining activities, and
coordinates the work of its committee system and of various campus organizations.
Besides providing valuable experience in democratic self-government, Student Govern-
ment represents the student body with the faculty, administration, and off-campus
groups.
Associated Women Students
All women students of the University are members of Associated Women Students.
The purpose of this association is to regulate all matters pertaining to the student life
of its members: to further in every way a spirit of friendliness and unity among the
women of the University; to increase their sense of responsibility; and to be a medium
for maintaining high scholastic and social standards.
Responsibility for directing the work of the Association rests with the Executive
Council, which is composed of the following members: a president, two vice-presidents,
a secretary, a treasurer, and a representative from each class. The officers are elected
annually bv the Association. To be eligible for membership on the Executive Council,
a woman must have no less than a "C" average in all her work.
In 1921 the Association was admitted to active membership in the intercollegiate
Association of Student Government for Women Students.
MOUNTAINLAIR
Mountainlair, the student center, was opened on May 14, 1948, to provide members
of the University with a general recreational center.
Mountainlair is a remodeled Navy recreation building, situated at the northeast
end of Mountaineer Field. It contains a. large snack bar, four bowling alleys, a lounge
with newspapers and magazines, an activities or meeting room, office space, and a
huge ballroom used for such activities as table tennis, badminton, shuffileboard, dances,
and special student functions. A smaller upstairs ballroom is used for small dances,
movies, style shows, etc.
The Mountainlair Swimming Pool was opened in August, 1951. The pool is
42 by 75 feet, the regulation intercollegiate size. Adequate recreational swimming
hours are provided for all persons having a Mountainlair identification card.
The Mountainlair staff devotes its full time to making a pleasing atmosphere for
students' recreation and to setting up an adequate program designed to fit many
individual needs of students on campus. The activities at Mountainlair are planned
by the students with the coordination of a Social Director.
The building is open from 7:30 a.m. to 10.30 p.m. Monday through Thursday,
7:30 a.m. to 11:30 p.m. Friday and Saturday, and 2:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. Sunday.
LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS
The University maintains three dormitories, one for men and two for women.
For information as to accommodations and rates, address the office of the Director
of Residence Halls. Cost of room and board will be determined later.
The following rules are in effect:
No student will be permitted to live in other quarters until after Men's
Hall and dormitories for women are fully occupied.
In assignment of rooms in these buildings all freshmen shall be required
to take rooms therein, no freshman being allowed to live outside the dormi-
tories if there is room in them.* In enforcing the above rules the following
exceptions shall be made:
(1) When the parents or legal guardians of students reside in Mor-
gantown or within commuting distance of the University, these rules shall
not apply.
(2) When the home of the student is within such distance that it is
entirely practicable for him to live in his home and reach the University
by car or otherwise for all his classes, these rules shall not apply.
A student who does not claim exemption for the fall semester to live
with relatives, cannot claim exemption for the second semester unless the
parents in the meantime have moved to Morgantown.
*In dormitories for women, rooms are assigned to freshmen, sophomores,
juniors, and seniors.
24 GENERAL INFORMATION
(3) When students above the rank of freshman reside in approved
sorority or fraternity houses under the supervision of the Director of Student
Affairs and the Dean of Women, these rules shall not apply.
(4) When conditions of employment (such as firemen in various buildings
and homes, employment on dairy and experimental farms, etc.) require resi-
dence on the premises, these rules shall not apply. Students so employed
should not request dormitory reservations.
When space is needed for underclass women, no senior sorority woman will be
permitted to live in Woman's Hall if there is room for her in her sorority house.
Because of the shortage of dormitory space, rooms are assigned only to students
whose homes are in West Virginia. Assignments are for the entire academic year.
Students cannot be released at the end of the first semester to live elsewhere.
More detailed information may be found in the Residence Halls Bulletin, a copy
of which will be furnished by the office of the Director of Residence Halls.
Board and lodging for women graduate stduents is available in private dwellings
in Morgan town. Board and lodging for men also is available in private dwellings. For
information concerning rooms in homes on the approved list, men should address the
Office of Off-Campus Housing, "West Virginia University, Morgantown. Women should
communicate with the office of the Dean of Women, West Virginia University,
Morgantown.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS
Service Program for Men and Women
Two hours of physical education for men, P.E. 1 and 2, to be taken during the
first vear in residence; and four hours of physical education for women elected from
P.E. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18, to be taken during the first
and second year in residence, are required for graduation of students presenting fewer
than 58 hours unless previous credit has been allowed. Upper division women students
who wish to elect a Physical Education course or who have not completed the Phvsical
Education requirement, should select from P.E. 101 and 102.
Each student who is required to register for physical education is given a complete
medical and physical examination at the beginning of the University school year to
determine his fitness for active participation in University activities of any description.
See Part II for more extended information on the course offerings of these departments.
Intramurals
A broad intramural sports program for men and women is provided by the
School of Physical Education and Athletics. It is the aim to encourage all students of
the University to participate in organized athletic sports and wholesome active
recreation. Competition is promoted between student groups and individuals. Such
natural groupings as classes, fraternities, sororities, dormitories, and other non-fraternity
units form the basis for activities in competitive sports.
The following activities are conducted for men in the Intramural program:
speedball, touch football, tennis, volleyball, handball, basketball, swimming, relays,
golf, bowling, basketball free throwing, softball, horseshoes, and outdoor track. Other
activities may be organized when there is sufficient interest on the part of students
and when facilities permit. Leagues are organized to accommodate fraternities, dor-
mitories, and nonfraternity groups.
The following activities are conducted for women: horseshoes, volleyball, bad-
minton, swimming, basketball free throwing, bowling, softball, archery, and tennis.
Interclass tournaments for Physical Education majors are held in the following activi-
ties: volleyball, badminton, basketball, swimming, tennis, and softball. As the demand
for more activities develops, the facilities will be increased and the program broadened.
Intercollegiate Activities
Activities of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics are administered by the
Director of Intercollegiate Athletics and by the Athletic Council. The council is
composed of eight members: four faculty, two alumni, one student, and one member
of the Board of Governors (ex officio). The Dean of the School of Physical Education
and Athletics serves as a member, and the Director of Athletics is the executive officei
UNIVERSITY LIFE 25
Instruction and training are given each year in the seasonal sports such as football,
cross-country, basketball, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, rifle, and golf. Matters
concerning athletic eligibility regulations are decided by the Athletic Council, and
scholastic eligibility regulations are established by the faculty of the University.
THE UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE
The University Health Service, which is a part of the organization of the School
of Medicine, is maintained to provide medical care to students of the University
and to supervise general health conditions on campus. The staff includes four full-
time physicians, six nurses, laboratory technicians, and clerical personnel. The Uni-
versity Pharmacy, housed in the Health Center, is managed by the College of Pharmacy.
The Departments of Pathology and Bacteriology cooperate in the laboratory examina-
tion of diagnostic materials.
The Health Service occupies a well-designed University Health Center constructed
in 1942. This three-story building is centrally located on campus, fronting on College
Avenue adjacent to Reynolds Hall. It is built of brick and concrete and is fireproof
throughout. On the first floor are the treatment rooms, offices, and pharmacy. The
second floor is occupied by laboratory and X-ray departments, together with the
Department of Pathology. The third floor contains a well-equipped infirmary.
The Health Service is in operation from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. daily except
Saturday and Sundays. Saturday hours are 8:00 A.M. to noon. Physicians are in
attendance from 9:00 A.M. to 12:00 M. and 2:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. A nurse is present
at all times in the Infirmary, and a University physician can always be reached by
calling the Health Service, Extension 323 on the University exchange.
Each regularly enrolled University student pays a fee which provides for medical
consultation and advice from University physicians. Moderate additional charges
are made for room calls, X-rays, laboratory tests, minor operations, treatment of
fractures, and drugs furnished by the Health Service or Pharmacy.
On his first enrollment in the University a student receives a complete physical
examination which includes a blood test and urinalysis. The Health Service also
gives special physical examinations to students in competitive athletics, to University
food handlers, to employees of the Buildings and Grounds department, and to other
groups as occasion may arise.
University Infirmary
Students who need bed care for medical illness are hospitalized in the University
Infirmary. The Infirmary is open only to full-time students of the University. It is
the policy of the Health Department to have all students requiring such care in the
Infirmary, and they will not ordinarily receive continued care elsewhere. Students
hospitalized in the Infirmary are under the care of Health Service physicians, although
other qualified physicians may be seen in consultation when necessary. Patients will
be admitted and discharged on the order of Health Service physicians.
Upon admission to the Infirmary the student receives two days of hospitalization
without charge except for laboratory, X-ray, special medications, and private duty
nurse fees. No additional charge is made for general nursing care, dressings, routine
medications as commonly supplied by the Health Service, and food as ordered by the
physician in charge. Laboratory examinations, X-rays, penicillin, and similar medica-
tion will be charged at the usual Health Service rate to students. Special nurses,
when necessary, are at the expense of the student.
A student may not receive more than thirty days hospitalization for any one
illness. Patients are to leave when discharged by the University physician. When it
becomes evident that a student's illness will be so prolonged as to prevent his com-
pleting work of the current semester, he may be discharged from the Infirmary when
the attending physician or the Director of the Health Service considers that he may
be moved without undue danger to his health. The services as indicated above are
subject to the availability of space in the Infirmary. Twenty-two beds are at present
ready for use.
Speech and Hearing Rehabilitation Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Rehabilitation Clinic, which is operated under the direc-
tion of the Department of Speech, offers its services to all students of the University in
26 GENERAL INFORMATION
need of treatment for various types of speech disorders such as stuttering, cleft palate,
aphasia, spasticity, deafness, hard-of-hearing, etc. All work is in charge of a profes-
sionally trained and fully qualified speech clinician who has been certified for this
type of work by the American Speech and Hearing Association. The clinic is located
in the specially designed set of rooms which permit private as well as class instruction,
the use of soundproof cubicles, modern equipment for diagnosis and therapy, and
opportunities for supervised and directed help in overcoming speech handicaps.
UNIVERSITY ACTIVITIES
Social
Student social life in the University is a carefully planned and supervised part
of a student's life on campus. It is guided in such a manner as to offer a wholesome
type of pleasure without curbing the institution's main purpose— education of the
student body.
All social life is under general supervision of the Committee on Social Affairs. The
committee has supervision of every social function given by the University or by an
organization within it, including fraternities, sororities, and other student societies.
The social program is highlighted during the year by Homecoming Weekend,
Mountaineer Weekend, and Graduation Week. The Homecoming Parade held during
Homecoming Weekend is fast becoming an annual tradition. Homecoming Dance,
of course, is the climax of the celebration. Mountaineer shenanigans on a special fall
weekend, set aside by students, is the most newly established annual affair. Mountaineer
garb, in its truest fashion, prevails at all activities for the two-day program, including
classes on Saturday mornings. Mountaineer music, hayseed hoedowns, simulated
Hatfield-McCoy fueds, and other attractions provide everyone with a gala time.
The outstanding social event of Graduation Week is the Senior Ball which brings
the undergraduate's social life to a climactic end.
Other major dances include the Military Ball, Engineers' Ball, and Gold-diggers
Ball.
Aside from these major social attractions, there are many others scheduled for
weekends throughout the year. A number of these activities are sponsored by individual
organizations; some have a limited attendance and others are all-campus affairs.
SOCIAL CENTER FOR WOMEN
On the upper campus, opposite Reynolds Hall, is Elizabeth Moore Hall, named
after the preceptress at the former Woodburn Female Seminary. The building -provides
for social, recreational, and physical education facilities for women students. The
building is so arranged that facilities for social gatherings constitute a separate unit.
Cultural
The University through the Committee on Convocations and Public Exercises
provides appropriate and desirable programs for students. The convocations form
the basis of the cultural program, but there are others sponsored by various divisions
of the University and community.
Convocations consist of addresses by distinguished speakers, and musical and othei
entertainment features of special merit.
During the year students have an opportunity to attend their own legitimate
theatre in which plays are presented by the Speech Department. University Radio
Theatre is also an activity of the Speech Department.
The University-Community Symphony Concert, individual recitals, and glee club
concerts are sponsored by the School of Music.
The Community Concert Series is another fine opportunity afforded to students.
A broad student fellowship program is available at the many churches in the
community and a special week is set aside annually as Life Week to emphasize the
religious phase of student life.
Greater West Virginia University Weekend makes a number of cultural activities
available to students and their visiting parents. A modern dance recital, music recitals,
religious services, and educational scientific exhibits are of the highest value.
UNIVERSITY LIFE 27
FORENSIC ACTIVITIES
The University maintains a complete forensic program under sponsorship and
direction of the Department of Speech. Intramural and intercollegiate activities in
debate, oratory, and extemporaneous speaking are included. Speech tournaments,
trips, and tours as well as campus contests make up the program. Participation may
lead to membership in Delta Sigma Rho, national honorary forensic fraternity, and
is open to any regularly enrolled student in the University.
UNIVERSITY PLAYERS
The University Players, sponsored by the Department of Speech, presents a full
program of major productions, open to the public, each year. In recent years such
plays as Goodbye, My Fancy; Our Town; Midsummer Night's Dream; and Room Service
have been given. A program of one act plays performed in the studio theatre atmosphere
is produced each year by students enrolled in theatre courses. Tryouts for casts of all
plays are open to any regularly enrolled student in the University. Membership in
Alpha Psi Omega, national honorary dramatic fraternity, may be earned by superior
work in such productions.
UNIVERSITY BROADCASTING
Broadcasting of radio programs to the people of West Virginia was established at
the University in May 1938, when Station WMMN, Fairmont, began a series of non-
commercial programs originating on the campus. All are of an educational, informa-
tive, or entertaining nature. In addition to these programs, special events have been
carried from time to time over numerous West Virginia stations; athletic events have
been broadcast regularly by a group of West Virginia stations as well as by stations
in other states.
The University is prepared to open its doors to all West Virginia stations that
wish to broadcast special campus events.
University Radio Theatre. The University's broadcasting facilities are housed in
the Administration Building and their use is under the supervision of the Department
of Speech. Facilities include a complete studio and control room fully equipped for
broadcasting except for the lack of a transmitter. At present the University has no
permit for a transmitter. However, the Department of Speech produces fifteen-minute
and half-hour tape-recorded broadcasts participated in by students and faculty for
release to radio stations throughout the State.
RELIGIOUS FOUNDATIONS AND ASSOCIATIONS
Foundations
As at most state university centers, various state and national church boards have
established foundations at West Virginia University for the religious education and
nurture of students. The churches of Morgantown extend a warm welcome to students
of all faiths. The physical plant and equipment of each church is available for
social, educational, and recreational activities of students.
The Baptist Student Fellowship headquarters are at the Baptist Student Center,
640 N. High Street, under the direction of the Rev. Elmer E. Dierks, student
pastor. The program includes participation in Bible School, worship services of the
church, B.S.F., and service in mission churches in nearby districts. Student activities
are democratically organized and depend in large measure on student initiative and
leadership.
Newman Hall, 1481 University Avenue, is the social and regilious center estab-
lished by the West Virginia Diocese of the Roman Catholic Church for students of
that and other faiths. Rev. Eugene Schmitt is the resident chaplain. Newman Hall
is a beautiful building of English collegiate architecture immediately adjacent to the
campus. It is equipped with dormitory facilities for twenty students and also includes
a chapel, dining room, lounge, game room, and library.
The Disciple Student Foundation provides a program for Christian Church stu-
dents attending West Virginia University. The Foundation is sponsored by the Depart-
ment of Religious Education of the United Christian Missionary Society (Indianapolis,
Ind.) , the West Virginia Christian Missionary Society (Huntington, W.Va.), and the
28 GENERAL INFORMATION
First Christian Church of Morgantown. These three agencies function through a
Student Work Advisory Committee. The First Christian Church is the center for
Foundation activities and is located at 447 Spruce Street. The Rev. Benton Roy Hanan
is director of the Foundation and pastor of the Church.
Trinity Church, Spruce Street, is the center for student work sponsored by the
Diocese of West Virginia of the Protestant Episcopal Church. This work is under the
direction of the rector, Rev. Edwin G. Bennett. The program includes corporate
student worship services and meetings of the Canterbury Club, which is one of the
National Association of Canterbury Clubs, for discussion and fellowship. Canterbury
Club meets in Strider Hall, which is located on the ground floor of Trinity Church.
The Hillel Foundation at West Virginia University, 1420 University Avenue, repre-
sents the combined efforts of the West Virginia B'nai B'rith Lodges and of the National
B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundation to bring the University's students together in religious,
cultural, and social activities. Promnient lecturers and speakers are features at regular
intervals by the Foundation for the members of the group and for the general student
body.
St. Paul's Lutheran Church is the center of Lutheran student activities sponsored
by the Student Service Commission of the National Lutheran Council, the Synod of
West Virginia, and St. Paul's Lutheran Church. This work is under the direction
of the Rev. W. Roy Hashinger, local pastor. The program includes regular services
of the church and activities of the Lutheran Student Association.
Wesley Foundation is housed in the Methodist Student Center at 503 High Street
and provides a worship and activities center for Methodist students in the University.
Complete facilities for recreation, feeding, drama, and various religious meetings are
provided as an integral unit of Wesley Methodist Church. The students are organized
into a working cabinet, and carry forward a religious education program consisting of
worship, study, fellowship, community service, mining camp missions, and other ex-
tension activities. The program is under the direction of Dr. Thomas LeRoy Hooper,
pastor of Wesley Church, and Roy E. Oldham, Director of the Youth Center. The
Foundation sponsors Kappa Phi, Methodist women's sorority, and Sigma Theta Epsilon.
Methodist men's fraternity.
The Westminster Foundation of West Virginia represents the cooperative efforts
of the Boards of Christian Education and National Missions of the Presbyterian
Church, U.S.A., the Synod of "West Virginia of the Presbyterian Church, U.S., and the
Presbytery of Winchester, to make the Christian religion a vital factor in the experi-
ences of students and in the relationships which these students sustain while in the
University; and also, through guided Christian activities in the mine-camp communi-
ties surrounding Morgantown, to train among educated men and women future
Christian statesmen. The Rev. Wm. C. Swartz, 331 Forest Avenue, is the student pastor
and director.
Other churches, while not having special buildings or workers for University
students, make definite contributions in ministering to the religious and social needs
of University students who belong to their particular faiths. It should be stated in
this connection that college students are welcome in all of our churches regardless of
what their church affiliations mav be.
ASSOCIATIONS
The Young Men's Christian Association of West Virginia University is a non-
sectarian fellowship of students and faculty united in the desire to encourage personal
and social development in the light of religious principles. The Young Women's
Christian Association is a nonsectarian fellowship of women of the University organized
for the purpose of promoting and directing widely varied activities through a religious
motive. Both Associations are affiliated with their national and international bodies
and with the World Student Christian Federation.
Student officers, student cabinets, boards composed of students, faculty, and towns-
people, and an executive secretary direct the activities. The various committees,
interest groups, and commissions provide not only their immediate ends, but also op-
portunity for fellowship and leadership training. The Y.M.C.A. office is located on the
third floor of the Administration Building and the Y.W.C.A. office is located on the
second floor of Elizabeth Moore Hall. Mrs. JoAnn Richardson is executive director
of the Y.W.C.A.
UNIVERSITY LIFE 29
MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS
The Unixtersity-Community Symphony Orchestra
The University-Community Symphony Orchestra is open to all students, faculty
members, and citizens of the community who are proficient in the playing of an
orchestral instrument. The repertoire is that of the standard symphony orchestra,
with special emphasis on contemporary American music.
The functions of the orchestra are to provide the University and community an
opportunity to hear symphonic music, to enable the student to gain orchestral experi-
ence, and to serve as a laboratory for student composers, orchestrators, and conductors.
Four or five concerts are given each year on campus, and additional programs are
presented in other cities in West Virginia and Pennsylvania.
Women's Glee Club
The Women's Glee Club is open to all University women who can sing a part
acceptably. The organization affords an opportunity for women students to become
acquainted with the best in choral literature, both classic and contemporary, it
performs for various University functions in addition to presenting concerts both on
and off campus.
Men's Glee Club
The Men's Glee Club is open to all University men who can satisfactorily sing a
part. Concerts are given several times through the school vear on campus as well as
out of town.
University-Community Mixed Chorus
The University-Community Mixed Chorus is open to all University students who
can satisfactorily sing a part. Concerts are given several times through the school year.
This organization offers opportunity for the study of much choral literature.
The University Bands
The University Bands are composed of students drawn from all classes of the
various colleges arid schools of the University. The Mountaineer Marching Band
provides music and pageantry for athletic events, parades, and the like. The Concert
Band gives several concerts each year in Morgantown and in nearby cities.
After completing two years in the band, especially qualified bandsmen may
continue service in the band upon invitation and receive allowances in the form of
remission of fees amounting to S30 per semester.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
The Daily Athenaeum, University student newspaper, is published daily Tuesday
through Saturday, by students of the School of Journalism. Heads of the editorial
and business staffs are appointed by the University Committee on Student Publications
from a list of eligible students certified bv the Director of the School of Journalism.
The Monticola, student yearbook of the University, is published by upper-
dassmen. The editorial and managerial staff is appointed by the University Committee
on Student Publications.
Mountain Guide, formerly called the Freshman Handbook, is published annual 1\
under the direction of the University Office of Publications and is distributed to each
member of the entering class and to transfer students.
All student publications of general campus circulation are under the supervision
of the University Committee on Student Publications.
GIFTS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND LOAN FUNDS
Several individual, as well as national, patriotic, educational, fraternal, and
religious organizations, have established scholarships, loan funds, prizes, trophies, and
medals for students in the University.
Gifts
Carnegie Corporation Music Collection. Thanks to the generosity of the Trustees
of the Carnegie Corporation of New York, West Virginia University in 1936 received
30 GENERAL INFORMATION
as a gift, designed to stimulate and develop an interest in music culturally on the part
of the entire student body a Music Collection that cost the corporation $2,500. The
set includes:
An electric phonograph of special design for use in small rooms and auditoriums;
approximately nine hundred records, chosen as an anthology of recorded music,
ancient and modern, from oriental and occidental countries; an oak cabinet with ap-
proximately seventy-five buckram albums in which to keep the records; a duplicate set
of printed three-inch by five-inch indexes of all records in the set, classified by
composers, titles, mediums, forms, etc.; bound copies of full scores, when published
in miniature, also bound vocal scores of operas and oratorios, which are included for all
completely recorded works in the set; lastly, a selection of about one hundred books on
musical subjects, historical and biographical, and works of reference.
This Music Collection is attractively housed in the Library and its use is adminis-
tered under regulations designed to make it of greatest possible value to the students
of the University.
Grants
Frederick Gardner Cottrell Grant. The Research Corporation granted $1900 to
West Virginia University Department of Chemistry for the support of a research
project entitled, "The Chemistry of Organoboronic Acids and Their Derivatives."
Scholarships
American Bankers Association Foundation for Education in Economics Loan
Scholarships. The American Bankers Association Foundation for Education in Eco-
nomics has assigned to West Virginia University three scholarships of $250 each.
These scholarships will be "awarded only to deserving students of integrity, intelligence,
character, competency, and aptitude, whose means of support are dependent wholly
or in part on their own labor, to enable them to continue the study of courses in
banking and economics in classes of junior grade or above. Scholarship of the highest
rank will not be a definite requirement for a loan scholarship award; however, the
Foundation desires to encourage students who will become leaders in professional or
business life and does not wish loan scholarships granted to mediocre or inferior
students." The holders of these scholarships are eligible for one reappointment. The
loan is without interest until the first day of the second January after the recipient
leaves the University. Beginning on that date interest accrues at the rate of 5 per
cent per year, and repayment of both principal and interest in sums of no less than
$10 monthly must likewise then begin.
The Board of Governors Scholarships. On April 5, 1945, the Board of Governors of
West Virginia University authorized the establishment of twenty-five scholarships to
be awarded annually to high-school graduates. The first awards were made for the
academic year 1946-47. The scholarships entitle recipients to remission of all fees,
except those payable to state special funds and those chargeable to Special Services.
Awards are made on the basis of (1) scholastic attainment, (2) citizenship, loyalty,
and personality, (3) character and leadership, and (4) extra-curricular abilities.
Applications for these scholarships are made through the Board of Governors' Scholar-
ship Committee and scholarships are awarded on recommendation of the committee
and on approval by the Board of Governors. Scholarships remain in effect for four
academic years unless revoked for disciplinary reasons, for failure to maintain
scholastic standard, or because of withdrawal from the University.
Scholarships in Music. In July, 1950, The Board of Governors established five
annual scholarships in music. Each scholarship includes four academic years and
entitles the recipient to the remission of all fees (including contingent and tuition fees,
special fee of $35.00, and special instrument practice fee) , except those payable to
State Special Funds and those chargeable to Special Services. Those eligible to take
part in the contests will be West Virginia high school seniors who give promise of
becoming eligible for regular enrollment in the School of Music of West Virginia
University as candidates for a degree in applied music. Preliminary and final contests
will be held in Morgantown on the campus of West Virginia University and the dates
will be announced.
Victor E. Albright Scholarship. This scholarship is worth $200 per year and is to
be awarded "to a boy or girl of good character, of fair health, who was born and reared
UNIVERSITY LIFE 31
in Preston county and who graduated from a high school of Preston county in the
year in which the scholarship is given."
Wt it Virginia Interscholastic Forensics Scholarships. In February, 1950, there
were established five West \ irginia University scholarships, two in debate, and one
each in oratory, extempore, and interpretative reading, to be awarded annually to
graduates of West Virginia high schools. These scholarships entitle the recipients
to the remission of all fees, except those payable to the State Special Funds and those
chargeable to Special Services. Awards will be made by the University Speech De-
partment at the finals of the West Virginia Interscholastic Forensics Program on a
date to be announced. Each scholarship shall remain in effect for four academic
years unless revoked for disciplinary reasons, for failure to maintain scholastic standard,
or withdrawal from the University.
Woman's Music Club of Morgantown Scholarship. This scholarship was estab-
lished in 1950 to be awarded to a talented freshman in the University School of Music.
Recommendations for the recipient of this scholarship shall be the responsibility of
the Director and faculty of the School of Music.
The P. A. and Ethel N. George Pharmacy Scholarship. Established in September,
1950, by Mr. Charles A. George of Ronce\erte, West Virginia, this scholarship of
S50.00 per semester is available to a student in the College of Pharmacy from either
Greenbrier or Monroe counties who needs financial assistance to complete his phar-
maceutical education at West Virginia University. Applications should be made to
the Dean of the College of Pharmacy and the recipient must maintain at least a "C"
average to continue on the scholarship.
Harrison County Alumni Chapter Scholarships. This scholarship, established in
1950, provides tuition fees to an outstanding Harrison County high school graduate.
Selection is made by the Harrison County Alumni Chapter.
Carlcton C. Pierce Scholarships. General Carleton C. Pierce established in June,
1950, three scholarships to be awarded as follows: S100 to '"top man" and S50 to
"second man" in the West Virginia University football team and S50 to the "top man"
on the West Virginia Freshman football team, all of which shall be for the best
academic work, as well as game participation. Recommendations for the recipients
of these scholarships is the responsibility of the West Virginia University Varsity and
Freshman coaching staffs.
The Elizabeth Davis Richards Scholarship in English and Poetry. In memory of
Elizabeth Davis Richards, well-known West Virginia authoress and patron of the
English Club, an annual scholarship in the amount of $50 was established bv Del Roy
Richards of Morgantown in December, 1936, to be awarded to some worthy upper-
division or graduate student in the Department of English.
The John Barton Paxne Scholarship. The Hon. John Barton Payne, native of
Taylor county and late president of the American Red Cross, bequeathed to the
University the sum of S12.000, the income from which is to be used to aid two voting
men— one a native of Taylor county, the other a native of Preston county— to attend
the University. Financial need and scholastic merit are prime considerations in making
the award.
The Junior League Scholarship. This scholarship, providing S150 a year for a
graduate Social Work student, was established in 1942. It is jointly supported by the
five leagues of the state. Applicants must be residents of West Virginia, and all
applications must be addressed to the head of the Department of Social Work.
The Board of Governors Foreign Student Scholarships. These two scholarships
are available to foreign students, graduate or undergraduate. They entitle recipients
to remission of all fees, except those payable to State Special Funds and those charge-
able to Special Services, and are awarded at the discretion of the President, usually to
supplment campus or civic awards, or in case of emergency.
West Virginia Federation of Women's Clubs Pan-American Scholarships. The
winner of this scholarship is remitted tuition fees by the Board of Governors and
receives room, board, books, and other incidentals from the federation.
The West Virginia Federation of Women's Clubs Scholarship. This scholar-
ship provides S150 a year and is awarded to a full-time student in the Depart-
ment of Social Work. The recipient, selected by the head of the department, must
be a resident of West Virginia.
The Morgantown Service League Scholarship. This scholarship provides S150
a year for a full-time student in the Department of Social Work. The student
must be a resident of the state and approved by the head of the department.
32 GENERAL INFORMATION
The State Department of Public Assistance Scholarships. These Social Work
scholarships, ranging from small sums up to S125 a month or more, are available to
selected employees of the Department who hold an undergraduate degree from an
accredited college or university. Application for these scholarships must be made
to the chief of the Division of Social Services or to the chief of the Division of
Child Welfare of the State Department of Public Assistance, Charleston. Such
students must also be approved by the head of the Department of Social Work.
The pharmacists of West Virginia, individually and collectively, have pro-
vided a number of scholarships in the amount of $150 per year for capable high-
school graduates needing financial assistance to assist in their pharmaceutical educ-
ation. The final selections of these scholarships are made by a committee of the
West Virginia State Pharmaceutical Association. Additional information may be
obtained from the Dean of the College of Pharmacy.
The American Foundation for Pharmaceutical Education. This foundation,
in order to stimulate an interest for pharmacy as a profession among capable
high-school graduates, has assigned several scholarships to the College of Pharmacy.
Each scholarship or grant covers tuition fees for one year. Selections for the
awards are made by the faculty of the College and are awarded on the basis of
scholarship and financial need. The holder may be eligible for reappointment.
Additional information may be obtained from the Dean of the College.
The School of Journalism Scholarships. Six scholarships in Journalism of
$100 each are awarded annually to pre-journalism freshmen and sophomores and
to professional juniors and seniors on the basis of ability, scholastic achievement,
and promise for a successful journalistic career. Scholarship holders are eligible
for reappointment. These scholarships were . established in 1945. Two of them are
known as the Daily Mail Scholarships and were established by Walter E. Clark
and Fred M. Stanton of the Charleston Daily Mail. Two are known as the Lewis
Baker Scholarships and were established by Mrs. Guy Despard Goff of New York City
in memory of Lewis Baker, her father, who was a newspaper executive in Wheel-
ing. The other two are known as the Ogden Scholarships and were established by
the News Publishing Company of Wheeling in honor of the late H. C. Ogden,
publisher and alumnus. These scholarships are awarded upon the recommendation
of the School of Journalism. The Press Club of Charleston, W. Va., also provides
one journalism scholarship every year with a value of $200. Eligibility require-
ments are the same as for the other journalism scholarships.
The R. M. Davis Scholarship in Political Science. R. M. Davis, Morgantown,
West Virginia, coal operator, has given to the University the sum of $5,000 to
establish a scholarship in the Department of Political Science. The scholarship,
with an average annual value of between $300 and $500, will be granted to an
undergraduate or graduate student registered in the Department of Political Science
whose speciality is international relations. The staff of the Department will select the
winner. Scholastic standing and qualities of leadership will be given primary con-
sideration in awarding the scholarship. Any West Virginia University student
whose major is in Political Science and who is interested in being considered for
this scholarship should write directly to the head of the Department of Political
Science.
The West Virginia Coal Association Scholarships. The sum of $5,000 per year
lor each of five years beginning in 1947 was given by the West Virginia Coal
Association to establish eight scholarships in coal mining engineering. Each scholar-
ship is for $625 per annum.
The Central Appalachian Section of the American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers has awarded three scholarships to boys in Kentucky, West
Virginia, and Virginia. These boys are eligible to attend any school in the area
giving mining engineering.
The Lakin Roberts Memorial Scholarship. This scholarship is open to grad-
uate students in Education and is worth $200 per year. (Inoperative during the
current academic year) .
The Kelley's Creek Colliery Company Scholarship. This scholarship was estab-
lished in 1948 by the Kelley's Creek Colliery Company. The winner is determined
by competitive examination conducted by the University and continues on the scholar-
ship for four years if a satisfactory average is maintained. The scholarship is
valued at $160 per year.
UNIVERSITY LIFE 33
The Red Jacket Coal Corporation Scholarships. In 1948 the Red Jacket Coal
Corporation created two undergraduate scholarships in the School of Mines, can \
ing an annual value of $600 each. Winners are selected by competitive examin-
ation conducted by the School of Mines. (Inactive during the current year.)
The West J'iiginia Moose Association Scholarship. This scholarship was estab-
lished in 1946 by the West Virginia Moose Association. It pays for the tuition,
books, room, and board for four years in any undergraduate college on this campus
that the high-ranking male student of Mooseheart, Illinois, may elect.
Science Talent Search Scholarship. The University Board of Governors and
the West Virginia Academy of Science established the Science Talent Search Scholar-
ship beginning with the school year 1949-50. The scholarship entitles the recipient
to remission of all fees, except those payable to State Funds and those charge-
able to Special Services. The recipient is selected by and under the rules of the
West Virginia Academ\ of Science which awards in cash an amount not less than the
total of the fees remitted by West Virginia University.
Kanawha Vallex Mining Institute Scholarships. Two scholarships, valued at S600
per year, were established by the Kanawha Valley Mining Institute, Inc., of Montgom-
ery, West Virginia, in 1948 and 1949, respectively. Selection is made by the Kanawha
Valley Mining Institute with the approval of the School of Mines of West Virginia
University.
McDowell Club Scholarship. One scholarship valued at S100 is awarded annually
by the campus student organization known as the McDowell Club. Selection is made
by competitive examination under the direction of the County Superintendent of
Schools.
Sophia and Clora Benedum Scholarship Fund. The will of the late Clora Benedum,
of Bridgeport, West Virginia, who passed away in January, 1949, established a SI 0,000
trust fund to be known as the Sophia and Clora Benedum Scholarship Fund. The
provision of the will concerning the fund states that "income is to be used in assisting
graduates of Bridgeport High School in attending West Virginia University." The
scholarships are administered by the University Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and
Loan Funds.
The Charleston Press Club Scholarship. This scholarship was established in 1951
by the Press Club of Charleston, West Virginia. It has a value of $200 per year, but
may be awarded only in the amount of $100 each semester. Recipient must be a
sophomore, a junior, or a senior in the School of Journalism and must be a resident
of West Virginia. Ability, scholastic standing, promise for a journalistic career, and
financial need are considered chiefly in making awards.
Logan Woman's Council Scholarship. This scholarship was established in 1951
by the Logan Woman's Council of Logan, West Virginia. It has a value of $1,000
per year, but may be awarded only in the amount of $500 each semester. This
scholarship is available from time to time to a worthy student enrolled in the Univer-
sity. Selection is made by the University Scholarship Committee.
West Virginia Division of the United Daughters of the Confederacy Scholarship.
This scholarship was established in 1950 by the West Virginia Division of the United
Daughters of the Confederacy. It has a value of $100 per year. Selection is made by
the United Daughters of the Confederacy.
The Patrick Duffy Koontz Scholarships. The late Patrick Duffy Koontz, Esq., and
Arthur Burke Koontz, Esq., have donated to the University certain securities, the
income from which is to be used for the purpose of establishing scholarships in the
College of Law for worthy students from West Virginia. The value of each scholarship
award is $250. The first of these awards was made during the academic year 1949-50.
These scholarships are to be awarded to such second- or third-year students, as in the
judgment of a committee of the faculty of the College of Law appointed by the
President, shall have shown outstanding promise with respect to the following qualities:
(1) scholastic ability and attainments; (2) moral force of character and leadership.
The Guy Farmer Scholarship. Guy Farmer, Esq., has made a donation to the
University for the purpose of establishing scholarship awards to such members of the
Student Board of Editors of the West Virginia Law Review as, in the judgment of
the faculty of the College of Law, shall have made outstanding contributions to the
Law Review. The value of each of the awards is $50. No more than one award will
be made in any one year.
The Presser Foundation Scholarship in Music. The Presser Foundation of Phila-
delphia, Pa., in November, 1952, established a scholarship in the University for the
34 GENERAL INFORMATION
aid of a student in the School of Music. The annual value of the scholarship is $250.
and selection of the recipient is made by the Director of the School of Music. Only
students of good character and satisfactory standing, who could not carry on their
studies without financial help provided by the Foundation, may receive this scholar-
ship. Preference is given to those who expect to become teachers. Inquiries on appli-
cation details should go to the Director of the School of Music.
The Charles B. Jolliffe Scholarship. The Radio Corporation of America in May,
1952, established the Charles B Jolliffe Scholarship in honor of Dr. Charles B. Jolliffe,
a distinguished graduate of the University and present Vice-president and Technical
Director of the Radio Corporation of America. The scholarship is valued at $800. per
year, and is awarded to an outstanding undergraduate student in the University who
has elected to major in Chemistry, Mathematics, or Physics. Application details may
be secured from the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.
The Education Foundation of West Virginia, Inc., Scholarships. In March, 1952,
the Education Foundation of West Virginia, Inc., established two scholarships in the
University for the aid of graduate students who are working toward doctoral degrees
and whose dissertations will be written on some West Virginia subject. Need for
financial assistance is a condition of scholarship awards. Each grant is for $500.
Application details are available from the Dean of the Graduate School.
The Semet-Solvay Scholarship. The Semet-Solvay Division, Allied Chemical and
Dye Corporation of Bluefield, W. Va.„ in March, 1952, established the Semet-Solvay
Scholarship in Mining Engineering. This scholarship is awarded to an outstanding
high school graduate who is a resident of West Virginia and who will pursue a course
in coal mining engineering and will accept employment in the coal mining industry
upon graduation. The scholarship pays $600. per year, and is renewable from year
to year upon the basis of satisfactory academic work during the previous year. Applica-
tion inquiries should be sent to the Director of the School of Mines.
The West Virginia University All-Ca?npus Foreign Student Scholarship. In
January, 1951, the All-Campus Foreign Student Committee, representing several campus
organizations, established a one-year scholarship for the support of a foreign student
in the university. Board, room, and incidental expenses are paid annually by the
Student Committee, with a remission of tuition and fees being provided by the
University.
The Woman's Music Club of Morgantown Scholarship. In the fall of 1950 the
Woman's Music Club of Morgantown established an annual scholarship of $154. for
the aid of a "talented freshman" in the School of Music. Selection is made by the
Director and faculty of the School of Music.
The National Society of Colonial Dames of America Scholarship. The National
Society of Colonial Dames of America, Resident in the State of West Virginia, in March,
1952, established an annual scholarship for the aid of a worthy graduate student for
work in the field of Early American History. The annual value of the scholarship is
$150. and selection is made by the Head and the staff of the department of History.
The West Virginia Association of Small Loan Companies Scholarship. The West
Virginia Association of Small Loan Companies in 1946 established an annual scholarship
of $150. for the aid of an outstanding and needy student in the University who is a
resident of West Virginia. In 1952 the Association made specific designation of this
scholarship for the use by an outstanding student enrolled in the new College of
Commerce. Selection is based on character, academic achievement, and general campus
activities.
The Frank Bliss Ensloiv Legal Scholarship. The late Mrs. Frank Bliss Enslow of
Huntington, W.Va., provided in her will a trust fund in support of the Frank Bliss
Enslow Legal Scholarship in West Virginia University. This annual scholarship award
is restricted to students enrolled in the College of Law, and selection is made on the
basis of ability, character, financial status, and scholastic qualifications. Recipients
must be residents of West Virginia and preference will be given applicants from Cabell
County, West Virginia. The amount of the scholarship award will be determined
from year to year.
American Viscose Corporation Scholarship. The American Viscose Corporation
of Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania, in the fall of 1953 established an undergraduate
scholarship for a student of junior or senior standing who is majoring in Chemistrv
or Chemical Engineering. The annual money value of the grant is $500.00
Carbide and Carbon Corporation Scholarship. Beginning in September 1953, the
Carbide and Carbon Chemicals Company of South Charleston, W.Va., (a division of
UNIVERSITY LIFE 35
Union Carbide and Carbon Corporation) establisbed an annual scholarship in the
University for an outstanding student in the field of Engineering. The annual grant
of 5200.00, is awarded to a student in his senior year of study in Chemical Engineering
or Mechanical Engineering.
University Band Drum Major Scholarship. The University Board of Governors
in January 1953 established a Drum Major Scholarship in the University Band, to be
awarded on an annual basis, which scholarship shall entitle the recipient to the remis-
sion of all fees, except those payable to State Special Funds and those chargeable to
Special Services. Selection of the recipient is made by the Band Director and the
Director of the School of Music.
General Electric Company Scholarship. The General Electric Company in 1952
awarded a scholarship grant of S500.00, for use by an outstanding University student
in Engineering. This award is made by the General Electric Company intermittently
on a competitive basis, and specific details of the competition may be secured from the
Dean of the Engineering School.
Earhart Foundation Grant. In July 1953, the Earhart Foundation established a
grant of S4,500.00, in West Virginia University for the advancement of a graduate
research project in the area of Political Science.
Eleanor Brock Hardman Memorial Scholarship. A scholarship has been estab-
lished in memory of Eleanor Brock Hardman, distinguished Morgantown singer and
pianist. This scholarship will have a value of SI 54 for one year, and will be awarded
to a pianist or a singer. It will be awarded in the same manner as the other scholar-
ships in music.
Friends and former students of Mrs. Hardman have contributed sufficient funds
to permit the awarding of the scholarship for at least two years. Contributions are
still being received. For further information address the Director of the School of
Music.
State High School Drama Festival Scholarships. In January 1953 the University
Board of Governors created the State High School Drama Festival Scholarships. Three
grants are awarded annually to graduates of West Virginia high schools who are
declared outstanding winners at the finals of the State High School Drama Festival.
Recipients receive remission of all fees except those payable to Special Funds and
those chargeable to Special Services for four years. Awards will be made by the Uni-
versity Department of Speech each vear, and the scholarships shall remain in effect
for four academic years unless revoked for disciplinary reasons, for failure to main-
tain scholastic standards, withdrawal from the University, or transfer from the College
of Arts and Sciences.
The Andrew Delmar Hopkins Scholarship in Entomology. This scholarship was
established in 1954 in memory of Dr. Andrew Delmar Hopkins, internationally known
Entomologist, who was for many years Entomologist and Director of the West Virginia
Agricultural Experiment Station. The scholarship is for S200.00 per year and is
awarded to worthy seniors or graduate students with an interest in Entomology, who
have demonstrated originality and research ability. The award will be made by the
University Committee on Prizes, Scholarships and Loan Funds, with the advice of the
Head of the Department of Entomology.
Westinghouse Achievement Scholarship. The Westinghouse Educational Founda-
tion of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, in March 1954 established a Westinghouse Achieve-
ment Scholarship of S500 per year for use by a senior student in Engineering. A
scholar is chosen each year by the College of Engineering faculty from the list of
students enrolled in electrical, mechanical, or chemical engineering. Selection is
based on "high achievement in academic work and demonstrated qualities of leader-
ship."
Armco Foundation Scholarships. The Armco Foundation of the Armco Steel Cor-
poration located in Middletown, Ohio, in May 1954 established two scholarships in
the field of Mining Engineering. Each grant provides S250 per academic year, one for a
junior and one for a senior in the School of Mines. Selection of scholars is based on
academic record, character, and personal leadership qualities. Inquiries about the
giants should go to G. R. Spindler, Director of the School of Mines.
Lorado Coal Mining Company Scholarship. The Lorado Coal Mining Compam.
beginning in the fall of 1954, provided scholarship grants for two students in the
field of Mining Engineering in the amount of S500 each per academic year. Selection
of recipients is made by the Lorado Company with approval of the University.
36 GENERAL INFORMATION
Phymosia Garden Club Scholarship. In September 1954 the Phymosia Garden
Club of Beckley, W.Va., started a special scholarship in the University in support of
conservation education and related to the Division of Forestry. A scholar is named
annually by the Club itself and awarded a grant of $100.
The Sears-Roebuck Foundation Agricultural Scholarships. A grant to the College
of Agriculture of $2250 from the Sears-Roebuck Foundation of Chicago makes possible
the awarding of scholarships each year to upwards of ten needy, deserving boys en-
rolling as freshmen in Agriculture and Forestry and one sophomore in these fields.
Individual freshmen scholarships amount to $200 per year. The sophomore scholar-
ship amounts to $250 per year. The selection of the recipient of each of the scholar-
ships is made by the Committee on Student Aid and Grants of the College of Agricul-
ture, Forestry and Home Economics.
The Sears-Roebuck Foundation Home Economics Scholarships. A grant of $600
to the College of Agriculture (Division of Home Economics) from the Sears-Roebuck
Foundation of Chicago to three deserving girls enrolling as freshmen in Home
Economics. Individual scholarships amount to $200 per year. The selection of the
recipients of each of the scholarships is made by the Committee on Student Aid and
Grants of the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics.
The Kroger Company Scholarships. The Kroger Company will give four scholar-
ships of $200 each, to be divided between Agriculture and Forestry (two) and Home
Economics (two). Awards on the basis of scholarship and leadership in school,
church, F.F.A., F.H.A., 4-H, and other youth activities will be made by the Committee
on Student Aid and Grants of the College of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics.
The Standard Oil Company of New Jersey Scholarships. In 1947 the Standard
Oil Company of New Jersey provided a four-year scholarship of $100 per year to
a boy in 4-H work in West Virginia. Selection of recipients is made by the Com-
mittee on Student Aid and Grants, the State Director of Extension, the State Club
Leader, and the Dean of the College of Agriculture. Selection is made on the basis
of need, merit, and ability.
The KDKA Agricultural Scholarship. To recognize outstanding leadership, to
encourage use of radio in disseminating agricultural information, and to help train
students in broadcast techniques, Station KDKA, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, has estab-
lished this scholarship amounting to $100, for one junior or senior agricultural student
to be chosen each year by the Committee on Student Aid and Grants of the College
of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics.
Rachel Colwell Scholarship. This scholarship was established and is supported by
Phi Upsilon Omicron, professional home economics organization. Alumni and active
chapters cooperate in providing a tuition scholarship to an entering freshman who
proposes to major in home economics at West Virginia University. Selection is based
upon the candidate's high-school record, including experiences in such organizations
as 4-H and F.H.A. Blanks upon which applications may be made are available through
the Division of Home Economics, West Virginia University.
The West Virginia Farm Women's Council Scholarships (State). These scholar-
ships of $100 each are available to three freshman girls enrolled in the Division of
Home Economics. Selection will be made by a committee composed of a representa-
tive from each of the following groups: Farm Women's Council, Division of Home
Economics, and Agricultural Extension Service. Application forms may be obtained
from the Student Aid and Grants Committee of the College of Agriculture, Forestry
and Home Economics, or the Division of Home Economics.
The West Virginia Farm Women's Council Scholarship (Foreign). This scholar-
ship, established in 1949 for the purpose of promoting better understanding between
rural people of this country and rural people of foreign countries, provides for books,
board, and other necessary living expenses of a foreign student enrolled in the College
of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics, with a major in Home Economics.
The West Virginia Dairy Products Association Scholarships. The West Virginia
Dairy Products Association offers three $250 scholarships this year. Applicants for
these scholarships must be West Virginia University sophomores majoring in dairy
manufacturing. They must be approved by the Committee on Student Aid and
Grants of the College of Agriculture, by the Dean of the College of Agriculture, by
the head of the Dairy Department, and by the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee
of the West Virginia Dairy Products Association.
Danforth Foundation Agricultural Leadership Training Scholarship. A $50
scholarship at the American Youth Foundation Leadership Training Camp, Shelby
UNIVERSITY LIFE 37
Michigan. This award is made to an outstanding agricultural freshman. The award
is made jointly by the Danforth Foundation and Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis,
Missouri. Selection of recipient is made by the Student Aid and Grants Committee
of the College of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics.
The Borden Agricultural Scholarship Award. This award is in the amount of
$300 annually, established 1954-55 for an initial five-year period. It is made to the
senior student in agriculture, who has achieved the highest average grade in all
college work preceding the senior year, and who has included in his curriculum two
or more dairy courses. The award is supported by the Borden Company Foundation.
The Borden Home Economics Scholarship Award. This award is in the amount
of $300 annually, established 1954-55 for an initial five-year period. It is made to
that senior student majoring in home economics, who has achieved the highest average
grade in all college work preceding the senior year, and who has included in her
curriculum two or more courses in foods and nutrition. The award is supported by
the Borden Company Foundation, Inc.
Coal Division, American Institute of Alining and Metallurgical Engineers Scholar-
ship. This scholarship was established in the University for outstanding students in
the School of Mines. The scholarship is valued at $400 per year and may be awarded
annually for a period of four years. Awards are made by the American Institute of
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers Scholarship Committee and all inquiries should
be addressed to Mr. G. R. Spindler. Director of the School of Mines.
Fellowships
Bituminous Coal Research, Inc., Fellowship. A fund of $10,000 per year for a
fellow and an assistant, and also for current expense and overhead, to study causes
of acid formation in mine-drainage waters and to supply means of reducing, elim-
inating, or utilizing such acidity.
International Nickel Company Fellowship. A fund of $1200 per year for a fellow,
plus $480 a year for supplies and overhead, for studies of heat transfer through metal
walls.
The Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation Fellowship. In October, 1950, the
Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation of Columbus, Ohio, established a fellowship
of $1200 for research fundamental in character and primarily applicable to those
branches of the ceramic industry making kiln fired wares. Candidates for this
fellowship must have completed either a recognized course in ceramic engineering or
technology or shall have acquired basic fundamental ceramic knowledge following
the completion of a recognized course in engineering or the sciences. Applications
should be submitted to the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station.
The Weirton Steel Company Fellowship. The Weirton Steel Company in Novem-
ber, 1952, established the Weirton Steel Company Fellowship in the University for the
purpose of training a student in research methods as well as developing him in a
graduate program. The value of the fellowship is $2300. and the program is under
the direction of the Engineering Experiment Station. Application details may be
secured from the Director of the Station.
The Fairmont Junior League and Marion County Society of Crippled Children
and Adults Fellowship. The Fairmont Junior League and the Marion County Society
of Crippled Children and Adults established this fellowship at the University in
September, 1953, for the purpose of promoting and operating a Speech Correction
Clinic in the city of Fairmont. The University, through its Department of Speech,
is to choose the Clinician who will operate the Clinic each Saturday of the academic
year from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m. The value of the fellowship is $1200 plus tuition fees
Applicants should be graduates of an accredited college or university and be able to
qualify for clinical services in speech correction. Applications should be made
directly to the Head of the Department of Speech.
Danforth Summer Fellowship in Agriculture. This fellowship is for four weeks
duration. Two weeks in and near St. Louis and two weeks at Camp Miniwanca, Shelby.
Michigan. A junior agricultural student who is selected from the University receives
approximately $200 to cover travel and training expenses. This fellowship is spon-
sored jointly by the Danforth Foundation and Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis,
Missouri. Selection of recipient is made by the Student Aid and Grants Committee
of the College of Agriculture, Forestry and Home Economics.
Danforth Fellowships in Home Economics. A four weeks summer scholarship is
awarded annually to a member of the incoming senior class in Home Economics. The
GENERAL INFORMATION
award covers expenses for two weeks of professional trips in and near St. Louis,
Missouri, and two weeks of Leadership Training at the American Youth Foundation
Camp on Lake Michigan.
A two weeks scholarship at the American Youth Foundation Camp on Lake
Michigan. Available to incoming sophomores in Home Economics.
These awards are made jointly by the Dnaforth Foundation and Ralston Purina
Company, St. Louis, Missouri. Selection of candidates is made by the staff of the
Division of Home Economics.
Loan Funds
The following loan funds are administered through the office of the Director of
Student Affairs, with the cooperation of advisory committees, University officials and
alumni. Applications may be filed with Joseph C. Gluck, 205 Administration Building.
The John B. Finley Fund. A fund of $1,000 was contributed to the University by
the trustees of the estate of the Hon. John B. Finley of Pittsburgh, Pa., in accordance
with his last will and testament, to be used as loans to deserving students in the
School of Medicine.
The Theodore Smith Fund. On April 19, 1930, Theodore Smith was drowned in
the Monongahela River. His tragic death disclosed the fact that he was being financed
through the University by the late Hon. James Elwood Jones. He had taken out a life
insurance policy of $2,000 with Mr. Jones as beneficiary. In deference to the memory
of Theodore Smith, Mr. Jones turned the $2,000 over to the University for the
establishment of the Theodore Smith Fund.
The Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Fund. A special fund for small loans to
students in the College of Agriculture has been established by the Baltimore and Ohio
Railroad.
The Chauncey Watson Boucher Fund. This fund was established in 1936 by
former President C. S. Boucher in memory of his father. Seniors from West Virginia
may borrow only for the payment of Universitv fees. Loans must be repaid within
two years and are without interest.
The Charles E. Lawall Fund. Established in 1939 for small loans to worthy
students; available to students whose scholastic record has been satisfactory; interest
payable only for periods in excess of time for which the loan is granted.
Alfred Walker Fund. This is a special fund for loans to Pharmacy students,
established in 1938 by Dean J. Lester Hayman in honor of the memory of Alfred
Walker of Sutton, first president of the West Virginia Pharmaceutical Association
and, for many years, secretary of the State Pharmaceutical Association.
The John W. Davis Fund, established for the making of loans to outstanding law
students, aids worthy students each year.
The P. C. Thomas Fund. In May 1943 the P. C. Thomas loan fund was estab-
lished in memory of the late P. C. Thomas of the Koppers Coal Company. The
initial contribution made by the employees of the Company was $520.
The Kellogg Foundation Fund. The Kellogg Foundation in 1942 allotted $5,000
to West Virginia University for loans to students of medicine. Loans may not exceed
$150 during any academic year. The total loan to one student may not exceed $250.
Interest is charged at the rate of 2 per cent. Students may not borrow until after
the successful completion of one term in the School of Medicine.
The Leon Leonian Memorial Fund. Established in July 1945 in honor of the
memory of Dr. Leon H. Leonian. Small loans are made to students for a short period
without interest.
The Loyalty Permanent Endowment Loan Fund of the W.V.U. Alumni Association.
This fund was established some years ago by contributions of alumni and other
friends of the University. It is a permanent trust fund, the income of which is
available to worthy students.
West Virginia State Conference of Social Work Fund. In 1940 the State Con-
ference of Social Work established a student loan fund for the department of Social
Work, such fund to be granted, without interest, to eligible full-time graduate Social
Work students who are residents of West Virginia.
Howard T. Phillips Loan Fund. The late Dr. Howard T. Phillips of Wheeling
set aside in his will a grant of approximately $1,000 for loans to medical students at
West Virginia University. The fund was set in motion in the fall of 1949. Dr. Phillips
stipulated that loans from this fund should be made to "students who are deserving
as well as needy and who are enrolled in the Medical School."
UNIVERSITY LIFE 39
Fred G. and Nannie D. Wood Loan Fund. In November, 1949, the Fred G. and
Nannie D. Wood Loan Fund was created by an initial gift of $1,000 from Fred G.
Wood, retired Raleigh County coal operator now living at Daytona Beach, Florida. The
fund provisions state loans shall be made to assist students to receive training in
the engineering of coal mines, and that "preference shall be given to students from fam-
ilies engaged in coal mining, or who have grown up in coal mining communities."
The Revolving Emergency Loan Fund. A fund to meet emergencies of University
students was established in October, 1931. The principal of this fund amounts to
about $3,000. H. E. Stone was founder of the fund. Loans are made in small amounts
and for short periods of time.
Service Clubs Loan Fund of West Virginia University, Inc. In 1950 the West
Virginia Kiwanis District established a non-restricted loan fund for needy University
students. This loan fund is administered through the Office of the Director of
Student Affairs. Any student who is in good standing in the University and is in
need of some financial help may receive a loan. The fund is operated in a non-profit
basis and the low rate of interest charged is to go toward the building up of the total
amount that will be available for the student loans.
Social Work Alumni Loan Fund. This fund, totaling $100 at present, was estab-
lished in 1951 for the benefit of undergraduate or graduate students in the Department
of Social Work, irrespective of residence. Loans are made by the Director of Student
Affairs with the approval of the Head of the Department of Social Work. No interest
is required, and loans are to be repaid within two years after the student has completed
his current degree objective.
John M. Crawford and David B. Crawford Loan Fund. In November, 1951, the
Parkersburg Rig and Reel Company, Parkersburg, West Virginia, established the
John M. Crawford and David B. Crawford Loan Fund with an initial gift of $5,000.
The purpose of this fund is to assist accredited students who are seeking a degree in
engineering or geology and who have financial need. Loans are available to students
who are graduates of West Virginia high schools, and seeking a degree in engineering,
preferably petroleum engineering or geology.
Lily Belle Sefton Deatrick Student Loan Fund. Established in 1947 by the Campus
Club in memory of Lilly Bell Sefton Deatrick. Small loans are made to students with-
out interest until after graduation. The fund is administered by the Dean of the
College of Arts and Sciences and the head of the Department of Chemistry.
P. I. Reed— Journalism Alumni Loan Fund. This fund was started in 1949 by
members of the Journalism Class of 1940 to provide small emergency loans to Univer-
sity students majoring in Journalism. The fund was raised through contributions of
Journalism alumni of various classes. Loans should be repaid in one to three months.
The fund honors Dr. P. I. Reed, Director of the School of Journalism since it was
formed in 1939, and former head of the Department of Journalism.
Elizabeth McAllister Crawford and John McLenaghan Crawford Fund. In October,
1950, the Consolidated Natural Gas System Educational Foundation established the
Elizabeth McAllister Crawford and John McLenaghan Crawford Loan Fund with an
initial gift of $10,000. The purpose of this fund is to assist students who are without
other resources from which their educational needs may be met. To be eligible for
this aid, a student must be a graduate of a West Virginia high school, enrolled in a
course leading to a degree, and must have completed at least the first semester of the
freshman year.
Maud George Memorial Fund. In Spetember, 1950, Mr. Charles A. George of
Ronceverte, West Virginia, in memory of his aunt, established the Maud George
Memorial Loan Fund, in the amount of $50 per semester or $100 per academic year,
during his lifetime, for a man or woman student from either Greenbrier or Monore
counties, West Virginia, who is enrolled in Agriculture, Home Economics, or the
Forestry Division. Application should be made to the Dean of the College of
Agriculture.
The Senior Class Loan Fund. A gift of $100 was given by the 1949 Senior Class
to be used for aid to seniors in the University needing financial assistance. The Senior
Class of 1950 supplemented this fund with their gift of an additional $100. Small
loans are made without interest.
The Central West Virginia Coal Mining Institute Scholarship Loan Fund. In
April, 1952, the Central West Virginia Coal Mining Institute established a scholarship
loan fund of $6,000 for the purpose of aiding young men in the study of coal mining
engineering in the School of Mines at West Virginia University. A subsequent alloca
40 GENERAL INFORMATION
tion in February, 1953, raised the total of $10,000. The fund is restricted to residents
of the six counties covered by the Central West Virginia Coal Mining Institute
(Harrison, Taylor, Barbour, Upshur, Randolph, and Tucker), or to persons residing
outside that area whose principal family employment is within the area. It is further
required that the father or guardian of the applicant be a regular employee in the
coal mining industry within the six counties named. Scholarship loans of S500 per
year will be made fo recipients for a maximum of four years, with repayments to be
made after graduation. All inquiries about this fund should be sent to the Director
of the School of Mines.
The Monongahela Valley Coal Mining Institute Loan Fund. In December, 1952,
the Monongahela Valley Coal Mining Institute established a loan fund of $1,000 in
West Virginia University to aid worthy students in the field of coal mining engineering
who are residents of Monongalia County, West Virginia. Loans may be made to
students beyond their first semester in Mining Engineering on a short-time basis
without interest.
Robert H. Pritchard Journalism Loan Fund. In September, 1952, Dr. and Mrs.
Frank V. Rueckl of Winnemucca, Nevada, established a loan fund in the University in
memory of Mrs. Rueckl's father, Robert H. Pritchard, a former member of the Univer-
sity Board of Governors and prominent newspaper owner and editor in Weston, W.Va.
This fund of SI, 000 is open to use by Journalism students who are residents of West
Virginia. Loans up to SI 00 per year may be obtained by a student over four years.
Raleigh County Alumni Association Loan Fund. In November, 1953, the Raleigh
County Alumni Association established the loan fund in the University for the aid of
students enrolled from Raleigh County. The initial gift to the fund was S475.00. Any
regularly enrolled student who has permanent residence in Raleigh County, West
Virginia, may secure aid from the fund when available.
Claude Worthington Benedum Scholarship Loan Fund. The Claude Worthington
Benedum Foundation in 1952 established this scholarship loan fund in the University
with an original gift of $5,000.00 An additional gift of $5,000.00 was made to the
fund in 1953. Deserving students from West Virginia who are in need of financial
assistance to complete their educations are eligible for aid from this fund.
Campus Club Loan Fund For Women. Beginning in 1918, the Campus Club
established an emergency loan fund for the aid of women students enrolled in the
University. Small loans for emergency needs are made to women students. Applications
and loan details may be secured from the Director of Student Affairs, 205 Adminis-
tration Building.
Faculty Emergency Loan Fund. An emergency loan fund for faculty members of
the University was established in October of 1954 by an initial gift of $1,000 from the
Tidy House Products Company in Shenandoah, Iowa. A. W. Ramsey, general manager
of the Company and University graduate, was responsible for the grant which is
designed to provide small emergency loads for faculty members at a minimum cost.
Requests are handled by the Faculty Loan Committee through the Director of
Student Affairs.
PRIZES, TROPHIES, AND MEDALS
Prizes
Awards for prizes in the University are made in accordance with the following rules:
No composition, in whole or in part, shall be submitted in competition for two
prizes.
Only students pursuing courses leading to baccalaureate degrees are eligible for
any prize, except for the James F. Brown prize.
No student shall be eligible to enter any contest who has not been a resident
student in this University for at least one semester preceding the semester in which
the contest is to be held, and who, unless he be a competitor for the James F. Brown
prize, is not a resident student in good standing in the University in the semester in
which the contest is held.
No successful contestant may become for a second time a competitor for the same
prize.
If in any contest the judges find no manuscript of sufficient merit, there shall be
no award for the prize that year.
Students intending to compete in any essay-writing contest must notify the chair-
man of the Committee on Prizes not later than March 15. Three typewritten copies of
UNIVERSITY LIFE 41
each essay must be in the hands of the chairman of the committee not later than
May 15.
The conditions upon which the awards in the several contests are made may be
learned upon application to the office of the Director of Student Affairs.
The Tax Commission Prize. The honorable members of the State Tax Commission
of 1902, namely, W. P. Hubbard, Henry G. Davis, John K. Thompson, L. J. Williams,
and J. H. Holt, gave the sum of $1,350, later increased by unawarded sums to $1,500,
the income of which is to be used annually as a prize for the "best original work bear-
ing on matters of taxation in West Virginia." The conditions of the competition are
determined by the Council of Administration. The amount of the prize at present
is S50.
The James F. Brown Prize. The Hon. James F. Brown, an alumnus of the Univer-
sity, "with a desire to stimulate the young men of the State to fuller consideration of
the 'inalienable right' of mankind, and especially those guaranteed by the Constitution
of the State and the United States," has contributed $5,000 to the University, the
income of which is to be "used as a prize for the best essay or paper each year on the
subject of the individual liberties of the citizen as guaranteed by the Constitution."
The income may be given as a single prize, or it may be divided into a first and second
prize. For the present the award will be made as a single prize, $200 in amount. Any
regularly enrolled student in any school or college of the University or any student
within one year after receiving an undergraduate degree may compete for this prize.
Graduates of the College of Law or the School of Medicine or holders of any post-
graduate degree are not eligible to compete for this prize.
The West Virginia State Pharmaceutical Association Prize. The West Virginia
State Pharmaceutical Association offers to the student making me best set of drawings
in Pharmacy 112 a two-year, paid-up membership in the American Pharmaceutical
Association.
The Waitman Barbe Memorial Prize. The English Club of West Virginia Univer-
sity offers an annual prize of S25 in memory of Waitman Barbe, poet, scholar, and
adviser of the English Club during his long term of service on the faculty. The prize
is awarded to some student regularly enrolled as a junior or senior in West Virginia
University, for creative work in the field of literature, either in prose or poetry or
both. The minimum length of such compositions must be four thousand words in
prose or one hundred lines in poetry.
Chi Omega Sorority Prize. The Chi Omego sorority offers an annual S15 prize to
the Sociology major with the highest academic ranking. All work done at West Virginia
University is taken into account and no student is eligible to compete for the prize
unless his junior and senior years have been spent at West Virginia University. The
prize is awarded at the annual Commencement.
Phi Lambda Upsilon Fraternity Prize. Phi Lambda Upsilon, honorary chemical
f raternity, offers annually the Alexander Reed Whitehill award to the student re-
ceiving the highest grade in chemistry during the freshman year. The award consists
of an engraved ornament.
Tau Beta Pi, honorary Engineering fraternity, each year offers an engraved cup
to the sophomore engineer who during his freshman year maintained the highest
average in his class.
The Rufus A. West Award for Engmeering Students. The late Rufus A. West, a
former instructor of the University, because of his interest in the College of Engineering
and in the young men who have been and are students there and with the further idea
of promoting sound scholarship, bequeathed $10,000, the income of which is to be
used as an award to the member of the graduating class of the College of Engineering
in June who has maintained the highest scholarship as measured by his grade-point
average. The first date for the presentation of this award was June, 1953.
The LaVerne B. Davis Home Economics Award. This award ($25.00) was estab-
lished and is supported by Mr. and Mrs. Richard Earle Davis. The award is presented
annually at commencement time to the graduating senior in the Division of Home
Economics who has maintained the highest scholastic average during four years of
residency.
The Nathan Burkan Memorial Prize. The American Society of Composers, Authors,
and Publishers has established the Nathan Burkan Memorial Competition, open to the
leading universities and colleges of the country that offer a course in law. A prize of
$100 is available in each institution, to be awarded to the student in the graduating
class in Law who prepares the best paper on the subject of "Copyright Law."
42 GENERAL INFORMATION
The Intercollegiate Peace Association of America provides $100 in cash prizes to be
awarded as follows: $50 for first prize; $30 for second prize; and $20 for third prize
in the anual Intercollegiate Peace Oratorical Contest. This contest is held under the
auspices of the Department of Speech of the University and each institution of higher
learning in the state is entitled to send one representative.
The Sigma Xi Award. Sigma Xi, the national honorary scientific research society,
annually gives an award to the senior student majoring in science who shows most
promise in research. The award consists of election to associate membership in Sigma
Xi, with the initiation fee and Associate's key donated by the West Virginia Chapter.
West Virginia Oil and Natural Gas Association Prize for Students in the School of
Mines. In order to stimulate interest on the part of oil and natural gas engineering
students in their profession, the West Virginia Oil and Natural Gas Association offers a
prize of $25 each year to a member of the graduating class of the School of Mines. The
student must be enrolled in the oil and natural gas option, and his scholarship must
be the highest in that group as measured by his grade-point average.
West Virginia Coal Mining Institute Prize for Students in the School of Mines.
In order to stimulate interest on the part of mining engineering students in their
profession, the West Virginia Coal Mining Institute offers a prize of S25 each year
to the members of the graduating class of the School of Mines. The student must
be enrolled in the coal mining option, and his scholarship must be the highest of that
group as measured by his grade-point average.
The Charles E. Lawall Award. This award was created in 1952 through the gener-
osity of D. L. McElroy of Pittsburgh, Pa., and will be given in the first semester of each
school year to the senior student maintaining the best scholastic average in the first one
hundred hours of the required curriculum. Students in the coal mining option and
the oil and gas option are eligible. This award carries a cash payment of S50.00.
The James Winter Memorial Award. This, award pays tuition for one year. The
donor desired anonymity. The award is given to the senior making the highest
average in his first three years in Chemical Engineering.
The Merck Award. Merck and Company, Inc., manufacturing chemists of Rahway,
N.J., offers an award consisting of the current edition of The Merck Index, the Merck
Manual of Therapeutics and Materia Medica, and Reagent Chemicals and Standards
to the graduating senior who attains the highest grade in Pharmacy 113.
The Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award. This award, an engraved
plaque, is awarded annually to the senior student in the College of Commerce who i^
selected by a faculty committee of that College.
Charles M. Love Law Scholarship Awards. The Charles M. Love Law Scholarship
Awards were established in June 1954 by a gift from Charles M. Love of Charleston.
The purpose of these awards is to recognize outstanding contributions made to the
West Virginia Law Review by students enrolled in the College of Law. Awards are
made from time to time by the Law faculty.
Trophies
Alpha Epsilon Delta Prize. The Alpha of West Virginia chapter of Alpha
Epsilon Delta offers each year a silver cup to the freshman premedical student who
has made the best scholastic record for the year in chemistry and zoology.
The Louis D. Corson Inter fraternity Scholarship Trophy. This trophy is awarded
at the end of the University year to the fraternity having the highest average scholar-
ship standing for that year and is to remain in possession of that fraternity during the
following year. The cup becomes permanent property of the fraternity that wins it
three times.
The School of Phyiscal Education and Athletics offers two trophies to the fraterni-
ties scoring the highest and second-highest number of points in the all-year athletic
competition for fraternities.
Pan-Hellenic Association Scholarship Cups. The Pan-Hellenic Association offers
two scholarship cups. Any sorority which is a member of the Women's Pan-Hellenic
Council may compete for the cup, and it is awarded each year to the group having
the highest average. The women's sorority which has maintained the highest average
for three consecutive years is given permanent possession of the cup. The Pan-Hellenic
Association also offers a cup each year to the pledge group which maintains the
highest average.
UNIVERSITY LIFE 43
Rho Chi Awards. In order to stimulate superior scholastic ability among students
in the College of Pharmacy, Alpha Mu Chapter of Rho Chi, honorary society, offers
the following awards:
An appropriate engraved trophy to the student attaining the highest scholastic
record the first year of enrollment in the College.
The current edition of the United States Dispensartory to the student attaining
the highest scholastic record during the sophomore year.
James C. Borden, Jr. Memorial Trophy. The West Virginia University Mountaineer
Rifle Club and the Gamma Pi Chapter of Sigma Nu Fraternity award each year a
bronze trophy to the outstanding rifleman on the Varsity Rifle Team. The winner's
name is inscribed on a plate on the base of the trophy which remains on permanent
display in the Armory.
Lt. James E. Marshall Memorial Award. The Beta Psi Chapter of Beta Theta Pi
awards each year a bronze trophy to the most outstanding West Virginia University
R.O.T.C. senior infantry student. The winner's name is inscribed on a plate at the
base of the trophv which remains on permanent display in the Armory. A small
metal emblem attesting to the honor is presented to the recipient.
Medals
The Lehn and Fink Medal. Through the generosity of Lehn and Fink, manufac-
turing chemists of New York City, the College of Pharmacy awards a gold medal each
year to the senior Pharmacy student who, in the opinion of the faculty of the College
of Pharmacy, attains the highest scholarship. The medal is appropriately engraved.
Prizes in Public Speaking. In each of the four events (debate, oration, extempore
speaking, and poetry reading) in the West Virginia Interscholastic Public Speaking
Contest a gold medal is awarded to the winner of first place; a silver medal to the
winner of second place; and a bronze medal to all other speakers who participate in
the semi-finals at the University. Each high school represented by a winner of first
place is presented with a beautiful wall plaque with the escutcheon of the University
mounted upon it.
The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key Award. Beta Rho Chapter of Alpha Kappa
Psi, a professional fraternity of commerce, awards annually the Alpha Kappa Psi
Scholarship Key to the male' senior in the College of Commerce who has attained the
highest scholastic average for a minimum of six semesters of collegiate work in this
University.
West Virginia Reserve Officers Association Awards. The West Virginia Reserve
Officers Association awards medals each year to the outstanding advanced course
Army ROTC student and the outstanding basic course Army ROTC student.
Armed Forces Communications Association Award. The Armed Forces Communi-
cations Association awards a medal each year to the outstanding senior Signal Corps
Army ROTC student majoring in electronics.
HONOR SOCIETIES
Alpha Epsilon Delta (Premedical). The Alpha of West Virginia chapter of Alpha
Epsilon Delta was established at West Virginia University in 1930. The chief object
of the society is promotion of high scholarship among premedical students. Juniors
and seniors of high scholarship and character are eligible for membership.
Alpha Psi Omega (Dramatics). Pi chapter of Alpha Psi Omega was formed at
West Virginia University in 1926. Recognition is given as a reward to students dis-
tinguishing themselves in dramatic productions, both by playing roles and by per-
forming other outstanding duties on the technical and business side of productions.
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) . The West Virginia chapter of Alpha Zeta, the national
agricultural honor fraternity, was instituted in the College of Agriculture in 1921.
Sophomores and upperclassmen who maintain high standing in scholarship and rank
among the upper two-fifths of their respective classes are eligible to membership.
Chi Epsilon (Civil Eng'g). Chi Epsilon, the recognition society in the field of civil
engineering fosters the development and exercise of fundamentally sound traits of char-
acter and technical ability among engineers which will work towards a higher standard
of service offered to humanity by the profession. The West Virginia chapter was formed
in 1949. Membership is open to outstanding members of the junior and senior classes.
Delta Nu Tau (Pre-Law) .
44 GENERAL INFORMATION
Epsilon Lambda Sigma (Accounting). This is a local honorary society for out-
standing students in Accounting with high scholastic average. The purpose of Epsilon
Lambda Sigma is to promote the moral, intellectual, and social developments of its
members; to encourage individual research; and to foster interest in the field of
accounting at West Virginia University.
Eta Kappa Nu (Elec. Eng'g) . Eta Kappa Nu, an Electrical Engineering honorary
society installed at West Virginia University in 1946, is open to students in the upper
fourth of the junior class and in the upper third of the senior class.
Kappa Delta Pi (Education) . Kappa Delta Pi, national honorary educational
society installed Alpha Upsilon chapter at West Virginia University on July 21, 1927.
Election to this fraternity is conditional upon high scholarship and desirable personal
and professional qualities.
Kappa Tau Alpha (Journalism). This is a national journalistic honor society with
special emphasis on high scholarship and the best professional ideals. There are
chapters in twenty-two universities. The West Virginia chapter was established in 1930.
Mortar Board (Student Leadership— Women). Laurel Chapter of Mortar Board
national women's honorary, was instituted at West Virginia University in 1924. The
purpose of Mortar Board is: "to provide for the cooperation between the senior honor
societies for women, to promote college loyalty, to advance the spirit of scholarship, to
recognize and encourage leadership, and to stimulate and develop a finer type of
college women." Qualifications for membership are service, scholarship and leader-
ship. New members are elected to Mortar Board in the spring from women who will
have completed their junior year by the opening of the fall term. A scholarship
standard must be met by each candidate.
Li-toon-awa. Li-toon-awa is the honorary for sophomore women who are chosen
in the spring of their freshman year on the basis of outstanding achievement in
scholarship, activities, leadership, and service to the University.
The primary purpose of the organization is that of guiding freshman women and
assisting them in adjustment to college life and its problems. During the school term
Li-toon-awa serves two teas in honor of these freshman women, one during Freshman
Week and the other in the spring. Working throughout the year, Li-toon-awa elects
and serves a project to complete the purpose of the organization.
Omicron Nu (Home Economics). On October 16, 1951, Omicron Nu, national
honor society in Home Economics, was established at West Virginia University. The
society has as its purpose "the promotion of scholarship, leadership, and research,
and the advancement of home economics throughout the world." Membership in
Omicron Nu is based upon high scholarship and promise of future achievement. Only
persons from the highest 20 per cent of the class are eligible for membership. Election
is not permitted earlier than the fifth semester of the college course.
Order of the Coif (Law). A chapter of the Order of the Coif, national law-
school honor society, was installed in 1925. Its members are selected by the law faculty
from 10 per cent of the senior class in the College of Law ranking highest in scholarship.
Phi Beta Kappa (Scholarship). The Alpha of West Virginia chapter of the Phi
Beta Kappa Society is established at the University. Stated meetings or public exer-
cises of the society are held twice annually; the anniversary meeting on December 5,
and the annual meeting during Commencement Week. The honor of membership ma\
be conferred upon candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, the Degree of Bachelor
of Science (if they also meet the requirements for the former) , or for the Degree of
Doctor of Philosophy who have maintained a high scholarship rank during their
college courses; also, upon outstanding alumni of the University, and persons attaining
national or international reputations in letters, science, or education.
Phi Epsilon Phi (Botany). Phi Epsilon Phi, botanical honor fraternity, was
founded at West Virginia University in 1929. The fraternity has for its purpose
promotion of high scholarship, inciting of interest in botanical research, and en-
couragement of professional ideals. Seniors and graduate students who are engaged
in botanical work and who have attained a high standard of scholarship and character
are eligible for membership.
Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemistry) . The Tau chapter of Phi Lambda Upsilon,
national chemical honor fraternity, was established at the University in 1924. The
chief object of the society is promotion and protection of high scholarship and
original investigation of all branches of pure and applied chemistry. Seniors and
juniors who have attained a high standard of scholarship and character are eligible.
UNIVERSITY LIFE 45
Pi Delta Phi. The Alpha Omicron chapter of Pi Delta Phi, national French honor
lociety, was established at the University in 1950. The society has for its aims the
recognition of merit in the study of French language, literature and civilization and
the fostering of French culture. Membership is open to outstanding students of high
scholarship, majoring or minoring in French language and literature, who have com-
pleted at least one upper division course in French.
Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Eng'g). The West Virginia Pi Gamma chapter of Pi
Tau Sigma was installed at West Virginia University on March 31, 1942. This is an
honorary mechanical engineering fraternity with chapters in thirty-five universities.
Seniors and juniors in Mechanical Engineering who have attained high scholarship
rank are eligible for membership.
Psi Chi (Psychology). West Virginia chapter of Psi Chi, national recognition
society in the field of psychology, was formed November 15. 1958. Membership is open
to psychology majors and minors who have a high scholastic average. The purpose of
the society Is primarily to advance the science of psychology and is further concerned
with stimulating scholarship of the individual members in all academic fields.
Rho Chi (Pharmaceutical). Rho Chi, National Honorary Pharmaceutical Society,
installed Alpha Mu chapter at West Virginia University, January 28, 1949. The object
of the Society is "the promotion of scholarship and friendship and recognition of high
attainments in the pharmaceutical sciences." A student elected to membership must
have completed 75 hours of scholastic work, attained a scholastic average of "B" or
better, shown capacity for achievement in the science and art of pharmacy and the
allied sciences as evidenced by strength of character, personality, and leadership; and
be approved by the Dean of the College of Pharmacy.
Scabbard & Blade (Military) . C Company, Second Regiment, West Virginia Uni-
versity, the National Society of Scabbard and Blade, was installed on May 21, 1916.
The Society believes that military service is an obligation of citizenship and that the
greater opportunities afforded college men for the study of military science place
upon them certain responsibilities as citizens. The purpose is to create and unite in
closer relationship the military departments of American universities and colleges; to
preserve and develop the essential qualities of good efficient officers; to prepare them-
selves as educated men to take a more active part and to have a greater influence in
military affairs of the communities in which they may reside; and above all to spread
intelligent information concerning military requirements of our country. Advanced
Course R.O.T.C. and A.R.O.T.C. students who maintain high standing in scholarship,
leadership, character, and efficiency are eligible for membership.
Sigma Gamma Epsilon (Earth Sciences). Upsilon chapter was established at West
Virginia University in 1927. The fraternity has for its objects the social, scholastic, and
scientific advancement of its members; extension of relations of friendship and assist-
ance between the universities and scientific schools with recognized standing in the
United States and Canada; and upbuilding of a national college societv devoted to ad-
vancement of geology, mining, metallurgy, and ceramics. Seniors and juniors in the
courses indicated, who have attained high scholarship rank, are eligible for membership.
Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) . Theta chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, national physics
honor society, was installed in the University in 1929. The formal statement of objects
of the society is: "To reward high scholarship and promote interest in the advanced
study of physics, to stimulate individual research, and to enable its members to keep
pace with the progress of science." A student elected to membership must be taking
some course in physics at the time of his election. Graduate students who are taking
advanced work in phvsics and related subjects are eligible for membership.
Sigma Xi (Scientific Research). The Society of the Sigma Xi is a national honorary
societv devoted to advancement of research in pure and applied science. Membership
mav be conferred upon faculty members and students who show outstanding abilitv
in some field of scientific research.
Sphi?ix (Senior Men's Honorary). Sphinx, Senior Men's Scholarship Society, was
established at West Virginia University in 1909. Its purpose is to accord suitable
recognition to students of high standing in scholarship. The local chapter acts as a
sponsor and preserver of all such college traditions as it may find worthy: and to act
for the inspiration, betterment, and guidance of the Freshman Class.
Tau Beta Pi (Engineering). The West Virginia Alpha chapter of the national
engineering honor association of Tau Beta Pi was established in the College of Engi-
neering in 1922. Students who rank in scholarship among the upper one-eighth of
their class are eligible to election in their third year and all who rank among the
46
GENERAL INFORMATION
upper one-fourth of the class are likewise eligible in their fourth year. These together
with alumni and honorary members constitute the chapter.
Xi Sigma Pi (Forestry). Xi Sigma Pi, forestry honor society, was established at
West Virginia University on May 16, 1950. The objects of Xi Sigma Pi are "to secure
and maintain a high standard of scholarship in forest education, to work for the
upbuilding of the profesison of forestry and to promote fraternal relations among
earnest workers engaged in forest activities."
OTHER UNIVERSITY ORGANIZATIONS
There are in the University various fraternities, sororities, societies and clubs
devoted chiefly to social, educational, and athletic interests of students. Some of the
more important of these organizations are:
Social Fraternities
Alpha Gamma Rho
Alpha Phi Delta
Alpha Sigma Phi
Beta Theta Pi
Delta Tau Delta
Kappa Alpha
Kappa Sigma
Lambda Chi Alpha
Phi Delta Theta
Phi Kappa Psi
Social Sororities
Alpha Delta Pi
Alpha Phi
Alpha Xi Delta
Chi Omega
Delta Delta Delta
Phi Kappa Sigma
Phi Sigma Delta
Phi Sigma Kappa
Pi Kappa Alpha
Pi Lambda Phi
Sigma Chi
Sigma Nu
Sigma Phi Epsilon
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta Chi
Delta Gamma
Kappa Delta
Kappa Kappa Gamma
Pi Beta Phi
Professional Honorary Societies
Alpha Kappa Psi (Economics)
Alpha Tau Alpha (Vo-Ag)
Delta Sigma Rho (Debate)
Kappa Phi (Methodist Women)
Mu Phi Epsilon (Music, Women)
Phi Alpha Delta (Law)
Phi Beta Pi (Medical)
Honor and Recognition Societies
Alpha Epsilon Delta (Pre-Medical)
Alpha Psi Omega (Dramatics)
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture)
Chi Epsilon (Civil Eng'g)
Chimes (Junior Women)
Delta Nu Tau (Pre-Law)
Epsilon Lambda Sigma (Accounting)
Eta Kappa Nu (Elec. Eng'g)
Kappa Delta Pi (Education)
Kappa Kappa Psi (Band)
Kappa Tau Alpha (Journalism)
Li-Toon-Awa (Sophomore Women)
Mortar Board (Senior Women)
Mountain (Men's Honorary)
Omicron Nu (Home Economics)
Phi Chi (Medical)
Phi Delta Phi (Law)
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music, Men)
Phi Upsilon Omicron (Home Economics)
Sigma Theta Epsilon (Methodist Men)
Theta Sigma Phi (Journalism, Women)
Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Epsilon Phi (Botany)
Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemistry)
Philosophical Society (Philosophy)
Pi Delta Pi (French)
Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Eng'g)
Psi Chi (Psychology)
Rho Chi (Pharmaceutical)
Scabbard & Blade (R.O.T.C.)
Sigma Gamma Epsilon (Earth Science)
Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics)
Sphinx (Senior Men)
Tau Beta Pi (Engineering)
Xi Sigma Pi (Forestry)
UNIVERSITY LIFE
47
National and Local Student Organizations
Agriculture Council
Air R.O.T.C. Drill Team
Army R.O.T.C. Drill Team
Arnold Air Society
Associated Women Students
Beta Gamma Sigma
Block and Bridle Club
Canterbury Club
Dei deutsche Yerein
Dolphin Swimming Honorary
English Club
Fi Batar Cappar
Forestry Club
General Engineering Society
Geology Club
Hillel
Home Economics Club
Horitculture Club
II Circolo Italiano
Independent Men's Association
Independent Party
Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship
Journaliers
La Tertulia
McDowell Club
Men's Glee Club
Student Branches of the following:
American Chemical Society
American Institute of Chemical
Engineers
American Institute of Electrical
Engineers
Newman Club
Orchesis
Panhellenic Council
Philosophical Society
Physical Education Club
Press Club
Recreation Majors Club
Sociology and Social Work Club
Student Council
Student Marketing Club
Mountaineer Poultry Club
Mountaineer Rifle Club
Men's Hall Council
Music Educator's National Conference
Collegiate Academy of Science
Collegiate F.F.A. Chapter
Cosmopolitan Club
Council of Fraternity Presidents
Dairy Science Club
University Dames Club
University 4-H Club
University Religious Council
University Young Democrats
Wesley Foundation Cabinet
Westminster Foundation
West Virginia Industrial Arts Club
Woman's Hall Center
Woman's Hall North
Woman's Hall South
Women's Glee Club
Women's Recreation Association
Writer's Forum
Young Men's Christian Association
Young Republican Club
Young Women's Christian Association
Student Party
Terrace Hall
Circle K Club
American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers
American Pharmaceutical Association
American Society of Agricultural
Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
Institute of Aeronautical Sciences
Society for the Advancement of
Management
Society of WVU Mining Engineers
Fraternity Advisers
Alpha Gamma Rho, Clark Butler; Alpha Phi Delta, P. Simonette; Alpha Sigma
Phi, Marlyn E. Lugar; Beta Theta Pi, Charles D. Thomas; Delta Tau Delta, Charles
E. Roberts; Kappa Alpha, Dana Wells; Kappa Sigma, Paul R. Jones; Lambda Chi
Alpha, William Robert Summers, Jr.; Phi Delta Theta, Festus P. Summers; Phi Kappa
Psi, Kenneth Wood; Phi Kappa Sigma, Ralph White; Phi Sigma Delta, Victor J. Lemke:
Phi Sigma Kappa, Donovan H. Bond; Pi Kappa Alpha, C. R. Ball; Pi Lamba Phi,
(name to be announced); Sigma Chi, Allen Goodspeed; Sigma Nu, Russell H. Gist;
Sigma Phi Epsilon, H. G. Wheat; Tau Kappa Epsilon, Ray O. Duncan: Theta Chi,
K. C. Westover.
Sorority Supervision
Supervision of all sororities on campus is vested in the office of the Dean of
Women.
48 GENERAL INFORMATION
Faculty Organizations
American Association of University Professors. The West Virginia University
chapter of the American Association of University Professors now has a membership
of approximately one hundred and fifty. The present officers are J. G. Leach, president;
William D. Barns, vice-president; (Mrs.) Susan M. Holden, secretary.
Faculty Club. The Faculty Club of the University, organized on March 10, 1921,
is composed of teaching, research, and extension staffs of the University. Members of
the various departments of the State of "West Virginia working with the University also
are eligible. The purpose of the club is to promote friendliness, fellowship and good
will among its members and to encourage closer ties between faculty members of
different colleges, schools and departments. A program of social activities is conducted
throughout the fall and winter semesters. The Faculty Club has offices and social rooms
in the Glasscock Annex.
West Virgi?iia Alumni Association of Johns Hopkins. The West Virginia Alumni
Association of Johns Hopkins, founded in 1913, holds annual meetings on February 22,
anniversary of the establishment of The Johns Hopkins University. Graduates and
former students of Johns Hopkins are eligible for membership. Dr. Friend E. Clark
is President; Dr. Oliver P. Chitwood, vice-president, and Dr. A. M. Reese is secretary.
Wisconsin Alumni Club. Graduates and former students of the University of
Wisconsin are eligible to membership in this organization. It holds social meetings
at which speakers from that university are heard. Dr. E. O. Roberts is the present
president of the club, organized in 1937.
DISCIPLINE
Rules and regulations which students are required to observe are few, simple, and
reasonable: civil and orderly conduct; reasonable diligence in performance of the
work prescribed; and abstinence from vices.
All matters of discipline are in charge of the Director of Student Affairs and the
Committee on Discipline. No student may be expelled without approval of the
President of the University.
Student Marriages
If any student under the age of twenty-one years, who has not been previously
married, intends to marry within the school year, he or she must obtain the consent
of the parents* or guardian before such marriage shall be solemnized, in accordance
with provisions of section 8, chapter 48, revised Official Code of West Virginia, 1931.
In order to insure obedience to both the letter and the spirit of this statute and
the policy of the University such student must, not less than one week before said
marriage, show satisfactory evidence to the office of the Director of Student Affairs
that consent of the parents or guardian as required by the statute has been obtained.
In the event that such student does not make such showing to the office of the
Director of Student Affairs, regardless of where the marriage ceremony is performed
he or she may be suspended, and may only be reinstated upon showing satisfactorv
reason to the Council of Administration why he or she failed to comply with this
regulation.
Where both parties to the marriage are students and one has not complied with
the above rule, both may be suspended as provided above.
EMPLOYMENT AND PLACEMENT SERVICE
Student Employment
Students desiring part-time work may register with Miss Cornelia Ladwig, Place
ment Adviser.
Until successful completion of one semester's University curricular work, freshmen
should not attempt outside work unless absolutely necessary. Only the exceptional
student can do so without danger to his scholastic status.
lOr of the parent living-, or, if the parents be living separate and apart
of the one to whom was accorded the custody of such person.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 49
The Senior and Alumni Placement Service
The purposes of the University Placement Office are to assist those who are un-
certain as to what occupation they wish to pursue and to assist in finding positions for
those who have chosen a career. This is a service of the University designed to help
students in selecting a vocation and to give them a greater scope of choice in their
fields of interest. It does not end with placement of the student on his first job, but
mav be referred to at any time in the future.
The Placement Office, located on Hunt Street across from the Physics Building,
registers candidates for positions, interviews registrants, analyzes the changing markets
for graduates, aids students with regard to the techniques of the employment interview,
assists alumni seeking promotion or change of position, cooperates with all individuals
and agencies interested in placement, and engages in continuous research in the
interest of improving these services. A meeting place is provided by this office for
students seeking jobs, employers on recruiting tours, and faculty members whose com-
ments are sought bv emplovers. Interviews and pre-interview meetings are scheduled
by this office for visiting company representatives.
A vocational library is maintained to assist any student having difficulty in deciding
upon a career as well as to enable those graduating to review the kinds of opportunities
available in their fields.
(The Placement Office cannot furnish credentials to commercial agencies).
The Pharmacists' Register
A pharmacists' register for the benefit of both the employer and employee has beer
established by the College of Pharmacy. No charge is made for services rendered.
ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, FEES, RE-ADMISSION
ADMISSION TO UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
Candidates for admission to the University must be at least sixteen years of age.
They may be admitted either by examination or on the basis of official transcripts of
record. Transcripts of secondary-school record must be sent by the principal directlv
to the Registrar of the Universitv immediately after the student's graduation; 2 tran-
scripts of college or university record must be sent by the registrar of the other
institution directlv to the Registrar of the University immediately after the student
has completed his work in that institution. Transcripts must be received by the
Registrar of the University at least three weeks prior to the beginning of the term
or semester in which the applicant is interested. The transcripts received in support
of applications for admission become the property of the University and are per-
manently filed in the office of the Registrar.
Applicants for admission who do not have transcripts from accredited secondary
schools on file in the office of the Registrar of the University or who do not have
official transcripts from colleges or universities previously attended on file in the
office of the Registrar of the University, may, at the discretion of the Committee on
Admissions, be permitted to register provisionally. If satisfactory transcripts cannot
be obtained, the registration will be cancelled and the fees paid by the applicant will
be returned in accordance with the University refund schedule. A provisional
registration will not ordinarily be continued for a period longer than one week.
Conditional Admission. Students must make up all deficiencies before they can
be classified as sophomores.
Credit Accepted from a Junior College
The maximum credit accepted from a junior college accredited by the North
Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools or other regional accrediting
association will not exceed seventy-two (72) semester hours, and credit will be allowed
for lower division courses only. No credit will be allowed for courses completed in
a junior college subsequent to attainment of junior or higher rank by the student at
the University.
2ln accrediting West Virginia secondary schools the University follows the
classification made by the State Supervisor of High Schools.
50 GENERAL INFORMATION
Entrance Unit Defined
Requirements for admission to colleges, schools, and divisions of the University
are stated in terms of units.
A unit in any subject represents the amount of work that may be done in a
standard high school in a year of thirty-six weeks, with five recitation periods per
week, of no less than forty minutes each. In courses in which laboratory work is
required, from two to three periods of laboratory work are considered the equivalent
of one period of recitation according to the amount of outside preparation required
in connection with such work.
Graduates of accredited schools may receive credit for work certified with the
understanding, however, that no student may enter any college, school or division until
he has credit for 15 units, i.e., the w T ork of the standard four-year college preparatory
course.
Prescribed and Elective Units
A. Fifteen units of high-school work are required for admission to the University.
B. The following groups are required:
(1) Four units in English 3
(2) Three units in a second subject
(3) Two units in each of two other subjects
C. The work in "A" must include the following:
For admission to all colleges and schools, 1 unit in elementary algebra.
For admission to the College of Agriculture, in the case of students who
elect agriculture or forestry as their major field of study— 1 unit in elementary
algebra and 1 unit in plane geometry.
For admission to Agricultural Engineering— 1 unit in elementary algebra,
Y2 unit in intermediate algebra, 1 unit in plane geometry, and ^ unit in
solid geometry.
For admission to the College of Arts and Sciences, in the case of students
who intend to elect chemistry, geology, mathematics, physics, predental or
premedical studies as their major field of study— 1 unit of elementary algebra
and 1 unit in plane geometry.
For admission to the College of Engineering or the School of Mines— 1%
units in algebra, 1 unit in plane geometry, and ^ unit in solid geometry.
For admission to the College of Pharmacy— 1 unit in elementary algebra,
1 unit in history, and 1 unit in science.
D. Work in the following subjects not to exceed the number of units placed
after each subject will be accepted:
Subject Units Subject Units
English 4 Mathematics, General 1
Journalism 1 Algebra 2
Speech 1 Plane geometry 1
Foreign Languages 4 Solid geometry 1/2
French 3 Trigonometry 1/2
German 3 History and Social Science 5
Greek 3 History 3
Italian 3 Social Science 3
Latin 4 Drawing
Spanish 3 Free-hand drawing 1
Education 2 Mechanical drawing 1
SA student may enter the University with 3 units in English and satisfy ad-
mission requirements by making- a satisfactory grade on the English Placement
Test, or by successfully completing English 0, or English 1.
In the College of Engineering, the School of Mines, and the Department of
Agricultural Engineering, a student may enter with only 3 units in English
if he also presents for entrance 2 units in one foreign language.
■iOne unit of Latin will be accepted. No less than 2 units of either French, Ger-
man, Greek, Italian, or Spanish will be accepted unless sufficient additional work
in that language is taken in college to complete a minimum of 2 units.
5A group of 3 units may be formed by combining 2 units of history with one
unit of social science, or by combining one unit of history with two units of social
science.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 51
Subject Units Subject Units
Music 2 Vocational subjects (not to exceed
Sciences 5 units)
Biology 7 1 Agriculture 4
Botany" 1 Home economics 3
Chemistry 1 Industrial training 3
General Science 1 Bookkeeping or bookkeeping and
Geologv 1 commercial arithmetic 2
Physical geography 1 Commercial arithmetic (alone) . . i/ 2
Physics 1 Shorthand 2
Physiology i/ 2 Typing 1
Zoology 1 Aeronautics 1
Commercial geography i/ 2 Art 1
Commercial law 1/2 Hygiene 1
Physical education 1
Advanced Standing Examination
Application for advanced standing on work of college grade for which college
credit cannot be established on the basis of official transcript of record, should be made
to the Registrar of the University not later than two weeks after the applicant's
matriculation. Upon payment of the proper fee the Registrar will issue an examina-
tion permit. After examination, the department will report to the Registrar the
University courses, if anv, for which the applicant is entitled to credit.
Special Requirements for Admission
the college of commerce
Applicants seeking admission to the College of Commerce for the purpose of
obtaining a degree must have earned at least 58 semester hours of required and
approved elective courses in the lower-division curriculum at a grade average of not
less than "C."
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Requirements for admission to the College of Education shall be the completion
of 58 semester hours of approved college work, with an average of at least 2 grade
points per credit hour. Candidates for a Bachelor's Degree in Education register for
their first two years of work in the College of Arts and Sciences. Freshmen and
sophomores who expect to enter the College of Education will indicate their intention
when they register. Their studies will be directed by advisers for pre-education students.
Such students should so order their courses of study as to satisfy requirements for junior
standing and should be fulfilling requirements for the certification of teachers.
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND SCHOOL OF MINES
Applicants deficient in Solid Geometry may be admitted provided they present
thirty semester hours, with a grade of "C" or higher, of transfer credit applicable
toward their degrees.
THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM
A candidate seeking admission to the School of Journalism with the view of
obtaining a degree must have satisfied requirements for matriculation in one of the
University undergraduate colleges and must have earned at least 58 semester hours
of college credit. A student deficient in the physical education service program and mili-
tary science will be required to take these subjects as soon as possible. During his
freshman and sophomore years he should have completed satisfactorily all or most
courses specified for prejournalism majors. A prejournalism student not maintaining
at least a "C" average during his first two years in all college subjects is strongly
advised not to enroll in the professional school.
•3A group of 2 or 3 units in science may be made by combining- one unit each
of any 2 or 3 of the following: biology, botany, chemistry, geology, physics, and
zoology.
"If a student presents one unit in biology for admission, he may have credir
for no more than y 2 unit in either botany or zoology.
52 GENERAL INFORMATION
THE COLLEGE OF LAW
All candidates lor the Degree of Bachelor of Laws must present three-fourths ol
the number of hours required for a baccalaureate degree from an institution of
approved standing of which hours not more than 10 per cent may be in non-theory
courses. All work taken after June 1, 1947, must carry an over-all average of at least
2.3 grade points, or the equivalent. In computing such over-all average, 2 grade
points will be deducted for each hour of "F." Work taken before June 1, 1947, will be
acceptable provided it carries an average grade of "C," or one grade point per credit
hour, or the equivalent. Non-theory courses in military science and physical educa
tion will not be counted either in computing hours of credit or grade points.
Any degree from an institution of approved standing will be regarded as satisfying
the requirements for admission provided that, in the opinion of the Scholarship Com-
mittee of the College of Law, the degree satisfies the entrance requirements of the
Association of American Law Schools.
Every applicant for admission must request the proper registrars to send directly
to the secretary of the College of Law, before registration, a complete transcript of his
record in each institution which he has attended after completion of his secondary
education. Evaluation of all credentials is made by the Registrar of the University.
No applicant will be admitted who previously shall have attended another law
school and who shall be ineligible to return to that school in good standing.
Applicants for admission to advanced standing must satisfy ordinary requirements
for admission to the first-year class, must have successfully pursued the study of law
in a school which is a member of the Association of American Law Schools and must
have received credit for courses equivalent to those required of students in the
College of Law. The extent of credit allowed for work done elsewhere is determined
by the Scholarship Committee. A student will not be allowed credit for work carried
in another law school, however, unless the student receives thereon a grade of "C" ot
its equivalent.
Any applicant for advanced standing may also, at the discretion of the faculty,
be required to pass examinations in any or all courses presented for credit.
THE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
In addition to high-school requirements, the applicant for admission to the
School of Medicine must have credit for at least three years of work in a college of
recognized standing. This must include 90 hours of credit exclusive of military
science and physical education.
The 90 hours of credit include the following subjects and hours: English compo-
sition, 6 hours; physics, 8 hours; biological sciences, 12 hours (mainly zoology and
comparative anatomy); chemistry, 20 hours (including 6 hours organic) ; psychology,
3 hours; a modern foreign language, 12 hours (German or French preferred); Latin, 6
hours recommended if no high-school Latin has been taken.
Selection of Studejits. The number of students the Medical School can accommo-
date is strictly limited. Applications for admission are considered by the Committee
on Admission of the School of Medicine, which selects those with the highest qualifica-
tions of scholarship and personal fitness. An important factor is the score of the
applicant in the Medical College Admissions Test sponsored by the Association of
American Medical Colleges and given at suitable times. Students should consult pre
medical advisors about this test or should write to Educational Testing Service, P.O.
592, Princeton, New Jersey. Applications for admission may be made as much as a
year in advance of the opening date. Only bona fide residents of West Virginia may be
considered for admission.
Further details concerning entrance requirements to the School of Medicine may
be obtained by writing to the Dean of the School of Medicine or to the Registrar of
the University. A full statement concerning suggested premedical courses is to be
found in Part II of this Catalog (page 125).
THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Students who meet University entrance requirements are admitted to the School
of Music either by examination or on certificate from an accredited secondary school.
Students majoring in Music will be expected to have acquired previously a background
in the fundamentals of music and a fair ability in music reading. All students will
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION. FEES
be examined at least twice a year, in January and in May, to determine the progress
made.
Students transferring to the School of Music from other colleges and schools will
be required to present a minimum average of 2.0. Exceptions max be made in the
case of first semester freshmen.
In the School of Music special provision may be made to permit talented
individuals to take work in Applied Music without credit.
Advanced standing in applied music is given only by examination. Persons
desiring such standing should enroll at the beginning of the semester, and after
thev have become thoroughly familiar with the requirements for each semester's
work, thev max apply to the Registrar of the University for a special examination in
which thev may prove their ability to meet the requirements as outlined.
THE COLLEGE OF PHARMACY
Students may be admitted to the College of Pharmacy either on transcript from an
accredited secondary school, or as transfei students from other divisions of the Uni-
versity and from other colleges or universities. The number of students that can be
admitted is definitely limited. Experience has shown that the successful applicants
have been those who rank within the upper one-third of their high-school graduating
class, in the case of those entering directly from high school, or who had an average
of "B" or better in the case of those transferring to the College of Pharmacy with
college credit.
Selection is made from the better-qualified students having applications and com-
plete material on file bv June 1. Because of the limited facilities of the pharmacx
laboratory courses, students admitted with advanced standing are accepted with the
understanding that the best possible schedule will be arranged at the time of admission.
Preference is given to residents of West Virginia.
Careful consideration is given to those personal qualifications which have a bear-
ing upon the fitness of the applicant for the study and practice of pharmao
All applicants for admission to the College of Pharmacy are required to take a
battery of tests which will be given on the campus the second Saturday in June just
prior to the academic vear the applicant desires to enter Pharmacy. The testing
program will begin at 8:00 a.m. and will conclude by 12:00 m. Qualified applicants
will be given appointments for interxiews with members of the staff of the Registrar
of the University and with members of the staff of the College of Pharmacy.
Transcripts of secondary-school records must be sent by the principal directly to
the Registrar of the University immediately after the student's graduation; tran-
scripts of college or university record must be sent bv the registrar of the other
institution directlv to the Registrar of the University immediately after the student
has completed his work in that institution. The transcripts received in support of
applications for admission become the property of the University and are permanentlx
filed in the office of the Registrar.
No student shall be permitted to complete the course in Pharmacy in less than
three collegiate years in a college of pharmacy, regardless of the amount of credit
offered for advanced standing. This is in accordance with the by-laws of the
American Association of Colleges of Pharmac\.
Special Students
Persons who do not desire to become candidates tor a degree max, bx permission ol
the Committee on Admissions and the dean of the college which thev desire to enter,
be admitted as special students, subject to the folloxxing provisions:
1. Special students must as a rule be twenty-one years of age.
2. Special students must satisfy at least 9 units of the requirements for admission,
including 2 units of English.
3. Every application for admission as a special student must be presented in
xvriting to the Committee on Admissions and must set forth fully the applicant's
reason, together with a detailed statement of studies he desires to pursue.
4. Special students are subject in all respects to the usual rules relating to regis-
tration and scholarship. Thev may be assigned to classes for which they applv, it
being understood, hoxvever, that admission to any class rests entirely with the instructor
in charge, and further, that admission to any class when so granted does no'
necessarily imply credit for prerequisites.
54 GENERAL INFORMATION
5. In the College of Law, students with less than the academic credit required of
candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Laws will be admitted as special students
only if:
(a) They have credit for no less than two years of work of collegiate grade in an
institution of approved standing;
(b) They are at least twenty-three years of age;
(c) There is good reason, acceptable to the Scholarship Committee, for thinking
that their experience and training have specially equipped them to engage successfully
in the study of law, despite the lack of the required college credit; and
(d) The number of such special students admitted each year shall not exceed ten
per cent of the average number of students admitted by the College of Law as
beginning regular law students during the two preceding years.
VETERANS OF WORLD WAR II OR KOREA
The University recognizes that men and women from the Armed Forces who enter
college require individual and personalized guidance in order to facilitate their
entrance into the University and to aid their adjustment to University life. The
Veterans' Coordinator is available for consultation and help in the solution of
personal problems which may arise in the transition to civilian student life.
Information regarding educational opportunities made possible at the University
through provisions of the Service Men's Readjustment Act of 1944 (G.I. Bill of Rights),
Public Law 550, and the Vocational Rehabilitation Program of the Veterans Adminis-
tration (Public Law 16) may be obtained from the Veterans Coordinator by personal
conference or by mail.
Veterans may be admitted to the University by the Committee on Admissions
by any of the following methods.
1. Graduation from an accredited preparatory school.
2. Presentation of 15 units of high-school work without graduation.
3. Advanced standing from other accredited colleges or universities.
4. Evidence of sufficient maturity and ability to do college work furnished
by the use of United States Armed Forces Institute tests or American Council on
Education tests. Training of any kind received in the service will be considered,
and, if possible, evaluated for entrance or college credit.
5. Veterans who present at least 9 units of entrance credit may be admitted
as special students.
An honorably discharged veteran of World War II who has successfully completed
basic training in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be excused from any
additional work in Basic Military and in the Physical Education Service Program upon
submission of due proof thereof to the Registrar of the University.
ADMISSION TO THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Applicants holding Bachelor's degrees from West Virginia University or from
other accredited institutions may be admitted to the Graduate School. Applications
for admission to the Graduate School must be filed with the Registrar of the University
who will forward the applications to the Dean of the Graduate School. The applicant
must request the registrar of the college or university previously attended to send an
official Transcript directly to the Registrar of the University. The applications and
transcripts should be received by the Registrar at least one month in advance of regis-
tration. Application forms may be obtained from the Registrar of the University.
Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute acceptance by the major
department. It merely grants permission to seek admission to that department.
The Dean of the Graduate School and the head of the Department in which the
student desires to do his major work will advise him concerning departmental pre-
requisites for candidacy for an advanced degree and major and minor advanced degree
requirements.
Undergraduate deficiencies, generally unsatisfactory background, or lack of ade-
quate facilities in a given department may prevent acceptance by the department. In
such instances, the student must either seek acceptance by another department or
register as a " special" graduate student. A "special" graduate student is not a can-
didate for an advanced degree.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 55
Eligible students who wish to further their education without reference to higher
degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School and may elect courses for which thev
can satisfy prerequisites.
Graduate Degrees
Graduate degrees offered by departments in the Univeristy which have been
approved for graduate work are as follows:
Master of Agriculture (M.Agr.)
Master of Arts (A.M.)
Master of Home Economics (M.H.E.)
Master of Music (Mus.M.)
Master of Science (M.S.)
Master of Science in Chemical Engineering (M.S.Ch.E.)
Master of Science in Civil Engineering (M.S.C.E.)
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (M.S.E.E.)
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (M.S.M.E.)
Master of Science in Engineering of Mines (M.S.E.M.)
Master of Science (Home Economics Education) M.S. I'H.E.Ed.)
Master of Science (Biochemistry)
Master of Social Work (M.Soc.Wk.)
Doctor of Philosophv (Th.D.)
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.)
Professional Degrees
The following profesisonal degrees are conferred upon graduates of the College
of Engineering and the School of Mines of West Virginia University on the basis of
practical experience and study in absentia, the presentation of a thesis, and an oral
final examination.
Aeronautical Engineer (A.E.) Electrical Engineer (E.E.)
Chemical Engineer (Ch.E.) Mechanical Engineer (M.E.)
Civil Engineer (C.E.) Engineer of Mines (EM.)
REGISTRATION
Persons who are not registered as students in the University and who are not
members of its administrative or teaching staffs shall not be admitted to regular
attendance in University classes.
All students are expected to register on days set apart for registration at the
beginning of each semester or term of the Universitv. All freshmen are required to
take intelligence, placement, medical, and physical tests.
Immediately after completion of their registration, all students are expected to
pay their fees at the office of the Comptroller in the Administration Building.
Wkst Virginia Board of Education Regulation for Certification
of Teachers
One hundred semester hours of the one hundred twenty-eight required for cer-
tification shall be completed in regularly scheduled campus courses. The twenty-eight
hours of permissible nonresidence courses may be earned by extension, home study
(correspondence), radio, television, special examinations and/or army service. Eighteen
of the twenty-eight hours may be applied to a Second Class Elementary Certificate and
twelve hours to a Third Class Elementary Certificate. Any teacher who may be
penalized by the revised ruling because of credits earned before June 1, 1954, ma\ be
certificated under present regulations.
Visitors
Full-time students who are presently registered in the University may attend classes
as visitors, provided they obtain the written permission of their advisers and of the
instructors in classes they desire to visit. Members of the administrative or teaching
staffs, or other regular employees of the University, may attend classes as visitors,
56 GENERAL INFORMATION
provided they obtain the written permission of the heads of their departments and
of the instructors in the classes which they desire to visit.
No record is kept of the work and attendance of persons admitted to classes as
visitors and no credit is given for their work in such classes.
Persons eligible to attend classes in the University as visitors mav obtain the
proper blanks from the Registrar.
Auditors
Students may enroll in courses without working for grade or for credit by register-
ing as auditors and by paying full fees. Credit or audit status must be indicated at
the time of registration. No change in status from audit to credit or from credit to
audit will be made at any later date.
Late Registration
No student will be permitted to register in the University after the eighteenth da\
of a semester or the ninth day of either term of the Summer Session, without the
special permission of the dean or director of the college or the school which he propose^
to enter. No student registering late will be permitted to enroll for more hours of
work than the number of weeks in actual attendance without the permission of the
Committee on Scholarship of the college or school concerned.
Withdrawal from the University
A student who desires to withdraw from the University must obtain a with-
drawal card from the office of the Registrar 103 Ad. Withdrawal procedure will be
explained to him when he obtains this card.
Students who withdraw from the University without permission will receive at the
end of the semester a grade of "FIW" (failure because of irregular withdrawal) in each
of the subjects for which they are registered and will be indefinitely suspended from
the University.
Students who desire to drop part of their work may withdraw from classes in
which they are enrolled with a grade of "W" at any time prior to the end of the
second week following the date set for mid-semester reports. Withdrawal permits
must be approved by the adviser and filed with the Registrar. If such withdrawal
reduces the student's hours below the required minimum, the permit must be
approved by the Scholarship Committee. Withdrawals after the above date will be
permitted only in exceptional cases and must be approved by the Scholarship Com-
mittee of the college or school in which the student is registered.
Return of Books to the Library
Students must present a signed statement from the Librarian that they have
returned all books and paid all library fines incurred before they withdraw. No
student will be allowed to graduate before paving all fines and returning all Librarv
books.
Re-entry after Withdrawal
Students required to withdraw from one college or school of the University be-
cause of failure in their work and permitted to transfer to another unit of the Univer-
sity may not again register in the college or school in which they were originalh
registered without the consent of the Scholarship Committee of that college or school.
College Credit Defined
A college credit or semester hour represents the amount of work done in one
semester in one recitation hour with two preparation hours a week. From two to three
hours of laboratory work are considered equivalent to one hour of recitation, according
to the amount of outside work assigned in connection with the laboratorv hours.
Adviser
The college or school in which a student is enrolled shall have jurisdiction over
the course of study of that student. Each student upon entering the University is
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 57
assigned to an adviser, whose duty it is to assist the student in his registration, to keep
a record of his work, and to report his registration and standing to the Registrar as
required. The adviser approves the students program of studies, sees that all pre-
scribed work is taken in proper sequence, approves the selection of elective courses, and
assists the student generally in planning his course of study so that he may proceed
systematically and without' conflicts. Changes in registration must always have the
approval of 'the adviser. The student will look to his adviser for guidance in all
matters pertaining to his work.
Maximum and Minimum Work
The maximum and minimum number of hours per semester as well as the
maximum number of hours per year for which a student may register during the
regular academic year of the University are as follows:
Minimum Maximum
Hours per
Semester
14
Ho
Se
urs per
mester
20
Arts and Sciences
14
12
18
18
18
Engineering and Mechanic Arts . . .
12
14
20
20
14
18
14
18
. . .. 13
16
Medicine
17
20
12
20
14
20
Pharmacy
Physical Education and Athletics . . .
14
14
20
20
Year
56
34
36
Work of the Summer Session is equivalent in character to that of the regular
year. One hour's credit per week is a normal load for either term; but in order to
facilitate scheduling of courses, undergraduate students may carry 7 hours if the
periods are seventy-five minutes in length.
A student desiring to do irregular work, more or less than the prescribed number
of hours in any college, must obtain permission from the Committee on Scholarship
in his college or school. This permission is not valid until it has been reported to
the Registrar for record.
Substitution for Required Courses
A student who desires to substitute another course for any course prescribed in
his curriculum or required for the degree toward which he is working, must obtain
permission for such substitution from the Committee on Scholarship in his college
or school, but there can be no substitution from group to group.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
Candidates for degrees are eligible for graduation upon completion of the require-
ments, in the college or school in which they are registered, which were in effect at the
time of their first registration in that college or school, provided they apply for grad-
uation within a period of seven years from the time of their first registration. Students
who fail to complete the requirements for graduation within seven years from their
first registration in the college or school in which thev are candidates for degrees, shall
satisfy the requirements in effect at the time they apply for graduation.
All University degrees are conferred by the Board of Governors upon recommenda-
tion of the faculties of the various colleges and schools. Degrees are granted at the close
of the semester or Summer Session term in which the students complete their work.
Candidates for degrees to be conferred at the close of the second semester must
be present in person to receive their degree unless excused by the deans or directors
or their colleges or schools.
58 GENERAL INFORMATION
Baccalaureate Degrees
credits and grade points required
Less than 6 hours in an ancient or modern language will not be counted toward
any University degree, diploma, or certificate unless work in the same language has
been offered for entrance.
Six hours of English composition and rhetoric (English 1 and 2) are required of
all candidates for the Bachelor's Degree in all colleges and schools of the University.
Eight hours of basic military or air science and tactics are required of all freshmen
and sophomore men not specifically exempt. 8
Enrollment in the advanced courses Army ROTC or Air Force ROTC is elective
on the part of those students who may be selected by the President of the University
and the Professor of Military Science and Tactics or the Professor of Air Science,
under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary
of the Air Force. Each student who shall have been enrolled in either advanced
course shall complete that course and, if tendered, accept a commission in a reserve
component of the Army or the Air Force upon completion of the course as a prerequi-
site for his graduation from the University, unless he is excused from this requirement
l)\ the authority of the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Air Force.
Two hours of physical education for men (P.E. 1 and 2) , to be taken during the
first year in residence, and four hours of physical education for women (P.E. 3-18,
101-102), to be taken during the first and second years in residence, are required
for graduation, except in the case of students entering with advanced standing amount-
ing to 58 semester hours or more.
Each undergraduate who began college work after June 1, 1952, must pass a
proficiency examination in English, after the beginning of his junior year in order to
qualify for graduation. He shall take the examination during the first semester of his
junior year, and if not declared proficient, shall repeat the examination as many times
as necessary. The examination shall be administered by the English Proficiency Board.
Each baccalaureate degree is conditioned upon the completion of a specified
number of semester hours of credit. For a tabular statement of the number of credit
hours required for each degree, see the last column on page 60 under the caption
"Classification of Students."
All divisions of the University require minimum standards of scholastic quality.
Grade points are computed only on grades earned at West Virginia University
(including Potomac State College of West Virginia University). To be eligible for
graduation, a student must have an average of "C" or an average of two grade
points on all work for which he received grades (except "W" and "WP"). The
College of Education, in addition to the general average of two grade points per credit
hour in all subjects, requires an average of two grade points per hour of credit in
Education and in each teaching field.
It is the student's responsibility to keep informed on his grade point standing.
This information may be obtained at any time from the dean or director of the
college, school, or division in which the student is registered.
GRADUATION WITH HONORS AND WITH HIGH HONORS
Effective June 1, 1949, the University established the practice of awarding "Honors''
and "High Honors" to qualified students who are candidates for their initial bac-
calaureate degrees. (Candidates from the College of Law are excluded.) The following
regulations govern these awards:
1. The computation of the average shall begin with the student's penultimate
term or semester and continue in reverse chronological order until at least 54 semester
hours have been counted. If, in order to total the required number of hours, it is
necessary to include any part of a semester or term the work of the whole semester
shall be included.
2. No graduate shall be eligible for honors unless he shall have completed at
least half of the semester hours required for his degree in West Virginia University.
3. The senior year must be at the University.
4. No graduate shall be eligible for honors if his grade point average for his final
semester or term is less than 3.0.
^See pages 17-18-19.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 59
5. Subject to the above conditions, all candidates for a baccalaureate degree whose
average, as shown by the portion of the work used, is 3.6 or above, shall be graduated
with "High Honors." All those whose average is less than 3.6 but 3.3 or above, shall
be graduated with "Honors."
6. Fitting recognition of graduation with honors shall be made on the candidate's
diploma and on the commencement program.
REQUIREMENTS AS TO RESIDENCE
Students who come to the University from other colleges or universities are
advised to make the transfer not later than the beginning of their third year and in
no case will a student who matriculates in the University later than October 1 in an\
year be permitted to receive a degree at the next commencemnt.
In special cases students who desire to leave the University at the close of their
third year to enter another institution with the purpose of taking a combined course
leading to two degrees or of preparing for graduate study may, upon application
beforehand to the Committee on Scholarship of the college or school in which thev
are registered, be permitted to do the work of the fourth year, or a part thereof, at
such other institution and to receive the Bachelor's Degree from the University upon
the presentation of the proper credits.
Except in the College of Law, no student will be granted a Bachelor's Degree bv
the University who has not done either a total of 90 hours or the last 30 hours of his
work in actual residence at the University.
No student mav receive the Degree of Bachelor of Laws without at least three
semesters in residence at the College of Law and the successful completion of courses
aggregating at least one-half of the total number of hours required for graduation.
WORK DONE OUT OF RESIDENCE
It is the policy of the University to discourage the taking of regular residence
courses in absentia. In the cases of courses begun at the University and not com-
pleted because of illness or for other acceptable reasons, however, permission to
complete the work in absentia under the direction of the regular University instructors
giving the courses may be granted by the Committee on Scholarship; but in such case
credit should be given only upon a report of the grade of no less than "C" on final
examination.
This regulation does not apply to University extension courses.
CREDIT IN CORRESPONDENCE WORK
Credit up to a maximum of 30 semester hours for work completed bv correspond-
ence in non-laboratory courses will be accepted by the University when such work is
given by accredited colleges or universities that accept this work for credit toward their
own degrees and whose residence work is accepted by West Virginia University.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
The following table shows the number of semester hours required for classification
as second-year, third-year, and fourth-year students and for graduation, according to
the curricula in the several colleges, schools, and divisions. First-year students must
satisfy the requirement for admission as set forth on pages 49 to 51 inclusive.
60
GENERAL INFORMATION
COLLEGE AND DEGREE
Agriculture, Forestry, and
Home Economics
B.S. (Bachelor of Science)
B.S. in Agriculture (B.S.Agr)
B.S. in Forestry (B.S.F.)
B.S. in Home Economics (B.S.H.E.)
Agriculture & Engineering
BS. in Agr'l Eng'g (B.S.Agr.E.)
HOURS REQUIRED TO CLASSIFY AS
Second- Third- Fourth- Required
Year Year Year for
Student Student Student Degree
26
26
30
23
30
Arts and Sciences
Associate in Arts (A. A.) 25
Bachelor of Arts (A.B.)
Regular 25
Premedical 32
Combined (Medicine) 9 32
Combined (Law)io 25
Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
Geology 32
Chemistry 34
Combined (Medicine) " 32
Social Work 25
Commerce
B.S. in Bus. Ad. (B.S.Bus.)
B.S. in Ec. (B.S.Ec.)
Education 12
B.S. in Elem. Educ. (B.S.El.Ed.)
B.S. in Secondary Educ. (B.S.Sec.Ed.)
Engineeringi ■
Bachelor of Science
B.S. in Aero. Eng'g (B.S.A.E.) .
B.S. in Chem. Eng'g (B.S.Ch.E.)
B.S. in Civil Eng'g (B.S.C.E.) . .
B.S. in Elec. Eng'g (B.S.E.E.) . .
B.S. in Mech. Eng'g (B.S.M.E.) .
Jot RNALISM
B.S. in Journalism (B.S.J.)
Law
Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.)
Medicine
Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
Medical Technician . . .
MlNES
B. S. in Eng'g of Mines (B.S.E.M.)
Music
Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.)
27
30
30
30
30
30
21
25
30
30
64
04
70
58
72
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
58
60
72
72
72
72
72
58
50
58
72
64
100
100
110
92
112
92
96
96
96
99
103
96
92
02
92
92
92
94
112
112
112
112
112
92
100
112
102
144
144
150
128
148
64
128
128
132
124
132
136
132
128
128
132
128
128
133
148
148
154
148
154
128
81
135
154
136
"Fourth year in School of Medicine.
mFourth year in College of Law.
nThird and fourth years in School of Medicine.
i2For the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, at least 10 hours of the
residence work must be in Education.
i 'Students matriculating with 58 or more hours of credit may graduate with
1 4 S hours, since physical education is not required of these students.
Second-
Year
Student
Third-
Year
Student
Fourth-
Year
Student
Required
for
Degree
30
30
70
70
108
108
142
144
28
58
92
128
28
58
94
130
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 61
HOURS REQUIRED TO CLASSIFY AS
COLLEGE AND DEGREE
Pharmacy
B.S. in Pharmacy (B.S.Phar.)
Retail Pharmacy
Industrial Pharmacy
Physical Education and Athletics
Bachelor of Science in Physical
Education (B.S.P.E.)
Bachelor of Science in Recreation
(B.S.Rec.)
EXAMINATIONS AND REPORTS
Courses
As a rule courses extend through one semester onl\ 14
Examinations
mid-semester and final examinations
In practically all courses offered in the University, the student receives both a
preliminary or mid-semester grade and a final grade. The mid-semester standing of a
student is based on the daily recitation grades and a special test given during one or
more regular recitation periods. Mid-semester grades are not entered on the Registrar's
records. The final grade is based on the class standing for the entire semester and on a
written final examination to which a special period of two or three hours is devoted,
except that the manner of determining the final grade of seniors and graduate students
provisionally approved for graduation at the end of the semester or term is left with
the head of the department. Any student not satisfied with his grade, however, has
the right to take the examination with his class if he so desires.
EXAMINATION PERIODS
Mid-semester examinations are held during the week immediately preceding the
day of the mid-semester reports as set forth in the University Calendar. Final examina-
tions are held during the last week of each semester of the academic vear, and during
the last two davs of each term of the Summer Session.
ABSENCE FROM EXAMINATION
( u
Students are required to take all regular examinations. If a student attends .i
urse throughout the semester and is absent from examination without permission,
the instructor shall count the examination as zero and report the final grade as "F."
If, in the opinion of the instructor, absence of the student was for satisfactory reason,
the fact will be recorded on the student's class ticket, the grade "I" will be returned,
and the student ma\, upon application to the instructor, take the examination at a
later date.
INCOMPLETES AND FAILURES
If the final grade of a student in any course is "F," the student must take the
course again if he desires to receive credit for it The grade of "I" is given when an
i4ln the College of Law all courses extend either the entire year or through
one semester. No credit will be given for less than an entire course except
by special order of the Committee on Scholarship. Grades given at the end
of the first semester in courses extending throughout the year are merely in-
dicative of the quality of work done by the student to that point and do not
give credit for the part of the course so far pursued. Such first-semester grades
may be considered in determining the final grade.
62 GENERAL INFORMATION
instructor believes that the course work is unavoidably incomplete or that a supple-
mentary examination is justifiable. The grade of "I" can be removed by examination
or completion of the work of the course. A grade of "I," not removed within the
following semester or the next semester in which the student is in residence, bcomes
a failure unless special permission is granted by the appropriate Scholarship Com-
mittee to postpone removal.
Reports
Mid-semester grades are reported to students' advisers and to deans or directors
but are not recorded in the office of the Registrar.
Final grades are reported by instructors directly to the Registrar's office. Final
grades must be in the hands of the Registrar within 48 hours after the closing hour
of the examination. This rule also applies to the final grades of all students registered
in other colleges or schools of the University who are enrolled in law courses.
The final standing of all seniors provisionally approved for graduation shall be
reported by their instructors to the deans or directors of their colleges or schools, and
the final standing of all graduate students provisionally approved for graduation shall
be reported to the Dean of the Graduate School not later than the last day of recita-
tion of the second semester. For this purpose special report cards are supplied bv the
Registrar.
A report of each student's work is made at the close of the semester or Summer
Session to the student himself and tc his parents or guardian.
Scholastic Standing and Grade Points
grading system
A— excellent (given only to students of superior ability and attainment)
B— good (given to those students who are well above the average but who are not
in the highest group)
C— fair (average students)
D— poor but passing!
F— failure
I— incomplete
FIW— failure because of irregular withdrawal
W— all withdrawals prior to the end of the second week following the date set for
mid-semester reports
WP— withdrew passing subsequent to the end of the second week following the
date set for mid-semester reports
WF— withdrew failing subsequent to the end of the second week following the date
set for mid-semester reports
X— auditor, no grade and no credit
GRADE POINTS
The grade-point average is computed on all work for which the student has
registered, except for the courses with grades of "W" and "WP," and is based on the
following grade-point values:
A
B
C
D
F
FIW
WF
I
X
4
3
2
1
Provided, however, that when a student receives a grade of "I" and later removes the
incomplete grade, his average grade-point standing shall be calculated on the basis
of the new grade.
Students are permitted to re-register at West Virginia University in any course
for which a grade of "D" has been received at West Virginia University. In such cases
the second grade shall supersede the first, provided it is not lower than "D".
i6Veterans of World War II or Korea may register for courses in which they
have a grade of "C" or higher, but no credit will be given for the new listing.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 63
Absences
Students shall attend all classes, including laboratory sessions,, for which they are
registered, unless prevented from doing so by illness, injury, authorized University
activities, or other reasons approved by their deans or directors.
A student who must be absent from class for an extended period of time shall
inform his adviser or his dean or director.
Each college or school shall make suitable and effective provisions for handling
absences.
Probation and Suspension
Any student whose mid-semester grades are below passing in courses amounting
to more than half of the total number of semester hours for which he is registered
shall be placed on probation for the remainder of the semester. The terms of proba-
tion are determined by the respective scholarship committees.
Any student whose grades at the end of any registration period are below passing
in courses amounting to more than half the total number of semester hours for which
he is registered shall be suspended from the University. A freshman subject to the
operation of this rule at the end of his first registration period in residence shall be
placed on probation for the succeeding registration period.
A student who receives a grade of "FIW" (failure because of irregular withdrawal)
shall, unless restored to probationary standing, be suspended from the University. The
grade of "FIW" may be given, provided the student has been previously reported to
his adviser and the dean or director of his college or school as having excessive
absences, in either of the following cases: (1) the student's absences exceed 25 percent
of the total number of class meetings, or (2) the student is absent from all the class
meetings during the 14 calendar davs immediately preceding the period set for final
examinations.
All actions of the Committee on Scholarship and of the dean or instructor of the
college or school that affect the standing of a student shall be reported by the dean
or director to the Registrar.
Duties of Instructors
Each instructor shall be responsible for keeping an attendance record of students
in his classes, and shall report an excessive number of absences to the student's dean
or director and his adviser.
Duties of Advisers
All advisers, upon receipt of reports of excessive number of absences shall have
conferences with the students concerned and shall make such recommendations and
adjustments as are desirable and feasible. If the adviser does not find a satisfacton
solution after a conference with the student, he shall report the case to the dean or
director of his college or school.
Duties of the Comittee on Scholarship
The Committee on Scholarship shall have authority to proceed according to its
best judgment in regard to delinquent students referred to it for its consideration.
All orders of the committee shall become effective when approvd by the dean or
director of the college.
In the exercise of its authority the Committee shall not suspend a student during
a semester except for wilful neglect and in cases w r here the student's class grades are
so low that further class attendance would be a waste of time. No suspension shall
become effective until approved by the dean of the college.
(34
GENERAL INFORMATION
SEMESTER FEES IN THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
{See footnotes 17, 18, 19)
R E G U L A
R YEAR
Full Time
Part Time
Per Credit Hour
Resident
Xon-
Resident
Resident
Xon-
Resident
Agr., For., Home Ec.
Arts and Sciences
Commerce
Engineering
Journalism
Mines
Physical Education
and Athletics
S45.00*
$220.00*
$3.00
SI 6.00
Law
$70.00*
$245.00*
$5.00
$17.00
Medicine
$132.00*
S350.00*
$8.00
$26.00
Medical Technology
(Jr. and Sr. Years)
$70.00*
S245.00*
$5.00
SI 7.00
Music
S80.00*
S255.00*
S5.00
$19.00
Pharmacy
$70.00*
$245.00*
$5.00
$17.00
♦Includes Contingent Fee ($30); Student Activity Fee ($7); Health Service
Fee ($3), Mountainlair Fee ($2), and Student Union Building Fee ($3.00).
SUMMER SESSION FEES
Resident Nonresident
Health Service fee, one term SI. 00 31 .00
Health Service fee, two terms 2.00 2.00
Mountainlair fee, one term .75 .75
Mountainlair fee, two terms 1.50 1.50
Student Union Building Fee 1.00 1.00
Tuition, per semester hour 4.00 8.00
itA full-time student is one who is registered for 10 or more semester hours
of work each semester of the regular academic year, or 4 or more semester hours
of work during each term of the Summer Session. A full-time student during the
regular academic year receives an Identification Card which entitles him to
admission to all athletic events. A full-time student during the regular academic
year or during the Summer Session is entitled to free medical consultation and
advice from the University physician. A moderate charge is made for room calls,
X-rays, special laboratory tests, drugs furnished by the University Pharmacy.
minor operations, treatment of fractures and dislocations, and intravenous
treatment.
isNo person shall be considered eligible to register in the University as a
resident student who has not been domiciled in the State of West Virginia for
at least twelve consecutive months next preceding college registration. No non-
resident student may establish domicile in this State, entitling him to reduction
or exemptions of tuition, merely by his attendance as a full-time student at any
institution of learning in the State. A minor student whose parents acquire a
West Virginia domicile after the student's original registration will be deemed
to have the domicile of his parents and become entitled to pay resident fees. More-
over, any student who has originally paid non resident fees may become entitled
to pay resident fees, if after an interim of non-attendance or otherwise he has
established a valid legal domicile in this State at least twelve months prior to
his registration in the University. In any event, the appointment of a guardian
for a minor student temporarily resident in West Virginia, other than the
designation of a natural guardian, shall not in and of itself operate to establish
a West Virginia domicile for such student.
19A part-time student is one who is registered for fewer than 10 semester
hours per semester durine: the reerular academic year: or for fewer than 4 semes-
rer hours per term during the Summer Session.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 65
FEES AND EXPENSES
Subject to change without notice)
Fees
All tees are due and payable at the Comptroller's office on the day of registra-
tion. 20 Students registering pay the fees shown in table on the opposite page.
Remission of Fees
No tuition or fees, except those payable to State Special Funds or those charged to
Special Services, shall be charged or collected by the University from any student
registered in the Graduate School while such student is employed by the University
on a regular appointment. Any such student who has held a regular University
appointment for the second semester shall also be entitled to exemption from these
fees for the Summer Session immediately following his term of appointment.
Special Fees
Late-registration fee (non-refundable) 21 1 2.00
Graduation fee 2 -' 10.00
Professional Engineering degree (including $10 graduation fee) 25.00
Student's record fee 2 ■ 1 .00
Certificate in Home Economics 2.00
Associate in Arts Degree 2.00
Special extra fee for flight training:
A.E. 171 100.00
A.E. 172 100.00
A.E. 173 100.00
A.E. 175 100.00
A.E. 176 100.00
A.E. 177 100.00
Change in registration fee (after 8th day) 1.00
Fee for examination for entrance credit, per unit 1.00
Fee for examination for advanced standing 3.00
Fee for General Education Development tests (high-school level) 24 .... 15.00
Social work certificate 2.00
Fee for reinstatement of students dropped from the rolls 3.00
Fee for examination of candidates for graduate degrees 25 1.00
Student locker fee (men) 2.50
Student locker fee (women) 2.00
Diploma replacement fee 5.00
Student Identification Card Replacement Fee 1.00
Correspondence Course in Guided Reading (per course) 1 .00
Fee for Extension Work
A fee of $8 per semester hour is charged for each extension course offered.
Special Fees in Medicine and Pharmacy
Students in colleges and schools other than the College of Pharmacy and the
School of Medicine who register for courses in the College of Pharmacy or the School
20Students who have not paid their fees before the close of office hours of the
second Saturday following - the opening- of a semester or a summer term, shall be
dropped from the rolls of the University, and the Registrar shall notify their
instructors that their class cards are to be withdrawn.
-'iCharged when students register after registration dates announced in the-
Tniversity Calendar, Part IV.
22The graduation fee is payable by all students at the beginning of the semes-
ter or term in which they expect to receive their degrees.
250ne transcript of a student's record is furnished by the Registrar without
charge. This fee is charged for furnishing an additional transcript.
-4lf the applicant applies for admission to and registers in the University
within twelve months of the date for his qualifying for the test, a ten dollar credit
shall be established for him.
25For graduate students not otherwise enrolled at time of final examination.
66 GENERAL INFORMATION
of Medicine shall be required to pay a fee of $4 per credit hour for such courses in
additional to the fees charged in the colleges or schools in which they are registered.
Regularly enrolled students in the College of Pharmacy are given the privilege
of enrolling without additional fees in required Pharmacy courses offered in the
School of Medicine.
Regularly enrolled premedical students in the College of Arts and Sciences are
given the privilege of registering for the following courses in the College of Pharmacy
without additional charge: Pharmacy 2, Pharmacy 3, Pharmacy 9, Pharmacv 106, and
Pharmacy 107.
School of Music Fees
1. Students registering for a degree in the School of Music:
Resident students, $80 per semester. Non-resident students, $255 per semester.
2. Special or part-time students registering in the School of Music:
(a) Class courses— Special or part-time students registered in the School of
Music for class courses shall pay $3 per credit-hour for these courses.
(b) Applied Music— Special or part-time students registered in the School of
Music for courses in applied music shall pay tuition fees as follows:
LESSONS PER WEEK
One Two
Band and orchestra instruments $35 $55
Piano 35 55
Pipe-Organ 35 55
Voice 35 55
Instrument Classes $5 per semester
Ensemble:
1 . Acompanying $5 per semester
2. Chamber music $5 per semester
(c) Special Work in Another College or School— Special or part-time students
registered in the School of Music who take special work in another college or
school of the University shall pay music fees plus the regular rate per credit-
hour for the work they are taking in another college or school.
3. Students Registered in Other Schools and Colleges.
(a) Class Courses— Students registered in other schools and colleges of the
University may enroll for class courses in the School of Music without paying
additional fees.
(b) Applied Music— Students in other schools and colleges of the Universit\
who enroll for one or more courses in applied music shall pay the fees required
in the school or college in which they are registered plus music fees as follows:
for courses in voice, piano, pipe-organ or band and orchestra instruments, one
lesson per week $20; two lessons $35.
4. Piano and Pipe-organ Practice.
(a) Piano for practice— One hour a day, $6 per semester; two hours, $10;
three hours, S14; four hours, $18.
(b) Pipe-organ practice— One hour a day, $10 per semester.
(c) Band and orchestra instruments— Rental fee $2.50 per semester.
Deposits
The deposits required are as follows: breakage deposit in chemistry, $7 to
$12; breakage deposit for students enrolled in medical technology course and in
the School of Medicine, $10; for students enrolled in other colleges and schools
of the University electing courses in medical technology or medicine, $5 for one
laboratory course and $10 for more than one course; military science deposit, $10;
breakage deposit in pharmacy, $10.
ADMINISTRATION, REGISTRATION, FEES 67
Refunding of Fees
\ student who withdraws regularly 2 * from the University may arrange for a
refund of fees by submitting to the Comptroller approval by the Registrar of
the refund. Semester fees will be returned in accordance with the following
schedule:
Amount of Refund
During first and second weeks All fees less $2.50
During the third and fourth weeks 80% of fees
During the fifth and sixth weeks 609c of fees
During the seventh and eighth weeks 40</r of fees
Beginning the ninth week No refunds allowed
Campus Parking Regulations, Fees and Charges
Students are required to observe all rules and regulations of the University with
respect to the parking of motor vehicles on the campus, the fees for parking permits,
and the fines or charges imposed for the violation of such rules and regulations. A
student who fails to pay any such fine or charge imposed on him during any semester
or term will be denied the right to graduate or to reregister, as the case may be, as well
as the right to obtain a transcript, until full payment is made.
COST OF AN ACADEMIC YEAR'S WORK
A student's textbooks will cost approximately S50 a year, and his registration
fees S90 to S264 is he is a resident; or $440 to S700 if a nonresident. Students
in engineering will use drawing instruments costing from SI 7 to S26. The lab-
oratory breakage deposit required ranges from S7 to $12, a part of which is usually
returned at the end of the year. In military and air science a S10 deposit is required
to cover military equipment in the custody of the student, practically all of which
is returned to the student when he accounts for his equipment. Board and room
may be obtained at from approximately S459 to S549 a year. A student's laundrv
will cost from S25 to S35 a year. Traveling expenses, clothing, and other mis-
cellaneous items will depend largely upon the tastes and habits of the individual
student. In general, however, it may be said that the legitimate cost of a 9-month
term of residence at the University ranges from S700 to SI, 100 a year.
-6To withdraw regularly a student must apply to the Registrar for permis-
sion. The withdrawal permit must be approved by the student's adviser and the
dean of the college and filed in the Registrar's office.
Part II
CURRICULA AND COURSES
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the announcements of courses:
f— a course given in the first semester.
II— a course given in the second semester.
I, II— a semester course given in each semester.
I and II— a course given throughout the year.
S— a course offered in the Summer Session.
SI— a course given in first term of the Summer Session.
SII— a course given in second term of the Summer Session,
hr.— number of credit hours per course,
cone— concurrent registration required.
PR— prerequisite.
PLAN FOR NUMBERING COURSES
For convenience each course of study is designated by the name of the department
in which it is given and by the number of that course. The plan of numbering is as
follows:
Courses 1 to 99— courses intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores.
Courses 100 to 199— courses intended primarily for juniors and seniors.
Courses 200 to 299— advanced courses for juniors, seniors, and graduates.
Courses 300 to 399— courses open to graduate students only.
SCHEDULES
Before the opening of each semester, a schedule is printed announcing the courses
that will be offered in the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics;
the College of Arts and Sciences; the College of Commerce; the College of Education;
the School of Journalism; the Division of Military and Air Science and Tactics; the
School of Music; and the School of Physical Education and Athletics. Schedules are
prepared for the College of Engineering and the School of Mines, the College of Law,
the College of Pharmacy, and the School of Medicine but are not printed.
68
The College of Agriculture
Forestry, and Home Economics
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY,
AND HOME ECONOMICS
Agricultural, forestry, and home economics work at West Virginia University
is organized under the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics.
For the purpose of administration the College is divided into three branches:
I. The Agricultural Experiment Station, organized for research and ex-
perimental work.
II. Resident instruction in agriculture, in forestry, and in home economics.
III. Extension work in agriculture, forestrv, home economics, and boys'
and girls' club work, given by the Agricultural Extension Service to citizens
of the state who are not in residence at the College.
The work of these divisions is closely interrelated. Although some members of
the staff devote full time to college instruction, research, or extension work, many
others divide their time among two or three of the divisions.
History
In 1897 the College of Agriculture was established as a distinct college in the
University. The Agricultural Experiment Station, founded in 1888, became part of
the College at the time the latter was instituted. The Agricultural Extension Service
was added in 1913, and in 1914 the Department of Home Economics was transierred
from the College of Arts and Sciences. Organization of the College was completed in
1937 when a full four-year course in forestry was added. The name of the unit theu
was changed to "The College of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics."
The West Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
The Experiment Station was established by the Roard of Regents in 1888 by
authority of an Act of Congress known as the Hatch Act. Further support was given
by Acts of Congress known as the Adams Act, the Purnell Act, the Bankhead-Jones
Act, and the Research and Marketing Act of 1946.
The objects and purposes of the Experiment Station as stated in the Hatch
Act are:
"to conduct original researches or verify experiments on the physiology of plants and
animals: the diseases to which they are severally subject with the remedies for the
same; the chemical composition of useful plants at the different stages of growth;
the comparative advantages of rotative cropping as pursued under varying series of
crops; the capacity of new plants or trees for acclimation; the analysis of soils and
waters; the chemical composition of manures, natural or artificial, with experiments
designed to test their comparative effects on crops of different kinds; the adoption
and value of grasses and forage plants; the composition and digestibility of the dif-
ferent kinds of foods for domestic animals; the scientific and economic questions in-
volved in the production of butter and cheese; and such other researches and experi-
ments bearing directly on the agricultural industry of the United States as may in
each case be deemed advisable, having due regard to the varying conditions and needs
of the respective states and territories."
69
70 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Under the Purnell Act the work of the Experiment Station is enlarged to include
research in farm economics, rural sociology, and certain phases of home economics
which relate to nutrition and the use of foods. The work of the Experiment Station
also is supported by State appropriations.
Besides the provision for expanding certain types of research authorized previously,
the Bankhead- Jones Act provides specifically for research looking toward improvement
of quality in agricultural products and by-products and in manufacture, and also for
research relating to the conservation, development, and use of land and water
resources for agricultural purposes.
The Research and Marketing Act greatly enlarges the scope of the previous
acts by providing for expansion of research in home economics, nutrition, market-
ing, and production of agricultural products, and further provides for new researches
in housing, farm structures, introduction of new plants and animals, and for enlarged
cooperation with federal, state, and private agencies.
At present, investigations are being conducted in the fields of agricultural bio-
chemistry, agricultural economics and rural sociologv, agricultural engineering,
agronomy and genetics, animal husbandry, dairying, forestry, home economics, hort-
iculture, plant pathology, and entomology. These investigations are classified into
133 research projects.
Branch Agricultural Experiment Stations
Branch experiment stations are maintained at Wardensville, Point Pleasant,
Kearneys vi lie, and Reedsville. The Revmann Memorial Experimental Farms at War-
densville. a gift received in 1917 from the estate of Lawrence A. Reymann, occupy
987.5 acres of farm land on the Cacapon River in Hardy County. The farm is
being operated on an experimental basis involving pasture improvement, erosion
control, soil rebuilding, water conservation, crops, beef cattle, sheep, and poultry.
The Ohio Valley branch experiment station of 150 acres at Point Pleasant on
the Ohio River was acquired in 1945 from the War Assets Administration. It is
operated as a unit for the experimental production of tobacco and truck and
field crops of special interest to the farmers of the Ohio and Kanawha Valleys.
From this Station, supervision extends to the area at Lakin formerly operated by the
Experiment Station, but operated by West Virginia State College.
The University Experiment Farm, a tract of 158 acres near Kearneysville, in
the eastern fruit section, was established in 1930 as a branch experiment station
for the study of problems relating to fruit production, including insect and disease
control, as well as problems of general farming typical of the section. The insect
investigations arc carried on in cooperation with the Federal Bureau of Economic
Entomology.
The Reedsville Experiment Farm in Preston County was acquired through trans-
fer of the dairy farm of the Arthurdale Association by the Federal Housing Authority
for the purpose of contributing to the welfare of the community and the people of
West Virginia through demonstration and research. Work on this 457-acre farm
consists of programs with potatoes, ornamentals, small fruits, corn and legumes
in rotations, livestock, hillculture, and agricultural engineering.
Bulletins and quarterly reports setting forth the results of experiments and in-
vestigations conducted at the Station are published for gratuitous distribution and
will be mailed to any citizen of the State who applies for them.
Cooperative Extension Work
By act of the Legislature in 1913. amended in 1915, the Agricultural Extension
Service was created and established in the College of Agriculture for the purpose
of promoting improvement and advancement of agriculture, home economics, and
rural life among the people of the State.
County Extension agents carry on a continuous program of demonstration
coupled with all available means for disseminating information on problems re-
lating to production techniques, marketing, and soil conservation. They demon-
strate new and improved varieties of crops, methods of insect and disease con
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71
trol, methods of cultivation, proper fertilization, and use of labor-saving devices
and techniques in harvesting.
Farmers are assisted with the solution of problems relating to livestock breeding,
diseases and their control, and feeding and marketing. Farmers also are helped
with problems relating to management ot their farms, securing of credit, combin-
ation of farm enterprises, and keeping of farm accounts.
Receiving attention in the home phase of farm problems are those related to
foods and nutrition, home management, housing, clothing, and family life. Attention
also is given to the family and its constructive influence in community life and civic
affairs; discussion guides and factual information are provided to help homemakers
become better informed citizens, and to give them a better understanding of the effect
of national and international affairs on their farms and their homes.
All Extension workers have a deep unci est in uiial youth ot the state. Through
4-H club work, young people are introduced to many improved practices in agri-
culture and homemaking. This program emphasizes the tour-fold development of
head, heart, health, and hand.
The primary function of the Agricultural Extension Service is education. The
chief purpose of Extension is to teach people to help themselves. The oiganization
is financed jointly bv the federal, state, and county governments.
In 1921 the Legislature established at Jackson's Mill, Lewis County, a State
4-H Camp which has grown from 5 to 523 acies. Fifteen cottages erected by various
counties together with the assembly hall, swimming pool, dining room, health center
and other buildings and equipment, furnish facilities for a series of camps, conferences,
and meetings running throughout the year, it is die pioneer development ol its
kind in the world.
The Agricultural Extension Service cooperates with Oglebay Institute in carry-
ing out the educational program at Oglebay Park near Wheeling. By arrangement
with the Wheeling Park Board, the facilities of this park are used by the Institute
for camps, conferences, and fairs. The chief purpose of this type of program is to
train and develop leadership in music, recreation and other forms of leisure-time
activities, as well as in handicrafts and art.
Short Courses and Special Schools
In addition to the instrm on of collegiate grade offered, the College of Agri-
culture, Forestry, and Home bionomics maintains a series of annual short courses
with special schools for the benefit of adult residents in the state who wish to obtain,
in brief periods, education in certain fields. The Department of Dairy Husbandry
has sponsored milk and ice cream courses for dairv plant operators and workers.
The Horticulture Extension School is held each year in the Eastern Panhandle.
One-day schools are held at Romney and Wheeling. The annual sessions concern
many production, disease-control, and marketing problems of the Panhandle fruit
grower.
Buildings and Equipment
The administration offices and many of the laboratories and classrooms of the
College are in Oglebay Hall. The building contains on the basement floor the
creamery and dairy laboratories, four-chambered cold storage plant and ice machine,
the mailing room, and laboratories for animal husbandry. The first floor is devoted
to the Office of Administration of the College, the Experiment Station, and the
Extension Service; the Department of Agronomy; the Division of Home Economics;
and to agronomy and the home economics laboratories. The second floor houses the
departments of Agricultural Education and Animal Husbandry as well as the Extension
Service editorial offices and provides two recitation rooms, three home economics
laboratories and a staff conference room. On the upper floor are situated the Depart-
ment of Horticulture, and the Animal Pathology section of the Department of Animal
Pathology.
The Agricultural Editor's office is located in the basement of Woodburn Hall.
The Extension Service also has several ollices in the Spruce Street Annex.
In Oglebay Annex are situated the offices of the Department of Dairy Husbandry,
and some of the laboratories of the Department of Agricultural Engineering.
72 CURRICULA AND COURSES
The Department of Plant Pathology, Bacteriology, and Entomology with offices,
classrooms, and laboratories, occupies a section of Brooks Hall.
The old Experiment Station building houses on the first floor the office and labora-
tories of the Agricultural Biochemistry Department. The second floor is occupied by
the soils laboratories and offices.
Beaumont House Annex houses the offices and laboratories of the Department
of Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology.
The Forestry building across Stadium Bridge houses in its two upper floors the
Division of Forestry, and in its basement and first floor, the laboratories and office
of the Department of Agricultural Engineering.
The Home Management Houses are situated at 128 Willey Street, and 298 Prospect
Street. The Nursery School is located at 549 Price Street.
The College of Agriculture now has 990 acres of land lying at a short distance
from the University buildings. This land is definitely organized into a series of five
farms operated respectively as Animal Husbandry, Dairy Husbandry, Poultry Hus-
bandry, Agronomy, and Horticulture units. Each of the farms is equipped with
modern farm buildings and with special buildings for experimental, laboratory, and
classroom work. The Animal Husbandry Farm contains a 40-acre woodlot which is
used for instruction and experimentation in forestry.
At Alvon, in Greenbrier County, the Division of Forestry maintains Camp
Wood, devoted to field instruction in land surveying and timber estimating for
students in the division who have passed two years of the professional forestry
course. The camp, situated in the Monongahela National Forest, is equipped
with permanent buildings for instruction and living accommodations.
The Division of Forestry also has 498 acres of forest land in Randolph County
which is being used for research anil educational training. In addition to this
work, the tract is used by extension foresters to demonstrate sustained yield and
iorest operation for the production of hardwood timber.
During 1951, an agreement was completed between the University and the Island
Creek Coal Company making the 3,000-acre Island Creek Experimental Forest avail-
able for research in applied forestry. The experimental work conducted here is open
to inspection by forestry students.
Cooper's Rock State Forest, an area of 13,000 acres fronting on Cheat Lake, is
less than ten miles from the institution. By agreement between the University and
the Conservation Commission of West Virginia an 8 000-acre part of this forest has
been set aside as the West Virginia University Forest, Division of the Cooper's Rock
State Forest. This area is managed by the Division of Forestry for research and
educational purposes.
With its farm land, buildings, and equipment the College of Agriculture,
Forestry, and Home Economics is enabled to offer thorough and complete training
in moft branches of agriculture and forestrv which are applicable to West Vir-
ginia conditions, and to provide adequate training in several fields in home economics.
As part of me work in several of the courses offered in the College, visits
are made to large farms, specialized farms or farming regions, and city markets.
Student.s are expected to pay their own expenses, which are kept at a moderate
figure.
Student Activities
Every student entering judging courses offered in the college has the oppor-
tunity of competing for a place on livestock, meat, dairy cattle, dairy products,
poultry, and fruit-judging teams. Qualified teams compete at regional, national,
and international contests.
Numerous organizations on the Campus are open to University students. Of
special interest to students of agriculture, forestry, or home economics are the Agri-
culture Council, Mountaineer Poultry Club, Mountaineer Collegiate Chapter of
Future Farmers of America. Forestry Club, Dairy Science Club, Home Economics
Club, University 4-H Club, Alpha Zeta, (agricultural honorary) , Phi Upsilon Omicron
(home economics honorary), Alpha Tau Alpha (agricultural educational organization),
and Block and Bridle Club.
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73
Revision of the Unity Rule of 1948
"Students who are deficient by 15 or more grade points shall be placed on proba-
tion. Students on probation shall report to the Scholarship Committee before regis-
tering for the succeeding semester and shall obtain from the Scholarship Committee
a statement of courses to be repeated and the total load that they may carry. In each
successive semester thereafter, they shall be required to repeat one or more courses
in which they have received a grade of "D" until they have made up the deficiency
in grade points. Students whose deficiency in grade points exceeds 30 shall be
suspended."
FACULTY COMMITTEES
Courses and Hours: Messrs. Childs, Longhouse, Percival, Yarney; Miss Roberts.
Scholarship: Mrs. Muffly; Messrs. Brooks and Hill
Student Placement and Farm Practice: Messrs. Henderson, Hyre and Pohlman.
Library: ^Messrs. Reid, W. H. and Xybrotfn; Miss Brown.
Faculty Executive: Messrs. Yarney, Clarke, J. H., Goodspeed, Leach and Luchok;
Miss Dietrich.
Student Aid and Grants: Messrs. Butler and Myers, G. S.; Miss Noer.
STATION STAFF COMMITTEES
Station Projects: Messrs. Dunbar, Tryon and Lewis.
Station Publications: Messrs. Anderson, G. C, Burger and Lilly.
flJoint Committee of the College and Experiment Station.
Division of Agriculture
The training offered in agriculture is adapted to fit the student for farm life
or professional and business fields. Graduates may engage in farming as managers
or as farm owners, in the teaching of agriculture in high schools or colleges, in
extension work as county agents or specialists, in research work in experiment sta-
tions or other organizations, or in many of the federal activities in aid of agriculture.
They may engage in business related to farming, such as dairy manufacturing, meat
processing, seeds and nursery stock, feeds and fertilizers, or marketing.
For the use of students, the following laboratories are maintained in the
college: agricultural chemistry, agronomy, soils, genetics, animal husbandry, animal
pathology, dairy husbandry, entomology, agricultural economics, rural sociology,
agricultural engineering, horticulture, nutrition, plant pathology, and poultry hus-
bandry.
The Dean of the College of Agriculture will act as adviser for all agriculture
students and will assign students to other advisers whom he may designate.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
The Division of Agriculture offers four-year courses leading to the following
degrees: (1) Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, (2) Bachelor of Science, and (3)
Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering. The degree of Bachelor of Science
in Agriculture, together with the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the College of Arts
and Sciences, may be acquired in five years. Graduate work is discussed on page 84.
For graduation, an average of 2 grade points per credit hour is required for all
courses taken, whether passed or failed.
74 CURRICULA AND COURSES
The "semester hour" is the standard for computing the amount of work
required for graduation. The "hour" represents the amount of work done in
one semester (eighteen weeks) In one recitation with two preparation hours a
week, or three hours, practice or laboratory work requiring no outside preparation.
No student may register for less than 14 hours or more than 20 hours of work
in anv one semester without special permission.
Students who do not have sufficient farm experience will be required to take
Agriculture 5, Farm Practice.
Students who are not required to take military science must substitute elective
credits. Fhst-year English (English 1 and 2 or their equivalent) must be completed
before any ipper-division courses may be pursued for credit towards the degree.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE
The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
is designed to provide a broad and well-grounded training in the general field
of agriculture so that the graduate may be prepared for occupations requiring such
general knowledge, and may have the necessary foundation for such specialization as
he mav elect to pursue.
The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture are:
1. Constants, or courses required of all qualifying for this degree.
2. Courses to be taken in the field of the student's major interest.
3. Free electives sufficient to bring the total number of credits to 144 semester
hours.
4. A grade-point average of not less than two points per semester hour.
All candidates for the degree must take the following courses:
Biology: Biology 1 (4 hr.) and Biology 2 (4 hr.).
Chemistry: them. I and 2 (8 hr.).
English: Eng. 1 and 2 and Eng. 18 (3 hr.) .
Economics: Agr. Econ. 102 (3 hr.).
History: Hist. 2 (3 hr.).
Mathematics: Math. 11 (3 hr.).
Military: Military or Air Science 1. 2. 3. and 4 (men) (8 hr.).
Physical Education: P.F.. 1 and 2 (men) (2 hr.); (women) (4 hr.).
Physics: Physics 1 and 2 (8 hr.) (Agricultural Education students not included).
Political Science: Pol. Sci. 101 (3 hr.) (Agricultural Education students not
included) .
In addition to the above constants, each student is required to lake the courses
under the curriculum. At least 20 hours given in the department in which the
student is majoring are required.
After requirements have been met, electives may be chosen without restriction
as to college or department, with the approval of the adviser. Required and elective
hours taken in the College of Agriculture, however, must total at least 60. Provision
is made for upper-division students who may wish to elect certain lower- division
subjects such as languages.
Students who wish to specialize may select majors in Agricultural Economics,
Agricultural Mechanics. Agronomy and Genetics, Animal Husbandry, Dairy Husbandry,
Dairy Manufacturing, Horticulture, Landscaping, Poultry Husbandry, and Agricultural
Education. Students desiring a more general knowledge of agriculture, particularly
those who expect to farm lor themselves or go into Extension work, may pursue a
curriculum in General Agriculture.
The following curricula indicate course requirements in each of the majors:
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
This curriculum is designed principally to prepare students for advanced study
in the field. Students who are interested in agricultural economics but plan to seek
employment without graduate study are advised to major in General Agriculture and
elect agricultural economics courses.
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
A. H. 11
3
Biol. 2
4
D. H. 11
3
Agr. Econ. 131 3
•Biol. 1
4
•Chem 2
4
•Ag. Econ.
102 3
Agron. 1 4
•Chem. 1
4
♦Eng. 2
3
•Math 11
3
•Eng. 18 3
•Eng. 1
•Mil. or Air
3
•Mil. or Air
Sci
2 2
•Mil. or Air
Sci. 3 2
•Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Sci
.1 2
•P. E. 2
1
•Physics 1
4
•Physics 2 4
•P. E. 1
1
P. H. 1
4
Electives
4
Electives 3
17
18
19
19
First Sem.
Agr. Econ.
A. H. 101
•Pol Sc. 101
Electives
HTRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
Hr.
3
3
3
Second Sem.
•Ili^t. 2
Rural Soc.
Hon. 3
Hr.
3
105 3
3
First Sem.
Phil. 106
Electives
Hr.
3
15
Second Sem.
Agr. Econ. 200
Agr. Econ 271
Electives
Hr.
3
2
12
9
Electives
9
18 II
'Constants required in all curricula.
18
17
Select electives in accordance with the following outline.
Group A. Elect 24 hr. from the following coun.es in agriculture.
1. Elect not less than 2 hr. from:
Agr. Econ. 206, 230.
2. Eiect not less than 3 nor more than 6 hr. from:
Ag. M. 20, 153, 170.
3. Elect not less than 3 nor more rhnn 6 hr. from:
Agron. 205, 210, 254; Genetics 111, 221, 224.
4. Elect not less than 6 nor more than 12 hr. from:
An. H. 141, 142. 143, 167, 222: P. H. 103; An. Path. 102; D. H. 12, 107, 123, 222.
5. Elect not more than 3 hr. from:
Hort. 102, 106, 206, 213.
6. Elect not less than 4 nor more than 6 hr. from;
Bact. 141; Entom. 102, 103; PL Path. 103, 106, 206.
7. Elect not less than 3 hr. from:
Forestry 183; Agr. Educ. 134.
Group B. Elect 9 hr. from:
Econ. Ill, 119, 235, 241, 125.
Group C. Elect 3 hr. from:
Psych. 1; Pol. Sci. 231; Sociol. 102, 229; Hist. 282.
Free Electives: 11 hr.
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The State Board of Education has set up definite requirements applicable to all
college graduates desiring to teach in West Virginia high schools. These requirements
specify the kind and number of various science and agricultural courses as well as
courses in professional education subjects, all of which are necessary to qualify
graduates for certification. This curriculum is designed to prepare students for a
teaching career in the field of vocational agriculture, with provisions for teaching
biological science as a second field. To meet the state requirements for teaching
vocational agriculture, a B.S. Degree in Agriculture is required. This curriculum
satisfies the requirements for this degree.
76
CURRICULA AND COURSES
.
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
*Eng. 1 or
*Eng. 2 or
Dairy 11 3
Agron. 1
4
Eng. 1 (Com
■) 3
Eng. 2 (Com.
) 3
Hist. 1 3
•Hist. 2
3
A.H. 11
3
P.H. 1
4
*Eng. 18 or
Eng. 5 or 6
3
♦Biol. 1
4
*Biol. 2
4
Eng. 21 (Com.) 3
Soc. Sci. 2
4
•Chem. 1
4
*Chem. 2
4
Soc. Sci. 1 4
Hort. 3
3
•Mil. or Air Sci
.1 2
*Mil or Air Sci.
2 2
•Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
•Mil or Air Sci. 4 2
*P.E. 1
1
*P.E. 2
1
•Math 11 3
17
18
18
19
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Agron. 2
4
Forestry 183
3
Ag. Ec. 104 3
Educ. 114
3
Ag. Mech. 152
3
Educ. 106
3
Educ. 160 3
Educ. 120
2
A.H. 101
3
Ag. Mech. 15:
3 3
Health Ed. 101 2
Educ. 124
4
*Ag. Ec. 102
3
Bact. 141
4
Electives 10
Educ. 276
2
Educ. 105
3
Electives
5
Ag. Ed. 118
2
Electives
3
Electives
4
19 18 18 17
♦Constants required in all curricula.
Note: Fifteen hours of electives must be in Agriculture. To meet requirements
for a certificate, a student must complete: Music 10; Art 30; Animal or
Plant Pathology; and a total of nine hours of Agricultural Mechanics.
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL MECHANICS
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
This curriculum is intended for agricultural students who are interested in the
production and primary processing of crops and livestock, in county agent and
other extension work, in soil-conservation work, and in sales and other work
which deals directly with farm people. To an increasing extent, the operations
on the farm are being mechanized through use of power and machinery. Con-
sequently, the student must have an acquaintance with machinery, power, elec-
trical equipment, soil conservation, farm buildings, and other Agricultural Mech-
anics subjects that relate to production and processing. Such training is in-
cluded in this curriculum.
-
FIRST
YEAR
SECONE
» YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
A. H. 11
3
•Biol. 2
4
•Ag. Econ.
102 3
Bact. 141
4
•Biol. 1
4
•Chem 2
4
•Math 11
3
D. H. 12
3
•Chem. 1
4
•Eng. 2
3
M. E. 20
3
•Eng. 18
3
•Eng. 1
3
•Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
•Mil. or Air
Sci. 3 2
M. E. 11
2
•Mil. or Ah
Sci. 1 2
•P. E. 2
1
•Physics 1
4
•Mil. or Air
Sci. 4 2
•P. E. 1
1
P. H. 1
4
Electives
3
•Physics 2
4
17
18
18
18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Agr. Econ.
104 3
Agron. 1
4
Ag. M. 20
2
Ag. M 113
3
Agron. 2
4
Hort. 3
3
Ag. M 151
3
Ag. M 153
3
•Hist. 2
3
Hort 106
2
Ag. M. 170
3
Ag. M 159
3
PI. Path. ]
[03 4
M.E. 7
1
Ag. M 175
3
Ag. M 200
2
Electives
5
•Pol. Sc. 101
Electives
3
5
Electives
6
Electives
8
19 18
•Constants required in all curricula.
17
19
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
77
CURRICULUM IN AGRONOMY AND GENETICS
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
This curriculum is suggested for students who plan to enter into work in some
phase of Agronomy or Soil Conservation upon their graduation. Students intending
to take graduate work to qualify for research or teaching positions in Agronomy or
Genetics should elect the Agricultural Science Curriculum and elect at least 20 hours
in the field of Agronomy and Genetics.
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
An. Husb. 11 3
♦Biol. 1 4
♦Chem. 1 4
♦Eng. 1 3
♦Mil.orAirSci. 1 2
♦P. E. 1 1
Second Sem. Hr.
♦Biol. 2 4
♦Chem 2 4
♦Eng. 2 3
Hort. 3 3
♦Mil.orAirSci. 2 2
♦P. E. 2 1
First Sem. Hr.
♦Ag. Econ. 102 3
i in in )i 4
♦Eng. 18 3
♦Math 11 3
♦Mil.orAirSci. 3 2
♦Physics 1 4
Second Sem. Hr.
Agron. 1 4
Bact. 141 4
♦Mil.orAirSci. 4 2
Speech 11 3
♦Physics 2 4
17
17
19
17
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Ag. Econ. 104 3
Agron. 2 4
An. Husb. 101 3
PI. Path. 103 4
Eiectives 5
Second Sem.
Botany 161
Entom. 102
♦Hist. 2
Eiectives
Hr.
4
4
3
8
First Sem. Hr.
Ag. Econ. 206 3
Agron. 210 3
Genetics 221 3
♦Pol. Sc. 101 3
Eiectives 6
Second Sem. Hr.
Ag. Mech. 153 3
Agron. 254 4
Hort. 101 4
Eiectives 7
19 19 19
Suggested Eiectives:
Agricultural Economics 271 Forestry 183
Agricultural Mechanics 151, 175 Genetics 220, 222
Agronomy 205, 211, 215, 230, 231, 251, 252 Geology 1, 2
Animal Husbandry 141, 162 Horticulture 2, 39, 206
Dairy Husbandry 11 Plant Pathology 202
Entomology 103
18
CURRICULUM IN ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The Animal Husbandry Curriculum is outlined to give students sufficient courses
in the fundamental sciences, and adequate course work in other fields of agriculture
to balance their knowledge of agriculture as a whole. The Animal Husbandry courses
required and taken as eiectives will give students a good foundation to continue
graduate work in their chosen major, or to be employed in special lines of work open
to students majoring in this field.
First Sem.
♦Biol. 1 4
♦Chem. 1 4
♦Eng. 1 3
Dairy 11 3
♦Mil.orAirSci. 1 2
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem.
♦P. E. 1
♦Biol. 2 4
♦Chem. 2 4
♦Eng. 2 3
Hort. 3 3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
1 *P. E. 2
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
A. H. 11 3
Chem. 31 4
♦Math. 11 3
♦Mil.orAirSci. 3 2
♦Hist. 2 3
Eiectives 3
Agron. 1 4
Bact. 141 4
*Eng. 18 3
♦Mil.orAirSci. 4 2
P.H. 1 4
Eiectives 2
17 17
'Constants required in all curricula.
18
19
78
CURRICULA AND COURSES
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
*Agr. Econ
102 3
Agr. Econ.
131
3
Agr. Econ. 104 3
Agron. 254
4
A. H. 101
3
A. H. 138
2
An. Path. 102 3
A. H. 222
3
A. H. 167
3
Etom. 102
4
Genetics 221 3
Electives
11
Agron. 2
4
♦Physics 2
4
*Pol. Sci 101 3
♦Physics 1
4
Electives
5
Electives 6
Elective
2
19 18
'Constants required in all curricula.
18
18
Suggested Electives: An. Path. 206 (3 hr.); Hist. 182 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 175 (3 hr.);
P. H. 103, 201 (3 hr.); A. H. 141 (3 hr.); A. H. 143 (2 hr.); Ag. Ed. 134 (2 hr.);
A. H. 203 (3 hr.); A. H. 142 (3 hr.); A. H. 162 (3 hr.); A. H. 202 (2 hr.); Agron.
210 (3 hr); Ag. M. 153 (3 hr.); PI. Path. 103 (4 hr.); D. H. 12 (3 hr.); Speech 11
(either semester, 3 hr.); Forestry 183 (3 hr.); Biochemistry 220 (4 hr.) ; Zoology
271, (4 hr.) .
CURRICULUM IN DAIRY HUSBANDRY
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The curriculum in Dairy Husbandry is planned to give the student interested in
dairy production a thorough training in this field. It is designed to train leaders
in the dairy field. Students completing this curriculum should be qualified to operate
successfully their own farm or to serve as herdsmen, farm managers, field men, county
agricultural agents, milk sanitarians etc., or to continue in the educational field.
First Sem.
*Biol. 1 4
*Chem. 1 4
♦Eng. 1 3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
♦P. E. 1 1
Agr. Elective 3
17
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Hr.
♦Biol. 2 4
♦Chem. 2 4
D. H. 12 3
♦Eng. 2 3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
♦P. E. 2 1
17
First Sem.
A. H. 11
Chem. 31
D. H. 11
♦Math. 11
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
3
4
3
3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
♦Physics 1 4
19
Hr.
Bact. 141 4
♦Eng. 18 3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
♦Physics 2 4
Electives 4
17
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem.
Agron. 2 4
*Ag. Econ. 102 3
A. H. 101 3
An. Path. 102 3
Genetics 111
or 221 2-3
►Pol. Sc. 101 3
Agron. 1
Agron. 254
D. H. 123
*Hist. 2
Speech 11
Electives
Agr. Econ. 104
D. H. 107
D. H. 221
Electives
Hr. Second Sem.
3 D. H. 222
3 Electives
10
Hr.
4
15
18-19 18 19 19
•Constants required in all curricula.
Suggested Electives: P. H. 1 (4 hr.) ; Hort. 3 (3 hr.); Agron. 210 (3 hr.); Agron.
205 (2 hr.) ; A. H. 167 (3 hr.) ; A. H. 222 (3 hr.); Agr. Econ. 105 (3 hr.);
Agr. Econ. 131 (3 hr.); Agr. Econ. 230 (2-3 hr.); Agr. Econ. 235 (2 hr.) ;
Ag. M. 159 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 170 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 175 (3 hr.); Ag. M. 153 (3 hr.);
Dairy Bact. 246 (4 hr.); D.H. 103 (3 hr.); D.H. 223 (3 hr.); Entom. 102 (4 hr.);
Libr. Sci. 1 (2 hr.); Agr Biochem. 218 (3 hr.); Agr. Biochem. 220 (4 hr.).
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
79
CURRICULUM IN DAIRY MANUFACTURING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The curriculum given in Dairy Manufacturing is designed for those students
planning to enter the dairy industry as plant men, fieldmen or technicians.
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem,
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
*Biol. 1 4
♦Biol. 2
4
Chem. 31
4
Bact. 141 4
*Chem. 1 4
♦Chem. 2
4
D. H. 11
3
♦Eng. 18 3
*Eng. 1 3
D. H. 12
3
♦Math. 11
3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
•Mil. or AirSci. 1 2
*Eng. 2
3
•Mil. or Air
Sci.
3 2
♦Physics 2 4
•P. E. 1 1
•Mil. or Air
Sci.2 2
♦Physics 1
4
Electives 6
Agr. elective 3
*P. E. 2
1
Electives
3
17
17
19
19
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
[ YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Agr. Biochem.
Agr. Econ. 235
2
D. H. 103
3
D. H. 104
3
218
3
Agr. M. 113
3
D. H. 107
3
D. H. 204
4
D. H. 102
3
D.H. 124
2
Electives
11
Electives
11
♦Ag. Econ. 102
3
D.H. 222
4
D. Bact. 246
4
♦Hist. 2
3
•Pol. Sc. 101
3
Speech 11
3
Electives
2
Electives
2
18 19
"Constants required in all curricula.
17
18
Suggested Electives: P. H. 1; Genetics 111; A. H. 167, 11, 101; Hort. 3; Chem. 105;
Agron. 1; Agr. Econ. 104, 131; D. H. 221; Math. 4; Agr. Econ. 230; Agr. Biochem.
220; Accounting 1; Accounting 2.
CURRICULUM IN GENERAL AGRICULTURE
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The General Agriculture curriculum is designed to give the student expansive
general training in the field of farming. It combines the fundamental sciences, basic
arts, and practical applications of agriculture, and offers excellent instruction for those
interested in extension work and other employment requiring a broad basic knowledge
of the whole field of agriculture.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem.
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem.
♦Biol. 1 4
♦Chem. 1 4
♦Eng. 1 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 1 2
♦P. E. 1 1
Agr. elective 3
♦Biol. 2 4
♦Chem. 2 4
♦Eng. 2 3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
♦P. E. 2 1
Agr. elective 4
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Chem. 31 4
D.H. 11 3
♦Hist. 2 3
♦Math. 11 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 3 2
Electives
3
Hr.
Agron. 1 4
♦Eng. 18 3
Hort. 3 3
P. H. 1 4
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Electives 3
17
18
18
19
80
CURRICULA AND COURSES
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
*Ag. Econ. ]
02 3
Bact. 141
4
Agr. Econ.
Agr. Econ.
Agron. 2
4
Entom. 102
4
elective 3
elective
3
A. H. 101
3
♦Physics 2
4
Agr. M. elective 3
Ag. M. elective
3
* Physics 1
4
Speech 11
3
An. Path. 102
Forestry 183
3
♦Pol. Sc. 101
3
Electives
3
or PI. Path.
103 3-4
Genetics 111 and
112, or 221 3
Electives 7-6
Electives
9
17 18
'Constants required in all curricula.
19
18
CURRICULUM IN HORTICULTURE
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The Horticulture curriculum in production of fruits, vegetables, and flowers has
been revised recently to meet the current needs of students who desire to have their
own commercial enterprise or a sound professional training for rilling a position with
an established organization. The low investment required for the production of
small fruits, vegetables, bulb crops, and nursery stock presents unlimited opportuni-
ties for young men with a thorough horticultural training. Small areas of tillable
land in West Virginia demand use of the intensive type of horticultural crops if the
greatest return is to be realized. Local marketing of horticultural crops is no problem
in most of West Virginia, since the demand exceeds the supply.
Certain courses offered in Horticulture are designed to interest nonagricultural
students who desire to use the subject matter for improving their daily living or
hobby interests. These courses deal with home grounds beautification in Horticulture
39, home vegetable and fruit production in Horticulture 3, and propagation in Hor-
ticulture 104.
First Sem.
♦Biol. 1 4
♦Chem. 1 4
♦Eng. 1 3
Hort. 39 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 1 2
♦P. E. 1 1
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem.
SECOND YEAR
♦Biol. 2 4
♦Chem. 2 4
♦Eng. 2 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 2 2
♦P. E. 2 1
Agr. Electives 4
Hr. Second Sem.
Chem. 31 4
Hort. 102 4
♦Math. 11 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 3 2
♦Physics 1 4
Electives 3
Hr.
Agron. 1 4
Bact. 141 4
♦Eng. 18 3
Hort. 104 or 141 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 4 2
♦Physics 2 4
17
18
20
20
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
[ YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
♦Ag. Econ. 102 3
Entom. 102
4
Ag. M. 175
3
Ag. M. 113
3
Agron. 2 4
♦Hist. 2 (or
Botany 273
4
Agron. 210
3
PI. Path. 103 4
52 & 53)
3
Genetics 221
3
Hort. 141, 104,
♦Pol. Sc. 101 3
Hort. 101
4
Hort. 213,
212, or 232
3
Hort. 206 3
Hort. 106
PI. Path. 204
205, or 206
Electives
2
3
2
233, or 239
Electives
3
4
Electives
8
17 18
•Constants required in all curricula.
17
17
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
HI
Suggested Electivcs: Agr. Econ. 104, 131; Ag. M. 20, 151, 159, 170; Agron. 205, 211, 215,
v "230, 231, 251; Art. 11, 12, 30; A. H. 11, 101; Geol. 1; Botany 274; Bus. Adm. 245,
270; D. H. 11; Econ. Ill; Entom. 103; Forestry 183; Hort. 140; 238, 239; Languages;
Libr. Sc. 1; Math. 4; PI. Path. 313: P. H. 1; Speech 11; Agr. Biochem. 103
CURRICULUM IN LANDSCAPING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The field of ornamental horticulture is broad, for it includes the work of nursery-
men and landscape operators, as well as greenhousemen and florists, both in pro-
duction and merchandising. There is a rapidly developing interest in this field in
West Virginia. Because of this, opportunities for employment of graduates are
increasing.
Because of the breadth of the field, two different curricula are offered to fit
the needs of the student, landscaping and production. Courses for the latter are
listed under the Curriculum in Horticulture. The first two years are devoted to a
broad, basic foundation as preparation for specialization during the junior and senior
years. Emphasis is placed on a sound understanding of the basic principles involved.
In addition to this, one twelve-week Summer Session is required, for those lacking
experience, where practical aspects of garden construction and maintenance and
nursery practices are emphasized.
Students with a city background will fit into this field much more readily than
in some other phases of agriculture.
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
*Biol. 1
4
♦Biol. 2
4
Art 11
3
Bact. 141 4
♦Chem. 1
4
♦Chern. 2
4
Chem. 31
4
Hort. 101 4
*Eng. 1
3
*Eng. 2
3
Hort. 102
4
Hort. 140 3
Hort. 39
3
•Mil. or Air Sci.
2 2
*Math. 11
3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
*Mil.or AirSci. 1 2
♦P. E. 2
1
M. E. 20
3
Electives 7
*P. E. 1
1
Elective
4
•Mil. or AirSci.
3 2
17
18
19
20
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
*Ag. Econ.
102 3
Ag. M. elective 3
Botany 273
4
♦Physics 2 4
Hort. 239
4
♦Eng. 18
3
Genetics 221
3
PI. Path. 205 3
PI. Path.
103 4
Entom. 102
4
♦Physics 1
4
Hort. 238 3
Agron. 2
4
♦Hist. 2 (or
*Pol. Sci. 101
3
Electives 6
Electives
3
52 and 53)
Hort. 104
Hort. 150
3
3
3
Electives
3
18 19
'Constants required in all curricula.
17
16
Suggested Electives: Agr. Econ. 104, 131; Ag. M. 113, 151, 159, 170, 175; Agron. 1, 211,
215, 230, 251; Art 12, 30; A. H. 11, 104, 101; Geol. 1; Botany 274; Bus. Adm. 245,
270; D. H. 11; Econ. Ill; Entom. 103; Forestry 183; Hort. 106, 141, 206; Libr. Sci.
1; PI. Path. 313; P.H. 1; Speech 11; Languages.
CURRICULUM IN POULTRY HUSBANDRY
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a thorough
knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising, poultry improvement work,
management of a poultry breeding farm, and as a basis for graduate training for
teaching and research in Poultry Husbandry. Students may select elective courses to
meet their special needs.
82
CURRICULA AND COURSES
FIRST
YEAR
SFCOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
•Biol. 1
4
♦Biol. 2
4
Chem. 31 4
Bact. 141 4
♦Chem. 1
4
•Chem. 2
4
♦Ag. Econ. 102 3
♦Eng. 18 3
*Eng. 1
3
•Eng. 2
3
♦Maih. 11 3
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
♦Mil. or Air
Sci
.1 2
♦Mil. or Air
Sci,
2 2
•Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
♦Physics 2 4
•P. E. 1
1
♦P. E. 2
1
♦Physics 1 4
Electives 4
Agr. elective
4
P. H. 1
4
Electives 3
18
18
19
17
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
An. Path. 102 3
♦Hist. 2
3
P.H. 108
1
P.H. 109
1
Genetics 111
P.H. 103
3
P.H. 201
3
An. Path. 206
3
and 112 or 221
Electives
12
P. H. 211
2
Electives
14
♦Pol. Sc. 101 3
Zool. 271
4
P. H. 106 2
Electives
8
18
18
18 18
•Constants required in all curricula.
Suggested Electives: Agr. Econ. 104, 131; A. H. 11, 101, 167, 203; Agron. 1; D. H. 11;
Entom. 102: P. H. 105, 110, 111, 213: Speech 11; Ag. M. 159. 170.
In addition to the above required courses the stttdent will be required to take at
least 3 hours of Animal Husbandry, and Horticulture, and 4 hours of Agronomy.
CURRICULUM IN PRE- VETERINARY MEDICINE
This course of study is designed to meet the requirements for Ohio State and
Oklahoma A & M colleges of Veterinary Medicine. Four students a year will be
accepted by each of the above schools. Summer courses are not required, but if work
is not taken in the summer, three years of study would be required. Many students
will find it advantageous to obtain a degree in Agriculture before going to a veterinary
school. The courses listed in the Pre-Veterinary Medicine Curriculum may be used
for credit toward a degree in Agriculture.
FIRST
YEAR
SUMMER
SESSION
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Term
Hr.
Second Term
Hr.
♦Eng. 1 3
♦Eng. 2
3
♦Physics 1
4
♦Physics 2
4
♦Chem. 1 4
♦Chem. 2
4
Elective
3
Speech 11
3
Zool. 1 4
Zool. 2
4
Botany 1 4
P.H. 1
4
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
♦Mil or Air Sci. 2
1 2
♦P.E. 1 1
♦P.E. 2
1
18
18
7
7
SECOND YEAR
SUMMER
SESSION
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Term
Hr.
♦Pol. Sci. 101 3
Chem. 115
3
Zool. 231
5
A.H. 101 3
D.H. 12
3
—
Chem. 105 4
Genetics 111
5
Chem. 31 4
and 112
3
•Ag. Econ. 102 3
History 52 & 53
6
•Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
♦Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
19 17
'Constants required in all curricula,
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
83
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science is designed for
those who are interested in teaching agricultural science and especially interested in
research.
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE
Degree: Bachelor of Science
Students who expect to do graduate work in preparation for teaching agri-
cultural science in colleges and universities or for research work in experiment
stations, or for other work in specialized fields of basic agricultural science, may
register for the Curriculum in Agricultural Science. Only those students who
have a high-school record above average and who are capable of maintaining
a scholarship average of "B" or above should follow this curriculum. Success in grad-
uate work will depend upon better-than-average undergraduate scholarship, and such
undergraduate work must include adequate preparation in biology, mathematics,
English, and foreign languages. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred
upon the satisfactory completion of this curriculum. At least 45 hours of courses in
the College of Agriculture are required.
FIRST
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
*Biol. 1 4
*Biol. 2 4
*Chem. 1 4
♦Chem. 2 4
*Eng. 1 3
*Eng. 2 3
Math. 2 or 3 3-4
Math. 3 or 4 3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 1 2
♦Mil. or AirSci. 2 2
•P. E. 1 1
♦P. E. 2 1
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Bact. 141
4
♦Hist. 2 (or 52
Chem. 5
4
and 53) 3
♦Ag. Econ. 102
3
♦Mil. or AirSci. 4 2
♦Eng. 18
3
Speech 11 3
Math. 4 (if not
Quan. Chem. 6 4-5
taken earlier)
3
Electives 4
♦Mil. or AirSci. 3 2
17-18
17
19
16-17
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr. Second Sem.
Hr.
Chem. 233
5
♦Physics 2
4
Electives
18 Electives
18-19
t German,
tGerman,
French or
French, or
Spanish
3
Spanish
3
♦Physics 1
4
Electives
11
♦Pol. Sc. 101
3
Electives
3
18
18
18
18-19
•Constants required in all curricula.
tTake in junior or senior year.
At least 45 hours of agriculture are required.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Agricultural Engineering is the application of engineering principles to agri-
culture. Success in the application of engineering fundamentals to the agricultural
industry requires knowledge of both biological and physical sciences. The pur-
pose of the course is to give the student who completes it general training in
agriculture and in engineering fundamentals. Considerable stress is given to the
basic requirements of animal and plant life on the farm which affect engineering
practices, but greater emphasis is made on a thorough knowledge of those under-
lying principles and methods which are the foundation of all engineering pro-
fessions.
84
CURRICULA AND COURSES
Although the curriculum gives no opportunity for specialization, Agricultural
Engineering is made up of four major fields. These are Farm Power and Machinery,
Farm Structures, Soil and Water Conservation, and Rural Electrification.
Students preparing to take Agricultural Engineering should present for entrance
as many units as possible in mathematics, chemistry, and physics; also, sufficient
farm experience to meet the College of Agriculture requirements.
Some of the organizations and industries employing agricultural engineers are
electric power companies and co-operatives; farm machinery manufacturers and
distributors; manufacturers and distributors of building materials; oil companies;
electric equipment and other suppliers for farm utilities; trust companies; farm
management agencies; federal agencies such as Soil Conservation Service, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Federal Land Bank, and Indian Service; colleges and
universities; Army and Navy, and foreign governments.
Opportunities for employment are numerous. At no time since the establishment
of the profession has it been crowded, and the outlook is good for a continuance of
this situation. With agriculture becoming increasingly mechanized, the demand
for agricultural engineers is increasing and should continue to increase. New
opportunities arise as mechanization continues. Starting salaries are in line with
salaries in other branches of engineering.
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Chem. 1
4
Chem. 2
4
Phys. Ill
5
Phys. 112
5
English 1
3
English 2
3
Math. 107
4
Math. 108
4
Math. 3
3
Math. 5
4
Mil. or Air Sci.
3 2
Mil. or Air
Math. 4
3
Mil. or Air Sci
2 2
M.E. 26
2
Sci. 4
2
Mil. or Air
P.E. 2
1
M. 101
3
M. 102
3
Sci. 1
2
M.E. 20
3
Ag. Eng. 10
3
M.E. 29
3
P.E. 1
1
M.E. 11
2
M.E. 7
1
History 53
3
G. 1
—
—
19
19
19
18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Agronomy 2
4
C.E. 1
2
Ag. Eng. 110
3
Agronomy 1
4
M. 103
3
Engl. 126
3
Ag. Eng. 140
3
G. 100 (Insp.)
M.E. 113
3
M. 104
3
Ag. Eng. 230
4
Ag. Eng. 190
3
E.E. 105
4
E.E. 106
4
C.E. 115
3
Speech 11
3
Ag. Econ. 102
3
M.E. 121
3
Ag. Econ. 104
3
Elect. (Agr.)
3
Ag. Eng. 100
3
Elect. (Agr.)
3
Elect. (Non-Te) 3
Elect. (Eng.)
3
17
IS
19
19
Engineering Electives must be selected from the following courses:
Chem. Eng. 150, 284; C.E. 122; M.E. 140, 203; Geology I.
Agricultural Electives must be selected from the following courses:
D.H. 11, 12; A.H. 11; P.H. 1; Hort. 3.
Non-Technical Electives must be selected from the following courses:
Pol. Sci. 101; Hist. 2, 52; Psychology 1; Philosophy 4; Sociology (Rural 105).
GRADUATE WORK
Graduate work leading to the Master of Science Degree is offered in all branches
of agriculture and in home economics education. In certain branches, courses leading
to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are offered. For those students in agriculture
and home economics who wish additional training beyond the baccalaureate degree,
but who desire breadth of training rather than specialization in one subject matter
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85
field, the degrees of Master of Agriculture and Master of Home Economics are avail-
able. The student who plans to pursue graduate work is directed to the Graduate
School announcements in the University Catalog. Advancement in any of the profes-
sional fields is dependent upon graduate study, and the student desiring to pursue
such work should plan to continue in graduate study upon completion of the under-
graduate curriculum. A limited number of graduate assistantships which permit
half-time devotion to study are available in the Division of Agriculture and the Ex-
periment Station.
Teachers of vocational agriculture may combine graduate work in Agriculture
and Education by taking 16 to 20 hours in Agriculture and 10 to 14 hours in Education
to fulfill requirements for the M.S. Degree.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Only the technical courses offered primarily for students in Agriculture are
described here. For detailed description of other courses listed as required or
elective in trie agricultural curriculum, see the announcement of courses in the
College of Arts and Sciences or in other colleges.
Admission to any advanced elective course is conditional upon the consent of
the instructor.
ASSIGNED TOPICS
In order to be eligible to take courses 180, 181, Assigned Topics, the student must—
1. Have completed 100 hours of work and have a grade point average of 2.5 or
above.
2. Present, in advance, a written outline of the work to be done as an assigned
topic. This outline must be acceptable to the Dean of the College and the departmental
head concerned.
Item 1 above does not apply to special students.
A student may not receive credit toward graduation for more than 4 hours of
assigned topics.
AGRICULTURE
Dean Varney; Assistant Dean YanLandingham, and Staff.
Undergraduate Division
5. Summer Practice. No. hr. A minimum of 12 weeks on an approved farm
will be required of each candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Agriculture who has not had the equivalent of at least one year's farm
experience after reaching the age of 14 years. Must be done under the
direction of the Dean and the Committee on Farm Practice and must
be completed before the third year. Open only to students deficient in
farm practice.
Graduate Division
211. Biometry. II. 3 hr. Statistical concepts and methods applied to data in biological
and other fields. Major topics are: Measure of centrality and dispersion; normal
distribution; population and sampling; estimation and tests of hypotheses con-
cerning means and variance; analysis of variance; regression and correlation;
enumeration statistics.
360. Problem Report For The Degree of Master of Agriculture. I, II, S. 1-3 hr.
Staff
86 CURRICULA AND COURSES
AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY
Professor Lewis and Associate Professor Shelton
Chemistry courses for agricultural and home economics students of undergrad-
uate rank are also offered in the College of Arts and Sciences (see Chemistry). Grad-
uate work may be pursued under the general research course outlined under
Agriculture, above.
Undergraduate Division
103. Agricultural Analysis. I. 3-5 hr. The principles of gravimetric and volumetric
analysis, colorimetry, chromatography, bioassay and proximate analysis applied
to the analysis of foods, feeds, and other agricultural materials. Mr. Lewis
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
201. General Biochemistry. II. 4 hr. PR: Inorganic and organic chemistry. Agri-
cultural analysis desirable. The biochemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins,
vitamins, enzymes and hormones. 3 lect. 1 3-hr. lab. Mr. Lewis
218. Dairy Chemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: organic chemistry, agricultural analysis, or
quantitative analysis desirable. Analysis of dairy products. Offered in alternate
years (1956-57). Mr. Shelton
220. Chemistry of Animal Nutrition. II. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 6 and 31 and Bio-
chem. 201 or its equivalent. Digestion and metabolism of food nutrients.
Chemical, biological, and microbiological assay of vitamins. 2 lect. 2 lab.
Offered in alternate years (1955-56). Mr. Shelton
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I and II. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.)
Staff
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
CHEMISTRY
31, 131. Organic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2 For students in Agriculture and
Home Economics. Beginning aliphatic organic chemistry and biochemistry.
2 lect., 1 lab., and 1 quiz period weekly. Mr. Muth
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND RURAL SOCIOLOGY
Professors Armentrout and Nybroten; Associate Professors Clarke, Porter, and Toben;
Assistant Professor Porter.
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Undergraduate Division
102. Agricultural Economics. I. 3 hr. Principles with application to agriculture.
Mr. Armentrout
104. Farm Management. I. 3 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Types and systems of farming;
considerations in starting farming; use of records in solving farm problems;
land tenure and leases; production for family use. Mr. Toben
131. Marketing Agricultural Products. II. 3 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Principles and
practices. Tour of market facilities in Pittsburgh area required. Mr. Clarke
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I and II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87
200. Land Economics II. 3 hr. Classification, development, tenure, use, conservation,
valuation and taxation of rural, urban, mineral, forest, water and recreational
land resources. Mr. Nybroten
206. Farm Planning. I. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing. Principal factors influencing
returns on farms; planning use of labor, soil, crops, livestock, buildings, and
equipment. Farm visits required. Mr. Toben
230. Cooperative Marketing. II. 2-3 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Principles and
practices of cooperation as applied to marketing of agricultural products
and to purchase of farm supplies. Mr. Clarke
235. Marketing Dairy Products. II. 2 hr. PR: Agr. Econ. 102. Milk-marketing
policies and practices, including federal milk-market orders. Mr. Clarke
271. Agricultural Policy. II. 2 hr. Mr. Armentrout
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322. 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.)
Staff
340. Advanced Farm Management. I. 3 hr. PR: Ag. Econ. 206. Mr. Toben
341. Production Economics. I. 3 hr. Economic principles of production with
special application to agriculture. Mr. Nybroten
342. Advanced Agricultural Economics. II. 3 hr. Mr. Armentrout
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
RURAL SOCIOLOGY
Undergraduate Division
105. Sociology of Rural Life. II. 3 hr. Social aspects of rural living; char-
acteristics of rural population, social structure, and institutional arrange-
ments (family, community, education, religion, recreation, health, welfare,
and local government). Mr. Porter
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree, Special
Topics may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff
380, 381, 381, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION
Professor Hill; Associate Professor Butler; Assistant Professor Bail; Lecturer Anderson.
Undergraduate Division
118. Organizations and Clubs for Farm Boys. II. 2 hr. Problems involved in
directing the activities of F.F.A., and similar organizations. Mr. Bail
134. Methods of Agricultural Extension. I. 2 hr. Activities of the county agri-
cultural and home demonstration agents and of the agricultural extension
program of West Virginia. Mr. Anderson
138. Theory and Practice of Agricultural Extension Work. II. 2 hr. Methods
used in Extension work and their underlying principles. Mr. Anderson
160. Education— Materials and Methods of High-school Teaching of Vocation-
al Agriculture. I, 11. 3 hr. Organization and preparation for teaching voc-
ational agriculture in the high school. 1 lab. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler
38 CURRICULA AND COURSES
180, 181. Assigned Topics. 1, II. 1 hr. 1-4 hr. per semester. PR: Adequate ability
and training for the work proposed and permission to register. Staff
Ed. 124. Student Teaching in Vocational Agriculture. I, II. 4 hr.
Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler
Ed. 276. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Classes. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and
106. Participation in conducting young and adult farmer classes and school-
community food preservation center; organization, course of study, methods of
teaching and supervision and young farmer association. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler
Ed. 277. Organizing and Directing Supervised Farminc Programs. I, S. 2 hr. PR:
Ed. 160 or consent. Planning programs of supervised farming, supervising and
evaluating such programs for all-day students, young farmers and adult farm-
ers. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler
Ed. 318. Planning Programs and Courses for Vocational Agriculture Depart-
ments. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 160 and 124. Gathering data, studying the farming
problems of all-day students, young farmers, adult farmers, and planning the
total program for the department. Mr. Hill or Mr. Butler
Graduate Division
239. Program Building in Agricultural Extension. II. 3 hr. PR: Agr. Educ. 134 and
138 or permission of the instructor. Rural organizations in relations to program
building. Leadership and group action. Overall working and educational
objectives. Principles, methods and goals in developing county extension pro-
grams. Mr. Henderson and Mr. Porter
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6
hours.) Staff
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II, S. 1 hr. Staff
380, 381. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Professor Longhouse; Associate Professor Dickerson; Assistant Professor Emerson;
Instructor Reid
Undergraduate Division
10. Introductory Agricultural Engineering. I. 3 hr. A general course introducing
the several fields of Agricultural Engineering and how they are applied in
Agriculture and Industry. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Longhouse
100. Farm Structures. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Structural design and functional
requirements of farm service buildings. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse
110. Application of Electricity to Agriculture. I. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 106. Economic
application of electric light, heat, and power. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
140. Soil and Water Conservation. I. 3 hr. PR: CE. 115. Engineering principles
and practices in conservation, utilization, and management of soil and water
resources. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dickerson
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
190. Farm Machinery. II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 113. Construction, operation, adjust-
ment, and testing of farm machines. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
230. Farm Power. I. 4 hr. PR: M.E. 121. Fundamental theories underlying design
and operation of internal combustion engines used in agriculture. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Longhouse
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89
Graduate Division
320, 321. Special Topics. I, II. S. 1-6 hr. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics
ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff
397. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. Staff
AGRICULTURAL MECHANICS
Undergraduate Division
20. Elementary Farm Shop. I. 2 hr. General course in woodworking, hot and cold
metal, sheet metal and soldering, and tool fitting. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Emerson
113. Farm Refrigeration. II. 3 hr. General course for agricultural students in
farm refrigeration: different types of refrigeration systems, refrigeration plants,
cold storage, food preservation, and storage-house construction. 2 hr. rec,
3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
151. Mechanics of Soil and Water Conservation. I. 3 hr. Planning and installation
of farm land drainage, contour strip cropping, terracing, and farm ponds.
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dickerson
152. Farm Shop. I. 3 hr. Place of farm shop on farm. Construction and repair
problems including carpentry, metal working, forging, fitting tools, repairing
harness, and filing saws. Primarily for Vocational Agriculture teachers.
1 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Emerson
153. Farm Machinery. II. 3 hr. Principles underlying construction, adjustment,
care, use, and repair of farm machinery. Tillage, harvesting, and seeding
machinery. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
155. Household Equipment. II. 2 hr. Planned to help students understand
mechanical equipment in home and its effective use. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Staff
159. Farm Structures. II. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of farm building construc-
tion. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse
170. Rural Electrification. I. 3 hr. Fundamentals of electricity and its application
in the home and on the farm. Open to Agriculture students only or by consent.
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
175. Farm Gas Engines and Tractors. I. 3 hr. General course for agricultural
students in care, operation, and maintenance of farm gas engines and tractors.
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
200. Rural Water Supply and Sanitation. II. 2 hr. PR: A.M. 170. Pump principles,
planning installations of water systems, and sewage disposal systems. 1 hr.
rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Emerson
252. Advanced Farm Mechanics. [I. 3 hr. PR: Ag. M. 152. Forging, cold-iron work,
tool fitting, woodworking; offers training for teaching shopwork in rural high
schools. Mr. Emerson
253. Advanced Farm Machinery. II. 3 hr. PR: Ag. M. 153. Trends and economic
use of farm machinery. Primarily for graduate vocational agriculture
teachers. Open to Agriculture students only or by consent. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr.
lab. Mr. Reid
254. Farm Maintenance and Construction Welding. II. 3 hr. PR: Ag. Mech. 153.
Characteristics and properties of metals used in farm machinery and equipment.
Machinery repair including oxacetylene cutting and welding, AC and DC
electric. 1 hr. lee, 2 three-hour labs. Mr. Emerson
90 CURRICULA AND COURSES
255. Care and Repair of Home Equipment. II. 2 hr. For advanced undergraduate
and graduate students. Construction, maintenance, and repair of household
equipment. Their comparative cost and economic use. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Reid
259. Functional Requirements of Farm Buildings. I. 3 hr. PR: Ag. M. 15y or
consent. Special problems re livestock and storages. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Longhouse
270. Electricity in Agriculture. I. 3 hr. PR: Ag M. 170 or consent. 2 hr. rec,
3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.)
Staff
380, 381. Research. 1 and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
AGRONOMY AND GENETICS
Professors Pohlman, Galpin; Associate Professors Burger, Fairchild, Veatch; Assistant
Professors Baughman, Haltiwanger, Ray; Instructors Bolyard, Sperow.
AGRONOMY
Undergraduate Division
1. Farm Crops. II. 4 hr. PR: Botany 2, or 104, or Biology 2. An introduction to
general field crop production. 3 lect. 1 lab. Mr. Haltiwanger
2. Soils. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. An introduction to soil science. 3 lect. 1 lab.
Mr. Pohlman and Mr. Sperow
10. Forest Soils. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Introduction to soil science with particular
emphasis on forest soils. 3 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Baughman
124. Climatology and Hydrology. II. 3 hr. Components of climate on a world
and local basis related to land use. The Hydrological cycle with emphasis
on surface soil and ground water phases. Mr. Galpin
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
205. Soil Conservation. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Principles of soil and water
conservation in relation to soil erosion control, upstream flood control, physical
land degradation, and agricultural crop production. 3 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Fairchild
210. Fertilizer and Soil Fertility. I. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Soil properties in
relation to fertility and productivity of soils; evaluation of soil fertility; pro-
duction of fertilizers and their use in increasing the fertility and productivity
of soils. Mr. Pohlman
211. Soil Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Using soil technology to solve
soil management problems relating to ciopping systems. Field diagnosis of
soil problems will be stressed. Two half day farm visits. Mr. Fairchild
215. Development and Classification of Soils. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10.
Morphology, genesis, classification and geography of soils. Soil survey methods,
distribution and characteristics of some important soil series of West Virginia
and the U.S. Two all-day field trips. 2 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Fairchild
230. Soil Physics. I. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 or 10. Phvsical properties of soils, water
and air relationships and their influence on soil productivity. Offered in
1956-57 and alternate years. 2 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Baughman
231. Soil Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR. Agron. 2 and Chem. 6 or 15. Theory and
practice in physical, chemical, and biological methods used in soil analysis. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91
251. Weed Control. I. 2 hr. PR: Agron. 1 and 2. Fundamental principles of weed
control. Recommended control measures for and identification of common
weeds. Mr. Veatch
252. Grain and Special Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 1 and 2. Advanced study of
methods in the production of grain and special crops. Varieties, improvement,
tillage, harvesting, storage and uses of crops grown for seed or special purposes.
Mr. Veatch
254. Pasture and Forace Crops. II. 4 hr. PR: Agron. 1 and 2. All phases of pasture
and forage crop production, including identification, seeding, management, use,
seed production, and storage of forage crops. 3 lect., 1 lab. Mr. Burger
Graduate Division
316. Soil Chemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Fundamental chemical properties
of soils in relation to plant growth; nature and properties of soil colloids;
base exchange and soil acidity; availablity of plant food elements and soil-
plant interrelationships. Offered in 1955-56 and in alternate years.
Mr. Baughman
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.)
Staff
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Recent literature per-
taining to soil and crop production. Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
BACTERIOLOGY
314. Soil Microbiology. II. 3 hr. PR: Agron. 2 and Bact. 141. Occurrence of
micro-organisms in soils and their relationship to decomposition of organic
matter, availability of plant nutrients, and soil acidity; technique of isolation
and study. Mr. Wilson
GENETICS
Undergraduate Division
111. Elementary Genetics. I, II. 2 hr. PR: 6 hours of biological science. Element-
ary study of the principles of heredity. Mr. Ray
112. Genetics Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Breeding experiment with Drosophila. Mr. Ray
180, 181. Assigned Topics. 2-4 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221 and consent. Staff
220. Crop Breeding. II. 3 hr. PR: Gen. 11 or 221. Methods and basic scientific
principles involved in the improvement of leading cereal and forage crops
through hybridization and selection. Mr. Veatch
221. Genetics. T. 3 hr. PR: 8 hours in biological science. Fundamental principles
of inheritance. Mr. Ray
222. Advanced Genetics. II. 3 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221, and consent. Mr. Ray
224. Human Genetics. II. 2 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221. A study of inheritance
in man. Mr. Ray
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.)
Staff
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Recent literature per-
taining to breeding, genetics, and cytology. Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. per semester. Staff
92 CURRICULA AND COURSES
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Professors Livesay and Olson; Associate Professors Anderson, Clark and Hyre;
Assistant Professors Bletner, Kidder, Ingram, Munro, and Welch.
Undergraduate Division
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
11. Types, Breeds, and Market Classes.* I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Welch
101. Animal Nutrition.* 3 hr. PR: Cheni. 31 or 233. Digestion and metabolism
of food nutrients, nutrient requirements of farm animals, and nutritive
values of feeds and rations. Mr. Anderson
138. Grading and Selection. II. 2 hr. (2 labs.) Mr. Kidder
141. Beef Production. I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Livesay
142. Pork Production. II. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Andersou
143. Advanced Judging. I. 2 hr. (2 labs.) Students taking this course will be re-
quired to participate in a tour of inspection of representative flocks and herds.
Mr. Kidder
162. Mutton and Wool Production. II. 3 hr. (1 lab.) Mr. Welch
166. Meats. II. 2 hr. Lectures and demonstrations in identification, selection, and
nutritive value of meat cuts. Primarily for home economics students.
Mr. Ingram
167. Meats. I. 3 hr. (2 labs.) Farm butchering, curing, and care of meats. Visit
to one of large packing houses of Pittsburgh required. Mr. Ingram
169. Meat Judging. I. 2 hr. Tour of representative packing plants required.
Mr. Ingram
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Matf
202. Advanced Meats. II. 2 hr. (2 labs.) PR: A. H. 167. Studies covering complete
correlation of animal types, quality and finish as against carcass yields, per-
centage, cuts, etc. Mr. Ingram
203. Advanced Animal Nutrition. II. 3 hr. PR: A.H. 11, 101, and Chem. 31 or 233.
Chemistry of feeding stuffs and of animal body, as well as of digestion and
metabolism of food nutrients. (Offered in alternate years beginning in 1955-56).
Mr. Anderson
222. Breeding Farm Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: A. H. 11, 101, and Gen. Ill or 221.
Physiology of reproduction; inheritance; selection, care, and management of
breeding animals. Mr. Livesay
223. Advanced Livestock Production. I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) PR: A. H. 11, 101, and 141.
Phases of beef production involving problem work in specialized commercial
and purebred fields, including processing. Mr. Livesay
224. Advanced Livestock Production. II. 3 hr. (1 lab.) PR: A. H. 11, 101, and 162.
Special studies in wool and market-lamb production, including processing.
Mr. Welch
♦Animal Husbandry 11 and 101 are prerequisite to all other courses in animal hus-
bandry and animal pathology.
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. (1 hr. credit in special cases only).
Advanced study in such topics as vitamins, minerals and internal secretions in
relation to health, growth, reproduction, and newer studies in the field of animal
nutrition and breeding. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics ordinarily
may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Animal and Dairy Husbandry. Staffs
370. Methods of Animal Research. ("With Dairy Husbandry) . I, II. 3 hr. Research
methods used in animal nutrition and breeding. Messrs. Anderson and Dunbar
(Offered in alternate years beginning in 1955-56).
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. per semester. For graduate students
working on a problem for preparation of a thesis. Staff
NOTE: Students assigned to a 200 course for graduate credit will be required
to prepare a semester paper on some special phase of the course in
addition to the regular course work.
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
1. Poultry Production. II. 4 hr. (1 lab.) Prerequisite to all other poultry courses.
Messrs. Hvre and Bletner
103. Poultry Feeding and Management. II. 3 hr. Factors in poultry production,
feeding, and management as related to scientific investigations. Mr. Bletner
105. Poultry Judging. I. 2 hr. (2 labs.) Practice in selection of birds for both
standard and production qualities. Mr. Hyre
106. Preparation and Grading of Eggs and Poultry for Market. I. 2 hr.
(1 lab.) Latest methods in killing, dressing, and grading of poultry. Grading,
storing, and processing eggs for market. (Offered in alternate years beginning
in 1955-56.) Messrs. Hyre and Clark
108, 109, 110. Poultry Plant Experience. I, II. S. 1 hr. (3 hr. lab.) Experience
in operating a poultry breeding farm, including feeding, trapnesting. incuba-
tion, and pedigreeing. A report will be required. Mr. Clark
111. Hatchery Management. II. 2 hr. (1 lab.) Problems involved in operating a
hatchery. Mr. BletneT
180, 181. Assigned Topics I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
201. Advanced Poultry Production. I. 3 hr. PR: senior standing or consent.
Special phases of broiler and egg production, disease control, labor saving
studies, recent designs in buildings and heating equipment.
Mr. Bletner and Staff
211. Poultry Breeding. I. 2 hr. PR: Poultry 1 and Gen. Ill or 221. Fundamental
principles and practices of breeding and selecting poultry; inheritance of
factors that influence production of poultry, meat and eggs. Mr. Hyre
213. Turkey Production. I. 3 hr. (1 lab.) PR: Poultry 1 or equivalent for all stu-
dents. For graduate credit: Poultry 103, or consent. Current methods of
turkey production, including varieties, selective breeding, nutrition, and
marketing. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years. Messrs. Clark and Bletner
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 1-4 hr. (1 hr. credit in special cases only).
Advanced study in such topics as vitamins, minerals, and internal secretions in
relation to health, growth, egg production, reproduction, and newer studies
in the field of animal nutrition and breeding. (For the Master's Degree, Special
Topics ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff
350, 351, 352, 353. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Poultry, Animal, and Dairy Husbandry. Staffs
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. For graduate students
working on a problem in preparation of a thesis. Staff
NOTE: Students assigned to a 200 course for graduate credit will be required
to prepare a semester paper on some special phase of the course in
addition to the regular course work.
94 CURRICULA AND COURSES
ANIMAL PATHOLOCY
102. Animal Pathology. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 1, Biology 2 and Bacteriology 141.
Diseases of domestic animals, with especial emphasis on common diseases.
Mi Munro
206. Parasites and Pathology. II. 3 hr. PR: Animal Pathology 102; for nonagricul-
tural students, consent. Common parasites of farm animals and their effect
upon host. Mr. Olson
DAIRY HUSBANDRY
Professor Henderson; Associate Professors Weese. Dunbar, and Porterfield; Assistant
Professor Ackerman; and Instructors Fike and Hutchison.
Undergraduate Division
11. Dairy Production. I. 3 hr. Introductory. Breeds of dairy cattle, their selection,
feeding, and management. Mr. Henderson and Mr. Ackerman
12. Dairy Technology. II. 3 hr. Introductory. Composition and properties of milk
and milk products; butterfat testing; manufacture of dairy products.
Mr. Weese and Mr. Fike
102. Ice Cream and Refrigeration. I. 3 hr. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate
vears. Manufacture of ice cream; pp.iciples of refrigeration involved in the
manufacture and storage of dairy products. Mr. Weese
103. Market Milk. I. 3 hr. Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Market milk
and the manufacture of dry and condensed milk. Mr. Weese
104. Butter and Cheesf. II. 3 hr. Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Manu-
facture of butter and various types of cheese. Mr. Weese
107. Milk and Public Health. I. 2-3 hr. Food value of milk and its production
and processing in relation to public health. Mr. Fike
123. Judging Dairy Cattle. II. 2 hr. A laboratory course in the fundamentals of
judging dairy cattle. Mr. Porterfield and Mr. Hutchison
124. Judging Dairy Products. II. 2 hr. A laboratory course in evaluating and judging
dairy products. Mr. Weese and Mr. Fike
180, 181. Assigned Topics I. and II. 1-4 hr. per semester. For advanced dairy
students who desire to pursue study along some particular phase of dairying.
Staff
204. Advanced Dairy Technology. II. 4 hr. Chemical and bacteriological methods
used in the technical control of milk and milk products. Mr. Fike
221. Dairy Cattle. I. 3 br. History of breeds and families of registered dairy
cattle. Organization and activities of breeding associations. Mr. Porterfield
222. Milk Production. II. 4 hr. Feeding and management of dairy cattle.
Mr. Henderson
223. Breeding of Dairy Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: Genetics 111 or 221. Measuring
genetics and environmental variation. Study of methods available for improv-
ing the heredity of farm animals. Mr. Dunbar
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 2-4 hr. Advanced study in such
topics as vitamins, minerals, and internal secretions in relation to health,
milk production, reproduction, and newer studies in the field of animal
nutrition and breeding. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics ordinarily
may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
330. Advanced Milk Production. II. 3 hr. PR: Dairy Husbnadry 11 and Animal
Husbandry 101 or equivalent. Advanced study of the feeding, breeding and
management of dairy cattle. Mr. Henderson and Mr. Ackerman
350, 351, 352. 353 Seminar. I, II. 1 lir. Dairy and Animal Husbandry. Staffs
370. Methods of Animal Research (with Animal Husbandry). I. 3 hr. Research
methods used in animal nutrition and breeding. Offered in 1956-57 and alter-
nate years. Mr. Anderson and Mr. Dunbar
380, 381, 382. 383. Rf,sf.arch. I and II. 1-6 hr. per semester. For graduate stu-
dents working on a problem for preparation of a thesis. Staff
BACTERIOLOGY
246. Dairy Bacteriolocy. II. 3 hr. See under "Bacteriology," page 96.
CHEMISI HY
218. Dairy Chemistry. I. 3 hr. See under "Biochemistry," page 86.
HORTICULTURE
Professors Marsh, Westover, and Childs; Associate Professor Schubert; Assistant
Professors Dye, Neal, Mattson, and Pease; Instructor Marvel
Undergraduate Division
3. Basic Horticulture. II. 3 hr. Introduction to fruit growing, vegetable gardening
and ornamental materials. Students who major in horticulture may receive
credit for this course with the privilege of waiving one of the following required
courses: Hort. 39, 101, or 102. Mr. Neal
39. Landscape Design. I. 3 hr. The design of indoor and outdoor living space as a
unit controlled by the site. Final designs are executed in model form. (1
lecture, 1 scheduled laboratory, and 1 arranged laboratory.) Mr. Mattson
101. Vegetable Production. II. 4 hr. The vegetable garden. Prerequisite to all
courses in olericulture. Mr. Westover and Mr. Marvel
102. Fruit Production. I. 4 hr. Tree fruits, small fruits, and some discussion of
ornamentals. Mr. Childs
104. Plant Propagation. II. 3 hr. Plant propagation and nursery practice.
Mr. Neal
106. Sprays, Dusts and Fumigants. II. 2 hr. A study of equipment, materials, and
the application of fungicides, insecticides, herbicides, hormones, and plant
nutrients. Includes a 2-day inspection trip. Mr. Marsh and Mr. Adams
115. Judging and Identification of apple Varieties. I. 1 hr. Two laboratory
periods first half of semester. Mr. Childs
116. Flower Judging. II. 1 hr. One laboratory period per week. Mr. Dye
117. Vegetable Identification and Judging. I. 1 hr. Identification and judging of
the common vegetables. Laboratory course. Mr. Marvel
140. Woody Plant Materials. II. 3 hr. Trees, shrubs, and vines, their identification,
culture and use. Offered in alternate years 1955, 1957, 1959. Mr. Neal
141. Greenhouse Management. II. 3 hr. A practical study of greenhouse operations.
Mr. Dye
150. Herbaceous Plant Materials. II. 3 hr. Annuals, perennials, and bulbs, their
identification, culture and use. (2 lectures, 1 laboratory). Offered in alternate
years 1956, 1958, 1960. Mr. Mattson
96 CURRICULA AND COURSES
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I and II. 1-4 hr. per semester. Limit of six hours credit
toward degree. Staff
206. Small-Fruits Production. I. 3 hr. A practical and scientific study of standard
cultural practices in the small-fruits plantation. Mr. Childs
212. Commercial Tree-Fruit Production. II. 3 hr. Latest methods in pruning,
spraying, soil culture, and other production practices for fruit trees from
the practical and scientific standpoint. Mr. Schubert
213. Fruit Harvesting and Handling. I. 3 hr. A study of fruit maturity, harvesting,
grading, packaging, storage, and marketing. A 3-day inspection trip required.
Mr. Marsh and Mr. Pease
232. Commercial Vegetable Production. II. 3 hr. Current methods of commercial
vegetable crop production, including equipment, soil and climatic adaptation,
plant raising, soil culture, harvesting, grading, and packing. Includes a 3-day
inspection trip. Mr. Westover
233. Systematic Olericulture. I. 3 hr. Historv. botany, and classification of
vegetable crops. Offered in alternate years, 1956, 1958, 1960. Mr. Westover
238. Planting Design. II. 3 hr. PR: Hort. 39 and 140 or permission. The use of
ornamental plants in the design of the home grounds. (1 lecture, 1 scheduled
laboratory, and 1 arranged laboratory.) Mr. Mattson
239. Advanced Landscape Design. I. 4 hr. PR: Hort. 39, 140, 150, or permission.
Advanced studies in landscape planting. Mr. Mattson
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6
hours.) Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. per semester. Maximum credit for
Research 6 hours. Staff
PLANT PATHOLOGY, BACTERIOLOGY, AND ENTOMOLOGY
Professors Leach. Barnett, Dorsey, and Lilly; Associate Professors True and Wilson;
Assistant Professors Gallegly, Adams, Elliott, and Hansen.
BACTERIOLOGY
Undergraduate Division
141. General Bacteriology. I, II, S. 4 hr. (3 hr. for engineering students.)
PR: Chem. 1 and 2. Introductory, morphological, cultural and physiological
characteristics of bacteria, and application of bacteriology to agriculture, home
economics, sanitation, and health. Mr. Wilson
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Mr. Wilson
246. Dairy Bacteriology. I. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141. Microorganisms in market milk,
in manufacture of butter, cheese, and fermented milk, and in milk hygiene;
practice in preparation of media; making bacterial counts in milk. Offered
in 1956-57 and alternate years. Staff
248. Sanitary Bacteriology. I. 3 hr. PR: Bact. 141. Standard bacteriological
methods used in routine examination of water and sewage. Offered in 1955-56
and alternate years. Mr. Wilson
Graduate Division
314. Soil Microbiology. II. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141 and organic chemistry. Occur-
rence and distribution of microorganisms in soils and their inter-relationships.
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97
Their role in decomposition of organic matter and other transformations
of soil constituents. Mr. Wilson
320, 321. 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6
hours.) Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. per semester. Mr. Wilson
ENTOMOLOGY
Undergraduate Division
102. General Entomolocy. II. 4 hr. PR: Biol. 1 and 2. Introduction to the anatomy,
morphology, physiology, biology, taxonomy and economic importance of insects.
Mr. Dorsey and Mr. Hansen
103. Economic Entomology. II. 3 hr. PR: Ent. 102. Evaluation of insect control
problems; study of survey and contiol methods; equipment; insecticides.
Offered 1956-57 and alternate years. Mr. Dorsey and Staff
152. Forest Entomology. I. 4 hr. PR: Forestry 112. Relationships between insects
and the forest; recognition and control of important species; bionomics. This
course is primarily designed for foresters. Mr. Dorsey and Mr. Hansen
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Ent. 102. Special studies in insect
ecology, life-history, anatomy, taxonomy, physiology and control methods.
Mr. Dorsey and Staff
201. Applied Entomology. II. 4 hr. PR: Ent 102 and Chem. 131. Principles of insect
control including chemical, cultural, biological and legal aspects; toxicology of
insecticides. Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Dorsey and Staff
208. Insect Bionomics. I. 4 hr PR: Ent. 102. Relationships of insects to plants,
other insects, higher animals and their physical environments. Mr. Dorsey
Graduate Division
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II, S. 2-6 hr. PR: Ent. 102 and 370. Advanced
study of entomological topics of special interest to the student. Staff
370. Entomological Methods and Technique in Research I, II. 4 hr. PR: Ent.
102, 201 or 103. Methods used in the study of ecology; life-history; population
density; dispersal; migration; evaluation of host damage; evaluation of control
efficiency. Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Staff
PLANT PATHOLOGY
Undergraduate Division
103. Elementary Plant Pathology. I. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141. Nature and causes of
plant diseases; methods of control. Mr. Leach and Mr. Elliott
106. Application of Sprays, Dusts, and Fumigants. II. 2 hr. PR: Hort. 1 and 102,
Ent. 102, Plant Path. 103, Agron. 1. One lecture and one lab. Training in use
of machinery and materials in application of fungicides, insecticides, herbicides,
hormones, and plant nutrients of horticultural crops. Same as Hort. 106.
Mr. Marsh and Mr. Adams
153. Forest Pathology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 and For. 112. Important diseases
of forest and shade trees; causes and methods of control. Mr. True
180. 181. Assigned Topics. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. per semester. Staff
202. General Plant Pathology. II. 4 hr. PR: Bact. 141 and either Plant Path.
103, 153, or 203 or consent. Primarily for graduate students and qualified
seniors majoring in botany, biology, or agricultural science. Nature of
diseases in plants with practice in laboratory methods.
Mr. Leach, Mr. Gallegly, Mr. Elliott and StaF
98 CURRICULA AND COURSES
203. Mycology. I. 4 hr. Lectures, field and laboratory studies of parasitic and
saprophytic fungi. Mr. Barnett
204. Diseases of Fruit Crops I. 3 hr. Plant Path. 103. The important diseases
of commercial fruits; causes and methods of control. Offered in 1956-57 and
alternate years. Mr. Adams
20.5. Diseases of Ornamentals. II. 3 hr. PR: Plant Path. 103 or 153. The im-
portant diseases of ornamentals; causes and methods of control. Offered in
1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Elliott
206. Diseases of Vegetable Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: Plant. Path. 103. The important
diseases of potatoes and vegetable crops; causes and methods of control.
Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years. Mr. Gallegly
207. Diseases of Field and Forage Crops. II. 3 hr. PR: Plant Path. 103. The im-
portant diseases of cereals, legumes, and grasses; causes and methods of
control. Offered 1956-57 and alternate years. Staff
Graduate Division
312. Pathological Anatomy. I. 3 hr. Abnormal tissue changes in plants. PR:
Plant Path. 103, 153, or Botany 213. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years.
Mr. True
313. Insect Transmission of Plant Diseases. I. 3 hr. PR: Plant Path. 103, 153,
or Ent. 102. Role of insects in spread and development of plant diseases.
Offered in 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Leach
320, 321, 322, 323. Special Topics. I, II. S. 2-4 hr. (For the Master's Degree,
Special Topics ordinarily may count for 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6
hours.) Staff
330. Physiology of the Fungi. II. 4 hr. PR: Organic chemistry, mycology, and
bacteriology, or consent of instructor. Physiological aspects of growth, re-
production, and parasitism of fungi, with emphasis on nutrition, environ-
ment, and other biotic factors. Mr. Barnett and Mr. Lilly
340. Taxonomy of the Fungi. S. 2 hr. PR: Plant Path. 203. Collection and
identification of fungi, with emphasis upon those of economic importance.
Mr. Barnett
350, 351. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Mr. Leach and Staff
380, 381, 382, 383. Research. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Staff
The Division of Forestry
GENERAL INFORMATION
Organization and Purpose
In its Division of Forestry, West Virginia University offers four curricula of four
years each, all leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry. A student may
major in forest management, wildlife management, wood technology, or wood indus-
tries.
The field of forestry is a broad one. Those who enter it must receive an education
of a breadth equal to that of the profession which they expect to make their life work.
The professional forester's work includes such diversified activities as timber produc
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99
tion, logging, surveying, timber estimating, park management, forest protection, forest-
stand improvement, Hood control, watershed protection, soil erosion control, sub-
marginal land development, restoration of game, forest-range management, stream
development, lumber dry-kiln operation, plywood and furniture manufacture, timber
preservation, and construction of public camps and summer home sites. The wide
scope of the modern field of forestry demands a thorough basic training for the
professional forester. This accounts for the large number of required courses in the
professional forestry curricula. If a forester wishes to specialize in any one branch of
the field, graduate work is needed.
Regardless of the major selected, the curricula include a two years' broad
foundational study of the natural and social sciences basic to the field of forestry,
followed in the junior and senior years by a more detailed study of forestry principles
and techniques. Many of the courses in the curricula provide for field laboratories,
enabling the student to see first-hand applications of the principles presented in the
classroom and to experiment with the various techniques he is learning.
In addition to the forest work which forms a part of the regular courses at
Morgantown and the Forestry Camp described on page 100, the student is expected to
de\oie Uie summer alter Jus junior year to employment with a lorest-using agency or
private industry. This gives him further experience which is valuable in connection
with his fourth-year studies, as well as in obtaining permanent employment alter
graduation.
Many opportunities for summer employment are arranged through the Division
of Forestry with the United States Forest Service and with private forest industries
which are members of the National Lumber Manufacturers Association. The remuner-
ation for such temporary undergraduate employment varies from about $175 to $250
per month.
Facilities for Instruction
The Division of Forestry of West Virginia University is one of twenty-five forestry
schools in the country which are fully accredited by the Society of American Foresters.
Situated in Morgantown, it is favorably located in relation to forests available for
educational and research use. Coopers Rock State Forest, an area of 13,000 acres
fronting on Cheat Lake, is less than ten miles from the institution. Bv agreement
between the University and the Conservation Commission of West Virginia an 8,000
acre part of this forest has been set aside as the West Virginia University Forest,
Division of the Cooper's Rock State Forest. This area is managed by the Division
of Forestry for research and educational purposes. The Monongahela National
Forest lies within forty-five miles of Morgantown. The University Farm Forest of
100 acres bearing mature timber is within two miles. Recent acquisition by the
University of the 500-acre Tygart Valley Forest at Dailey has increased the educa-
tional and research facilities of the Division. These forests are utilized for study
by forestry students throughout their four years of training.
During 1951, an agreement was completed between West Virginia University and
the Island Creek Coal Company making the 3,000-acre Island Creek Experimental
Forest available for research in applied forestry. The Division of Forestry maintains
a resident forester at Holden who is in charge of the research forest in nearby Mingo
County. Methods of forest production on a commercial basis and suited to the
forest types and topography of southern West Virginia are being studied. The
experimental work is open to inspection by forestry students.
A lumber dry kiln, portable sawmill, and experimental wood treating plant have
recently been acquired by the Division of Forestry.
The dry kiln is of compartment type, cross circulating, steam heated, with
automatic self-recording temperature and humidity controls. It has a capacity of
approximately five thousand board feet of lumber per charge and provides properly
kiln-dried lumber for University use. It provides for student experience in dry kiln
operation.
The portable sawmill is of standard type that may be adapted to permanent,
portable, or mobile use. It is driven by a 75-horsepower diesel engine. A truck-
tractor and seini- trailer are used in transporting the mill or hauling logs and
lumber. The unit is used for training in mill installation, adjustment, and operation
100 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Students participate in logging and sawmilling operations conducted under conditions
similar to ordinary small industrial operations.
The experimental wood treating plant is outstanding in its facilities for duplicat-
ing any of the commercial methods of pressure treating wood. A recording instrument
keeps a time, pressure, vacuum, and temperature record of each treating operation. In
addition, indicating vacuum pressure and temperature gauges are installed, including
a mercury vacuum gauge. The equipment was designed especially for West Virginia
University to be used in laboratory instruction and research.
The facilities of the Division of Forestry also include a wood working shop, ply-
wood testing machine, and experimental plywood hot presses. A complete collection
of samples of the commercial woods of the United States is maintained for study.
The wood technology laboratory is equipped with microscopes, a microtome for
preparing wood sections used in identifications, wood moisture meters, and a portable
precision potentiometer. An experimental electrically heated condenser type dry
kiln with automatic temperature and humidity controls is used for practice in addition
to the five thousand- board foot capacity steam heated dry kiln. The forestry library
is for the use of students and contains over five hundred books related to forestry, a
complete collection of publications by the Forest Products Laboratory, publications
of the Department of Agriculture and the State Experiment Stations. The facilities
of the library are constantly being enlarged.
The West Virginia University Forestry Club
Regardless of what branch of forestry the student enters after graduation, he finds
it necessary to direct the work of crews of skilled and semi-skilled men. The ability
to lead men in effective work is, therefore, of first importance to the lorester. Leader-
ship training is provided through the Forestry Club (VV.V.U. Foresters) . This organi-
zation, although completely managed and financed by the students, forms a definite
part of every forester's work at West Virginia University.
Each man has specific duties and responsibilities in the operation of the club.
The results of these activities are considered together with scholastic attainments in
the placement of graduates.
Club activities include dinner gatherings with invited speakers, meetings where
various phases of the forest industry are discussed, and publication of the Cruiser,
the foresters' yearbook. The club also sponsors athletic teams which participate in
intramural contests and olfers a variety of social affairs. Annual dues are five dollars,
payable at time of registration.
At the time of the Foresters' Annual Banquet, an axe is awarded by the faculty
to the senior student who has demonstrated his proficiency as the best all-round
forester of the club.
Camp Wood
The Forestry Camp, held every summer for students who have completed their
sophomore year of the professional curricula, is situated near Alvon about 12 miles
north of White Sulphur Springs, in Greenbrier County, on the southern end of the
Monongahela National Forest. This location offers a great variety of forest types,
conditions, activities, and industries.
The instruction program provides training and practical experience in land
surveying, timber estimating, and in specialized work which is different for each of
the three major fields of study. Forest Management majors spend a week on a special
silvicultural study, while the utilization majors make a study of wood industries in
southern West Virginia. The program for these two groups culminates in a one-week
trip into the southern pine region, where silvicultural operations and wood-using
industries are studied. Wildlife majors spend two weeks in special fish and game
studies under the supervision of members of the wildlife staff.
During the summer the students carry out a small logging operation of their own
under the supervision of experienced timber cutters and loggers. Cutting is done on
the Meadow Creek Management Area, an 80-acrc tract heavily stocked with mature
mixed oak and white pine. The area has been reserved by the U. S. Forest Service
for this purpose. Working through the District Ranger, the students purchase a smal 1
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101
block of marked timber, for which they pay current stumpage prices. After they
have operated the timber the students sell the logs to local sawmills. Research data
are taken by the students on each cutting unit and on every tree felled. This single
project provides practical experience in surveying, topographic mapping, timber
estimating, timber marking, stumpage purchase, planning of logging operation,
felling, bucking, swamping, construction of skidways, skidding, scaling, and sale of logs
Proceeds from the operation are divided equally among the students who participate.
The main social event of the camp is its Field Day, which is held sometime during
the last two weeks of camp. The students and their guests compete in traditional
contests, including a softball game between the students and alumni. An exhibit of
the work of the camp, swimming, and dinner are other features. At the 1939
Field Day the camp was dedicated to A. A. Wood, who was at that time supervisor of
the Monongahela National Forest.
A principal aim of the camp is development of leadership ability. Not only are the
party chiefs in the technical work rotated to give each man an opportunity to develop
his strength as a leader, but the camp is run by the students themselves. They elect a
camp manager, an assistant camp manager, a steward and an assistant steward,
treasurer, athletic director, and such other officers as are needed. The steward and his
assistant plan all the menus and purchase all the food. Every man in camp has definite
duties and responsibilities and has full opportunity for all-round development.
The costs for the entire session at Camp Arthur Wood are S30 for tuition and §72
plus tax for food and lodging, payable to the University Comptroller at time of
registration. Each student is required to pay for his room and board on scheduled
trips from Camp. The expenses for such trips should not exceed §40 for the
summer and generally are much less.
THE SOCIETY OF AMERICAN FORESTERS
The S.A.F. is a professional society which accepts as members only those persons
actually engaged in technical forestry work or studying in preparation for such work.
Its objects are "to represent, advance, and protect the interests and standards of the
profession of forestry, to provide a medium for exchange of professional thought, and
to promote the science, practice, and standards of forestry in America." The society
publishes the Journal of Forestry. The scope of its program and the various divisions
within the society are of interest to all who are connected with the forestry profession.
Junior and senior forestry students are eligible to affiliate with the society and receive
the Journal at a special rate. Upon graduation they are encouraged to become regular
members of the organization.
The West Virginia Chapter of the Allegheny Section, S.A.F. , was organized in 1945
for the purpose of unifying the professional foresters working in the state. The
annual meeting of the chapter is so arranged that senior students who wish to do so
may attend as a part of their school program.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE
The Division of Forestry offers four curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Forestry. The first year of work is the same in all four, except that
students majoring in wood technology must take Mathematics 3, College Algebra,
during the first semester, and Mathematics 4, Plane Trigonometry, during the second
semester. In order to take Mathematics 3, the student must offer li/ 2 units of algebra
in his entrance credits or take Mathematics 2 as a prerequisite.
102 CURRICULA AND COURSES
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr.
Biology 1— General 4 Biology 2— General 4
Chemistry 1— General 4 Chemistry 2— General 4
English 1— Composition 3 English 2— Composition 3
Forestry 1— Profession 1 Forestry 2— Profession 1
Forestry 3— Convocation Forestry 4— Convocation
Mathematics 2 (3) —Algebra 3 Mathematics 10 (4) —Plane Trig 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Phys. Educ. 1— Service Program .... 1 Phys. Educ. 2— Service Program 1
18 18
The curricula for the last three years are shown separately as follows. In each
curriculum the student will have an opportunity to take elective courses that will
complete a well-rounded course of study.
FOREST MANAGEMENT
The forest management curriculum offers a strong basic course in forestry leading
particularly to employment in the management of forest land. It is designed
to train the student for a professional forestry career in either public or private
forestry work. Graduates are equipped to hold positions with the various state
forestry and conservation departments, the U.S. Forest Service, the Forestry Divi-
sion of the U.S. Indian Service, the Soil Conservation Service, and other federal
or state agencies employing professional foresters. They may also be employed by
private forest land owners— both corporate and individual— or may enter business as
consulting foresters. This curriculum provides a good background for graduate work
in all phases of forest production management.
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr.
Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4 Botany 68— Dendrology 3
Botany 61— Systematic 2 Botany 71— Plant Physiology 2
Botany 67— Dendrology 3 C. E. 6— Topographic Mapping .... 2
C. E. 5— Land Surveying 4 English 13— Expository Writing 2
Economics 1— (Ag. Ec. 102) — Forestry 6— Convocation
Principles 3 Forestry 1 1— Silvics 3
Forestry 5— Concovation Forestry 21— Mensuration 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
18 18
SUMMER PRECEDING THIRD YEAR
10 Weeks— 10 Hours Credit
Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3
Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4
Forestry 103— Forest Management Practices 3
10
THIRD YEAR
First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr.
Forestry 112— Silvicultural Systems .. 3 Forestry 113— Seeding & Planting ... 3
Forestry 131— Wood Identification .. 3 Forestry 114— Forest Economics 3
Forestry 151— Protection 2 Forestry 125-Policy &
Physics 1— Introductory 4 Administration 3
Electives 5 Forestry 133— Lumbering 3
Electives 5
17 17
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
103
FOURTH YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Entomology 152— For. Entomology .. 4
Forestry 116— Regional Silviculture . 2
Forestry 123— Management 4
Forestry 124— Forest Finance 3
Forestry 126— Forest Measurement
by Aerial Photographs 2
Electives 3
Second Semester Hr.
Forestry 134— Forest Products 3
Forestry 141— Wildlife Management . 3
Plant Path. 153— Forest Pathology . . 4
Electives 6
18
16
WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT
The wildlife management curriculum is designed to give basic undergraduate
training in wildlife and fisheries biology. Students who elect this curriculum will
satisfy the requirement for graduation by completing successfully 150 credit hours,
including all the required courses listed below, and elective courses in botany,
zoology, bacteriology, and other related fields. Those completing the curriculum are
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry.
Many wildlife and fisheries biology positions require the Master's degree, and
majors in this curriculum are encouraged to enroll for graduate work in other
institutions. Graduates in wildlife management will, however, meet all requirements
for taking the U.S. Civil Service examination for biologist, and will ordinarily meet
all requirements for the entering examination in general forestry.
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4
Botany 61— Systematic 2
Botany 67— Dendrology 3
C. E. 5— Land Surveying 4
Economics 1— (Ag. Ec. 102) —
Principles 3
Forestry 5— Convocation
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Second Semester Hr.
Botany 68— Dendrology 3
Botany 71— Plant Physiology 2
C. E. 6— Topographic Mapping .... 2
Forestry 6— Convocation
English 13— Expository Writing 2
Forestry 1 1— Sylvics 3
Forestry 21— Mensuration 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
IS
18
SUMMER PRECEDING THIRD YEAR
10 Weeks- 10 Hours Credit
Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3
Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4
Forestry 105— Land Utilization Practices 3
10
THIRD YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Forestry 112— Silvicultural Systems .. 3
Forestry 131— Wood Identification . . 3
Forestry 151— Protection 2
Physics 1— Introductory 4
Electives 5
Second Semester Hr.
Forestry 113— Seeding & Planting .. 3
Forestry 114— Forest Economics .... 3
Forestry 125— Policy &
Administration 3
Forestry 144— Forest Zoology 3
Electives 5
17
17
104
CURRICULA AND COURSES
FOURTH YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Entomology 152— For. Ent 4
Forestry 123— Management 4
Electives 9
Second Semester Hr.
Forestry 134— Products 3
Forestry 141— Wildlife Management . 3
Forestry 145— Life Histories of
Game Animals 3
Plant Path. 153-For. Pathology 4
Electives 4
17
17
WOOD TECHNOLOGY
The curriculum in wood technology is intended to prepare students to pursue
graduate work in the technical phases of wood use or to enter directly into positions
dealing with the conversions of forest crops into useful products. Such positions may
be either governmental or industrial, with both groups further divided into various
degrees of administrative, research, or developmental effort. Students electing to enter
the field of wood technology should demonstrate a marked facility in mathematics,
physics, and chemistry, since these basic sciences form the foundation for a large part
of the knowledge involved in the properties and processing of wood.
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4
Botany 67— Dendrology 3
C. E. 5— Land Surveying 4
Economics 1 (Ag. Ec. 102) —
Principles 3
Forestry 5— Convocation
Mathematics 5— Analytical Geom. . . 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Second Semester Hr.
Botany 68— Dendrology 3
Botany 71— Plant Physiology 2
C.E. 6— Topographic Mapping 2
English 13 2
Forestry 6— Convocation
Forestry 1 1— Silvics 3
Forestry 21— Mensuration 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
20
SUMMER PRECEDING THIRD YEAR
10 Weeks- 10 Hours Credit
Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3
Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4
Forestry 104— Forest Utilization Practices 3
18
10
THIRD YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Chemistry 131— Organic 4
Forestry 112— Silvicultural Systems .. 3
Forestry 131— Wood Identification .. 3
Math 107— Differential Calculus 4
Physics 1 1 1— General 5
19
Second Semester
Forestry 114— Forest Economics
Forestry 133— Lumbering
Math 108— Integral Calculus ..
M. E. 20— Mechanical Drawing
Physics 1 12— General
Hr.
. 3
. 3
. 4
. 3
18
FOURTH YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Chemistry 105— Qualitative Analysis . 4
Forestry 123— Management 4
Forestry 132— Properties of Wood . . 3
Mechanics 101— Statics 3
Second Semester Hr.
Forestry 134— Products 3
Forestry 135— Seasoning & Pres 4
Mech. 102— Mechanics of Materials 4
Plant Path. 153-Forest Pathology . . 4
14
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
10.-
WOOD INDUSTRY
The four-year Wood Industry curriculum leads to a degree of Bachelor of Science
in Forestry and is designed primarily to develop qualified foresters for work with
wood-using industries. The wood-using industry that includes basic lumber products,
finished lumber and veneer products, paper and allied products ranks fourth in the
nation as to number of wage earners employed.
The first and second years of study are devoted to those basic preparatory subjects
that are essential to the more technical courses that follow. The third and fourth
years of study allow the student to obtain theory and practice in the more technical
phases of his forestry education. Courses in business law and production management
are included. These provide training in the fundamentals of business practice
essential to the forester who contributes to the development of wood industries.
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Agronomy 10— Forest Soils 4
Botany 67— Dendrology 3
C. E. 5— Plane Surveying 4
Economics 1 (Ag. Ec. 102)
—Principles 3
English 13— Expository Writing ... 2
Forestry 5— Convocation
Mil. Sci. 3-Basic 2
Second Semester Hr.
Acounting 1— Principles of
Accounting 3
Forestry 6— Convocation
Botany 68— Dendrology 3
Forestry 1 1— Silvics 3
Forestry 21— Forest Mensuration 4
Forestry 133— Principles of
Lumbering 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4— Basic 2
18
18
SUMMER CAMP
Forestry 101— Surveying Field Practice 3
Forestry 102— Mensuration Field Practice 4
Forestry 104— Forest Utilization Practices 3
10
THIRD YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Bus. Ad. Ill— Business Law 3
For. 112-Silviculture 3
For. 131— Wood Identification 3
For. 151— Forest Protection 2
Physics 1— Introductory 4
Electives 3
Second Semester Hr.
Bus. Ad. 112— Business Law 3
For. 114— Forest Economics 3
For. 134— Forest Products 3
For. 153— Forest Pathology 4
Electives 4
18
17
FOURTH YEAR
First Semester Hr.
Ent. 152— Forest Entomology 4
For. 123— Forest Management 4
For. 124— Forest Finance 3
For. 132-Properties of Wood 3
Management 111 —Industrial
Management 3
Second Semester Hr.
Forestry 135— Wood Seasoning &
Preservation 4
Forestry 137— Grading Wood
Products 3
Forestry 138— Advanced Lumbering . 3
Forestry 139— Marketing Forest
Products 3
Electives 3
17
16
106 CURRICULA AND COURSES
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN FORESTRY
1,2. The Profession of Forestry. I and II. 1 hr. per semester. Survey of the pro-
fession of forestry and the opportunities available to trained men. Mr. Percival
3, 4, 5, 6. Forestry Convocation. I and II. No Credit hours. All students are
expected to attend the weekly convocation. Attendance is required of students
during their first four semesters in the Division of Forestry. Speakers and
timely topics in forestry and allied fields are presented.
11. Silvics. II. 3 hr. PR or cone: Bot. 68. Forest and environment factors; site and
type characteristics. Mr. Tryon
21. Forest Mensuration. II. 4 hr. PR: C. E. 5. Measurement of forest products,
trees, and stands; timber estimating; introduction to growth and yield.
Mr. Myers
46, 146. Ornithology. II. 2 hr. PR: Biol. 1 and 2 or consent of instructor. Identi-
fication, distribution, and ecology of birds (particularly of forest lands).
Mr. Brooks
101. Surveying Field Practice. S. 3 hr. PR: C. E. 6. Application of surveying
methods to forestry practice, employing the transit, precise level, staff compass,
traverse board, and hand compass, with problems appropriate to each. Required
of all students at summer camp. Mr. Myers and Staff
102. Mensuration Field Practice. S. 4 hr. PR: Botany 68 and Forestry 21. Prob-
lems in the estimation of timber volume, defect, and growth and yield, employ-
ing various systems in common use and varying the organization and equipment
to meet the various situations encountered. Required of all students at summer
camp. Mr. Carvell and Staff
103. Forest Management Practices. S. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 102. Practice in marking
timber for improvement and harvest cuttings, application of methods of treat-
ment, and observation of the effects of past treatment on the residual stand.
Required of all students at summer camp who are majoring in forest manage-
ment. Mr. Byers and Staff
104. Forest Utilization Practices. S. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 102. Study of woods
operations, sawmills, pulp and paper plants, plywood plants and other wood-
using industries. Required of all students at summer camp who are majoring
in wildlife management. Mr. Byers and Staff
105. Land Utilization Practices. S. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 102. Field and laboratory
exercises in farm and forest wildlife practices. Required of all students at
summer camp who are majoring in wildlife management.
Mr. Brooks and Staff
112. Silvicultural Systems. I. 3 hr. PR: Forestry 11. Principles of regeneration
cuttings, intermediate cuttings and cultural operations, and their application
to forest stands. Mr. Carvell
113. Seeding and Planting. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 11. Seeding and planting; nursery
practice; phases of artificial regeneration. Mr. Tryon
114. Forest Economics. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 1 or Agr. Economics 102. Economic
and financial aspects of forestry, forest land, and forest industries and exploita-
tion; present and potential forest resources of the U.S. Mr. Myers
116. Recional Silviculture. I. 2 hr. PR: Forestry 11; PR or cone: Forestry 112.
Major forest types of the United States; their species composition, management
problems and silvicultural treatment. Mr. Carvell
122. Forest Mensuration. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 21. The measurement of growth and
yield; statistical methods applied to forest measurement problems. Mr. Myers
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107
123. Forest Management. I. 4 hr. PR: Summer Camp and For. 112. Practical
silvicultural and marketing methods on forest tracts; organization of forests
and regulation of cut to obtain sustained yield; coordination of multiple uses.
Mr. Goodspeed
124. Forest Finance. I. 3 hr. PR: For. 114. Cost and income items in producing
and exploiting forest crops; appraisal of stumpage and damages. Mr. Goodspeed
125. Forest Policy and Administration. II. 3 hr. Land policy in the United States;
its historical, legal, and administrative development; the forester's relations
with the public. Administration of public and private forest properties.
Mr. Percival
126. Forest Measurement By Aerial Photographs. I. 2 hr. PR: For. 11 and 21.
Elements of photogrammetry; preparation of maps, and interpretation of
forest types and timber volumes from aerial photographs. Mr. Carvell
127. Forest Management Plans. II. 2 hr. PR: For. 123. Analyses of forest manage-
ment plans. Construction of a sustained yield timber management plan for
a specific forest tract. Mr. Goodspeed
131. Wood Identification. I. 3 hr. PR: For. 4. Identification of commercial timbers
of U.S.; basic properties and uses of different woods. Mr. Koch
132. Properties of Wood. I. 3 hr. PR or cone: For. 131. Physical and mechanical
properties of wood; testing, machining, gluing, finishing, and special processing
of wood. Mr. Koch
133. Lumbering. II. 3 hr. PR: Summer Camp and For. 131. Logging practices and
lumber manufacture. Logging and mill equipment. Important factors affecting
lumber grades. Mr. Byers
134. Forest Products. II. 3 hr. PR or cone: For. 131. The production and uses of
forest products other than lumber and timbers. Mr. Reid
135. Seasoning and Preservation. II. 4 hr. PR: For. 131. Purposes, effects, and
methods of seasoning and preserving wood. Mr. Reid
137. Grading Wood Products. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 21 and 131. Inspection methods
and application of standard grading rules to forest products, with emphasis on
the inspection of hardwood and southern pine lumber. Mr. Byers
138. Advanced Lumbering. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 133. Organization of the business;
operation of logging equipment, records and cost control. Mr. Byers
139. Marketing Forest Products. II. 3 hr. PR: For. 134. Methods of marketing
lumber and other forest products in domestic and foreign trade. Mr. Reid
140. West Virginia's Natural Resources. II. 3 hr. (Primarily for students in the
College of Education). A survey of policies and practices in the development
and use of soil, w r ater, forest, wildlife, mineral, and human resources in West
Virginia. Mr. Brooks and Mr. Dugan
141. Wildlife Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Bot. 61 and Biol. 2. Basic principles
of handling wildlife as a forest crop. (This course is not intended to train wild-
life specialists.) In recognition of the importance of fish, game animals, and
fur-bearing animals in the forest, the course considers the problems of the main-
tenance of an optimum wildlife population, Mr. Dugan
142. Recreational Developments. II. 2 hr. PR: C. E. 6 and Summer Camp. Needs
of the active and passive recreationist and means of supplying facilities for
meeting these needs on public forests. Mr. Brooks
143. The Forest Range. II. 2 hr. PR: C. E. 6 and Summer Camp. A survey of
basic range management technique and practices on forest lands, with con-
sideration of range mapping and important forage plants. Mr. Brooks
108 CURRICULA AND COURSES
144. Forest Zoology. II. 3 hr. PR: Biol 2 or Zool. 2. The relationships of
mammals, reptiles, amphibians, and fish to the forest, with emphasis on the
ecology and taxonomy of these groups. Mr. Brooks
145. Life Histories of Game Animals. II. 3 hr. PR: Biol. 2 or Zool. 2. Field
and laboratory studies of game-bird and game-mammal life histories, with
special reference to management of populations of these species. Mr. Dugan
146. Ornithology. II. 2 hr. PR: Biol. 1 and 2 or consent of instructor. Identifica-
tion, distribution, and ecology of birds (particularly of forest lands) .
Mr. Brooks
151. Forest Protection. I. 2 hr. Preventive action, preparation activities, and con-
trol of forest fires. Mr. Percival
170, 171, 172, 173. Forestry Problems. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. (4 hr. maximum).
Mr. Carvell
178. Wood Utilization Studies. S. 6 to 14 weeks; no credit. Arrange with instructor
before registering. Practical refresher course in wood technology, wood condi-
tioning, and forest products. Mr. Reid
181. Farm Wildlife. II. 2 hr. (Primarily for students in agriculture. Professional
forestry students may not take this course for credit.) Fundamental principles
of the natural propagation and management of game and other wildlife on the
farm, with emphasis on game as a farm crop. Farm fish pond construction and
management. Mr. Dugan
183. Farm Woodlot Management. II. 3 hr. (Professional forestry students may
not take this course for credit.) Characteristics of forest trees; methods of
measuring and managing farm woodlands; plantation establishment. Mr. Tryon
The Division of Home Economics
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Division of Home Economics is located in the north end of Oglebav
Hall. Here may be found offices and a small departmental library, in addition to
classrooms and laboratories equipped for the teaching of related arts, textiles and
clothing, and foods and nutrition. Adjacent to the foods laboratories is a family-service
unit consisting of a kitchen, dining room, and reception room. Additional laboratories
near Oglebav Hall include University High School, two Home Management Houses.
Nursery School, Cafeteria, and Textiles Laboratory.
Offerings in the division are designed to meet a wide variety of educational
needs. One of the first aims is to help the student understand herself and her
potentialities and to encourage her to assume progressively more and more respons-
ibility. She will also be given school and community laboratory experience, under
guidance, to help her develop judgment and confidence in meeting situations.
To assist the student in setting goals and in planning experiences which will
help her make progress toward these goals, a special advisory system has been
set up. Each student has a faculty adviser who counsels the student as to the courses
and assists in solving problems directly or indirectly affecting her progress in the
University.
PLAN OF WORK
Work of the first two years is largely cultural, including courses in written
and spoken English, literature, and natural and social sciences. In addition,
basic work in four areas— foods, clothing, art, and management— acquaints the
student with the field of home economics. During the last two years the student
is given the opportunity to specialize in one of several vocations. Special courses
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109
have been arranged for the student who wishes to stay in college only two years
and whose main interest is to prepare for homemaking. She may substitute home-
making courses for those in the basic sciences during the first two years.
VOCATIONS FOR HOME ECONOMISTS
West Virginia graduates are now teaching homemaking at junior high school,
senior high school, and college levels; others are supervising the teaching of
homemaking. Some may be found serving as home-demonstration agents, girls'
club leaders, or commercial demonstrators. A considerable number are engaged
in institutional work as hospital dietitians or as managers of tea rooms, cafeterias,
or college dining halls. Others are engaged in scientific research or in allied work
as laboratory technicians.
Social service, through either private or government agencies, has claimed the
interest of some. Nursery schools also iiave turned to West Virginia home-economics
graduates for supervisors. Department stores have offered a variety of interesting
jobs in selling, counseling, interior decoration, and other phases of retailing. One or
two graduates with a flair for writing have found work on women's magazines.
New fields are constantly opening up, so that the person trained in home econ-
omics has an ever-widening choice of vocations.
The division endeavors to keep in touch with agencies which employ home-
economics graduates and to assist graduates in finding employment.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
The Division of Home Economics offers courses leading to the granting of
a B.S. and an A.B. Degree in Home Economics.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HOME ECONOMICS
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Home Economics will be conferred upon
any student who satisfies the entrance requirements and offers 128 hours of college
credit and the required grade points including the courses listed below.
General: Eng. rhetoric, literature, speech (no more than 3 hr. in latter) , 12 hr.;
chemistry, or physical science, 8 hr.; history, psychology, economics, and sociology, 9 hr.
(with some work in at least two fields) ; biological science, 8 hr.; physical education,
4 hr. (Humanities 1 may be substituted for 4 hr. modern European history; Human-
ities 2 may be substituted for 4 hr. English literature.) Total, 41 hr.
Home Economics: foods and nutrition, 6 hr.; management, 5 hr.; textiles and
clothing, 5 hr.; applied art, 4 hr.; child development, 2 hr.; electives in home
economics, 18 hr. Total, 40 hr. General electives, 47 hr. Grand total, 128 hr.
Sufficient electives are allowed to permit the student to satisfy the require-
ments for a first-class high-school certificate to teach in West Virginia or to fulfill
preparatory requirements for apprenticeship, internship, or similar vocational ex-
periences in a variety of fields including those of institution management, hospital
dietetics, food and textile research, retailing, extension work, and other government
services.
It is suggested that students carry a maximum of 15 hours while in the Home
Management House or while doing Student Teaching.
A student who is working for room and board may not carry more than 14
hours until she has demonstrated that she is able to maintain a "C" average.
A.B. DEGREE WITH MAJOR IN HOME ECONOMICS
Students who wish to offer home economics as a major in the College of Arts
and Sciences are referred to the information concerning an A.B. Degree with a
major in home economics.
10
CURRICULA AND COURSES
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
To be classified as a conditional freshman a student must have credit for
at least 15 units of entrance requirements; to be classified as a regular freshman she
must fulfill all entrance requirements. To be classified as a junior, 58 hours; as a
senior, 92 hours.
SUGGESTED CURRICULUM FOR FIRST TWO YEARS
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
i YEAR
First Sent.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
English 1
English 2
3
English 3, 4,
Speech 3, 6,
Chem. !•
4
Chem. 2
4
or 5
3
or 11
3
(or)
(or)
(or)
Zool. 151
4
Phys. Sci. 1
Phys. Sci. 2
Humanities 2
4
Home Ec. 23
2
(or)
History 2
3
Home Ec. 15
4
Home Ec. 14
History 1
3
(or)
Home Ec. 12
3
or 114
2
(or)
Humanities 2
4
Biology 1
4
Phys. educ.
1
Humanities 1
4
Home Ec. 2
2
Econ, or sociol
. 3
Econ. or Sociol
. 3
Home Ec. 1
2
Home Ec. 3
2
Phys. Educ.
1
Home Ec. 4
2
Phys. educ.
1
Phys. educ.f
1
.
♦Prospective dietitians should elect Chemistry 1 and 2.
fStudents must elect 4 courses — one from each group: Athletics 9 or 10;
Dancing- 2. 3, 4, or 15; Individual Activity 6, 7, 8, or 57; and Swimming 1 or 16.
THE CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS
Students who wish to obtain a high -school certificate to teach home economics
must meet requirements of the State Board of Education and of the College of
Education. Recommendation for certification is made by the Division of Home
Economics to the Dean of the College of Education. For requirements, see the
bulletin: Teacher Selection, Guidance, Training and Certification.
The head of the Division of Home Economics in the College of Agriculture,
Forestry, and Home Economics is also a member of the College of Education and
is the adviser for students wishing to meet requirements for a high-school certificate
to teach home economics.
West Virginia University has been approved by the State Department of
Education and the U.S. Office of Education to train teachers of vocational home-
making.
All students who meet requirements for vocational certificates in home economics
as set forth in the bulletin, Teacher Selection, Guidance, Training and Certification,
and who maintain an average of "C" or better in Education 163 and 124 will be
recommended for vocational certificates.
Students transferring from other institutions should do so not later than
the junior year. A minimum residence of the entire senior year is required, and
students with irregular schedules will require a longer time.
MAJOR CURRICULA IN HOME ECONOMICS
The Teaching Major
(See Teacher Training Bulletin for course requirements)
Other Majors
Advisers will help students select courses which will prepare them for vocations
in Nutrition and Dietetics, Textiles, Clothing and Retailing, Extension Service,
Utility Companies or for pursuing work at graduate level.
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111
TWO-YEAR COURSE IN HOME ECONOMICS
The Division of Home Economics offers a two-year course designed to meet
the needs of those students who do not wish to spend four years working toward a
degree but who desire some college training. The two-year curriculum is
designed to give students some information, appreciations and understandings to
help them function successfully as homemakers and citizens. The course as planned
is broad and flexible and permits a wide choice of electives to meet individual needs.
The entrance requirements for the two year course are the same as for the
regular four year course, as given in the University catalogue. Students who com-
plete, satisfactorily, the 64 semester hours, including the basic requirements and at
least 22 hours in Home Economics will be granted a certificate in Home Economics.
A student enrolled in the two-year course may transfer appropriate credit hours
to a four-year course leading to a degree provided a grade point average of 2.5 or
better has been maintained. A student pursuing the four-year curriculum may
transfer to the two-year curriculum provided the transfer is made prior to or
immediately following completion of two years of study. In either case the student
must meet the requirements of the curriculum to which transfer is made.
The Two-Year Curriculum
English 1 and 2 6 hours
or
Communications 1 and 2
Social Science*, or Physical Science, or Biological Science 8
Social Science 6
Chosen from the following
Political Science
Economics
Sociology
History
Psychology
Home Economics 22
At least one course from each of the following areas: '
Related Art (3 and 23 suggested)
Clothing and Textiles (2 or 12 and 17 or 102)
Child Development
Foods and Nutrition (1 and 105 or 15)
Management (to include 114)
Physical Education or Health Education 2
Electives from any field for which student can qualify 20
64
♦General Course in Social Science.
MASTER'S DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
The Division of Home Economics offers work at the graduate level leading
to the degree of Master of Science in Home Economics Education. The summer
program is planned to give special attention to needs of graduate students who wish
to work towards this degree.
Some courses are oflered on a six-weeks basis to meet the needs of those
who can spend several weeks on campus. For those who cannot stay for a
full session or who prefer to work intensively on one subject at a time, the Divi-
sion offers workshops of two or three weeks duration. These are arranged con-
secutively so that a student may elect work in one or several workshops.
It has been possible to obtain the services of outstanding educators to serve
as consultants for these workshops. Those interested in the summer program
may obtain copies of the Summer Session bulletin or other information by writ-
ing to the head of the Division of Home Economics.
(For more detailed information consult the Graduate School Bulletin.).
12 CURRICULA AND COURSES
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN HOME ECONOMICS
Professor Noer and Staff.
(1) Students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major in home economics
must meet the requirements in that college and also the departmental requirements
as outlined in this Catalog.
(2) Students who wish to obtain the high-school certificate to teach home econo-
mics must meet the requirements of the State Board of Education, the College of
Education, and the Division of Home Economics. The B.S.H.E. degree in the Col-
lege of Agriculture, Forestry, and Home Economics is planned to allow sufficient
electives to meet these requirements.
(3) Students from other colleges who wish to elect home economics courses
without meeting the Science requirements may take Home Economics 1, 2, 3. 4.
23, 15, 114, 102, 32 or 132, 13 or 113, 123, 133, 106, and 206; others by consent
of instructor.
(4) Graduate students are limited to 6 hr. of "Problems" courses.
FOODS AND NUTRITION
Assistant Professors Chapman and Roberts; Staff.
1. Sec. 1. Elementary Nutrition. I, II. 2 hr. Essentials of adequate diet; applica
tion with particular reference to needs of college students. Miss Robert*
1. Sec. 2. Elementary Nutrition. I, II. 2 hr. Advanced section of H.E. 1 for those
who qualify on basis of placement test. Miss Roberts
21. Nutrition and Foods for Nurses. I. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of human
nutrition and of food preparation. Content of course is that given in
"Teaching Dietetics to Student Nurses," by American Dietetic Association.
Miss Roberts
101. Nutrition I. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 2 or Phys. Sci. 2, with consent, H.E. 15 or consent.
Two lectures and 1 laboratory. Food needs as affected by such factors as age, sex,
and activity; nutritive value of common foods; planning of adequate diets at
different cost levels. Miss Roberts
111. Requirements for Normal Human Nutrition. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and demon-
stration. Two 2-hour and one 1-hour classes per week. For students in other
colleges. Miss Roberts
121. Nutrition Work with Children. II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 101, or consent, 106 or 106
Parallel, 115. Problems involved in feeding children optimum diets. Opportunity
for students (1) to prepare noon meals for University Nursery School children;
(2) to observe a number of school-lunch programs in and near Morgantown.
Miss Roberts
181. Problems in Nutrition. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
201. Diet in Disease. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101, Zoology 151, Chem. 131. Adaptations
of normal diet for diseases whose prevention or treatment is largely influenced
by diet. Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Miss Roberts
211. Readings in Nutrition. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101. Reviews of current
literature and of present research. Topics depend upon needs and interests
of class members. Miss Roberts
221. Community Nutrition Problems. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101 or consent. Two
hours of lectures plus fieldwork. Includes consideration of organizations and
agencies through which these problems may be solved. Miss Roberts
281. Problems in Nutrition. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Mrs. Jones
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113
15. Food Selection and Preparation. I, II. 4 hr. PR: H.E. 1, or consent. Two
lectures and two laboratories. Chemical and physical bases for food prepara-
tion with enough experimental work to give an understanding of reasons for
recommended procedures in preparation of food products of high quality.
Demonstration, discussion and laboratory practice. Staff
105. Planning and Serving Family Meals. 2 hr. PR: None. A practical course in
food preparation. Special attention given to simple workable types of table
service. Much of course will be governed by individual needs and interests
of students. (Not open to Home Economics majors). Mrs. Jones
115. Meal Planning, Preparation, and Service. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or
consent. One lecture and one 3-hour laboratory. Problems in selection
and purchase of foods; planning, preparing, and serving of meals, including wise
use of time and energy. Mrs. Jones
125. Foods for Special Occasions. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or consent. Preparation of
special foods for parties, dinners, teas, and other social functions, with
laboratory experience in organization and management of food service for
such occasions. Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Mrs. Jones
185. Problems in Foods. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
205. Experimental Cookery. I. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15, Chem. 131. 1 hr. lecture, one 2 hr.
lab., and one 3 hr. lab. Utensils, ingredients, temperature, manipulation, and
cooking methods as they affect quality of cooked products. Offered in alternate
years, 1957-59-61. Mrs. Jones
215. Food Preservation. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or equivalent and (or cone.) Bact. 141.
Fundamental principles involved in preservation of foods by canning, drying,
fermentation, curing, and freezing as applied in the home and in centers
equipped for quantity work. 1 lecture, two 3-hr. labs. Mrs. Jones
285. Problems in Foods. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT
Assistant Professor Price
108. Quantity Cookery. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15, 101. One lecture, two 3-hour
laboratories arranged. Application of principles to preparation of food in
large quantity. Use of standardized formulas, calculation of costs, and use
of institution equipment. Cafeteria used as laboratory. Miss Price
118. Institution Accounting. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 108. Current procedures in account-
ing for institutions. Preparation of budgets, food-control records, financial
statements, and reports. Offered in alternate years, 1957-59-61. Miss Price
128. Institution Buying. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 108. Producing areas, distribution of food
products, specifications, storage, and food practices in quantity buying. Obser-
vation in local wholesale markets, warehouses, and storage units. Offered in
alternate years, 1956-58-60. Miss Price
138. Institution Organization and Management. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 108. Principles
of organization and management of institutions of various types. Miss Price
148. Laboratory Practice in Institution Management. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 108,
138, and consent. (Arranged). Experience under supervision in planning,
preparing, and serving food in an institution. Selection of place and type
of experience to be determined by needs of students. Miss Price
188. Problems in Institution Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
288. Problems in Institution Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
114 CURRICULA AND COURSES
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING
Professor Noer; Assistant Professors Dietrich and Rennebohm.
2. Elementary Clothing. I, II. 2 hr. Problems in selection and construction
of clothing. For freshmen and others who do not pass placement test.
Miss Rennebohm
12. Intermediate Clothing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 2 or exemption of H.E. 2
by placement test. Particular emphasis on high standards of workmanship
and evaluation of work and progress. As students develop skill they will
be expected to work with increasing independence. Miss Rennebohm
102. Clothing Selection. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, H.E. 2, or consent. Two lectures.
Selection of clothing for whole family from viewpoint of design, color, and
economy. Clothing inventories and buying plans. Miss Rennebohm
112. Selection and Construction of Clothing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, 12, or
consent. Two laboratories. Construction of wool and rayon garments. Pat-
tern alteration and adaption. Making over clothing.
Misses Rennebohm and Dietrich
132. Clothing Techniques. II. 2 hr. Not open to home economics majors. Techniques
for simple garment construction, remodeling, alteration, and repair. Problems
adapted to needs of individual students. Especially planned for Arts & Sciences
students and young homemakers. Miss Rennebohm
182. Problems in Clothing Construction. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staft
212. Advanced Clothing Construction. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17, 222. Commercial
methods of coat and suit making adapted for home use. Problems of fitting
and pattern adaptation, using the dress form. Speed methods emphasized.
Miss Rennebohm
222. Tailoring. II. 3 hr. PR. H.E. 12, 17. Problems in teaching tailoring, including
sources of help and new techniques. Emphasis on methods of helping
students evaluate their own progress. Opportunity for laboratory experi-
ence in cutting, fitting, construction, and pressing of tailored garments
Miss Rennebohm
282. Problems in Clothing. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff
17. Textiles. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and laboratory combined. Textile fibers and
fabrics studied with view to their use in dress and in the home. Character-
istics of the major fibers and their suitability to various uses. Study of
standard and novelty materials with emphasis on appropriate use and care.
Miss Dietrich
117. Textile Buying. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17. Lecture and laboratory combined.
Buying of textiles for all types of clothing and for household. At least one
field trip required. Miss Dietrich
187. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. Miss Dietrich
217. Readings in Textiles. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17. Review and discussion of cur-
rent literature reporting recent research in field. Miss Dietrich
287. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff
APPLIED ART
Assistant Professors Muffly and Rennebohm.
3. Art Applied to Personal Problems. I, II. 2 hr. Principles of design and color
applied so as to help college students meet problems of daily living. Problems
may include room arrangement, clothing, design, etc. Mrs. Muffly
23. Present-day Housing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3 or consent. Factors to be
considered in providing housing and furnishings for families at different income
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115
levels. Laboratory practice in improving rooms, apartments, and houses, using
materials commonly found in rural communities and small towns. Mrs. Muflly
113. House Decoration. II. 3 hr. For nonmajors. Two lectures and one laboratory.
Materials and furnishings that go into decoration and furnishing a home, with
emphasis on cost, buying, and reconditioning. Mrs. Muffly
123. Home Planning and Furnishing. 1, II. 4 hr. PR: H.E. 23. Two lec-
tures and 2 laboratories. Fundamentals of wise planning to meet family
needs; understanding of house structure and home needs. Discussions on
home decorating based on various income levels and suitability to various
communities and families. Mrs. Muffly
133. Home Crafts. 1, II. 2 hr. Two laboratories. Experience in simple crafts,
using such materials as leather, plastic, metal, paper, thread, and fabric
for creation of useful and beautiful objects. Equipment and materials
used are those readily available in home, school, and camp situations.
Mrs. Muffly
183. Problems in Related Art. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff
233. Costume Design. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, 12, 117. Techniques of figure and
fashion drawing. Problems in designing costumes and ensembles for in-
dividuals of various types and ages. Miss Rennebohm
HEALTH AND CHILD CARE
Associate Professor Brown and Staff.
106. Child Development. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1. Two lectures. Child from prenatal
period to pre-adolescence. University Nursery School used for observing pre-
school children. Each girl spends 4 hours a week observing and assisting.
Miss Brown and Miss Thoman
116 Home Nursing. II. 2 hr. 1 lecture, one 2-hour laboratory. Practices to
promote family health and caring for minor illnesses. Offered alternate years,
1956-58-60. Staff
186. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. Consent. Staff
206. Observation and Participation in Nursery School. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR: H.E,
106. Directed experience in working with children in a nursery-school situ-
ation. Laboratory and conference. Miss Brown
266. Needs of Adolescents. 3 hr. A study of adolescent needs as met by the home
with contributions of other agencies such as church, school, and youth groups.
Physical, social, and integrative needs will be considered from the standpoint
of needs of all family members as well as the individual. Miss Brown
286. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
HOME MANAGEMENT
Associate Professor Moss; Instructor Whitesides.
4. Elementary Management. I, II. 2 hr. Simple problems in management of
time, energy, and other resources. Practical application to problems of
individual members of class. Mr. Moss
104. Nutrition and Home Management. II. 3 hr. Planned to meet needs of
social-work majors. Not open to students majoring in home economics.
Miss Roberts and Mr. Moss
114. Management of Family Living.. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 4 or consent. Influence
of home conditions on families and family members. In considering ways
of meeting every day problems of families, an attempt will be made to apply
findings of science and techniques of management in such way as to help fam-
ilies achieve satisfaction in living. Mr. Moss
116 CURRICULA AND COURSES
124. Demonstration of Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: Minimum of 4 hours in each of
4 areas of home economics, and consent. Lecture demonstration as means
of presenting home economics materials to groups. Development and presen-
tation of demonstrations suitable for secondary schools and use with adult
groups. Miss Roberts
184. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
214. Family Economics. I. 2 hr. PR: 30 hours of H.Ec. Managing the family
food, clothing, shelter, and health dollar. Budgeting the family income.
Providing for the future. Credit in family economics. Consumer protection.
Miss Whitesides
224. Principles of Home Management. I, II. 2 hr. Time and energy management,
house care, pest control, buying and storing foods, use and care of home equip-
ment, entertaining, money management, simple record keeping, and infant care.
Junior standing preceding or parallel with H.E. 234. Miss Whitesides
234. Home- management Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1, 15, 114. Arranged.
Emphasis on satisfying family life and social relationships. Approximately 5
weeks of home residence, and 1 hour of discussion each week throughout
semester. H.E. 224 should be taken prior to or parallel with H.E. 234. Staff
254. Household Equipment. II. 2 hr. PR: Senior standing. Selection, arrangement,
use, and care of equipment for various situations and for different income
levels. Laboratory and discussion. Miss Whitesides
284. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
Professor Noer; Associate Professor Brown.
Ed. 163. Materials and Methods in Home Economics. 1, II. 2 hr. Mrs. Roberts
Ed. 262. Vocational Home Economics in Secondary Schools. I, II. 2 hr. PR: 7
hours of Education and 30 hours in home economics. Miss Noer
209. Evaluation in Home Economics. 3 hr. PR: 30 hours of home economics, 7
hours of Education. Experience in selecting, devising, and using evaluation
devices for appraising student progress toward desired goals in home economics
education. Miss Brown
219. Adult Education in Homemaking. I. 3 hr. PR: 30 hours of home economics
and 7 hours of Education. Current trends and present activities. Organization
of adult classes; development of unit outlines; consideration of teaching
methods; illustrative material and bibliography. Staff
229. Materials for Teaching Home Economics. II. 2 hr. PR: 30 hours of home
economics and 7 hours of education. Offered in alternate vears 1956-58-60.
Staff
249. History of Home Economics. 1 hr. One lecture. Miss Noer
309. Research Methods. I, II, S. 2 hr. Adaptation of research techniques to prob-
lems in home economics. For students writing problems or thesis. Miss Brown
319. Home Economics Curriculum. 3 hr. PR: Experience in teaching home
economics and consent. Selection and organization of learning experiences
in home economics. Practices and techniques currently used for curriculum
planning and reconstruction. Miss Brown
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117
329. Supervision in Home Economics. 2 hr. PR: Teaching experience and con-
sent. Designed for home economics teachers preparing to serve as super-
vising teachers in "off-campus" training centers. Function of supervision
and organization of supervised teaching program. Techniques for helping
students in training for teaching homemaking. Miss Brown
360. Problem Report for the Degree of Master of Home Economics. I, II, S. 1-3 hr.
Staff
389. Problems in Home Economics Education. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
The College of Arts and Sciences
GENERAL INFORMATION
Organization and Purpose
The College of Arts and Sciences includes a lower division and an upper division.
The lower division consists of work of the first and second years, and the upper
division consists of work of the third and fourth years.
Instruction in the College of Arts and Sciences is administered through the fol
lowing departments:
Art; biology; chemistry; classics; economics; English language and literature;
geology, mineralogy, and geography; Germanic languages and literatures; history;
home economics; library science; mathematics; nursing education; philosophy and
psychology; physics; political science; Romance languages and literatures; sociology;
social work; speech; and the Interdepartmental Program of Integrated Studies: humani-
ties, social science, biological sciences, physical sciences, and communication.
MAIN OBJECTIVES
The curriculum of the College of Arts and Sciences has certain main objectives.
1. General Culture. Work of the lower division is intended to complete what
is usually termed " a general education." It rounds out the program of studies pursued
in high school and promotes full development of the student (1) as an individual
and (2) as a member of society. Ideally, the student should undergo a well-propor-
tioned development intellectually, spiritually, physically, and emotionally. The end
of such development should be an inner balance or stability on the basis of which
further growth can take place. Development of the individual as a member of
society is to be measured in terms of his or her usefulness and sense of respon-
sibility to the social order. The student should develop the capacity for intellectual
participation as a citizen in the community, state, country, and world. A general
education should, therefore, provide for all students a meaningful experience ap-
propriate to the individual and social needs which all citizens have in common
as members of a free society in the contemporary world.
2. Specific Attributes. Most of the attributes of a general education can be
placed in one of three categories: (i) attitudes, (2) areas of knowledge, and (3) skills.
The following attitudes should be attained as the result of a general education:
(1) An attitude of tolerance or open-mindedness, characterized by a cosmo-
politan outlook that will enable the student to see beyond the limits
of his own profession, his own economic status, and his own country;
(2) An attitude of truth-seeking characterized by scientific objectivity and
motivated by intellectual curiosity;
(3) An attitude of intelligent appreciation towards nature and the arts that
will, as far as the student's endowments will permit, help him in his
aesthetic and ethical choices;
(4) An attitude of dispassionate self-appraisal, based on an understanding of
his own nature and characterized by an awareness of his own mental
strength and weaknesses.
The areas of knowledge which should be the common possession of educated
persons may be conveniently grouped in two divisions:
(1) A knowledge of man as a social and intellectual being, of his place in
contemporary civilization, and of that civilization's place in the history of
man;
(2) A knowledge of man as an organism and of man in his relation, direct
or indirect, to the biological and physical environment in which he lives.
118
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 119
Three basic skills are regarded as indispensable to all educated persons:
(1) That of self-expression or communications, involving writing, speaking,
reading, and listening;
(2) That of calculation, that is, a knowledge of, and some skill in, basic, math-
ematics.
(3) A familiarity with at least one foreign language, not only as a useful skill,
but also as a means of promoting tolerance and sympathetic understanding
of peoples who do not speak our language.
COURSES RECOMMENDED
Two types of courses are recommended to all students in the lower division as
common means for fostering the attributes of mind and character which a
general education should develop in the student:
(1) Courses for the promotion of basic skills: (a) calculation and (b) com-
munication;
(2) General introductory courses for the elementary but organically integrated
study of four fields of human knowledge: (a) Biological Science, (b) Social
Science, (c) Physical Science, and (d) Humanities.
OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIALIZATION
Work of the upper division is intended to provide intensive study in one
or two fields of knowledge. It is based on the belief that an educated man or woman
should not only know the fundamentals of several branches of study but should
have a rather thorough knowledge of some selected field. In the upper division
therefore, the student concentrates on a major and one or two minors. The
curriculum is sufficiently flexible, however, to meet the needs and tastes of in-
dividual students without at the same time exposing the student to disadvantages
of a free elective system.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR THE JUNIOR CERTIFICATE
Experience has shown that students whose average in high-school subjects
was below 75 per cent, or students who ranked in the lowest one-fourth of the
high-school graduating class, probablv will not succeed in the regular college cur-
riculum. Nevertheless, such students may, by wise selection of studies, profitably
spend one or two years in college. Other students for financial or other reasons
may not be able to attend college for more than one or two years. It is believed
that students in either group may spend their time more profitably taking courses in
which they are particularly interested from a cultural or vocational point of view
than by following the curriculum leading to the A.B. Degree. Students who are not
candidates for the A.B. Degree but who earn 64 hours of college credit and 128 grade
points, including general University requirements, in residence in this college will
be awarded the Junior Certificate of the College of Arts and Sciences.
The Major Subject
In the upper division the student concentrates on a major and one or two
minor subjects (in departments other than the major department) selected from the
following list of subjects:
Art Geology Physics
Biology German Political Science
Botany History Psychology
Chemistry Home Economics Social Work
Classics Library Science Sociology
Economics Mathematics Spanish
English Nursing Education Speech
French Philosophy Zoology
120 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Classification of Students
To be classified as a freshman in the College of Arts and Sciences a student
must have credit for at least 15 units of entrance requirements: to be classified as
a sophomore he must have fulfilled all entrance requirements and have credit for
25 hours of college work; as a junior, 58 hours; as a senior, 92 hours.
Advisers
Lower Division. Each student in the lower division is assigned to an adviser
who will assist in registration and who will have general supervision over the
work of the student. Electives are chosen and changes in the program are made
with approval of the adviser. Students are urged to confer with advisers in respect
to any difficulties or maladjustments in college life.
Upper Division. For transfer to the upper division a student must have com-
pleted a minimum of 58 hours and have maintained a grade-point average of 2 on all
work for which he received grades (except "W" and "WP").
Each student in the upper division is assigned to an adviser of the department
to which the major subject belongs. The program of study and all changes in class
assignments must be approved by the adviser.
Student Class Schedules
Each student will schedule his courses according to the curriculum he has chosen.
If he is required to repeat courses in which he has previously received a grade of "D"
because of a deficiency of grade points (see below), such courses will be scheduled
before any others. A second year student who has not completed all required courses
listed in the first year of the curriculum that he is following will be required to
schedule such courses before scheduling new courses. A student will not be registered
for an upper-division course not provided in his lower-division curriculum unless he
has satisfied all lower-division requirements or has scheduled the courses necessary
to meet those requirements.
Minimum Scholastic Standards
Normal progress toward upper division status and graduation requires maintenance
of a grade-point average of 2.0.
A student who lacks 16 or more grade points of having a total grade-point average
of 2.0 at the end of any semester will be required to repeat courses in which grades of
"D" were received to the extent of at least one-half of the semester hours for which he
is registered if it is possible to schedule such courses.
A lower division student who, after earning 58 semester hours, is ineligible to
enter the upper division because his total grade-point average is less than 2.0, will be
required to repeat courses in which grades of "D" were received until an average of
2.0 or higher is attained. The number of hours to be repeated shall at least equal
the grade-point deficiency or a maximum of 15 hours if it is possible to schedule
such courses.
Courses given in other Colleges or Schools of the University need be repeated
under the operation of these rules only when such courses are required for the
student's major.
Probation and Suspension
Any student whose mid-semester grades are below passing in courses amounting
to more than half of the total number of semester hours for which he is registered
shall be placed on probation for the remainder of the semester. The terms of
probation are determined by the scholarship committee.
Any student whose grades at the end of any registration period are below passing
in courses amounting to more than half the total number of semester hours for which
he is registered shall be suspended from the University. A freshman subject to the
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 121
operation of this rule at the end of his first registration period in residence shall
be placed on probation for the succeeding registration period.
A student who lacks 16 or more grade points of having a total grade-point average
of 2.0 at the end of any semester or a lower division student who, after earning 58
semester hours, is ineligible to enter the upper division because his total grade-point
average is less than 2.0 must attain a total grade-point average of 2.0 or higher within
three semesters in residence or be suspended.
A student who receives a grade of "FIW" (failure because of irregular withdrawal)
shall, unless restored to probationary standing, be suspended from the University.
The grade of "FIW" may be given, provided the student has been previously reported
to his adviser and the dean or director of his college or school as having excessive
absences, in either of the following cases: (1) the student's absences exceed 25 per
cent of the total number of the class meetings, or (2) the student is absent from all
the class meetings during the 14 calendar days immediately preceding the period
set for final examinations.
All actions of the Committee on Scholarship and of the Dean that affect the
standing of a student shall be reported by the Dean to the Registrar.
Attendance
1. Students shall attend all classes, including laboratory sessions, for which they
have enrolled, unless prevented from doing so by illness, injury, authorized University
activities, or other reasons approved by the Dean.
2. A student enrolled in a course numbered under 100 shall be reported by the
instructor to his adviser and his dean or director on an appropriate form as soon as
his absences exceed the number of class meetings in a normal week.
3. A student whose absences in a course numbered under 100 exceed the number
of class meetings in three normal weeks
(a) shall again be reported to his adviser and his dean or director, and
(b) may be barred from the final examination in the course by the instructor,
except that the student is permitted to appeal the instructor's decision to
the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, whose ruling shall be final.
4. Any student in an upper division course shall be reported to his adviser and
his dean as soon as his absences jeopardize his class standing.
5. The instructor may bar a student in an upper-division course from the final
examination for excessive absences if:
(a) the student has been reported to his adviser and his dean for excessive
absences, and
(b) After being reported for excessive absences, his subsequent absences exceed
the number of class meetings in a normal week, and
(c) The total number of absences exceeds the number of class periods in the
course during three full weeks;
except that the student may appeal the instructor's decision to the Dean of the College
of Arts and Sciences, whose ruling shall be final.
6. Attendance rules shall apply equally, and separately, to lectures, quiz sections,
discussion groups, and laboratory sessions.
7. A student who must be absent from class for an extended period of time shall
inform his adviser or his dean.
Duties of Advisers
All advisers, upon receipt of reports of excessive absences shall have conferences
with the students concerned and shall make such recommendations and adjustments
as are desirable and feasible. If the adviser does not find a satisfactory solution after
a conference with the student, he shall report the case to the Dean.
Standing Committees
Curriculum Committee on General Education: Messrs. Manning (chairman), Bennett,
Crocker, Easton, Kerr, Lazzell, Patton and Vest.
Executive: Messrs. Ashburn (1957), Lazzell, (1955), and Summers, (1956).
122 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Instructional Policies and Practices: Messrs. Gibbard (chairman), Barns, Brawner,
Gribble, Peters, Thomas and Williams.
Scholarship: Messrs. Cross {chairman), Baer, Buchanan, Cunningham, Greene, G. A.
Hall and McBride.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
CREDIT DEFINED
The "semester-hour" is the standard for computing the amount of work
required for graduation in the curricula leading to these degrees. The "hour"
represents the amount of work done in one semester (approximately 18 weeks) in one
recitation hour with two preparation hours a week.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DEGREES
Foreign Language. Fewer than 6 hours in an ancient or modern language will not
be counted towards any degree, diploma, or certificate in this College unless work in
the same language has been offered for entrance.
English. Each undergraduate who begins his college work after June 1, 1952,
must pass a proficiency examination in English after the beginning of his junior year
in order to qualify for graduation. He shall take the examination during the first
semester of his junior year, and if not declared proficient, shall repeat the examina-
tion as many times as necessary.
Electives. At least 6 hours must be taken in each subject offered as a free elective,
but no more than 9 hours in isolated courses of less than 6 hours each, selected with the
approval of the adviser, may be offered.
In addition to regular elective work in the College of Arts and Sciences
which is offered by the faculties in other colleges, work not to exceed 15 hours
in the College of Law, College of Agriculture, i College of Commerce, College of
Engineering and School of Mines, 2 School of Music, 3 School of Physical Education
and Athletics, 4 School of Journalism, or 6 hours of upper-division work in Military
or Air Science and Tactics, or 20 hours in the College of Education, may be included
in the list of elective credits offered by students in the College of Arts and Sciences.
The total number of hours elected from other colleges shall not, however, exceed 24
hours in all.
The course in general biochemistry (Biochemistry 239) is available (without
additional fees) in the School of Medicine.
Major Subject. At least 88 hours of the total offered for graduation with an A.B.
degree must be exclusive of the work done in the major department, which is
normally not more than 40 hours.
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE
The degree of Associate in Arts is conferred on the student who completes
Option B of the regular course. The core of this program is in four introductory
general courses: Humanities, Social Science, Biological Sciences, and Physical Sciences.
lln addition to the 15 hours, the following" courses in agriculture are regnlar
electives in the College of Arts and Sciences: Farm Economics 131 and all courses
in entomology, genetics, and plant pathology.
2The engineering and mining electives include Chemical Engineering 186,
200. 205, 207, 234, 235, 238, 250, 251; Civil Engineering 1, 2, 5, 6 and 115; Electrical
Engineering 100, 105; Mechanical Engineering 20, 26, 29, and 121; Mechanics 101,
102, and 104; and Mining Engineering 106, 109, 204, and 208. In addition the
student may elect with the consent of his adviser, when his major is Physics,
Ch.E. 160.
3The music electives include Theory of Music 1, 2, 3, 4. 77, 78, 109, 110, 113,
114, 117, 118, 183, 240, 241, 280, and 281; Ensemble 153. 154, 155, and 156; classes in
orchestra instruments 191, 192. 193, 194, 195, and 196. Men's Glee Club, Women's
Glee Club and University and Community Orchestra; and piano or voice or violin
or pipe organ or band and orchestra instruments.
4The electives in physical education are P.E. 77, 151, 67, 278, and Safety
Education 181 and 281.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 123
Students enrolled in the program will normally complete it in the first two years
by taking any three of the general courses. Students who carry a reduced load or
who wish to meet specific departmental requirements with other introductory courses
may extend completion of the program beyond the two-year period with no reduction
in grade points.
Students who complete satisfactorily three area courses, as well as the regular
requirements in a foreign language, English composition, physical education service
program, and military (men) , will be considered to have met not only the general re-
quirements of the University but also general (i.e., nondepartmental) requirements of
the College of Arts and Sciences. Students who meet these requirements and have 64
hours of college credit and a grade-point average of 2.0 on all work in residence in
the College of Arts and Sciences will be entitled to the two-year degree of Associate
in Arts.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
The Bachelor of Arts Degree in the College of Arts and Sciences is conferred
upon any student who complies with the general regulations of the University
concerning degrees, satisfies all entrance, college, and departmental requirements,
and completes any one of the following courses of study:
I. Regular course (128 hours)
II. Premedical and Predental courses (128 hours)
III. Combined courses:
(a) Arts and Law (123 hours)
(b) Arts and Medicine or Dentistry (128 hours)
Students transferring to West Virginia University from other institutions
should ordinarily do so not later than the beginning of the third year. Such
students must meet all the requirements of the lower division. All deficiencies
must be met as soon as possible after admission to this College, whereupon
such students may register regularly in the upper division.
Maximum and Minimum Work. The maximum number of hours per semester
for which a student may register is 18; the minimum 14. A student in the upper
division may, however, with the approval of his adviser, register for a maximum
of 20 hours per semester without petitioning the Committee on Scholarship.
1. Regular Course (128 Hours)
LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULUM
Option A:
(a) General University Requirements.
Military or Air Science 5 — 8 hours.
Physical education (men)«- 2 hours.
Physical education (women) 6 — 4 hours.
(b) Science. At least 8 hours of a laboratory science chosen from the following
list: biology, botany, chemistry, geology, physical science, physics, psychology,
and zoology.
(c) Foreign Language. To be eligible for graduation a student must have com-
pleted twelve semester hours in a foreign language in college or two units
for entrance and six hours beyond courses 1 and 2 in the same language in college.
sMilitary or air science is required of all male students except those who at
the time of matriculation are 23 years of age or have completed no less than 58
hours of work, and all who have credit for 8 hours of military or air science or
1 unit of entrance credit in military academy. Students must register for mili-
tary science upon their entrance into the University and continue in the course
until the full requirement has been met or until a regular exemption card is
filed in the Registrar's office.
6Two hours of physical education service program for men, to be taken
during the first year of residence, and four hours of physical education service
program for women, to be taken during the first and second years in residence,
are required for graduation of students presenting fewer than 58 semester hours,
unless previous credit has been allowed.
124 CURRICULA AND COURSES
(d) English Composition. Ordinarily 6 hours of English composition (English
1 and 2) will be required of all freshmen. In case a freshman is not qualified
to meet the requirements in English 1, as shown by placement or other
tests, he (or she) will be assigned to English O, which carries 3 hours of
University credit. Upon the successful completion of the work in English
O the student will register for the regular work in English 1 and 2.
(e) Distribution Requirements. A selection of one subject from each of the following
groups to total 24 hours is required. At least 12 hours shall be from lower
division courses.
(1) At least 6 hours of History or of Humanities (general course) .
(2) At least 6 hours of Economics, of Political Science or of Social Science
(general course).
(3) At least 6 hours of one field of Literature (English, American or Foreign)
or of Mathematics.
(4) At least three hours of Art, of Home Economics, of Library Science, or of
Speech.
(5) At least 3 hours of Geography, of Philosophy, of Sociology or of a labora-
tory science not chosen in ("b") above.
(f) Electives, under the supervision of the adviser, to make a total of 64 hours.
Ordinarily freshmen should register for required courses. Electives should be
used in the second year chiefly in meeting the preliminary requirements of
the departments in which students expect to do the work of the major
(or minors) in the upper division.
Option B: General Course Program of Integrated Studies (64 Hours)
A sample schedule of courses for students enrolled in the whole program
of Integrated Studies and planning to complete it in two years follows.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Humanities 1 4 Humanities 2 4
Biological or Physical Sciences 1 4 Biological or Physical Sciences 2 4
Communications l 7 or English 1 3 Communication 2 7 or English 2 3
Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3
Physical education 1 Physical Education 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Electives 1-3 Electives 1-3
Maximum hours allowed 18 18
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Social Science 1 4 Social Science 2 4
Physical education (women) 1 Physical education (women) 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Electivess 11-13 Electives* 11-13
Maximum hours allowed 18 18
UPPER-DIVISION CURRICULUM
1. A major sequence of 18 to 24 hours of upper-division courses, preceded by
the proper lower-division courses prescribed as preparation for the major. This
work should represent a coherent and progressive sequence of courses as
7Students enrolled in the program of Integrated Studies normally will take
Communication 1 and 2 (reading, writing, listening, speaking) Instead of English
1 and 2.
sstudents who do not present two units in a foreign language for entrance
and who complete six hours in the same language in college must use three hours
of electives here to complete the language requirements. Students who expect
to complete the four-year course for a baccalaureate degree should use electives
to complete prerequisites for a major or minor field while in the lower division
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 12. r
outlined in the departmental announcements. The major subject will be
selected when the student registers in the upper-division, but the student
must plan the work in the lower division in such a way as will meet the
departmental requirements for the major and minor.
2. A minor sequence of 9 to 12 hours of upper-division courses, preceded by
proper lower-division courses, in some department closely related to the major
department. At the option of the major department, a second minor of 6
hours may be required in a second department closely related to the major
department.
3. Distribution Requirements to complete a total of 24 hours if Option A was used
in the Lower Division Curriculum (see "e" above).
4. Electives, under supervision of the departmental adviser, to make a total of 128
hours. At least 58 hours must be selected from the upper-division courses.
II Premedical and Predental Courses (128 Hours)
The following sequence of courses is worked out for the guidance of students who
are preparing for the study of Medicine, Dentistry, and the related professions. All
of the required subjects are included. While the pre-professional student is meeting
the entrance requirements of professional schools, committees on admissions of pro-
fessional schools prefer that he use his elective hours to secure broad, general training
rather than to secure a large number of credits in any one special field. Leading
medical and dental educators in the United States today are definitely in favor
of a good general training rather than extensive specialization in the so-called pre-
medical sciences.
It is recommended that all students plan to complete the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts Degree.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sent. Hr.
English 1 3 English 2 3
Chemistry 1 4 Chemistry 2 4
Zoology 1 4 Zoology 2 4
Mathematics 3 3 Mathematics 4 3
Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1
Mil. or Air Science 1 (Men) 2 Mil. or Air Science 2 (Men) 2
Elective (Women) 2-3 Elective (Women) " 2-3
Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 18
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3 Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3
Physics 1 4 Physics 2 4
French or German 3 French or German 3
Mil. or Air Science 3 (Men) 2 Mil. or Air Science 4 (Men) 2
Physical Education (Women) 1 Physical Education (Women) 1
History 1 or 52 3 History 2 or 53 3
Art 115 or Speech 11 or elective .... 3 Art 115 or Speech 11 or elective 3
Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 18
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
French or German 3 French or German 3
Political Science 1 3 Political Science (upper division) .... 3
American or English Literature 3 American or English Literature 3
Chemistry 105 or 163 or 233 4-5 Chemistry 238 or elective 4-5
Zoology 231 or elective 5 Zoology 232 or elective 5
Maximum hours allowed 19 Maximum hours allowed 19
126 CURRICULA AND COURSES
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sew. Hr.
Chemistry 163 or 233 or elective .... 4-5 Chemistry 238 or elective 4-5
Zoologv 231 or elective 5 /oology 232 or elective 5
Electives 8-9 Electives 8-9
Maximum hours allowed 19 Maximum hours allowed 19
Many medical schools recommend that Chemistry 233 and 238 and Zoology 231 and
232 be taken the year preceding entrance to medical school.
Candidates for the A.B. Degree in Premedicine or Predentistry must complete
the following minimum number of credit hours in the subjects listed. English, 12 hrs.
(must include English 1 and 2 and 6 hours of American or English Literature) ;
French or German, 12 hrs.; Mathematics ; 6 hrs. (must include Mathematics 3 and 4);
Chemistry 23 hrs. (must include Chemistry 1, 2, 115, 163, 233, 238 [105 also recom-
mended]); Zoology 18 hrs. (must include Zoology 1 and 2 [Biology 1 and 2 may be
substituted], 231, 232); Physics 8 hrs.; Psychology, 3 hrs.; Nonscience group, 30 hrs.
in addition to specific courses listed above, (to be selected from Art, English, Humani-
ties, Economics, Sociology, History, Political Science, Philosophy, Psychology, Speech,
Foreign language, Education, Latin, Music, Home Economics, Library Science,
Mathematics, Social Science.) The following Arts and Sciences group requirements
must be included in the Nonscience group: Group 1 (6 hrs. of History or 6 hrs.
of Humanities [general course]); Group 2 (6 hrs. of Economics, or 6 hrs. of Political
Science, or 6 hrs. of Social Science [general course]); and Group 4 (3 hrs. of Art, or 3
hrs. of Home Economics, or 3 hrs. of Library Science, or 3 hrs. of Speech) . Arts
and Sciences Groups 3 and 5 are included in specific departmental requirements. A
minimum of 128 hrs. including a minimum of 58 hrs. of upper division courses are
required for the degree.
III. Combined Courses
Special Requirements.
Candidates for a combined A.B. degree (Pre-medicine, Pre-dental or Pre-law) are
required to meet the special provisions of one of the two groups listed below. These
requirements to be in addition to all other regulations prescribed in the particular
curriculum for which the student is enrolled.
(a) A minimum of 96 hours of credit must be completed in the College of Arts and
Sciences of West Virginia University of which 32 hours must be from the upper
division courses. If prior approval from the Scholarship Committee or the Dean
of the College is obtained by formal petitioning at the time of acceptance into
an accredited professional school or college, the successful completion of the
first full year of the professional course may be offered in lieu of the senior work
in residence. An official certification of the professional work must be made
by the Registrar of the professional school to the University Registrar.
(b) A minimum of 64 hours of credit must be completed in the College of Arts and
Sciences of West Virginia University of which 32 hours must be from the upper
division courses. If prior approval is obtained from the Scholarship Committee
or the Dean of this college by formal petitioning at the time of acceptance into
a professional school or college of West Virginia University, the successful com-
pletion of the first full year of professional work may be presented toward re-
quirements for graduation.
(a) . ARTS AND LAW (123 HOURS)
Three years (96 hours) in the College of Arts and Sciences, and one full year (27 hours)
in the College of Law
A pre-legal course has two main objectives. The first is to enable the student
to acquire a general cultural background, which is in keeping with the chief purpose
of the College of Arts and Sciences. The second is to help the student to secure a
more specialized background for the legal course to follow.
In nearly all cases these objectives can be attained more effectively by taking the
regular four-year Arts and Sciences course, during the last two years of which the
student may choose his major and minor with particular reference to his legal work.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
127
In addition to securing the Bachelor of Arts Degree, it will qualify him for admission
to almost any law school.
To enable students to receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Laws in a shorter period of time, a combined course has been arranged by which the
student may complete the required studies in the College of Arts and Sciences in
three years, and after passing the entire first year of work in the College of Law,
be awarded the degree of Bachelor of Arts by the College of Arts and Sciences. This
course satisfies the entrance requirements to the College of Law, but permits freedom
in choosing electives.
Candidates for a combined Arts and Law degree are required to meet the special
provisions of one of the two groups (a and b) presented above. These requirements
are held to be in addition to all other regulations prescribed in the particular
curriculum for which the student is enrolled.
The student should confer with the pre-law adviser as soon as he enters the
University. The following schedule is suggested as being adapted to the foregoing
requirements:
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
English 1 3
Laboratory Science 4
Foreign Language 9 3
History 1 or Humanities lio 3-4
Mil. or Air Science 1 2
Phys. Education 1 1
Hr
Second Sem.
English 2 3
Laboratory Science 4
Foreign Language 9 3
History 2 or Humanities 2 10 3-4
Mil. or Air Science 2 2
Phvs. Education 2 1
Max. hr.
16-17 Max. hr.
16-17
First Sem.
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
English 9 3
Foreign Language 3
History 52 3
Pol. Sci. 1 3
Electives, Groups 3, 4, or 5io 2-4
Mil. or Air Science 3 2
Hr.
English 10 3
Foreign Language 3
History 53 3
Pol. Sci. 2 3
Electives, Groups 3, 4, or 5i° 2-4
Mil. or Air Science 4 2
16-18
THIRD YEAR
Pre-law major 12
Pre-law minor 9
Electives (upper-division) 9-15
16-18
FOURTH YEAR
27 hr. in the College of Law
32 or more hours
(b) ARTS AND MEDICINE OR DENTISTRY (128 HOURS)
(Recommended Curriculum for a Combined Course in Arts and Medicine or Dentistry)
Students who enter a School of Medicine or a School of Dentistry after the
completion of a minimum of 107 hours (men) or 101 hours (women) , of which 32
hours must be from the upper division courses, of the premedical and predental
curriculum and who have satisfied all provisions of the College of Arts and Sciences
regulations governing combined course programs may receive the Bachelor of Arts
Degree upon the successful completion of the first year of medicine or dentistry.
A student who is a candidate for the A.B. Degree under the provisions of this
curriculum must submit, at the time of his acceptance and prior to his registration
in an accredited School of Medicine or School of Dentistry, a petition for the degree
to his adviser who will forward it with his recommendations to the Scholarship
9Latin 1 and 2 are recommended for students not having entrance credit of
2 units in this subject.
ioSee page 124.
128 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Committee. If the petition is approved, the candidate will be recommended for
graduation upon receipt of certification from the professional school to the Registrar
of the University to the effect that he has successfully completed the first year of
medicine or dentistry.
FIRST YEAR
Same courses as recommended in the Curriculum for A.B. degree in Premedicine
or Predentistry.
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3 Chemistry 115 or Psychology 1 3
Physics 1 4 Physics 2 4
French or German 3 French or German 3
Mil. or Air Science 3 (Men) 2 Mil. or Air Science 4 (Men) 2
Physical Education (Women) 1 Physical Education (Women) 1
History 1 or 52 3 History 2 or 53 3
Art 115, Speech 11, or Political Science 1 3 Art 115, Speech 11, or Political Science 1 3
Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed 18
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
French or German 3 French or German 3
American or English Literature 3 American or English Literature 3
Chemistry 163 4 Political Science (upper division) .... 3
Chemistry 233 4 Chemistry 238 4-5
Zoology 231 5 Zoology 232 5
Maximum hours allowed 19 Maximum hours allowed 19
The following minimum number of credit hours must be completed in the courses
listed, English 12 hr. (must include English 1 and 2 and 6 hrs. of American or
English Literature); French or German, 12 hrs.; Mathematics, 6 hrs. (must include
Mathematics 3 and 4) ; Chemistry 23 hrs. (must include Chemistry 1, 2, 115, 163, 233,
238); Zoology 18 hrs. (must include Zoology 1 and 2 [Biology 1 and 2 may be
substituted], 231, 232); Physics 8 hrs.; Psychology, 3 hrs.; Nonscience group 15 hrs.
(must include Group 1, 6 hrs. of History or 6 hrs. of Humanities [general course]);
Group 2, 6 hrs. of Economics, or 6 hrs. of Political Science or 6 hrs. of Social Science
[general course]; and Group 4, 3 hrs. of Art, or 3 hrs. of Home Economics or 3 hrs.
of Library Science, or 3 hrs. of Speech). Groups 3 and 5 of the College of Arts and
Sciences requirements are included in specific departmental requirements.
Students in the Combined Course program are urged to attend at least one Summer
Session.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science Degree is conferred upon a student who complies with
the general regulations of the University concerning degrees, satisfies all entrance
and college requirements, and completes the requirements of one of the fields listed
below:
1. Chemistry (See page 143).
2. Geology (See page 158).
3. Nursing Education (See page 178).
4. Social Work (See page 198).
For details of the course of study in each of the above fields consult the depart-
mental announcements.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 129
A SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE
A student who has received a Bachelor's Degree in one department or college
of West Virginia University may become eligible for a second Bachelor's Degree
by earning an additional 30 semester hours in residence in the College of Arts and
Sciences and meeting all requirements, departmental and otherwise, of the second
Bachelor's Degree.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL COURSES
Not leading to degrees in the College of Arts and Sciences
(A.) Pre-Commerce Curriculum
Effective September 1, 1952, candidates for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration or Bachelor of Science in Economics will be registered in the
College of Arts and Sciences during their freshman and sophomore years. They will
then be transferred to the College of Commerce, provided they have completed all
lower division requirements of that College. (For further information see the
Announcements of the College of Commerce).
(B.) Pre-Education Curriculum
Candidates tor the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and Bachelor of
Science in Elemental) Education are registered in the College of Arts and Sciences
until they have completed 58 hours or more of academic work in the lower division
of the College, with a grade-point average of 2.0. They are then transferred to the
College of Education. During the Pre-Education period students are advised to
complete as many as possible of the general courses required by the College of Educa
tion and for State certification, as shown in the bulletin, Teacher Selection, Guidance,
Training and Certification and/or the Announcements of the College of Education
available at the Registrar's office.
In addition to the above general academic requirements students preparing to
teach in high school are advised to complete as many as possible of the required
academic courses in two teaching fields. Those preparing to teach in the elementary
schuol will follow directions applicable to that field.
Upon the successful completion of the entire 64 hours of work in the lower
division, Pre-Education students are eligible for the Junior Certificate of the College
of Arts and Sciences.
TEACHING CERTIFICATES
The Dean of the College of Education is authorized by the Board of Governors to
recommend all applicants for teaching certificates.
High-school teaching certificates may be obtained by students registered in the
College of Arts and Sciences as well as in the College of Education, provided they
meet the requirements for certification. To qualify for the elementary-school
teaching certificate the student will transfer to the College of Education at the begin-
ning of the junior year.
For specific requirements in regard to certification see the bulletin Teacher
Selection, Guidance, Training and Certification and/or the Announcements of the
College of Education available at the Registrar's office.
Candidates for the A. B. Degree who wish to qualify for teaching certificates
should indicate this fact to their adviser and plan their entire course with this in
view. Unless this is done by the end of the freshman year, students may encounter
difficulties in qualifving for the certificate by the time they receive the degree. As
a check, consultation should be had each semester with Beatrice Law or Helen Godfrey,
advisers of Pre-Education candidates for high-school teaching certificates or with
M. M. Anapol, Frank Herrera or T. J. Kallsen, advisers of Pre-Education candidates for
elementary-school teaching certificates.
130
CURRICULA AND COURSES
(C.) Pre-Journalism Curriculum
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Journalism are registered in
the college of Arts and Sciences until they have earned at least 58 semester hours of
college credit. During the freshman and sophomore years they should have completed
all or most courses specified for pre-journalism majors.
A pre-journalism student who has not maintained at least a "C" average in
all his college subjects during his first two years is strongly advised not to en-
roll in the professional school. If his average grade in English 1 and English 2 was less
than "B," he should register for English 13 during his sophomore year. Before or
soon after entering the University a student planning to become a journalism major
should learn the touch system of typewriting. Since shorthand is of great practical
value and frequently aids a graduate in obtaining a position, all students, especially
those expecting to become assistants to executives, are urged to learn it before
coming to college or during their freshman or sophomore year.
The recommended pre-journalism curriculum follows:
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem
3 English 2
First Sem.
English 1 3
History 1 3
Science 4
Foreign lang. 3
Introduction to
U.S. Journal-
ism 1
Phys. educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Electives 0-2
Hr.
3
3
4
History 2
Science
Foreign lang. 3
Introduction to
Reporting
Skills 1
Phys. educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Electives 0-2
First Sem.
Newspaper
Reporting
History 52
Foreign lang. or
English 6*
Economics 1
Psychology If
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. educ.
(women) 1
Electivesf 0-7
Hr.
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Newspaper
Reporting 3
History 53 3
Foreign Lang, or
English 4* 3
Economics 2 3
Pol. Sci. 2 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. educ.
(women) 1
Electivesf 0-4
Max. hr.
16-17
16-17
16-17
16-17
♦Majors unable to schedule English 4 and English 6 in their sophomore year
will be required to take them in their junior year.
tA sophomore expecting to become a high-school teacher will choose an
elective in his intended teaching field as a substitute for Psychology 1 and in
his junior year will take Education 105, Educational Psychology.
(D.) Pre-Nursing Curriculum
The pre-professional nursing curriculum is offered by the Department of Nursing
Education to students interested in professional nursing as a career, and who plan
to enter a collegiate school of nursing. The Pre-Nursing Curriculum is designed
to provide two years of general college work consisting of subjects required in most of
the accredited collegiate schools; to stimulate and guide students in selection of
courses in the physical and social sciences, in education and in the humanities, as a
basis for the basic professional nursing programs leading to the baccalaureate degree;
and to give students the personal rewards and satisfactions of working with and
helping others, and of participating in Nursing's contribution to family and national
welfare in a democratic society as students and graduates of collegiate schools of
nursing. Students are advised to select, as early as possible, the school of nursing
they plan to enter, so that any specific requirements can be included in the required
and elective hours provided. Experience has shown that students who fail to attain
a minimum average of "C" may find it difficult to obtain admission to the school of
nursing of their choice.
Students in the Pre-Nursing Curriculum major who wish to complete the require-
ments for the Bachelor's Degree in the third and fourth years at West Virginia
University before admission to a school of nursing are advised to select a major and
minor subject from either sociology, social work, psychology, education, biology or
zoology. This preparation meets the requirements for entrance into university schools
of nursing whose advanced basic nursing degree programs lead to the Master of
Nursing Degree: in twenty-eight months at Yale University or Western Reserve Uni-
versity Schools of Nursing.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
131
The recommended Pre-Nursing Curriculum
is:
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Eng. 1
3
Eng. 2 3
English (Lit.)
3
English (Lit.) 3
Chem. 1
4
Chem. 2 4
Sociol. 1
3
Sociology 2 or 210 3
Zoology 1 or
Zoology 2 or
Psychology 3
4
Psych. 122 or 125 3
Biology 1
4
Biology 2 4
or 1
3
Educ. 105 3
Lang., Hist.,
Lang., Hist..
Health. Educ.
2
Elective 4
or elective
3
or elective 4-5
Elective
3-5
P.E. 1
P.E.
1
P.E. 1
P.E.
1
15
16-17
16-17
17
(E.) Pre-Professional Social Work
An undergraduate pre-professional social work curriculum for juniors and
seniors is available in the Department of Social Work. The purposes of this
curriculum are to prepare students to enter graduate professional training, to qualify
students for positions in social agencies for which graduate professional education is not
now required, and to provide understanding of social work for those students who
desire it as a part of their general education. (See social work.)
(F.) Curriculum in Pre-Medical Technology
The curriculum outlined below is designed to satisfy the course requirements
for admission to the specialized and technical portion of the curriculum in Medical
Technology offered by the School of Medicine.
Students are not transferred automatically from the pre-professional course
(first two years) to the professional course (third and fourth years.) Only a limited
number of students can be accommodated in the third and fourth years. Preference is
given to residents of West Virginia. Application for admission to the third year
should be made on forms obtainable from the School of Medicine and must be
presented at the office of the dean of the school. Applications should be filed in
February of the second year. Admission to the third year is on the recommendation
of the Committee on Medical Technology of the Medical School and with the
approval of the Dean of the Medical School.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 1 4
Zoology 1 4
English 1 3
French or German 3
Mil. or Air Science 1 (Men) 2
Physical Education 1
Nonscience Electives (Women) 2-3
Second Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 2 4
Zoology 2 4
English 2 3
French or German 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 (Men) 2
Physical Education 1
Nonscience Electives (Women) 2-3
Maximum hours allowed
18 Maximum hours allowed
is
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 105 4
English 3 or 5 3
French or German 3
Physics 1 4
Physical Education (Women) 1
Mil. or Air Science 3 (Men) 2
Nonscience electives 2-3
Second Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 115 3
English 3 or 5 3
French or German 3
Physics 2 4
Physical Education (Women) 1
Mil. or Air Science 4 (Men) 2
Nonscience electives 2-3
Maximum hours allowed 18 Maximum hours allowed
Mathematics 2 and 3 are recommended electives.
18
132 CURRICULA AND COURSES
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION AND CURRICULA
INTEGRATED STUDIES
Professor Crocker (chairman); Assistant Professor Kallsen; Instructors Delchamps,
Roberts, and Vizas, and Interdepartmental Staff.
Integrated Studies covers four main areas of knowledge and certain basic skills.
In the four principal fields of knowledge, courses cut across departmental lines
as follows: (1) Humanities: history, Romance languages, English language and
literature, speech, Germanic languages and literature, art, philosophy, music; (2)
Social Studies: political science, psychology, economics and business administration,
sociology, economics, social work; (3) Biological Sciences: zoology, botany, psychology;
(4) Physical Sciences: geology, geography, chemistry, physics, mathematics, astronomy.
In the basic skills, courses are offered in Communication: writing, reading, speaking,
and listening.
In the lower division, the four introductory general courses provide (a) general
knowledge of subjects not covered by the student's field of major interest and (b)
perspective for later concentration in certain fields. These courses are, in addition,
recommended for the student who has not chosen a field of specialization. The
student will have through these introductions to the main bodies of knowledge an
opportunity to discover his real interests and aptitudes for more advanced study.
The Communication courses develop proficiency in the skills of writing, reading,
speaking, and listening, and thus contribute toward successful work during college and
after graduation. Available to all students in the University are laboratory and
clinical facilities for corrective work in speech, reading, writing, and listening.
In the upper division, courses are offered that continue at an advanced level the
study of important ideas and concepts in the various fields of learning. A deliberate
attempt is made to secure in these courses an integrated understanding of a par-
ticular subject and its important connections with related fields. These courses
frequently consider problems not encountered in sharply defined departmental or
specialized courses, and they serve to provide the student with important cross-
connections between established disciplines.
Courses of Instruction
i. the humanities
1, 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester.
This course is designed to bring to the student's attention cross sections of his
civilization at those points where its development has been most significant. In
accordance with this aim a substantial part of the course is its background
of history, to which are added a survey of world literature, enough philosophy
to acquaint the student with the principal thought patterns employed by
Western man, the main developments in art and architecture, and some music.
A constant attempt is made in the lectures and discussions to relate the past
with the present, and to show the continuity of what we call Western Civiliza-
rron.
The assigned readings constitute the most important feature of the course,
in that they supply most of the factual material. Lectures are primarily for
the purpose of orientation— to help the student interpret the reading. Lectures
on art, architecture, and music are illustrated. Weekly discussion periods are
an important part of the course. In them students meet in small groups with
an instructor, and an effort is made to help them understand the relations
of the past to present-day problems. Through the aid of a syllabus, the
course is shown in perspective in order that it may be better conceived as a
whole. Mr. Manning and Staff
112. The Medieval Synthesis. II. 3 hr. This course emphasizes the organic unity
of medieval civilization as exemplified in literature, art, theology, and society
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 133
Illustrative material will include readings in the religious and secular works
of the period, reproductions of medieval art and architecture and music.
Mr. Cresswell and Staff
141. Great Books. (First Course). I. 3 hr. Five literary masterpieces in translation
are considered in this course: Plato's Republic, Sophocles' Oedipus Rex and Anti-
gone, Dante's Divine Comedy, Cervantes' Don Quixote, and Goethe's Faust. Taken
separately and in order they represent the Greek world, the Middle Ages,
Renaissance, and the Modern period. Taken as a group they illustrate the
persistent conflict in the literature of Western Civilization between the actual
and the ideal. Staff
142. Great Books. (Second Course). II. 3 hr. Five literary masterpieces, of which
four are in translation, are considered in this course: Marcus Aurelius'
Meditations. Benvenuto Cellini's Memoirs, Montaigne's Essays, Rousseau's Con-
fessions, and Boswell's Life of Samuel Johnson. These evaluations of the
problems of life, ranging from the time of the Roman Empire to the modern
American, constitute the integrating principle of the course. Staff
181, 182. American Civilization. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. This course is
designed to acquaint the student with the salient characteristics of American
Civilization as they have developed since the planting of European colonies
on this continent. Emphasis is placed on the unique contributions of
successive arrivals on American shores to the making of a distinctive Amer-
ican culture, as evidenced in its folkways, arts, and philosophy. The central
theme of the course is the manifestation of the democratic spirit in the
achievements in thought and feeling of the American people. This course is
open to all upper-division students. Staff
II. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
1, 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. The general
course in social science aids the student in his preparation for citizenship by
advancing his understanding of the social order. Major attention is given to
an analysis of economic, political, and other social conditions now existing in
the United States. A brief analysis of the place of this country in world
affairs is included. The course is organized on the basis of two lectures and two
discussion periods each week. Mr. Gibbard and Staff
III. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
1, 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. Primarily for the
student who is not a major in biology, the Introductory General Course
deals with the basic values of biology in relation to civilization and modern
culture. The course considers the organization and function of living
organisms in general, as well as the relations between these organisms and
the connection with their physical environment; but emphasis throughout
is placed on the importance of the human being and his relationships
with other organisms.
Individual student participation is encouraged in discussion periods and
in the laboratory, where subject matter may require some group work with
equipment and specimens. Lectures are amplified by moving pictures and
by demonstrations, one room being continually leserved for demonstrations
that illustrate subject matter of the course. (This course is identical with
Biology 1 and 2, General Biology.) Mr. Bennett and Staff
207. History of Biology. I. 3 hr. PR: 1 year of biology or equivalent. This course
deals with landmarks in the history of the development of biological knowledge
and with the philosophical and social background of this development. Rela-
tively intensive studies are made of the biographies of outstanding biologists
as examples of their periods. Mr. Core
208. Great Texts in Biology. II. 1 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A study
of some of the great classics in biology, such as Theophrastus' Enquiry into
134 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Plants, Vesalius' Epitome, Harvey's Motion of the Heart and Blood, Darwin's
Origin of Species, and Mendel's Experiment on Hybrid Plants. The course is
designed to acquaint the student with the historical and philosophical back-
ground of modern biology and to show how the utilization of the scientific
method has resulted in the great biological discoveries. Mr. Core
IV. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
1. 2. Introductory General Course. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. The Introductory
Course in the Physical Sciences is intended to acquaint the student with the
physical world in which he lives and has two main objectives: (1) to serve as
an orientation course for those students who have not chosen their major field
of interest, and (2) to present a broad general view of the physical sciences
to students whose interests lie in other fields.
Two periods each week are devoted to formal lectures and desk demon
strations; one period a week is used for discussion and quiz in small groups
and one period a week is devoted to laboratory demonstrations, museum dis
plays, and field trips. Motion-picture films are used in connection with cer
tain phases of the course. The syllabus is designed to give a general view o
the whole field of the physical sciences as well as serve as a guide for weekly
lectures, readings, and discussions.
Students who have successfully completed eight hours of a laboratory
science in one of the physical science fields (physics, chemistry, geology) can
not take Phvsical Science 1 or 2 for credit. Staff
103. Elements of Modern Science. 3 hr. PR: Any beginning laboratory science
course. Intended primarily for nonscience majors, this course develops an
understanding of Science and scientific methods through a study of the develop-
ment of ideas from early concepts to the present. The illustrative material,
drawn from the work of outstanding creative scientists, is integrated in such
a way as to provide the student, not with a series of isolated pictures, but with
an over-all view of the framework of modern scientific thought and its relation
to man in society. The emphasis is not on the technical aspects of science;
consequently, a knowledge of mathematics beyond intermediate algebra is
not required. Staff
150. Modern Scientific Thought. 3 hr. PR: 14 hours of science and consent of
instructor. Intended for science and philosophy majors, this course undertakes
a critical analysis of the methodology, epistemology, and basic concepts of
modern science and particularly of the exact deductive sciences, and it aims to
develop the intellectual tools in terms of which various philosophical inter-
pretations of modern natural science can be evaluated. Staff
V. COMMUNICATION
Courses primarily for freshmen:
English 0. (Communication). Corrective Course. I, II. 3 hr. For students deficient
in the communication skills, as determined by achievement on entrance tests
in writing and speaking. Remedial work in laboratory classes. Must be fol-
lowed by English 1 (Communication) and English 2 (Communication).
Mr. Kallsen and Staff
English I. (Communication). Basic Course in Composition and Rhetoric /, //.
3 hr. Practice in writing, reading, speaking, and listening to expository dis-
course. Classes organized to emphasize one of the skills according to the needs
of the students. Special sections are provided for students with no marked
deficiencies in any of the communications skills, as determined by achievement
on entrance tests and in performance tests in writing and speaking.
Mr. Kallsen and Staff
English 2. (Communication). Basic Course in Composition and Rhetoric I, II. 3 hr.
PR: English 1 (Communication). Continuation of English 1 (Communication).
Practice in critical and argumentative discourse. Consideration of the function
of language, abuses of logic, and mass communications. Advanced sections
aie provided. Mr. Kallsen and Staff
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
135
Courses primarily for sophomores:
English 21. (Communication) . The Use of Language. II. 3 hr. PR: English 1 and
2 or English 1 (Communication) and 2 (Communication). Practice in the
communication skills on a level more advanced than freshman study. Study of
the nature of language and its relation to meaning in thought and action.
Staff
Courses primarily for upper-division and graduate students:
English 211. (Communication). Problems of Communication. I. 3 hr. Survey of
the nature of communication, semantics in clarifying interpersonal communica-
tion, and responsibilities and social effects of mass communication. Mr. Kallsen
English 220. (Communication). General Semantics. II. 3 hr. PR: Basic course in
at least four of the following fields: English, foreign language, physical science,
biological science, history, psychology, social science, or philosophy and consent
of instructor. The scientific method and language, the relation between sym-
bols and reality, the effect of symbols on personal and social conflicts, prac-
tical devices of written and spoken communication — with continued emphasis
on practical applications in various fields. Mr. Kallsen
ART
Professor Patton; Assistant Professor Clarkson and Instructors Aull and Lancaster.
The Department of Art offers technical courses in drawing, painting, and
design; a nontechnical course in appreciation; and lecture courses in the history of
the arts. Effort is made to provide for the needs of those interested in the cultural
aspects of the arts, to meet the requirements of students planning further work of a
technical nature, and to enable students in Education to meet requirements for
certification as art teachers.
For art majors the following program is recommended:
FIRST
YEAR
SECONE
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1
3
English 2
3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Foreign Lang.
3
Art 121 3
Art 122 3
Laboratory sci
. 4
Laboratory sci.
4
Elect. Group 1 3-4
Elect. Group 1 3-4
Art 11
3
Art 12
3
Elect. Group 2 3-4
Elect. Group 2 3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
Mil. or Air Sc
i. 1 2
Art 30
2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
Phys. educ.
1
Mil. or Air Sci.
2 2
Phys. Education 1
Phys. Education 1
Phys. educ.
1
—
—
Elective to
Elective to
14-16
16-18
make 17-18
make 17-18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Art 113
3
Art 114
3
Art elective 3
Art elective 3
Art 105
3
Art 106
3
Minor sequence 4-6
Minor sequence 4-6
English 18 or
21 3
Upper Division
(upper div.)
(upper div.)
Upper Division
elect. Group
3 3
elect. Group
3 3
Upper Division
Elective
6
elect. Group 5 3-4
Elective
4
18
16-18 Elective to make 18 Elective to make 18
136 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Courses of Instruction
1. Creative Expression in the Fine Arts. I, II, S. 2 hr. Primarily for Elementary
Education Majors. An exploratory course designed to familiarize the student
with the possibilities of creative expression through graphic media: to ac-
quaint the student with the advantages and limitations of the various media;
and to investigate the adaptability of these to use at various grade levels.
Mr. Lancaster
2. Creative Expression in the Applied Arts. I, II, S. 2 hr. A course similar to
Art 1 but employing materials such as clay, plasteline, paper, felt, gesso, plaster,
and the like, as a means of creative expression. Mr. Lancaster
11 or 111, 12 or 112. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. Freehand drawing
in pencil and charcoal. Staff
30. Appreciation of the Arts. I or II. 2 hr. A study of outstanding works of art
from times past as well as from the present day. Topics treated include— the
materials with which the artist works; sources of the art impulse; and the
relation of art to the civilization producing it. Mr. Patton
105, 106. Survey of Art. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. History of art from pre-historic
times to the present. Offered 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Patton
113, 114. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Art 11, 12. Painting. Staff
115. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. Scientific drawing. Freehand drawing primarily
for premedical and predental students. Staff
117, 118. Representation. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Art. 113, 114. Painting.
Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson
120. Representation. I or II. 2 hr. PR: Art 11, 12 or consent of instructor. Figure
drawing. Study of the construction of the figure. Drawing from the draped
model. Staff
121, 122. Fundamentals of Design. I, II. 3 hr. per semester.
Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson
123. Lettering. I or II. 2 hr. Principles of design involved in lettering and their
application. Mr. Patton
126. Modeling. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Introductory course in
sculpture. Mrs. Aull
127. Crafts. I or II. 2 hr. Crafts in their relation to the art program in the
secondary school and to recreation programs. Staff
130. Appreciation of the Arts. I or II. 3 hr. Increasing the student under-
standing and enjoyment of the arts; analytical study of selected examples of
painting, sculpture, and architecture together with sufficient illustrations from
music and poetry to make clear the basic unity of the arts. Mr. Patton
151, 152. Special Problems. I, II. 1-3 hr per semester. Staff
220. Art and the Schools. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: 4 hours of art including a min-
imum of 2 hr. studio. The function of art in the curriculum at various grade
levels. Standards of achievement. Methods of integrating art and the other
subjects. Mr. Patton
250. Renaissance Painting. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Art 105 and 106. A study of painting
in Italy from Cimabue to Tiepolo; the Renaissance in Western Europe; a brief
consideration of baroque and rococo painting as outgrowths of the renaissance.
Offered 1954-55 and alternate years. Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson
260. Modern Painting. II. 3 hr. PR: Art 105 and 106. Development of painting
from the French Revolution to the present day. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate
years. Mr. Patton and Mr. Clarkson
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
137
BIOLOGY
Professors Core, Ammons, Gribble, and Taylor; Assistant Professors Bennett and
Norman; Instructors Baer, Birch, Daugherty, Smell, Smith and Vandervort.
Students may select biology, botany or zoology as their major subject. Biology 1 and
2 or Botany 1 and 2 will be required of students who wish to major in botany.
Either Biology 1 and 2 or Zoology 1 and 2 will be required of students who elect
to major in zoology. Majors in biology should take Biology 1 and 2.
Prospective majors in biology, botany or zoology should include in their schedule
of lower-division work Chemistry 1 and 2. Prospective majors in zoology should
also include Chemistry 115 in lower-division schedule.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION FOR BIOLOGY MAJORS
A student may meet the requirements for the A.B. degree with a major in Biology
and at the same time qualify for teacher certification. The curriculum suggested
below is designed to include the requirements of the basic subjects prescribed for the
first two years for prospective teachers. During the junior and senior years the
courses required in the major and minor subjects will largely coincide with those
required for first and second teaching fields for high school teachers. At the same
time they will complete the required work in Education in the teacher-training
program.
CURRICULUM FOR THE A.B. DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN BIOLOGY
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1
3
English 2 3
Social Science 1 4
Social Science 2 4
History 1
3
History 2 3
Chemistry 1 4
Chemistry 2 4
Biology 1
4
Biology 2 4
Physics 1 4
Physics 2 4
Foreign lang.
3
Foreign lang. 3
Foreign lang. 3
Foreign lang. 3
Phys. Ed.
1
Phys. Ed. 1
Phys. Education
Phys. Education
Mil. or Air Sci.
1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
(women) 1
Mil.or Air Sci. 3 2
(women) 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
14-16
14-16
16-17
16-17
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Education 105
3
Hlth. Educ. 180 2
Education 124 4
Education elect. 3
Biology, Botfny
Education 106 3
Education 150 2
English 18 3
or Zoology
Biology, Botany
Education 120 2
English Lit. 3
(upper div )
13
or Zoology
Education 114 3
Biology, Botany
—
(upper div.) 4
Biology, Botany
or Zoology
16
Music 10 2
or Zoology
(upper div.) 2
English 5 3
(upper div.) 4
Chemistry 233 5
Chemistry 106 4
Art 115 3
—
18
18
16
CURRICULUM FOR THE A.B. DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN BOTANY
FIRST YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Botany 1 or
Botany 2 or
Foreign language 3
Foreign language 3
Biology 1
4
Biology 2 4
Mil.orAirSci.3 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
English 1
3
English 2 3
Physical Educ.
Physical Educ.
Foreign language 3
Foreign language 3
(women) 1
(women) 1
Group 3 elective 3
Group 3 elective 3
Physics 1 4
Physics 2 4
Physical Educ
1
Physical Educ. 1
Chemistry 1 4
Chemistry 2 4
Mil. or Air Sci.
1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Group 1 elective 3-4
Group 1 elective 3-4
Elective
2
Elective 2
16-18
16-18
16-18
16-18
138
CURRICULA AND COURSES
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Group 2 elective
(lower div.) 3
Group 4 elective
(lower div.) 3
Group 5 elective
(upper div.) 3
Botany (or elect.)
(upper div.) 7-9
16-18
Second Sem. Hr.
Group 2 elective 3
Chemistry 115 3
Genetics 221 3
Botany (or elect.)
(upper div.) 7-9
16-18
First Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 233 4
Botany (or elect.)
(upper div.) 12-14
16-18
Second Sem. Hr.
Chemistry 238 4
Botany (or elect.)
(upper div.) 12-14
16-18
CURRICULUM FOR THE A.B. DEGREE WITH A MAJOR IN ZOOLOGY
FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Zoology 1 or
Zoology 2 or
Art 115 3
Chemistry 115 3
Biology 1
4
Biology 2
4
Physics 1 4
Physics 2 4
English 1
3
English 2
3
Foreign language 3
Foreign language 3
Chemistry 1
4
Chemistry 2
4
Mil. or Air Sci.3 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Mathematics 3
3
Mathematics 4
3
Physical Educ.
Physical Educ.
Phys. Education
1
Phys. Education
1
(women) 1
(women) 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 1
2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
2
Group 1 elect. 3-4
Electives 2-4
Group 1 elect. 3-4
Electives 2-4
17
17
18
18
First Sem. Hr.
Group 2 elective 3
Chemistry 233 4
Foreign language 3
Botany 4
Zoology 251 4
IS
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Group 2 elective 3
Chemistry 238 4
Foreign language 3
Botany 4
Electives (upper
division) 4
Chemistry 163 4
Zoology 231 5
Biology 273 4
Electives (upper
division) 3-5
Zoology 232 5
Biology 274 4
Electives (upper
division) 7-9
18
18
18
Candidates for the A.B. degree in Zoology must complete the following minimum
number of credit hours in the subjects listed in addition to University and College
of Arts and Sciences general requirements. Mathematics, 6 hr. (must include Mathe-
matics 3 and 4); Chemisty 23 hrs. (must include Chemistry 1, 2, 115, 163, 233, 238);
Physics 8 hrs.; Art 115; Biological Sciences 38 hrs. (must include Zoology 1 and 2
[Biology 1 and 2 may be substituted], Zoology 231, 232, 251, Biology 273 and 274, and
Botany, 8 hrs.). A minimum of 128 hrs., including a minimum of 58 hrs. of upper
division courses are required for the degree.
Courses of Instruction
biology
Lower Division
1, 2. General Biology. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. General Introductory course
in Biology. Mr. Bennett and Staff
51. Microbiology. I. 3 hr. An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Pri-
marily for nurses. Mr. Hobbs
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139
Upper Division
201, 202, 204. Biology Workshop. I, II, S. 2 hr. per semester. PR: Biology 2 or
equivalent. Lectures and conferences designed to fit individual needs. Primarily
for biology teachers or those preparing to teach biology. Staff
203. Biological Science for the Elementary School. S. 2 hr. PR: General
Biology or equivalent. Lectures, demonstrations and field trips designed to
provide a brief survey of certain aspects of general biology suitable for elemen-
tary schools. Staff
205. Principles of Evolution. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2, Botany 2, or Zoology 2.
An introduction to the study of evolution. Mr. Bennett
207. History of Biology. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2. History of the development of
biological knowledge, with philosophical and social backgrounds. Mr. Core
208. Great Texts in Biology. II. 1 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A study of
some of the great classics in biology, such as Theophrastus' Enquiry into Plants,
Vesalius' Epitome, Harvey's Motion of the Heart and Blood, Darwin's Origin of
Species, and Mendel's Experiments on Hybrid Plants. Mr. Core
209. The Literature of Biology. I. 1 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A con-
sideration of the sources and forms of the literature, the development of
bibliographies, and the preparation of scientific papers. Mr. Core
211. Microtechnique. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2, Botany 2 or Zoology 2, or
equivalent. Theory and practice of making microscopic preparations, etc.
Primarily for botany and zoology majors. Miss Daugherty
215. Cytology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2. Cells, their structure and functions.
Mr. Bennett
273, 274. General and Comparative Physiology. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. PR:
Biology 2, Botany 2, or Zoology 2. A consideration of the functions common
to all forms of living matter Mr. Norman
Graduate Division
301, 302. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Topics of interest to all biologists are con-
sidered. All members of the staff and graduate students contribute by the
presentation of a report on some scientific activity. Required of all graduate
students. Staff members and students in other departments are invited to
attend. Staff
311. Advanced Microtechnique. II. 1-3 hr. PR: Biology 211 and consent of instructor.
Miss Daugherty
321, 322. Seminar in Ecology. I, II. 2 hr. per semester. PR: Botany 221 or Zoology
221 and consent. Selected topics on relations of organisms to environment
and on communities of organisms. Staff
376, 377. Seminar in General Physiology. I, II. 2 hr. per semester. PR: Biology
274, Botany 273, Zoology 271, or Plant Pathology 330, and consent. Selected
topics on functions common to all organisms. Staff
BOTANY
Lower Division
1, 2. General Botany. I, II. 4 hr. per semester. Introductory course in botany.
Miss Ammons and Staff
61. Systematic Botany. I. 2 hr. Identification of seed plants. Primarily for
students in Forestry. Mr. Core
67, 68. Dendrology. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Biology 2. Classification and
distribution of the timber trees of the United States. Primarily for students
in Forestry. Mr. Core
140 CURRICULA AND COURSES
71. Plant Physiology. II. 2 hr. Physico-chemical processes of plants. Primarily
for students in Forestry. Mr. Baer
Upper Division
104. The Plant Kingdom. II. 4 hr. A survey of the plant kingdom. Miss Ammons
161. Systematic Botany. II. 4 hr. Identification of seed plants and study of their
classification. Mr. Core
201, 202. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semester. Topics of interest to all students of
plants are considered. Staff
218. Economic Botany. II. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Plants from the
standpoint of their value to man. Mrs. Vandervort
221. Plant Ecology. I. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Environmental rela-
tionships of plants. Mr. Baer
224. Plant Communities. S. 2 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. Field studies in
Ecology. Offered in 1955 and alternate years thereafter. Mr. Baer
227. Geographic Botany. I. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Botany 2 or Biology 2. Study of plant
groupings and worldwide distribution of plants. Mr. Core
229. Field Studies in Botany. SI. 6 hr. PR: Botany 2 or equivalent. Primarily
for botany majors and to meet the needs of those who intend to teach or are
teaching botany. Studies will be conducted in various regions of the State;
the entire time will be spent in the field. Aims to familiarize students with
plant life of the State in its natural conditions. (Further information will
be found in the Summer Session bulletin and in special announcements.)
Mr. Bennett
231. Plant Morphology. I. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Development and
structure of algae and fungi. Staff
232. Plant Morphology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2. Development and
structure of bryophytes and vascular plants. Staff
235. Plant Anatomy. I. 3 hr. PR: Botany 2 or equivalent. Anatomy of seed
plants. Miss Ammons
255. Bryophytes. II. 2 hr. PR: Botany 2 or Biology 2. Identification of liver-
worts and mosses. Miss Ammons
261. Advanced SYSTEMATIC Botany. I. 3 hr. PR: Botany 161 or equivalent.
Taxonomy of pteridophytes, gymnosperms and monocotyledons. Mr. Core
262. Advanced Systematic Botany. II. 3 hr. PR: Botany 161 or equivalent.
Taxonomy of dicotyledons. Mr. Core
265. Aquatic Seed Plants. I. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. Classification,
ecology and economic importance of aquatic seed plants. Mr. Bennett
266. Flora of W.Va. II. 3 hr. PR: Biology 2 or equivalent. A consideration of the
native plant life of the State. Mr. Core
273. Plant Physiolocy. I. 4 hr. PR: Biology 2 or Botany 2, and Chemistry 1 and
2 or equivalent. Physico-chemical processes of plants. Mr. Baer
296, 297. Special Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. PR: Approval of instructor.
Critical studies of topics to be assigned by the instructor. Staff
Graduate Division
325. Experimental Ecology. II. 4 hr. PR: Biology 1, Botany 161, and Botany 221
or equivalents. Experiments on environmental relations of plants. Mr. Baer
THE COLLEI OtTS ttl
r. 1 .11 1-6 hr. PR: Boi.v 2ci2. or
equi\aient M:
368. Agrostolc - PR: Botany 161 or equivalent laxon
hr. PR: B or equh
general physics and on
processes and physiological methods.
R - t£». 1. 11. 1-6 hr. Star!
BOO! OC1
. I General Zoology. 1. 11 I hr. Facts and principles fundamental to an
Designed for pre-
- in Boolog]
2 N 1 1 i ■ •
31. Human \ I hr. General .. M-. Gribbk
Upper Dwision
171. Human Physiologi 11. 4 hr. An introduce
Ifr. N< s .. : .::
210. Am mm 1>vhu;on 1 ; ; ':•.'. PR /cv'.ocn l % s of in
ual and gi 1956-57 and al
ter. Mi. raykx
221. Animal l I. 3 hr, PR: Zoology 2 or i
.in una ith emphas g organ-
isms. Offered in 1965-56 and alternate :er. Mr. Taylor
229. Kifid /oou\.\. SI. o :.-. PR:
\\ est \ u ginia an imah \ six
Lamping trip I
I'll: . i an Will bt I V. DM I V 55
al announct ems Mr. l'avlor
231. COMPARATTVl ANATOMY. 1. 5 hr. PR: Zoot 2 or I . Ovcans Uftd i T Mj CBD ft
of various vertebrates. ., other tacts of
animals. Mi. Gril k and Miss Smith
232. Vhtehlati Embryology. II. 5 hr. PR: /ch Intro-
mammals. Mr Smith
233. Oomparattyi Histology, ll S hr, PR: Zoology 2?1 ami 2: ; 2 \ .
stud) of the tissue- rates. Miss Smith
Oomparatiyy PvvriorMKNru \wiovv 11 :'hr. PR: /oologN 2?1. Anatom\
nent of the organs and systt
Ifr. Gribbk
236. CoMPARATTVi Neuroanatomy. 11. 2 hr. PR: /oolop 2 or equhalent. Com-
parative -:iu : .n of development and anatomy of the nervous systems of the
vertebrates Mr, ci-.
237. Ostfoioo.y. 1. 2 hr PR: /oolog\ 2 or equivalent. Development and anat-
ouin of the skeleton. Miss Smith
251. Invertebratt Zoouv.\. I. 4 hr. PR. Zoology 2 or equivalent Advanced
studv of animals without backbones. Mr. Bird:
142 CURRICULA AND COURSES
255. Introduction to Human Parasitology. II. 4 hr. PR: Zoology 2 or equiva-
lent. Biological aspects of parasites and other animals of medical importance.
Mr. Taylor
265. Ornithology. II. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 2 or equivalent, and permission of
instructor. Field and laboratory studies on identification, migration, pro-
tection, nesting and food habits of birds. Mr. Birch
271. Physiology of Domestic Animals. I. 4 hr. PR: Zoology 2 or equivalent.
The functions of domestic animals. Offered in 1956-57 and alternate years.
Mr. Norman
272. Physiology of the Endocrines. I. 4 hrs. PR: General Zoology or General
Biology, Comparative Anatomy, Organic Chemistry. Comparative physiology
of endocrine mechanisms. The relation of hormonal and parahormonal agents
to chemical coordination, metabolism, growth, development and sex. Offered
in 1955-56 and alternate years. Mr. Norman
Graduate Division
331. Mammalian Anatomy. S. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233, 235, 236 and 237
and consent of instructor. The study of the anatomy of selected animals from
the regional and sectional approach. Offered 1955 and every third year.
Mr. Gribble
332. Anatomy of the Integument. I. 2 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233 and 235
and consent of instructor. An advanced study of the gross, developmental,
comparative, and microscopic anatomy of the integument and its derivatives.
Offered 1955-56 and every third year . Mr. Gribble
334. Anatomy of the Circulatory and Respiratory Systems. II. 3 hr. PR:
Zoology 231, 232, and 235 and consent of instructor. An advanced study of
the gross, developmental, and comparative anatomy of the circulatory and
respiratory systems. Offered 1955-56 and every third year. Mr. Gribbble
335. Anatomy of the Urogenital System. I. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, and 235
and consent of instructor. An advanced study of the gross, developmental
and comparative anatomy of the genital and urinary systems. Offered 1956-57
and every third year. Mr. Gribble
336. Advanced Comparative Neuroanatomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233
and 236 and consent of instructor. An advanced study of the gross, micro-
scopic, developmental, and comparative anatomy of the nervous system. Of-
fered 1956-57 and every thiry year. Mr. Gribble
337. Advanced Osteology. S. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231 and 237 and consent of
instructor. The study of the gross, microscopic, developmental, and com-
parative anatomy of the skeleton. Offered 1956 and every third year.
Miss Smith
338. Analogies and Homologies. I. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237,
331, 334, 335, 336, and 337 and consent of instructor. A detailed study of the
analogies and homologies as found in the vertebrates. Offered 1957-58 and
every third year. Mr. Gribble
339. Anomalies and Variations. II. 3 hr. PR: Zoology 231, 232, 233, 235, 236,
237, 331, 334, 335, 336, 337, and 338 and consent of instructor. A detailed study
of the types, causes, results and frequency of vertebrate anatomical and devel-
opmental anomalies and variations. Offered in 1957-58 and every third year.
Mr. Gribble
351. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Zoology 251 and consent.
Mr. Birch
391, 392, 393, 394. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. Staff
396, 397. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. per semester. Critical studies of topics to
be determined according to the student's requirements. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
143
CHEMISTRY
Professors Lazzell, Collett, and Gibson; Associate Professors J. L. Hall and Iffland;
Assistant Professors Bettinger, G. A. Hall, Hickman, Humphrey, Mutii, and
Wilhelm; Instructors Cunningham, Miller, Popovich, Siegel, and Simpson.
Chemistry 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all other courses in chemistry. Chemistry
5, 6, 233, 238, 260 and 261; Mathematics" 107 and 108; minimum one year of physicsis
are required of students who major in chemistry.
Students entering the University with intention of studying chemistry as a
profession leading to a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences, with major in
chemistry, should take Mathematics 3 and Chemistry 1 during the first semester of
their first year.
A deposit is required of all students who take laboratory courses.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY
The Bachelor of Arts Degree is recommended for those students who are in-
terested in a scientific program which offers opportunity for a considerable body of
electives in the non-science fields. This program is recommended for those students
who plan to teach in the secondary school. For these students careful planning with
the adviser must be done early in the program so that the teacher certification
requirements may be met. The requirements are listed below.
First Sem.
Chemistry 1 4
English 1 3
Math. 3 3
Foreign language 3
Phys. Educ. 1 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Hr. First Sem.
Chemistry 2 4
English 2 3
Math 4 3
Foreign language 3
Phys. Educ. 2 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Chemistry 5
Math 5
Foreign language 3
Group 2 Electives 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Hr.
Chemistry 6 5
Math 107 4
Foreign language 3
Group 2 Electives 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
16
16
16
17
First Sem.
Chemistry 233
Math 108
Group 1 elect.
Physics 111
THIRD YEAR
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem.
5
4
3-4
5
Chemistry 238
Physics 112
Group 1 elect.
Speech 11
5
5
3-4
3
FOURTH YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Chemistry 260 5
Chemistry Elect. 2
Other Electives 8
Hr.
Chemistry 261 5
Chemistry Elect. 2
Other electives 8
17 or 18
16 or 17
15
15
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
The Bachelor of Science degree is designed for those students who desire to
qualify for professional positions in industry and government services, as well as
those who plan to do graduate work in chemistry. Requirements for the Bachelor
of Science in Chemistry Degree are listed below. It is recommended that electives be
chosen so as to satisfy the distribution of electives required for the A.B. dgree.
nlf mathematics is elected as a minor, an additional 3-hour course beyond
calculus (usually Differential Equations) is required.
i2Physics 111 and 112 may count as a minor. If Physics 1, 2, 3, and 4 are
offered, nine additional upper-division hours in physics are required to satisfy
the minor.
144
CURRICULA AND COURSES
First Sem.
Chemistry 1 4
English 1 3
Foreign language 3
Math 3 3
Phys. Ed. 1 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem.
SECOND YEAR
Chemistry 2 4
English 2 3
Math 4 3
Foreign language 3
Electives
Phys. Educ. 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
Hr. Second Sem.
Chemistry 5
Math 5
Foreign lang.*
Other Electives
Mil. or Air Sci. 3
Hr.
4 Chemistry 6 5
4 Math 107 4
3 Foreign language 3
4 Other Electives 4
2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
16
IS
17
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Chemistry 233
Math 108
Physics 111
Chem. Eng. 200
Chemistry Elect
Hr.
5
IS
Second Sem.
Chemistry 238
Physics 112
Chemistry Elect
Other Electives
Hr.
5
5
. 2
4
16
First Sem.
Chemistry 260
Chem. Eng. 234
Chemistry Elect.
Other Electives
Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
5 Chemistry 261 5
2 Chem. Eng. 235 2
4 Chem. Elect. 4
6 Other Electives 5
17 16
*Six hours of a second foreign language in addition to the language require-
ments for the A.B. degree are necessary for graduation.
Courses of Instruction 13
Lower Division
1. Inorganic Chemistry. I, II. 4 hr. Required of all students whose work
calls for the first year of chemistry. Elective for others. Primarily for
freshmen. Staff
2. Inorganic Chemistry. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 1. Required of all students whose
work calls for first year of chemistry. Elective for others. Primarily for
freshmen. Staff
5 or 105. Qualitative Analysis. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Required of stu-
dents whose major is chemistry, and pharmacy students. 2 lect. and 2 3-hour
lab. periods. Mr. Gibson and Mr. Wilhelm
6 or 106. Quantitative Analysis. II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Chemistry 5 should
precede this course wherever possible. Required of students whose major is
chemistry. Mr. Gibson and Mr. Humphrey
10. Quantitative Analysis. I. 2 hr.
students.
PR:
Chem. 2. Primarily for engineering
Mr. Wilhelm
15 or 115. Quantitative Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 2. For premedical,
chemical engineering and pharmacy students.
Mr. Humphrey and Mr. Wilhelm
31 or 131. Organic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. For students in agri-
culture and home economics. Mr. Muth
63 or 163. Physical Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chem. 2. Required of premedical
students and recommended for geology majors and non-chemistry majors.
Mr. G. A. Hall
i3Chemistry 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all other courses in chemistry. Three-
year and four-year premedical students are referred to page 124 for outline of
required courses. For courses in biochemistry and pharmaceutical chemistry see
those sections.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145
Upper Division
107. Quantitative Analysis. II. 2 hr. Continuation of Chemistry 15 and 115.
Staff
111. Synthetic Inorganic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chemistry 6 or 106. Mr. Bettinger
141, 143. Assigned Topics. I. 1-5 hr. PR: Approval of instructor. Staff
142, 144. Assigned Topics. II. 1-5 hr. PR: Approval of instructor. Staff
162. The Chemistry of Colloids. II. 4 hr. Elective for four-year premedical
students. Mr. G. A. Hall
170. Glass Working for the Chemical Laboratory. II. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry
major or approval of instructor. Mr. Iffland
208. Quantitative Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: Chemistry 6, (5 hr.), Physics 2 or 112 and
Mathematics 5. Mr. Gibson
214. Qualitative Organic Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 238. Mr. Muth
215. Quantitative Organic Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 238. Mr. Muth
233. Organic Chemistry. I, II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chemistry 6 or 15. Required of
students who major in chemistry, pre-med., chemical and mining engineering.
Mr. Lazzell and Mr. Iffland
238. Organic Chemistry. I, II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chem. 233.
Mr. Lazzell and Mr. Iffland
247. Stereochemistry. I. 2 hr. Open to seniors. PR: Chem 238. Mr. Iffland
260. Physical Chemistry. I. 4-5 hr. PR: Chemistry 233, Physics 2 or 112 and
Mathematics 108. Required of chemistry majors and chemical engineering
students, the latter for 4 hours credit. Mr. Collett
261. Physical Chemistry. II. 4-5 hr. PR: Chemistry 260. Required of chemical
engineering students and chemistry majors. Mr. Collett
273. Chemical Literature. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 6 and 238. Open to seniors.
Mr. Hickman
274. History of Chemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 6 or equivalent, and organic
chemistry. Mr. Hickman
275. Modern Chemical Theories and Practices. S. 2 hr. PR: 16 hours of chem-
istry. Primarily a refresher course for high school teachers. Not for graduate
chemistry majors. Mr. J. L. Hall and Mr. Hickman
277. Synthetic Drugs. I or II. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 238 or equivalent.
Mr. Muth
Graduate Division
301. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. I. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 261. Mr. Hickman
302. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 301. Mr. Hickman
317. Modern Plastics. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Muth
343. Advanced Org nic Chemistry. I. 4 hr. PR: Chemistry 238 or equivalent.
Mr. Lazzell
345. Theories of Organic Chemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 343. Mr. Lazzell
350. Heterocyclic Chemistry. II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 343. Mr. Muth
367. Advanced Physical Chemistry. II. 2-4 hr. PR: Chemistry 261. Mr. J. L. Hall
368. Advanced Physical Chemistry. I. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 367. Mr. J. L. Hall
369. Chemical Kinetics. I or II. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 261. Mr. G. A. Hall
146
CURRICULA AND COURSES
380. Electrochemistry I or II. 3 hr. PR: Chemistry 238 and 261. Mr. Collett
383. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 208, 238, 261.
Mr. Gibson
388. Valence and Molecular Structure.!* I or II. 2 hr. PR. Mathematics 108,
Physics 108, Chemistry 261. Mr. Gibson
389. Chemical Thermodynamics.^ I. 2 hr. PR: Chemistry 261 and Mathematics
108. Mr. Gibson
390. Chemical Thermodynamics.^ II. 2 hr. Continuation of Chem 389. Mr. Gibson.
Mr. Gibson
391. 392. Journal Meeting and Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. per semseter. Required
of students working for graduate degrees with major in chemistry. Recom-
mended as a minor for students from other departments. Staff
395, 396. Special Topics. I, II. 1-3 hr. per semester. Chemistry of the carbo-
hydrates, organic nitrogen compounds, the phase rule, dyes and dye inter-
mediates, food analysis, chemical microscopy, and crystallography are suggested
topics. Staff
397, 398, 399. Research. I, II. 1-10 hr. Six hours required for the Master's Degree.
Staff
CLASSICS
Professor Brouzas
The Department of Classics offers courses in the Greek and Latin languages and
in classical civilization. Courses in the department are intended not only to give
students a thorough knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages and literatures but
also to acquaint them with the classical culture in general.
Courses suggested are for Classics majors with English as a second teaching
subject. Those wishing to offer a modern language as a second teaching subject may
substitute that modern language for the English beginning with the Sophomore year;
those who wish to offer Social Studies, may substitute History, etc. for the same English.
Women can qualify for a teacher's certificate and graduate with 129 hours; men
with 135 hours.
Student who do not plan to teach, can substitute electives for the Education
courses and graduate with 128 hours, the regular requirement of the College of Arts
and Sciences.
FIRST YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
English 1
3
English 2
3
History 1 or 52 3
History 2 or 53
3
Latin 3
3
Latin 4
3
Latin 12 3
Latin 22
3
Laboratory Sci. 4
Laboratory Sci.
4
Social Science 1 4
Social Science 2
4
Humanities 1
4
Humanities 2
4
Education 105 3
Education 106
3
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ.
1
Art Apprecia-
Music Apprecia-
Mil. or Air Sci.
1 2
Mil. or Air Sci 2
2
tion 30 2
Phys. Educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
tion
Phys. Educ.
Mil. or Air Sci.4
2
1
2
16-17
16-17
16-17
16-17
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
English 18
3
English Lit.
3
English 6
English
6
Latin
6
Latin
6
Latin 6
Latin
3
Education
3
Education
2
Education 3
Education
6
Greek 1
3
Greek 2
3
Philosophy 3
Health Educ.
2
Lib. Science
or Speech
3
17
17
18
15
i40ffered in alternate years, not available in 1955-56,
isOffered in alternate years, available in 1955-56,
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 147
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
1. Elementary Latin. I. 3 hr. Elements of the Latin language. Completion
of a standard beginner's book.
2. Elementary Latin. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Latin 1, consisting of study
of a standard second-year book.
3. Intermediate Latin. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 2 or two units of high-school Latin.
Selections from Caesar, Aulus Gellius, Nepos, and from other authors of
comparable ease, designed to prepare students to read orations of Cicero
and other Latin of similar difficulty.
4. Cicero's Orations. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 3, or 2 units of high-school Latin.
5. Latin for Law Students: Selections from Legal Latin and the Institutes
of Justinian. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 3 or 2 units of high-school Latin.
12. Selections from Roman Prose. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 4 and 6 or equivalent.
Cato to the end of the Silver Latin period.
21. Roman Letterwritinc.. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 4 and 12, or 4 units of high-
school Latin.
22. Selections from Roman Poetry. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 4 and 12, or equivalent.
Selections from the elegiac, lyric, and iambic poets and from Martial's epigrams.
Upper Division
201. The Story and Novel. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The
origin of the story and novel is traced from Homer to the medieval Greek
and Latin romance writers. Selections from Petronius, the Cena Trimalchionis,
and from Apuleius, Cupid and Psyche.
202. Drama. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. A brief history of the
origin and development of Greek and Roman drama. The Menaechmi of
Plautus, the Andria of Terence, and the Medea of Seneca are read in Latin.
203. Oratory. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. A bird's eye view of
Greek and Roman oratory is given and part of the first book of Cicero's De
Oratore; selections from Quintilian's Institutes and from Tacitus' Dialogus
de Oratoribus are read in Latin.
227. Vulgar Latin— Prose and Verse. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent.
Selections from Latin inscriptions with a view to studying the development
of the Latin language from its earliest times; also selections from medieval
and later Latin writers are read which show the passing of the Latin language
into the Romance languages.
231. Satire. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. Greek satirical writings
and the origin of the Roman satire. Selections in Latin from the Satires and
Epistles of Horace, and from the Satires of Persius and Juvenal.
234. History. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The origin and develop-
ment of Roman historiography and its Greek antecedents. Selections in Latin
from Livy's History, from Tacitus' Agricola, and from Suetonius' Julius
Caesar.
235. Epic. I. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The origin and development
of the Greek and Roman epic. Selections from Vergil's Aeneid, from Lucretius'
De Rerum Natura, and from the earlier and later epic poets in Latin.
148 CURRICULA AND COURSES
236. Philosophy. II. 3 hr. PR: Latin 12 and 22, or equivalent. The origin and
development of Greek Philosophy and its influence upon Roman philosophy.
Selections from Cicero's Tusculan Disputations on the immortality of the
soul and from Seneca's Dialogues and Epistles in Latin.
Graduate Division
381, 382. Seminar. Introduction to Research. I, II. 3 hr. each semester. PR:
at least three courses of upper division Latin, or equivalent. Methods of
textual, literary, and historical criticism. Evaluation of text, sources, and
background of an author, whose principal work is studied and analyzed.
383, 384. Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. each semester. Six hours of credit are allowed for
a thesis, required for the degree of Master of Arts in the department. A con-
troversial subject, or a little explored subject is usually assigned, intended
not only to acquaint students with the subject-matter and to develop the
various sides of research method but also to produce a creditable piece of
research.
GREEK
Lower Division
1. Elementary Greek. I. 3 hr. A course in the elements of the Greek language.
2. Selections from Greek Literature (Prose). II. 3 hr.
3. Selections from Greek Literature (Poetry) . II. 3 hr.
ECONOMICS
Professors Coleman, Fishman, Roberts, and Tower; Associate Professors Campbell,
Somers, and Thompson; Assistant Professors Hanczarvk and Clark; Instructor
Mayberry.
In September, 1952, the Department of Economics and Business Administration
in the College of Arts and Sciences was replaced by the College of Commerce. Since
the establishment of the College of Commerce, the new college has granted the B.S.
degree in Economics, while the College of Arts and Sciences has continued to giant
the A.B. degree in this field.
A brief explanation of the differences between the B.S. and A.B. programs in
Economics may be helpful to prospective Economics majors. The course of study
leading to the B.S. degree is aimed primarily at preparing the student for a career
in business. Consequently, the student selecting this program is required to complete
courses in accounting, business writing and business finance and must take approxi-
mately half of his elective courses within the College of Commerce. The program
leading to the A.B. degree is designed for students who wish to combine fundamental
training in Economics with broad, general training in other fields. Thirty or more
credit hours, from a total of 128 required for graduation, are available for elective
subjects. There are two principal requirements which apply to the A.B. program
in Economics, but do not apply to the B.S. program. These are the requirements
that the student must complete twelve hours in a foreign language and nine upper-
division hours in a minor field other than Economics.
A candidate for the A.B. degree with a major in Economics must complete a
minimum of 128 semester hours for graduation. He must also complete at least 24
semester hours in upper-division Economics courses. A minimum of 58 semester
hours must be completed at the upper-division level. Of these, not less than 9 upper-
division hours must be earned in a minor field approved by the candidate's adviser.
Lower-Division Program. The curriculum of the lower division is designed to
provide a background for the study of Economics. The following courses are required
and students are expected to complete them within the first two years of residence
at the University.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
149
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
English 1 3 English 2
SECOND
First Sem. Hr.
Economics 1 3
YEAR
Second Sem. Hr.
Economics 2 3
Foreign Lang.* 6 3
Group 1 elect. 3-4
Laboratory Sci.* 7 4
Physical Educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sd. 1 2
Foreign Lang.i° 3
Group 1 elect. 3-4
Laboratory Sci. 17 4
Physical Educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Foreign Lang.
Pol. Sci. 2 or
History 52
Elective
Mathematics 8
Mil. or Air Sci. 3
3
3
3
3
2
Foreign Lang. 3
Pol. Sci. 120 or
History 53 3
Public Speaking
11 3
Elective 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
16 or 17
16 or 17
17
17
Upper-Division Program. The following courses are required of all Economics
majors:
Econ. Ill Money and Banking
Econ. 125 Statistics
Econ. 115 Labor Problems
Econ. 221 Economic Theory
Econ. 222 History of Economic Thought
In addition to the above courses, candidates must complete a minimum of 9
upper-division hours in Economics.
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
1. Principles of Economics. I, II. 3 hr. Organization and principles of economic
activity. Staff
2. Principles of Economics. I, II. 3 hr. Economics 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all
upper-division courses. Staff
Upper-Division
111.
115.
Money and Banking. I, II. 3 hr. Our system of monetary and banking arrange-
ments, viewed in relation to functioning of the economic system as a whole.
Mr. Fishman
Labor Problems. I, II. 3 hr. History of modern labor movements; analysis of
economic and social problems arising from relations between capital, labor, and
the state. Mr. Somers
116. History of Labor in the United States. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115 or
consent of instructor. Origins and development of labor organizations with
particular attention to those in the U.S. Staff
119. Economics of Consumption. I. 3 hr. Economic and social problems involved
in consumer choices. Staff
125. Statistics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 2, 3, or 8. Methods of collecting, presenting,
analyzing, and interpreting business data, with special emphasis on the analysis
of frequency distribution, trend fitting, seasonal corrections forecasting, and
index numbers. Mr. Hanczaryk
205. Current Economic Problems. S. 3 hr. PR: Economics 1 and 2 or consent of
instructor. For students in Education only. A course designed to acquaint
public school teachers with reliable source material in economics and to
instruct them in studying current economic problems. Mr. Campbell
i6See language requirements for College of Arts and Sciences.
17A laboratory science may be chosen from biology, chemistry, physics,
botany, zoology, psychology, geology, or physical science.
150 CURRICULA AND COURSES
209. Problems in Economics. I, II. 1-3 hr. Staff
210. Comparative Economic Systems. II. 3 hr. Structure and processes of existing
economic systems throughout the world including review of basic principles
of free enterprise, socialistic, communistic, and fascistic societies. Comprehen-
sive analysis based on current and recent experiments in these economies. Staff
217. Trade Unionism. I. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115. An analysis of the structure,
government, attitudes, and policies of organized labor; the economic and
political implications of union policy. Mr. Somers
218. Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115 or
consent of instructor. Theory and practice of collective bargaining; causes of
industrial peace and conflict; government regulation of labor relations.
Mr. Somers
221. Economic Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Training and experience in use of analytical
methods and techniques needed in dealing with fundamental economic
problems. Staff
222. History of Economic Thoucht. I. 3 hr. PR. Economics 221. Economic ideas
in perspective of historic development. Mr. Thompson
225. Transportation. I. 3 hr. Development of regulation; economics of valuation
and rate making. Mr. Campbell
235. Business Cycles. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 125, or consent of instructor.
Industrial fluctuations; causes and possible remedies. Mr. Fishman
241. Public Finance. II. 3 hr. Fiscal organization and administration of modern
governments; public expenditures; governmental revenues; problems of public
debt. Mr. Tower
242. Taxation. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 241 or consent of instructor. Comparative
study of taxes and tax systems. Particular emphasis upon tax structures of
Federal government and State of West Virginia. Mr. Tower
245. Government and Business. II. 3 hr. Government in its role of adviser and
umpire; analysis of governmental policies and practices affecting business.
Mr. Fishman
250. International Trade. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Development of
trade among nations; theories of trade; policies; physical factors; trends; and
barriers. Mr. Campbell
256. Advanced Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 125 or its equivalent. Correlation,
index numbers, time series analysis, statistical inference, and population fore-
casting. Mr. Hanczaryk
310. Contemporary Economic Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 221. Recent de-
velopments in economic theory such as those relating to imperfect competition,
monetary problems, and collectivist economy. Staff
315. Bibliography and Research. I. 2 hr. Sources of information; research pro-
cedures; analysis and interpretation of data; preparation of manuscripts.
Mr. Coleman
319. Seminar in Economics. II. 2 hr. Staff
331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 151
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Professors Brawner, Bishop, Crocker, and Draper; Associate Professors Foster and
Gainer; Assistant Professors Mockler, Pace, Pettigrew, and Sayre; Instructors
Board, Buswell, Dawson, Dowdell, Ford, Gibb, Hagan, Hicks, R. Holden,
S. Holden, Howard, Johnston, Law, Leonian, Marks, Ross, Smith, Spancler,
Staton, and Taylor.
A student who is admitted to the upper-division of the University may be
admitted to the Department of English as a major on consultation with the depart-
mental adviser. No absolute prerequisites, except freshman English and other
lower-division Arts and Sciences requirements, are stated as conditions of admission;
but it is desired that students who anticipate becoming English majors should be
guided by the suggested lower-division programs listed below. If a student on entrance
into the upper-division presents deficiencies in English credits, he may expect to take
more than the minimum number of English courses normally required during his
junior and senior years.
Advisers of upper-division students who are not English majors may schedule
them for upper-division courses in English without regard to prerequisites, according
to the advisers' discretion.
Teacher Certification for English Majors
A candidate for the A.B. degree in English may combine the Arts and Sciences
requirements with the requirements for teacher certification in English and one other
teaching field. Such a student will combine the requirements of the University in
general, of the College of Arts and Sciences, and of the Department of English with
(1) the basic two-year curriculum for all teacher trainees, (2) the 20-hour requirement
in Education courses, and (3) the specific requirements for the English teaching
field and one other field. Teaching fields customarily combined with English are
Speech, Library Science, Art, French, Spanish, Latin, and Social Studies. If Social
Studies is chosen, the Arts and Sciences minor may be History, Political Science,
Sociology, or Economics.
A student who wishes to qualify for a teaching certificate and for the A.B. degree
should begin by combining the lower-division requirements in Arts and Sciences with
the two-year curriculum required of all candidates for teacher certification. He should
also consult the University bulltein entitled "Teacher Training Programs" (May, 1954),
and make as much progress as possible toward fulfilling courses of study prescribed
for his teaching fields. By carefully planning his program each year, the student can
complete all requirements within four years. Copies of a mimeographed summary
showing how English majors may combine these various sets of requirements are
available at the English office.
Choice of Two Majors in English
The prescribed upper-division program for majors in English requires the student
to complete courses in both English literature and American literature and allows him
to determine the relative emphasis he will give to each. Three upper-division courses
(Group "A") are required of all majors. Credit for this group is either 8 or 9 hours.
An additional twelve hours is chosen from groups "B" and "C" according to the
student's desire to emphasize English literature or American literature. The plan
is shown as follows:
GROUP A (8-9 hr., required of all) :
1. English 142. Shakespeare. 3 hr.
2. English 234. Chaucer. 3 hr.
3. English 230. History of the English Language, 3 hr.; or
English 127. The American Language. 2 hr.
Choice of twelve additional hours of upper-division work, as follows:
Emphasis on English Literature: 9 hr. from Group B, 3 hr. from Group C.
Emphasis on American Literature: 3 hr. from Group B, 9 hr. from Group C
152
CURRICULA AND COURSES
GROUP B:
1. English 138. English Literature, 1660-1744. 3 hr.
2. English 139. English Literature, 1744-1798. 3 hr.
$. English 140. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose. 3 hr.
4. English 141. Literature of the 17th Century. 3 hr.
5. English 249. The Romantic Movement. 3 hr.
6. English 257. Victorian Poetry. 3 hr.
7. English 258. Victorian Prose. 3 hr.
GROUP C:
1. English 166. American Fiction. 3 hr.
2. English 222. American Biography. 3 hr.
3. English 239. Southern Writers. 3 hr.
4. English 250. American Romanticism. 3 hr.
5. English 270. American Poetry. 3 hr.
Suggested Semester Programs
Lower Division
The following lower-division course programs are suggested for pre-English majors.
The "electives" refer to groups 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of "Distribution Requirements" in
Arts and Sciences, and the numbers refer to these groups. The footnotes indicate
choices that should be made by teacher trainees in order to combine these require-
ments with those of the teacher-training curriculum.
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. J
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
English 1 3
English 2
3
English 3 or 5 3
English 4 or 6
3
English 3 or 5 3
English 4 or 6
3
Foreign Lang.j 3
Foreign Lang.f
3
Laboratory Sci.* 4
Laboratory Sci.*
4
Electives,
Electives,
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Group 1** 3-4
Group 1**
3-4
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ.
1
Electives,
Electives,
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
2
Group 2** 3-4
Electives,
Group 2**
Electives,
3-4
Group 4f 3
Group 5t
3
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ.
1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Mil or Air Sci. 4
2
14-16*
14-16*
16-18
16-18
For those preparing for teacher certification, the following notes apply:
*(a)Students should choose the general course in Biology or in Physical
Science, (b) Music 10 or Art 30 are recommended to complete a schedule
of 16 hours for women students.
t(a)Speech should be chosen from Group 4; suggested courses 3, 6, 11, and 29.
(b) If the foreign language requirement has been met, English 18 or 21
should be scheduled. If a language must be scheduled, the student may
do well to take English 18 or 21 during his second year and postpone one
of the Arts and Sciences group electives until his junior year, (c) Geog-
raphy should be selected from Group 5 if the student expects to make
Social Studies his second teaching field.
**Men should select no more than one of the four-hour courses so as not to
exceed a total load of 18 hours. Since Social Science is required of all teachers,
it should be chosen to satisfy Group 2.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
153
Upper Division
THIRD YEAR
First Sem.
English 142
Upper-division
English (from
group B or C,
above)
Minor Subject
Hr.
3
Electives*
3
3
6-9
Second Sem.
Hr
Upper-division
English (from
group B or C,
above)
Minor Subject
Electives*
3
3
9-12
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr. Second Sem.
English 234 3
English (from B
above) 3
Minor Subject 3
Electives* 6-9
Hr.
English 230 3
English (from B
above) 3
Minor Subject 3
Electives* 6-9
15-18
15-18
15-18
15-11
♦For those preparing - for teacher certification, the hours allowed for "elec-
tives" will be devoted to satisfying- the requirements for certification. The re-
quirements that must be satisfied are as follows:
(a) Any courses in the two-year general program for teachers that may not
have been taken during the student's lower-division years. Check especially
for Ensrlish 18 or 21; Historv 1 and 2 or Humanities 1 and 2; Social Science
1 and 2; Music 10, Art 30; Health Ed. 101.
(b) Certain specific requirements for the English first teaching field, if not
alreadv met: Speech 3, 6, 11, or 29; 5 to 6 hrs. additional, chosen from Jour-
nalism' 215 (2 hr.), Library Science 1 or 101. (3 hr.), Speech 162 (3 hr.)
(c) Requirements of a second teaching field, insofar as they do not coincide with
the student's Art's and Sciences minor.
(d) Twentv hours of Education, including practice teaching.
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
O. English Composition.. 1,11 3 hr. Required of all students who fail to
qualify for English 1 on the Freshman English placement test. Staff
1. Composition and Rhetoric. I, II. 3 hr. Required of all candidates for the
Bachelor's Degree in all colleges. Advanced sections are provided for students
who make exceptionally high grades on the Freshman English placement test.
Staff
2. Composition and Rhetoric. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation of English 1. Required
of all candidates for the Bachelor's Degree in all colleges. Advanced sections
are provided for students who make exceptionally high grades on the Fresh-
man English placement test. Staff
3. Survey: English Literature. I, II. 3 hr. English authors from Beowulf to Burns
and readings from their works. Upperclassmen may substitute English 163
for this course. Staff
4. Survey: English Literature. I. II. 3 hr. English authors from Robert Burns to
the present and readings from their works. Upperclassmen may substitute
English 164 for this course. Staff
5. American Literature.
works to 1870.
II. 3 hi
American authors with readings from their
Staff
6. American Literature. I, II. 3 hr. American poetry and prose from 1870 to the
present. Continuation of English 5. Staff
9. Composition and Reading (for pre-Law students) . I. 3 hr. Expository writ-
ing and readings of literarv types in an anthology of poetry and prose.
Mrs. S. Holden
10. Composition and Reading. (For pre-Law students) . II. 3 hr. Argumentation
and the logical basis for argumentation, together with readings in an anthology.
Mrs. S. Holden
13. Expository Writing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Extensive practice
in the various types of expository writing, together with the study of techniques.
Staff
154 CURRICULA AND COURSES
14. Argumentative Writing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Logical briefing
as applied to argumentative writing and thinking. Staff
16. Creative Writing I. Description. I, II. 3 hr. Exercises in the descriptive process;
the practical and aesthetic values of description. Staff
17. Creative Writing II. Narration. I, II. 3 hr. The elements of narration;
point of vieu, motivation, and the presentation of character in short narratives;
individual assignments and conferences. Staff
18. Advanced English Composition (Written and Spoken) . I, II. 3 hr. Practice
in the organization of thought and in the correct and effective use of the
language in writing and speaking, with emphasis on the various types and
techniques of exposition. Staff
21. The Use of Language. II. 3 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Practice in the com-
munication skills on a level more advanced than freshman study. Study of
the nature of language and its relation to meaning in thought and action. Staff
23. Business English. I, II. 3 hr. For majors in Economics and Business Administra-
tion. The writing of reports; assembling and analysis of data; business cor-
respondence. Staff
25. Introduction to Literature (Poetry). I, II. 2 hr. No Prerequisite. A non-
technical approach to poems selected for their intrinsic interest and ease of
comprehension. Designed to instruct and give pleasure. Staff
26. Introduction to Literature (Fiction) . I, II. 2 hr. No Prerequisite. A com-
panion course to English 25 and English 27 in the reading of works of fiction
selected for their interest and significance to the general reader. Emphasis on
appreciation and enjoyment. Staff
27. Introduction to Literature (Drama). I, II. 2 hr. No Prerequisite. How to
read, enjoy, and judge significant plays. Designed for the general student, not
the specialist, with a view to developing a lasting interest in dramatic
literature. Staff
Upper Division
115. Creative Writing III: Narration (Short Story). I, II. 2 hr. Purpose and
pattern of the modern short story; study of examples in current periodicals;
special assignments and conferences with individual students on a minimum
number of short stories. Staff
125. Advanced Composition. I. 2 hr. Factual writing of articles on subjects of
current interest. Mr. Gainer
126. Advanced Composition. I, II. 3 hr. Technical forms of writing; designed par-
ticularly for students in science, engineering, and agriculture.
Mrs. Buswell
127. The American Language. II. 2 hr. Words and their ways in American
speech. Mr. Mockler
129. Words. I, II. 2 hr. A practical course in vocabulary building with attention
to derivation, history, ana meanings of words. Miss Sayre
138. English Literature, 1660-1744. I. 3 hr. a study of the literature from the
Restoration to the death of Pope, exclusive of the drama. Mr. Crocker
139. English Literature, 1744-1798. II. 3 hr. A study of the literature from the death
of Pope to the publication of Wordworth's Lyrical Ballads, exclusive of the
drama. Mr. Crocker
140. Elizabethan Poetry and Prose. I. 3 hr. A study of the Renaissance in England
as manifested in the great variety of nondramatic literary works of the six-
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 155
teenth century, with emphasis on the major writers of the reign of Elizabeth.
Mr. Draper and Mr. Foster
141. Literature of 17th Century. II. 3 hr. A consideration of the major poets and
prose writers of the 17th century, with the exception of dramatic writings.
Mr. Draper and Mr. Foster
142. Shakespeare. I, II. 3 hr. A study of eleven or twelve of Shakespeare's most
important plays. Mr. Brawner, Mr. Draper, and Mrs. Pettigrew
160. Contemporary Literature, 1. 2 hr. A study of modern British and American
poets and prose writers— including novelists, short-story writers, dramatists,
and essayists. Primary emphasis on the works. Includes Frost, Yeats, Gals-
worthy, Eliot, Pound, Jeffers, Cather, Anderson, Fitzgerald, O'Neill, D. H.
Lawrence, Huxley, Joyce, and Forster. Chronology is roughly from 1900 to
1925. Mr. Bishop and Mr. Foster
161. Contemporary Literature. II. 2 hr. A continuation of the preceding course
from approximately 1925 to the present time. Includes Sandburg, Lindsay,
Hart Crane, Wolfe, Faulkner, Evelyn Waugh, Farrell, Steinbeck, Auden,
Graham Greene, Burke, Dylan Thomas, Spender, Robert Lowell, and Koestler.
Mr. Bishop and Mr. Foster
163. English Literature. I, II. 3 hr. Survey: English Literature from the beginning
to 1800, with special reference to the life, personality, ideas and influence of
great English authors. May be substituted for English 3 but may not be elected
by students who already have credit for English 3. Staff
164. English Literature. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation of English 163 from 1800 to the
present. May be substituted for English 4 but may not be elected by students
who already have credit for English 4. Staff
166. American Fiction. I. 3 hr. The reading of ten or more of the most im-
portant American novels from Hawthorne to the present day, each considered
as a work of art reflecting a significant view of life. Lectures on the works of
principal authors, with class discussion of particular books. Mr. Brawner
173. Poetry. I, II. 2 hr. The appreciation and enjoyment of poems through critical
and analytical reading. Studies in the various types of poetry, and of the
language, imagery, and techniques of poetic expression. Mr. Brawner
175. The Short Story. I. 2 hr. A study of the historical development of the
short story and the schools into which the work of short story writers is
divided. Mr. Bishop
180. Bible Literature: Old Testament and Apocrypha. I. 3 hr. The contents
of the Old Testament, its literary structure, and its effect upon our liter-
ature and thought. Mr. Marks
181. Bible Literature: New Testament. II. 3 hr. The contents of the New Testa-
ment, its literary structure, and its effect upon our literature and thought.
Mr. Marks
182. Masterpieces of English Literature. II. 3 hr. Intensive study of significant
literary works. Mr. Crocker
Upper-Division and Graduate Courses
211. Problems of Communication. I. 3 hr. Survey of the nature of communication,
semantics in clarifying interpersonal communication, and responsibilities and
social effects of mass communication. Mr. Kallsen
220. General Semantics. II. 3 hr. PR: Basic course in at least four of the following
fields: English, foreign lanugage, physical science, biological science, history,
psychology, social science, or philosophy and consent of instructor. The scien-
tific method and language, the relation between symbols and reality, the
effect of symbols on personal and social conflicts, practical devices of written
and spoken communication— with continued emphasis on practical applications
in various fields. Mr. Kallser
156 CURRICULA AND COURSES
222. Modern American Biography. I. 3 hr. The best biographies about America's
greatest. Miss Page
223. Masterpieces of Biography. II. 3 hr. Several famous biographies of the
Western world. Miss Page
*224. Literary Criticism. II. 3 hr. Deals with history of literary criticism from
Aristotle to modern times. Mr. Crocker
225. Recent Literary Criticism. I, II. 3 hr. A brief survey of the theories and
essays of the four major schools of modern criticism and an application of
these theories to a novel, a play, and to selected poems and short stories.
Mr. Foster
226. Early Hebrew Culture and Literature. I. 2 hr. PR: Twelve hours
of college English. A study of the Old Testament, Apocryphal writings, and
related literary traditions. For teachers and other mature students. Not for
graduate majors in English. Mr. Marks
227. Early Christian Culture and Literature. II. 2 hr. PR: Twelve hours
of college English. The New Testament, Christian apocryphal writings, and
related bodies of literature and thought. For teachers and other mature
students. Not for graduate majors in English. Mr. Marks
228. Advanced Grammar. I, II. 3 hr. A course in descriptive grammar, the parts
of speech, constructions, and methods of diagramming. Mr. Bishop
230. History of the English Language. II. 3 hr. A study of the nature of
the language; questions of origins, language families, development relation-
ships of English as one of the Indo-European languages. Mr. Mockler
*231. Old English. I. 3 hr. A study of Anglo-Saxon grammar, with selected
readings from the literature of the period. Mr. Mockler
*232. Beowulf. II. 3 hr. PR: English 231. Continuation of the study of Old English;
critical reading of the poem Beowulf. Mr. Mockler
234. Chaucer. I. 3 hr. A study of Chaucer's Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde. In addition to an understanding and appreciation of Chaucer's
literary work, the student is expected to acquire some knowledge of Chaucer's
language. Mr. Mockler
235. Shakespeare. I. 3 hr. A course for undergraduates and graduates in the
detailed study of three of Shakespeare's major plays. Mr. Draper
239. Southern Writers. II. 3 hr. Examination of twentieth-century southern essayists,
poets, short story writers, and novelists in relation to the ideological back-
ground. Mr. Foster
242. Literature for Teachers. S. 3 hr. Study and appreciation of selected works of
American authors, with special reference to the high-school curriculum. Given
usually in the Summer Session. Staff
243. Literature for Teachers. S. 3 hr. Study and appreciation of selected works of
English authors. Recommended for teachers of high-school English. Given
usually in the Summer Session. Staff
*244. Literature of the Sixteenth Century. I. 3 hr. Renaissance in England as
reflected in literature with some consideration of the fine arts and other
aspects of culture. Mr. Draper
*245. Literature of the Seventeenth Century. II. 3 hr. The struggle between
Cavalier and Puritan as reflected in the literature of the age. Mr. Draper
247. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. I. 3 hr. The culture-history of
England 1700-1750, as expressed in social, economic, political, and religious
movements, and as reflected in literature. Mr. Draper
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 157
248. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. II. S hr. A continuation of English
247, covering the period from 1750-1800. Mr. Draper
249. The Romantic Movement. I. 3 hr. The works of Wordsworth, Coleridge,
and Keats, together with an introduction to works of scholarship in the field
of English Romanticism. Mr. Brawner
250. American Romanticism. II. 3 hr. The writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson,
Henry David Thoreau, and Nathaniel Hawthorne. A study of the relations
of these men to the history of their own time, and of their contributions to
American thought and art. Mr. Brawner
*252. Modern English Literature, 1881-1918. I. 3 hr. A consideration of the
revolt against mechanism, the new romanticism, doctrines of action, and
contemporary tendencies. Mr. Crocker
*253. Pre-Shakespearian Drama. I. 3 hr. A study of the medieval drama from its
beginnings to the middle of the sixteenth century. Mr. Crocker
•254. Elizabethan Drama. II. 3 hr. A study of the great dramatists of the
Elizabethan period, exclusive of Shakespeare. Mr. Crocker
*255. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama. I. 3 hr. A study of persistent
forms and new developments in the drama of the period. Mr. Crocker
256. Modern Drama. II. 3 hr. A study of world drama from Ibsen to the present
day, with particular reference to -isms and ideas. Mr. Crocker
257. Victorian Poetry. I. 3 hr. A study of the major Victorian poets— Tennyson,
Browning, Arnold, Rossetti, Morris, Swinburne, Fitzgerald, and a few of the
later Victorian poets. Mr. Gainer
258. Victorian Prose. II. 3 hr. A study of the non-fictional writings of the great
Victorian prose critics: Carlyle, Ruskin, Arnold, Newman, Macaulay, Huxley,
Morris. Mr. Gainer
259. Dramatic Art of Shakespeare. II. 3 hr. A study of several of Shakespeare's
histories, comedies, and tragedies, showing the chronological development
of his art and matters of stage presentation in Shakespeare's age. Mr. Bishop
t260. Studies in Shakespearean Comedy. I, II. 3 hr. PR: English 142, or consent of
instructor. Textual and dramatic study of representative comedies.
Mrs. Pettigrew
261. Technique of the Drama. I. 2 hr. A study of dramatic structure, with
emphasis upon appreciation. Mr. Crocker
262. Study of Selected Authors. (American) I, II. 3 hr. A study of the works of
a principal American author, or of more than one, as announced when the
course is scheduled. Staff
263. Study of Selected Authors. (English). 1, II. 3 hr. Study of the works of one
or more of the principal English authors, as announced in the schedule when
the course is listed. Staff
t264. Spenser. I. 3 hr. A study of Spenser's poetry, minor poems and The Faerie
Queen, forms and sources, purpose of the great epic, social, political, and
religious allegory. Staff
t266. Browning. I, II. 2 hr. A study of Robert Browning's most important shorter
poems and The Ring and the Book. Some attention will be given to the
life and poems of Mrs. Browning. Staff
267. Milton. II. 3 hr. A study of all of Milton's poems and of a few selected prose
works. Mr. Gainer
58 CURRICULA AND COURSES
270. American Poetry. I. 3 hr. A study of the major American poets of the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries— Bryant, Poe, Emerson, Longfellow, Whit-
man, Dickinson, Frost, Eliot. Primary emphasis on their poetry as poetry;
background materials minimized. Mr. Foster
272. Folk Literature. II. 3 hr. A study of the folk ballad, its origin, history, and
literary significance, based on Child's collection and on American ballad
collections. Mr. Gainer
*273. The Folktale and Allied Forms. II. 3 hr. The fairy tale and other folk-
tale types, their currency in oral tradition, great collections of folktales,
theories of the folktale, and methods of study. Mr. Gainer
*274. The Lyric. I, II. 2 hr. A history of lyric poetry with especial attention to
the evolution of lyric styles. Mr. Draper
*275. The English Novel to the Time of Scott. I. 3 hr. A study of the English
novel from the Ifith century to the time of Scott, showing the development
of the novelistic art from early narrative beginnings. Mr. Bishop
*276. The English Novel. 1832-1900. II. 3 hr. A continuation of English 275.
The development of the English novel from the early 19th century to
the beginning of the 20th century. Mr. Bishop
*277. Master Writers of the Essay. II. 3 hr. Reading and discussion of the works
of major essayists from Montaigne and Bacon to the present day, together
with a study of the historical development of the essay as a literary form.
Mr. Brawner
*278. Tragedy. II. 3 hr. Masterpieces of tragedy in drama, poetry, and fiction
from Greek times to modern, with consideration of the changing concepts of
tragedy and of the ethical and ideological values reflected in the works of major
tragic authors. Mr. Brawner
280. The Modern Novel. I, II. 3 hr. A study of technical methods employed by
the twentieth century novelists. Thorough consideration of Henry James,
Joseph Conrad, James Joyce, and others. Mr. Bishop
*29L Introduction to Literary Research. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Lectures and exercises
in research problems to prepare the student for such work in graduate and
professional schools. Mr. Draper
Graduate Division
392. Seminar. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Specific courses to be approved by the instructor.
A graduate study of particular periods or authors. Staff
♦Given only in alternate years.
tNot given in 1955-56.
GEOLOGY, MINERALOGY, AND GEOGRAPHY
Professors Fridley and Wells; Associate Professors Cross and Ludlum; Assistant
Professors Heald and Myers; Instructor Dally.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY
Each candidate for the Bachelor of Science Degree is required to present credit
for Geology 266 or its equivalent and must minor in an allied science. A total of
132 hours is required. The following schedule is recommended:
HE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES
159
Freshman
Hr.
Sophomore Hr.
Junior
Hr.
Senior
Hr.
Foreign lang.
6
Foreign lang.
6
Geol. 127
2
Geol. 221
English 1 and 2
6
Geol. 1 and 2
4
Geol. 151
3
and 222
6
Math. 3
S
Geol. 3 and 4
4
Geol. 152
1
Geol. 240
4
Math. 4
3
Chem. 1 and 2
8
Geol. 161
3
Geol. 246
3
Phys. 1
4
C. E. 1
2
Geol. 172
3
Geol. 271
3
Phys. 2
4
Mil. or Air Sci.
Geol. 184
4
Geol. 272
3
Mil. or Air Sci.
3 and 4
4
Geol. 185
4
Electives from
1 and 2
4
*Electives (to com
Geol. 231
4
the following
Phys. Educ.
plete general
Chem. 115
3
E.M. 201
2
1 and 2
2
Arts and Sci-
Chem. 163
4
Chem. E. 160
3
ences require-
Electives
3
Geol. 285, 286
8
ments)
6
Other
electives 6
to 8
32
34
34
31-33
year,
year.
*At least six hours must be taken in one of the humanities or social sciences.
Geology 266 (6 hours) will normally be taken in the summer following the junior
Math. 5, Analytic Geometry, is required in either the sophomore or junior
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GEOLOGY
The minor subject for this degree need not be a science and Math 5 is not
required. At least nine hours more of the Social Sciences and Humanities are
required for the A.B. than for the B.S. degree in Geology. A total of 128 hours is
required for the A.B. degree.
FIRST YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
English 1
3
English 2
3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Foreign Lang
3
Foreign Lang.
3
Geology 1 3
Geology 3
3
Math 2 or 3
3
Mathematics *
I 3
Geology 2 1
Geology 4
1
Physics 1
4
Physics 2
4
Chemistry 1 4
Chemistry 2
4
Mil. or Air Sci
1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
Electives,
Electives,
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ.
1
Group 2 3-4
Group 2
3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ.
1
14-16
14-16
17-18
17-18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Art 115
3
Geology 129
2
Geology 127 2
English 126
2
Geology 107
3
Geology 161
3
Geology 221 3
Geology 172
3
Geology 151
3
Chemistry 115
3
Geology 231 4
Electives
12
Geology 152
1
Elective
3
Electives 8
Geology 184
4
Electives
Electives
Group 4
3
Group 1
3-4
Group 1
3-4
17
or 18
17-18
17
17
160 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Courses of Instruction
geology and mineralocy
Lower Division
1. Physical Geology. I, II. 3 hr. Scientific description of composition and
structure of earth; physical processes which change the earth's surface. (Geology
1 must be accompanied by Geology 2 in order to meet the requirements for
4 hours of a laboratory science in physical geology.) Starf
2. Physical Geology Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Accompanies Geol. 1. Staff
3. Historical Geology. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 1. Evolution of earth and its
inhabitants. (Geology 3 must be accompanied by Geol. 4 in order to meet
requirements for 4 hours of a laboratory science in historical geology.)
Mr. Wells
4. Historical Geology Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Accompanies Geol. 3. Mr. Wells
Upper Division
125. Geologic Drafting. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Geol. 2 and 4. Staff
127. Map Interpretation. I. 2 hr. PR: Geol. 2 and 4. Relation of earth structure
and history to land forms as shown on topographic maps. Mr. Fridle\
128. Map Interpretation. II. 2 hr. Continuation of Geol. 127. Mr. Fridle)
129. Cartography. I, II. 2 hr. Techniques, principles, and practices in art of map
and graph construction. Letter and drawing instruments used in cop)
and field lay-out work designed for reproduction. Mr. Myers
151. Structural Geology. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 3 Shape and position of rock
masses in the earth's crust; mechanical principles underlying various types of
rock deformation; indication of economic importance of deformed rock struc-
tures with respect to recovery of mineral products. Mr. Ludlum
152. Structural Geology Laboratory. I or II. 1 hr. PR: Geology 3. A laboratory
course to accompany or follow the lecture course, Geology 151, Structural
Geology. Mr. Ludlum
161. Field Geology, II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. An introduction to actual field tech-
niques utilized by geologists in mapping and reporting on geology of an area.
Local areas studied in detail; 2 day field trip required for regional study.
Mr. Dally
170. Natural Resources and Geology of West Virginia. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 1 or
107. A summary of geology of the State from a historical and economic stand-
point. Staff
172. Economic Geology: Nonmetallics. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 184. Occurrence,
formation, and use of nonmetallic mineral substances, including ground water,
building materials, and chemicals. Mr. Ludlum
184. Mineralogy. I. 4 hr. PR: One year each of geology and chemistry. Elements
of crystallography and systematic study of minerals except silicates. Identifi-
cation of minerals by their physical properties supplemented by blowpipe
analysis. Mr. Heald
185. Mineralogy and Petrography. II. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 184. Description, mode of
occurrence, and classification of silicate minerals and rocks. Mr. Heald
221. Geomorphology. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. Study of surface features of eastern
United States. Mr. Fridley
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161
222. Geomorphology. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. Continuation of Geol 221. Surface
features of western United States. Mr. Fridley
231. Invertebrate Paleontology. I. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 3 and 4. Invertebrate fossils;
their biologic classification, evolutionary development, and use in correlation
of strata. Mr. Wells
235. Introductory Paleobotany. I 4 hr. PR: Geol. 3 and/or Bot. 2. A resume of
the development of principal plant groups through the ages, present distribu-
tion, mode of occurrence and index species, methods of collection. Mr. Cross
236. Advanced Paleobotany. II. 4 hr. Continuation of Geol. 235. Mr. Cross
239. Seminar in Paleobotany. I, II. 1-2 hr. per semester. PR: Geol 235. Mr. Cross
240. Principles of Stratigraphy. 11. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 231. Study of the principles
of rock and time correlation, with emphasis on their application to the
stratigraphy of West Virginia. Mr. Dally
246. Sedimentation. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 185. Origin of sedimentary rocks;
principles involved in interpretation of ancient geography, climates, animals,
and plants; i.e.. basic foundations for stratigraphy. Mr. Dally
247. Sedimentation Laboratory. I or II. 1 hr. PR: Geology 185. A laboratory course
to accompany or follow the lecture course, Geology 246, Sedimentation.
Mr. Dally
266. Field Geology. SI. 6 hr. PR: Geol. 161. Practical experience in detailed
geological field procedures and mapping. Living expenses are in addition
to tuition and must be paid on or before registering. Mr. Wells and Mr. Dally
269. X-Ray Diffraction. I or II. 2 hr. The theory of X-Ray diffraction and
application to the identification of crystalline materials, emphasis on powder
technic. Open to advanced students in geology, chemistry, chemical engineering,
and mining engineering with permission of the instructor. Mr. Heald
271. Economic Geology: Ore Deposits. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 172 and 185. Mineral
composition, geologic features, and distribution of deposits of principal useful
metallic minerals. Mr. Ludlum
272. Petroleum Geology. II. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151. Origin, geologic distribu-
tion, methods of exploration and exploitation, uses and future reserves of
petroleum and natural gas in the world, with special attention to the U.S.
Mr. Ludlum
273. Petroleum Geology Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR: Geology 151. A laboratory
course to accompany or follow the lecture course, Geology 272, Petroleum
Geology. Mr. Ludlum
274. Seminar in Economic Geology. I, II. 1-2 hr. per semester. PR: Geol. 172.
Mr. Ludlum
275. Coal Geology. I. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 4. Study of origin, nature, and distribution
of coal deposits. Includes an introduction to microscopic study of coal
specimens. Mr. Cross
276. Advanced Coal Geology. II. 4 hr. Continuation of Geol. 275. Mr. Cross
285. Optical Mineralogy. I. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 185 and one year of physics. Principles
and practice in use of the petrographic microscope in identification of minerals.
Emphasis on determinations by immersion method. Mr. Heald
286. Petrology. II. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 285. Composition, texture, occurrence, and
origin of rocks. Study of hand specimens and thin sections. Mr. Heald
290. Geologic Problems. I or II. 2-4 hr. Specialized work for seniors and graduates.
Consult departmental adviser before registering. Staff
162 CURRICULA AND COURSES
291, 292. Seminar. I, II. 1 hr. Mr. Wells
Graduate Division
329. Problems in Geomorphology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 222. Mr. Fridley
332. Micro paleontology. II. 4 hr. PR: Geol. 231. Identification of Foraminifera,
Bryozoa, and Ostracoda with aid of microscope. Emphasis upon classification,
nomenclature, and use of paleontological literature. Mr. Wells
334. Problems in Paleontology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 231. Mr. Wells
339. Problems in Paleobotany. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 235. Mr. Cross
348. Problems in Sedimentation. 1, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 246. Mr. Dally
349. Problems in Stratigraphy. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 240. Mr. Dally
359. Problems in Structural Geology. I, II. 1-4. PR: Geol. 151. Mr. Ludlum
366. Problems in Field Geology. I, II. 1-6 hr. PR: Geol. 161. Mr. Dally
374. Problems in Advanced Economic Geology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 271.
Mr. Ludlum
376. Problems in Coal Geology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 276. Mr. Cross
379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hour per
semester, maximum credit 2 hours. (In cooperation with other departments
and the U.S. Bureau of Mines.) Staff
387. Advanced Petrology. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 286. A study of the composition,
classification, and origin of the igneous and metamorphic rocks. Laboratory
work consists of a study of crystalline rocks mainly by microscopical methods.
Mr. Heald
388. Problems in Mineralogy and Petrology. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Geol. 286.
Mr. Heald
397, 398. Research. I, II. 1-5 hr. Specialized work for advanced students based
upon field or laboratory evidence and reported upon in candidacy for
advanced degrees. Staff
GEOGRAPHY
Upper Division
107. Introductory Geography. I. 3 hr. Relationship between environment and
forms of life; emphasis on physiography and climatology. Mr. Myers
109. Economic Geography. II. 3 hr. Regional method of treating agricultural,
industrial, and commercial development of each of various countries of the
world. Mr. Myers
116. Geography of North America. II. 3 hr. A regional study of the area north
of Rio Grande with interpretation of geographic factors influencing growth,
and problems connected with future development. Mr. Myers
118. Geography of Europe. I. 3 hr. Geographic description of continent as a
whole, its political divisions, followed by study of individual regions. Mr. Myers
215. Industrial Geography. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of economics, history, geology.
Factors which contribute to development of major industrial regions; detailed
analysis of selected industries. Mr. Myers
216. Urban Geography. II. 2-3 hr. PR: 12 hr. of economics, history, geology. Study
of present day American cities from their distribution, function and internal
structure. Field work in local urban centers and their tributary areas will be
made. Mr. Myers
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
163
219. Seminar in Geography.
history, geology.
Graduate Division
319. Problems in Geography.
geology.
GERMAN
1-3 hr. per semester. PR: 12 hr. of economics,
Mr. Myers
I, II.
■4 hr. PR: 12 hr.
of social studies and
Mr. Myers
Associate Professor Lemke; Assistant Professor Stilwell; Instructors Heilbronner and
Taylor.
Students majoring in German are advised to base their schedule on upper-division
courses from the following subjects, which are listed here in the order of their
importance: German, education, English, European history, Romance languages,
modern philosophy, and political science. Those who are not planning to teach
German may omit the courses in education, but the sequence of subjects, from the
viewpoint of their desirability for a major in German, remains the same.
PROGRAM OF COURSES FOR MAJORS IN GERMAN
First Sem.
German 1 3
English 1 3
Electives,
Group 1 3-4
Laboratory Sci. 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Phys. Educ. 1
14-17
FIRST YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
German 2
English 2
Electives,
Group 1
Laboratory Sci.
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
Phys. Educ.
3
3
3-4
4
2
1
SECOND YEAR
Hr. First Sem.
Hr. Second Sem.
German 3
German 111
French 1
Pol. Science 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3
Phys. Educ.
German 4
German 112
French 2
Pol. Science 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4
Phys. Educ.
Hr.
3
3
3
3
9
1
14-17
16-17
16-17
First Sem.
German
French 5
Philosophy
or 104
Electives
THIRD YEAR
Hr.
6
3
3
3-6
Second Sem.
German
French 6
Speech 3 or 11
Electives
Hr.
6
3
3
3-6
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
German 6 German 3
Electives 9-12 Electives 12-15
15-18 15-18 15-18 15-18
Advanced courses should include German 245 and 251. Recommended minor
fields are English, French, Philosophy, History, or Political Science.
Courses of Instruction 18
Lower Division
1. Elementary
position.
German. I, II. 3 hr. Pronunciation, syntax, reading,
Elementary German. I, II. 3 hr. Extensive reading
I. 3
corn-
Staff
Staff
Intermediate German
Intermediate German,
hr. Rapid reading of prose by modern authors.
Staff
II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 3. Staff
Upper Division
105. The German Novelle.
Storm, and Stifter.
3 hr. Representative stories of Keller, Meyer,
Mr. Lemke
i8German 1, 2, 3, and 4 are each prerequisite to the next following-, and the
four combined are prerequisite to all other courses with the exception of German
111, 112, 121, and 122, for which German 1 and 2 are prerequisite.
164 CURRICULA AND COURSES
106. The German Novelle. II. 3 hr. From naturalism to present day. Con-
tinuation of German 105. Mr. Lemke
107. Nineteenth Century Drama. I. 3 hr. Critical study of selected dramas by
Kleist, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig. Mr. Lemke
108. Nineteenth Century Drama. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 107. Mr. Lemke
111. Spoken German. I. 3 hr. Practice in speaking and writing. Mr. Stihvell
112. Spoken German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 111. Mr. Stihvell
121. Scientific German. I. 3 hr. Primarily for students in science courses. Staff
122. Scientific German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 121. Staff
136. Introduction to Goethe. II. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke
161. Lyric Poetry. I. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke
163. Modern German Prose in English Translation. I. 3 hr. PR: None. Reading
and discussion of outstanding German short stories and a few novels. (No
credit allowed for departmental majors nor for regular language requirements.)
Mr. Lemke
201. Independent Reading. I. 3 hr. Supervised reading for students who wish
to do intensive work in any field of interest. Mr. Lemke
202. Independent Reading. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 201. Mr. Lemke
211. Middle High German. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of German from upper division.
Mr. Stilwell
212. Middle High German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 211. Mr. Stilwell
231. Advanced Spoken German. I. 3 hr. PR: German 111 and 112. Additional
practice in speaking and writing German. Mr. Stilwell
232. Advanced Spoken German. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 231. Mr. Stilwell
242. Faust. II. 3 hr. Critical study of Goethe's Faust. Mr. Lemke
244. German Literature Before Goethe. II. 3 hr. A survey of German literature
from its beginnings to the middle of the 18th century. Mr. Stilwell
245. Survey of German Literature, 1766-1870. I. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke
246. Survey of German Literature, 1870-1940. II. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke
251. History of the German Language. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German or consent.
Development since ancient times. Mr. Stilwell
252. German Philology. II. 3 hr. PR: German 251 or consent. Comparison of old
Germanic dialects and literatures. Mr. Stilwell
272. The Romantic Movement. II. 3 hr. Mr. Lemke
275. The Modern Novel. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hr. of German. Supervised reading of
nineteenth century novels. Mr. Lemke
276. The Modern Novel. II. 3 hr. Continuation of German 275, with emphasis
on recent fiction. Mr. Lemke
281. Old Norse. I. 3 hr. PR: consent. Elementary study of Old West Norse
prose. Mr. Stilwell
282. Old Norse. II. 3 hr. Readings in various Old Icelandic sagas; introduction
to Old Norse poetry. Continuation of German 281. Mr. Stilwell
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
165
HISTORY
Professors Summers, Easton, and Ennis; Associate Professors Barns, Keen, and Smith;
Assistant Professor Cross; Instructors Johnson and Puryear.
Before graduation history majors are required to complete 18 hours in up-
per-division courses, including History 276, introduction to historical research
and bibliography. Six hours in political science and 6 hours in economics are also
required in addition to the special requirements for the A.B. Degree. Students
who expect to major in history should complete the following subjects, or their
equivalents, in their first and second years; English, 6 hours; French or Ger-
man, 12 hours; history, 12 hours, which should include History 52 and 53 and may
include one year's work in either Humanities or Social Sciences general courses;
laboratorv science, 8 hours; political science, 6 hours; and economics, 6 hours.
In planning work in history, students should consult the department in order
that advanced courses may be properly correlated as well as suited to individual
needs and tastes. One lower-division "year course" or equivalent in history is
prerequisite for a major, but prospective majors are advised to take two such
courses or History 52 and History 53 and one year of Humanities or Social Sci-
ences general courses.
CURRICULUM FOR A.B. DEGREE WITH MAJOR IN HISTORY
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1
3
English 2
3
Electives,
Electives,
Foreign Lang.
Laboratory Sci
History 1
Mil. or Air Sci.
3
4
3
1 2
Foreign Lang.
Laboratory Sci.
History 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
3
4
3
2
Group 3*
Foreign Lang.
History 52
Economics 1
3
3
3
3
Group 3* 3
Foreign Lang. 3
History 53 3
Economics 2 3
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ.
1
Pol. Science 1
Mil. or Air Sci.
Phys. Educ.
3
3 2
1
Pol. Science 2 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Educ. 1
14-16
14-16
16-18
16-18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Historyf
6
History-
6
History 276
3
History
3-6
Minor
3
Minor
3
History**
3
Minor or
Electives
6-9
Electives
6-9
Minor
3-6
Electives
3-6
Electives
6-9
Electives
6-9
15-18
15-18
15-li
15-18
♦Teacher's Certification. In Group 3, English 3 and 4 should be selected.
tHistory courses numbered 100-199 are recommended.
**History courses numbered 200-299 are recommended.
Courses of Instruction
Loiver Division^
1. World Civilization from the Earliest Times to the Reformation. I, II. 3
hr. For freshmen. The development of social, economic, and political institu-
tions. Mr. Easton, Mr. Ennis, Mr. Johnson, and Miss Smith
19A11 first and second-year courses are offered as lower-division "year courses."
These courses run throug-h the year, but in no case is the first half-year a prere-
quisite for the second half. For example, History 1 is not a prerequisite for His-
tory 2. History 1 and History 2 make up the introductory first year in history.
History 52 and 53 are primarily for sophomores. A freshman should not take
more than one "year course" at a time.
66 CURRICULA AND COURSES
2. World Civilization' from the Reformation to the Present. I, II. 3 hi. For
freshmen. Continuation of History 1.
Mr. Easton, Mr. Ennis, Mr. Johnson, and Miss Smith
52. Growth of American Nation to 1865. I, II. 3 hr. Primarily for sophomores.
Mr. Barns, Mr. Cross, Mr. Keen, Mr. Puryear, and Mr. Summers
53. Making of Modern America, 1865 to Present. I, II. 3 hr. Primarily for
sophomores. Mr. Barns, Mr. Cross, Mr. Keen, Mr. Puryear, and Mr. Summers
Upper Division
101. History of Ancient Times: Stone Age to Fall of Rome.* I. 3 hr. Mr. Johnson
102. Medieval Europe: Fall of Rome to Renaissance.* I. 3 hr. Mr. Johnson
103. Modern Europe. 1500-1815. I. 3 hr. Staff
104. Modern Europe, 1815 to the Present. II. 3 hr. Staff
107. French Revolution.* I. 3 hr. Mr. Easton
108. Napoleonic Era.* II. 3 hr. Mr. Easton
133. British Civilization to 1689. I. 3 hr. Miss Smith
134. British Civilization since 1689. II. 3 hr. Miss Smith
145. Current American Problems. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Cross
148. Living Issues in American History. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Barns
150. West Virginia. I, II. 3 hr. Mr. Summers
151. American Colonial History. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Puryear
152. The Growth of American Nationalism, 1763-1850. i or II. 3 hi. Mr. Cross
164. History of Asia. I. 3 hr. Mr. Ennis
179. American Economic History to 1865. I. 3 hr. Mr. Barns
180. American Economic History since 1865. II. 3 hr. Mr. Barns
181. The American Labor Movement. II. 3 hr. Mr. Barns
190. The Cultural History of the American Pfople to 1876. I or II. 3 hr.
Mr. Keen
191. The Cultural History of the American People since 1876. I or II. 3 hr.
Mr. Cross
206. The Renaissance and the Reformation. II. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate
students with one year of history, or with consent. Mr. Easton
207. Cultural Europe, 1600-1800. I or II. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate
students with one year of European history, or with consent. Mr. Easton
208. Cultural Europe, 19th Century. I or II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 207.
Mr. Easton
213. Social and Economic Development of Modern Europe, 1750-1870. I. 3 hr. PR:
History 1 and 2, or consent. Miss Smith
214. Social and Economic Development of Modern Europe Since 1870. II. 3 hr.
Continuation of History 213. Miss Smith
217. History of France from Richelieu to the Fourth Republic. I or II. 3 hr.
PR: Same as for History 206. Mr. Easton
'PR: One college course in European history, or consent of instructor.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 167
218. History of Germany since the Thirty Years' War. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Same
as for History 206. Mr. Easton
219. Histor> of Russia from Varangians to Bolsheviks. I. 3 hr. PR: Same as
for Hist. 207. Mr. Easton
220. Latin-American History: Colonial Period and Wars of Independence. I. 3
hr. PR: Foi seniors and graduate students with one year of history, or
consent. Mr. Keen
221. Latin America Since 1824. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 220. Mr. Keen
222. The Hispanic Background of American History. I, II. 3 hr. For seniors
and graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Keen
231. The British Empire. I. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 134 or consent. Miss Smith
234. Social and Economic History of Modern England. I and II. 3 hr. PR:
Hist. 134, or with consent. Miss Smith
236. English Constitutional Growth. 1 or II. 3 hr. Hist. 133. Miss Smith
241. Europe from Sedan to Versailles. I. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 1 and 2 or equivalent.
Mr. Ennis
242. Europe from Versailles to Nuremberg II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 241.
Mr. Ennis
249. The Westward Movement to 1820. I. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 52 and 53 or equivalent.
Mr. Cross
250. Economic and Social Development of West Virginia. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Con-
sent. Primarily for teachers. Staff
254. Trans-Mississippi West. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Hist. 249. Mr. Cross
255. The Jacksoman Era. II. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 52. Mr. Cross
256. The Old South. I, II. 3 hr. For seniors and graduate students, or with
consent. Mr. Summers
257. The American Civil War. I, II. 3 hr. For seniors and graduate students,
or with consent. Mr. Summers
258. Reconstruction and Nvtional Development, 1865-1898. II. 3 hr. For
seniors and graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Summers
259. The United States from McKinley to the New Deal, 1898-1933. I. 3 hr. PR:
Seniors and graduate students, or consent. Mr. Barns
260. American Diplomacy to 1898. I. 3 hr. Hist. 52 and 53 or equivalent.
Mr. Keen
261. American Foreign Policy and Diplomacy, 1898-1947. II. 3 hr. Continuation
of Hist. 260. Mr. Keen
262. Proelems of the Pacific. II. 3 hr. PR: Hist. 164. Mr. Ennis
263. Anglo-American Diplomatic Relations. I. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and
graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Keen
264. The United States and Latin America, 1783-1947. II. 3 hr. PR: For
seniors and graduate students, or consent. Mr. Keen
265. American Constitutional Development to 1860. I. 3 hr. PR: History 52
and 53 or equivalent. Mr. Puryear
266. American Constitutional Development since 1860. II. 3 hr. Continuation
or History 265. Mr. Puryear
168 CURRICULA AND COURSES
269. Recent American History. I or II. 3 hr. For senior and graduate students,
or with consent. Mr. Barns
270. Partition of Asia. I or II 3 hr. PR: Hist. 164. Mr. Ennis
271. Problems in Contemporary Europe. I or II. 3 hr. Continuation of History
242. Mr Ennis
276. Introduction to Historical Research and Bibliography. I, II. 3 hr. This
course prescribed in fourth year for all history majors. Mr. Keen
277. The Literature of American History. I or II. 3 hr. Open to graduate
students in history and to seniors majoring in history. Mr. Keen
282. History of American Agriculture. I or II. 3 hr. PR: History 52 and 53, or
consent. Mr. Barns
290. Growth of American Thought Before 1865. II. 3 hr. For seniors and
graduate students, or with consent. Mr. Cross
291. Growth of American Thought Since 1865. II. 3 hr. For seniors and grad-
uate students, or with consent. Mr. Cross
Graduate Division
301, 302. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. each semester. Staff
303, 304. Research. I, II. 6 hr. each semester. Staff
310 Topics in American Intellectual History. I. II. 3 hr. Mr. Cross
349, 350. Problems in Local and Regional History. I, II. 3 hr. each semester.
Mr. Barns and Mr. Summers
356. American Political Leaders, 1775-1837. I or II. 3 hr. Staff
357. American Political Leaders, 1837-1877. 1 or II. 3 hr. Mr. Summers
358. American Political Leaders, 1877-1921. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Summers
360. Rise of Nationalism in Asia. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Ennis
361. Contributions of Asia to Western Civilization. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Ennis
384, 385. Problems in British Imperialism and World Politics. I, II. 3 hr. each
semester. Miss Smith
389. Problems in Revolutionary Europe, 1763-1815. I or II. 3 hr. Mr. Easton
HOME ECONOMICS
Professor Noer (Adviser) and Staff
The degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major in Home Economics is offered by
the College of Arts and Sciences. Courses for this program of study are provided by
the College of Arts and Sciences and by the College of Agriculture, Forestry, and
Home Economics. In order to qualify for this degree, a student must meet the general
requirements for the A.B. degree as outlined on page 122. The general courses
listed below are taught by the Home Economics staff of the College of Agriculture,
Forestry, and Home Economics and are approved for fulfillment of the requirements
of a major in the College of Arts and Sciences.
Careers in home economics are open to practically every type of girl: the artistic,
the businesslike, the science minded, the teacher, and the homebody. Students who
elect home economics as a major will find it possible to prepare at the same time for
homemaking and a profession. The knowledge and experience gained in pursuing a
course in home economics also will help the student to become an efficient, under-
standing, and happy homemaker.
THE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES
169
A student desiring to obtain a high-school teaching certificate in the field of
Home Economics should inform her adviser at the beginning of the first semester
so that a proper program may be planned. For specific information in regard to
certification for teaching, see the bulletin Requirements Applicable to Degrees and
Certificates.
A suggested curriculum:
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
English 1 3
English 2
3
Electives,
Electives,
Biol.*, Phys. Sci.*
Biol.*, Phys. Sci
#
Group 3*
3
Group 3*
3
or Chemistry** 4
or Chemistry** 4
Electives,
Electives,
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Group 2*
3-4
Group 2*
3-4
Home Econ 1,
Home Econ 1,
Home Econ.
Home Econ.
12,
2,t 3, or 4 4
2,t 3, or 4
4
105 or 15*
2-3
17 or 23
2-3
(any two)
(two not taken
Group 1
3-4
Group 1
3-4
Elective (Music
1st Sem.)
Foreign Lang.
3
Foreign Lang
3
10 or Art 30*) 2
Elective (Music
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ. 1
10 or Art 30*) 2
Phys. Educ.
1
17
17
15-18
15-18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Home Econ. 114 2
Home Econ. 106 J
Home Econ.
Home Econ.
English 18* 3
Elective,
electives*
4-6
electives*
3-6
Home Econ.
Group 5*
3-4
Minor field
3
Electives
13
electives* 3-5
Home Econ.
Electives
9
Minor 3
Electives
3-5
Elective 2
Minor
3
16
15
16
16
*The following- notes apply to those who wish to qualify for a secondary
teachers certificate.
(a) Biology or Physical Science required.
(b) Music 10 and Art 30 or 130 required.
(c) Group 3 — English or American Literature required.
(d) Group 2 — Social Science required.
(e) Home Economics 15 required.
**Required of those planning to take upper division work in foods and/or
nutrition.
fStudents who exempt Home Economics 2 by placement test take Home
Economics 12.
Courses of Instruction
1. Elementary Nutrition. I, II. 2 hr. Essentials of adequate diet; application with
particular reference to needs of college students. Miss Roberts
Section 2. I, II. 2 hr. Advanced section of H.E. 1 for those who qualify on basis
of placement test. Miss Roberts
2. Elementary Clothing. I, II. 2 hr. Problems in selection and construction of
clothing. For freshmen and others who do not pass placement test.
Staff
3. Art Applied to Personal Problems. I, II. 2 hr. Principles of design and color
applied so as to help college students meet problems of daily living. Problems
may include room arrangement, clothing, design, etc. Mrs. Muffly
12. Intermediate Clothing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 2 or exemption of H.E. 2 by
placement test. Particular emphasis on high standards of workmanship and
evaluation of work and progress. As students develop skill they will be
expected to work with increasing independence. Miss Rennebohm
70 CURRICULA AND COURSES
15. Food Selection and Preparation. I, II, 4 hr. PR: H. E. 1, or consent. Two
lectures and two labs. Chemical and physical basis for food preservation with
enough experimental work to give an understanding of reasons for recom
mended procedures in preparation of food products of high quality. Mrs. Jones
17. Textiles. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and lab combined. Textile fibers and fabrics
studied with view to their use in dress and in the home. Characteristics of
the major fibers and their suitability to various uses. Study of standard and
novelty materials with emphasis on appropriate use and care. Miss Dietrich
21. Nutrition and Foods for Nurses. I. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of human
nutrition and of food preparation. Content of course is that given in "Teaching
Dietetics to Student Nurses," by American Dietetic Association. Miss Roberts
23. Present-Day Housing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3 or consent. Factors to be
considered in providing housing for families at different income levels. Special
attention to low-cost housing. Factors to be considered in selecting a home
and furnishings for families of different income levels. Lab practice in im-
proving rooms, apartments, and houses— using materials commonly found in
rural communities and small towns. Mrs. Muffly
101. Nutrition. I. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or consent. Food needs as affected by such
factors as age, sex, and activity; nutritive value of common foods; planning of
adequate diets at different cost levels. Miss Roberts
102. Clothing Selection. I, II. 2 hr. PR: H. E. 3, H.E. 2 or consent. Two lectures.
Selection of clothing for whole family from viewpoint of design, color, and
economy. Clothing inventories and buying plans. Miss Rennebohm
104. Nutrition and Home Management. II. 3 hr. Planned to meet needs of social-
work majors. Not open to students majoring in home economics.
Miss Roberts and Mr. Moss
105. Planning and Serving Family Meals. 2 hr. PR: Consent. A practical course in
food preparation. Special attention given to simple workable types of table
service. Much of course will be governed by individual needs and interests of
students. (Not open to Home Economics majors.) Mrs. Jones
106. Child Development. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 or Ed. 105 or 106, H.E. 101.
Two lectures. Child from prenatal period to pre-adolescence. University
Nursery School used for observing preschool children. Each girl spends 3
hours a week observing and assisting. Staff
111. Requirements for Normal Human Nutrition. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture and
demonstration. Two 2-hr. and one 1-hr. classes per week. Miss Roberts
113. House Decoration. II. 3 hr. For nonmajors. Designed primarily for
students who are not majoring in home economics. Two lectures and one
lab. Materials and furnishings that go into decoration and furnishing a home,
with emphasis on cost, buying, and reconditioning. Mrs.Muffly
114. Management of Family Living. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 4 or consent. Influence
of home conditions on families and family members. In considering ways of
meeting everyday problems of families, an attempt will be made to apply
findings of science and techniques of management in such a way as to help
families achieve satisfaction in living. Mr. Moss
115. Meal Planninc, Preparation, and Service. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1 and H.E. 15
or consent. One lecture and one 3-hr. lab. Problems in selection and purchase
of foods: planning, preparing, and serving of meals, including wise use of
time and energy. Mrs. Jones
116. Home Nursing. II. 2 hr. 1 lecture, one 2-hr. lab. Practices to promote
family health and caring for minor illnesses. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171
117. Textile Buying. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17. Lecture and laboratory combined.
Buying of textiles for all types of clothing and for household. At least one
field trip required. Miss Dietrich
121. Nutrition Work with Children. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 15, 115, 101 or consent.
Problems involved in feeding children optimum diets. Opportunity for stu-
dents to (1) prepare noon meals tor University Nursery School Children; (2)
observe a number of hot-lunch programs in and near Morgantown.
Miss Roberts
123. Home Planning and Furnishing. I, II. 4 hr. PR: H.E. 23. Two lectures and
two laboratories. Fundamentals of wise planning to meet family needs; under-
standing of house structure and home needs. Discussions on home decorating
based on various income levels and suited to various communities and needs.
Mrs. Muffly
124. Demonstration Techniques. II. 2 hr. PR: Minimum of 4 hours in each of 4
areas of home economics, and consent. Lecture demonstration as means of
presenting home economics materials to groups. Development and presenta-
tion of demonstrations suitable for secondary schools and for use with adult
groups. Staff
125. Foods for Special Occasions. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 15 or consent. Preparation of
special foods for parties, dinners, teas, and other social functions, with laboratory
experience in organization and management of food service for such occasions.
Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Mrs. Jones
132. Clothing Techniques. II. 2 hr. Not open to home economics majors.
Course designed primarily for students not majoring in home economics.
Techniques for simple garment construction, remodeling, alteration and repair.
Problems adapted to needs of individual students. Especially planned for
Arts students and young homemakers. Miss Dietrich
133. Home Crafts. I, II. 2 hr. Two labs. Experience in simple crafts, using such
materials as leather, plastic, metals, paper, thread, and fabric for creation of
useful and beautiful objects. Equipment and materials used are those readily
available in home, school, and camp situations. Mrs. Muffly
181. Problems in Nutrition. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
182. Problems in Clothing Construction. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
183. Problems in Related Art. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
184. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
185. Problems in Foods. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
186. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
187. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
201. Diet in Disease. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101, Zoology 151, Chem. 131. Adaptations
of normal diet for diseases whose prevention or treatment is largely influenced
by diet. Offered in alternate years, 1956-58-60. Miss Roberts
206. Observation and Participation in Nursery School. I, II. 1-2 hr. PR. H.E. 106.
Directed experience in working with children in a nursery-school situation.
Laboratory and conference. Miss Brown and Miss Ayersman
211. Readings in Nutrition. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101, 107. Reviews of current litera-
ture and of present research. Topics depend upon needs and interests of class
members. Miss Roberts
212. Advanced Clothing Construction. II. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 17, 122. Commercial
methods of coat and suit making adapted for home use. Problems of fitting
and pattern adaptation, using the dress form. Speed methods emphasized.
Miss Rennebohm
172 CURRICULA AND COURSES
214. Family Economics. I. 2 hr. PR: 30 hours of H.Ec. Managing the family food,
clothing, shelter, and health dollar. Budgeting the family income. Providing
for the future. Credit in family economics. Consumer protection. Miss Davis
221. Community Nutrition Problems. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 101 or consent. Two hr. of
staff lectures and field work. Includes consideration of organizations and
agencies through which these problems may be solved. Primarily designed for
students not majoring in home economics. Miss Roberts
222. Tailoring. II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 112. Problems in teaching tailoring, including
sources of help and new techniques. Emphasis on methods of helping students
evaluate their own progress. Opportunity for laboratory experience in cutting,
fitting, construction, and pressing of tailored garments. Miss Rennebohm
224. Principles of Home Management. I, II. 2 hr. Time and energy management,
house care, pest control, buying and storing foods, use and care of home equip-
ment, entertaining, money management, simple record keeping, and infant care.
Junior standing preceding or parallel with H. E. 234. Miss Davis
233. Costume Design. I. 2 hr. PR: H.E. 3, 12, 117. Techniques of figure and
fashion drawing. Problems in designing costumes and ensembles for indi-
viduals of various types and ages. Miss Rennebohm
234. Home-Management Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: H.E. 1, 114, 115. Arranged.
Emphasis on satisfying family life and social relationships. Approximately five
weeks of home residence, and one hour of discussion each week throughout
the semester. Miss Davis
254. Household Equipment. 2 hr. PR: Senior standing. Selection, arrangement, use,
and care of equipment for various situations and for different income levels.
Laboratory and discussion. Miss Davis
266. Needs of Adolescents. 3 hr. A study of adolescent heeds as met by the home
with contributions of other agencies such as church, school, and youth groups.
Physical, social, and integrative needs will be considered from the standpoint
of needs of all family members as well as the individual. Miss Brown
282. Problems in Clothing. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
283. Problems in Related Art. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
284. Problems in Home Management. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
286. Problems in Child Development. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
287. Problems in Textiles. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: Consent. Staff
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Assistant Professor Reese and Staff
Courses in library science are designed to meet the needs of students preparing
to qualify for State certification as teacher-librarians in public schools. A student
who is a candidate for an A.B. degree with a major in this field must satisfy the
requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences and have completed 24 hours of
library science. If planning to serve as school librarian, the minimum number of
hours of education to meet certification standards will be required.
Certain courses, such as "Reference and Bibliography" will be valuable to any
university student as an aid to the tools and methods of research; "Library Materials
for Children" and "Selection of Books and Related Materials for Young People" will
be helpful to prospective teachers.
Qualities essential to school librarianship are adaptability, understanding and
appreciation of young people and their needs, a thorough knowledge of books,
materials and sources.
Students wishing to do graduate work in library science should plan their course
to give a broad general background. A strong major in their chosen field supple-
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
173
mented by introductory courses in as many subject fields as possible will provide a
good background for graduate work. Additional hours of modern foreign language,
preferably French or German are desirable. A knowledge of typing is essential.
CURRICULUM FOR A.B. WITH MAJOR IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1 3
English 2 3
English 3 or 5 3
English 4 or 6 3
Laboratory Sci. 4
Laboratory Sci. 4
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang.* 3
Foreign Lang.* 3
Phvs. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ. 1
Electives,
Electives,
Social Science 1 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Group 1 3-4
Group 1 3-4
History 52 3
Lib. Sci. 104 2
Phys. Educ. 1
Phvs. Educ. 1
Speech 3 or 11 3
Social Science 2 4
Lib. Sci. 1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
History 53 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
16-18
17-18
17-18
17-18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Fir.
Library Sci. 101
3
Library Sci. 102 3
Lib. Sci. 207 3
Library Sci.
106 3
Lib. Sci. 203
3
Lib. Sci. 205 3
Library Sci. 108 3
Practice
Education 105
3
Education 106 3
Education 114 3
Teaching
8
Sociology 102
3
English (upper
English (upper
Hlth. Educ.
180 2
English 18
3
division) 3
division) 3
Electives
4
English (upper
Art 130 ' 3
Education 3
division)
3
Sociology
(upper cfiv.) 3
Electives 2
18
18
17
17
♦Modern foreign language, preferably French or German. Student should
have at least 12 hours. Additional hours are desirable for graduate study.
Courses of Instruction
lower Division
1. Using Books and Libraries. I, II. 2 hr. Planned to give a working know-
ledge of library facilities, particularly of the University Library. Basic
reference materials are considered together with simple bibliography making.
A general course useful to any student in the University and required
for majors in library science. Staff
Upper Division
101. Reference and Bibliography. I 3 hr. Basic reference books, dictionaries, en-
cyclopedias, indexes, vear books, and other reference materials are studied
and evaluated, with practice in detailed bibliography making. Staff
102. Cataloguing and Classification. II. 3 hr. Fundamental principles of catalogu-
ing and classification, with practical experience in handling all types of
books. Problems of teacher-librarians receive special attention. Staff
104. Book Selection. II. 2 hr. Reading and evaluation of representative books
in broad subject fields; emphasis on contemporary books and adult reading
interests. Practical work in use of selection aids and in oral and written
book reviewing. Staff
106. History of Books and Libraries. II. 3 hr. Survey course, including the develop-
ment of writing, the history of writing materials, the development of the
book from early manuscript form, history of printing, printers, illustrators,
bindings, and libraries. Stafl
174
CURRICULA AND COURSES
108. Library Practice. I, II. 3 hr. Field Work: embodies application of techniques
in various types of libraries. Visits to libraries in surrounding area. Staff
203. Library Materials for Children. I, II, S. 3 hr. A survey of the development
of children's literature with emphasis on modern books. Evaluation of the aids
and standards for selection of books and materials in this field. Study and
comparison of the work of illustrator's of children's books and various editions
of individual titles. Investigation of children's reading interests and practice
in story telling are included. Reading of books in various classes is emphasized.
Discussions, reports and special projects. Intended primarily for teachers whose
duties include the selection of books either for class or library use. (May not
be offered for graduate credit by library science majors.) Staff
205. Selection of Books and Related Materials for Young People. II, S. 3 hr.
A survey of adolescent literature and other library materials adapted to the
needs of high school students. Critical evaluation of standard, classic and cur-
rent books together with aid and criteria for selection. Reading interests and
the problem of retarded and non-reader will be considered. Designed for the
teacher who is interested in selection problems or for the school librarian.
(May not be offered for graduate credit by library science majors.) Staff
207. School Library Organization and Administration. I, S. 3 hr. A study of the
organization and administration of school libraries, including planning of
rooms, equipment routines and schedules. Attention is given to special phases
of the work such as discipline, publicity and displays, reading guidance,
handling of audio visual materials and the work of student assistants. Lectures,
readings, discussions and special problems. Designed to meet the needs of
the librarian and teacher-librarian. (May not be offered for graduate credit
by library science majors.) Staff
MATHEMATICS
Professors Davis, Stewart, and Vehse; Associate Professors Cole, Cunningham, and
Vest; Assistant Professors Mamelak, Peters, and Posey; Instructors Bauserman,
Cochran, Godfrey, Hawkins, Lowenberg, Marshall, Ollom, and Thomas.
Mathematics majors must complete 18 hours in mathematics beyond calculus.
These will ordinarily include Mathematics 240, 241, 246, 251, and 252. The minor
may be physics, or some other subject approved by the adviser. French or German
should be taken while in the lower division.
Lower division students who plan to become majors in the department, and
who also wish to meet the requirements for teacher certification, should so inform
their adviser, and must plan their schedules very carefully in order to avoid loss ot
time.
Following is a suggested program for prospective majors in mathematics.
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1
3
English 2
3
French or
French or
French or
French or
German 3
German 3
German
3
German
3
Physics 111 5
Mathematics 108 4
Mathematics 3
3
Mathematics 5
4
Mathematics 107 4
Physics 112 5
Mathematics 4
3
Electives,
Electives,
Electives,
Electives,
Groups 1 or 2 3-6
Groups 1 or 2 3
Groups 1 or 2 3
Groups 1 or
2 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
2
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Mil. or Air Sci.
1 2
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ.
1
16-18
14-18
16-17
16-17
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175
THIRD YEAR FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr. First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Mathematics 240 3 Mathematics 246 3 Mathematics 251 3 Mathematics 252 3
Mathematics 241 3 Math. 243 or 244 3 Electives 12-15 Electives 12-15
Electives, Electives,
Groups 4 or 5 3 Groups 4 or 5 3
Electives 6-9 Electives 6-9
15-18 15-18 15-18 15-18
Courses of Instruction
Pre -Co l lege
The following two courses are offered to enable students to remove entrance
conditions in mathematics. Each course meets three times per week throughout the
school year. Neither course carries University credit, although each is considered
equivalent to three hours per semester in calculating student loads.
0. Elementary Algebra. I and II. V2 unit per semester. A two-semester course
equivalent to first-year high school algebra. Staff
1. Plane Geometry. I and II. i/ 2 unit per semester. A two-semester course
equivalent to high school plane geometry. Staff
Lower Division
2. Algebra. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 1 unit of algebra. Not open to students with credit
for Math. 11 Staff
3. College Algebra. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 1^ units of algebra (or Math. 2) and 1
unit of plane geometry. Staff
4. Plane Trigonometry. I, II. 3 hr. PR: IM2 units of algebra (or Math. 2),
and 1 unit of plane geometry. Not open to students with credit for Math. 10.
Staff
5. Analytic Geometry. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Math. 3 and 4. Staff
6. Arithmetic for Teachers. II. 3 hr. Staff
7. Solid Geometry. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Plane geometry. Staff
8. Elementary Mathematics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: 1 unit of algebra. For students
planning to major in Economics or Business Administration. Staff
9. Elementary Mathematics. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation of Math. 8. Staff
10. Plane Trigonometry. II. 3 hr. PR: 1 unit of algebra and 1 unit of plane
geometry. For students who do not plan to take calculus. Not open to stu-
dents with credit for Math. 4. Staff
11. Mathematics for Agricultural Students. I, II. 3 hr. PR: One unit of
algebra and one unit of plane geometry. Not open to students with credit for
Math. 2. Staff
21, 22. Introduction to Mathematics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 1 unit of
algebra. Reasoning, development of elementary mathematics, function and
limit concepts, topics in modern mathematics, the nature of mathematics and
its relation to modern civilization. Mr. Peters
Upper Division
106. Descriptive Astronomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 5. Mr. Bauserman
107. Differential and Integral Calculus. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Math. 5. Staff
176 CURRICULA AND COURSES
108. Differential and Integral Calculus. I, II. 4 hr. Continuation of Math. 107.
Staff
130. Elementary Theory of Mathematical Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 107.
Staff
238. Modern Geometry. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108 or consent of instructor. For high-
school teachers. Extension of traditional Euclidean plane geometry. Geometry
of points, lines, triangles, and circles; similarity, inversion, and polars.
Mr. Cochran
239. Modern Geometry. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Introductory concepts of pro-
jective geometry. Principle of duality, harmonic sets, cross-ratio, conies,
involution, and metric properties of projective figures are considered syntheti-
cally. Mr. Cunningham
240. Differential Equations. I, II. 3 hr. PP.: Math. 108. First course. Types of
ordinary differential equations of first or higher degree and first or higher
order. Solutions and applications. Not open to students with credit for
Math. 253. Mr. Mamelak
241. Theory of Determinants and Analytic Geometry of Space. I. 3 hr. PR:
Math. 108. Properties of determinants; application to analytic geometry of
three dimensions. Types of algebraic surfaces, particularly quadric surfaces;
different coordinate systems. Mr. Davis
243. Projective Geometry. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 241. Homogeneous coordinates.
Linear one-dimensional forms, cross-ratio, complete quadrangle, two-dimen-
sional forms, perspective, circular points and isotropic lines, line equations,
conies, plane collineations. Mr. Davis
244. Theory of Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Complex numbers. Division,
factorization and other properties of polynomials in a field. Theory of equa-
tions in the field of rational numbers; in the field of real numbers. Elimination,
resultants, and symmetric functions. Algebraic extensions of a field. Alge-
braically closed fields. Ruler and compass constructions. Mr. Vest
245. Vector Analysis. I. 3 hr. PR. Math. 240 (or 253) and 252. Vector definitions
and operations, differentiation, operator del, integration, generalized coor-
dinates, irrotational and solenoidal vectors, electrostatic fields, potentials.
Mr. Stewart
246. Introduction to Algebraic Theories. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108 or consent
of instructor. Polynomials, elementary transformations on rectangular ma-
trices, equivalence of forms and matrices, linear spaces, and matric poly-
nomials; groups, rings, and fields. Mr. Peters
247. Theory of Numbers. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Divisibility, distribution of
primes, theory of congruences, theory of quadratic residues, arithmetical
properties of the roots of unity. Diophantine equations, and the prime
number theorem. Mr. Vehse
248. History of Mathematics. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 5. Ancient Near East arithmetic.
Euclid's geometry. Algebras of Babylonians, of Cardano and Tartaglia,
non-Euclidean geometry, Descartes' work. Continuation of Eudoxus, Newton,
and Leibnitz. Mr. Stewart
251. Advanced Calculus. I. 3 hr. PR: Math 108. Partial differentiation, Euler's
theorem, Taylor's series, Jacobians; maxima and minima, Lagrange's multi-
pliers; multiple integrals,' line and surface integrals. Mr. Stewart
252. Advanced Calculus. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 251. Continuation of Math. 251,
Limits and indeterminate forms; infinite series; improper integrals; applica-
tions of uniform convergence; Gamma and Beta functions; Stirling's formula;
Fourier series. Mr. Stewart
253. Advanced Course in Applied Mathematics. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Ordin-
ary differential equations with emphasis on linear equations; infinite series
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177
Fourier series, solutions of ordinary differential equations by infinite series. Ap-
plications to engineering problems. Not open to students with credit for
Math. 240. Mr. Vest
254. Advanced Course in Applied Mathematics. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 253. Elliptic
integrals. Gamma and Bessel functions, partial derivatives, differentiation under
integral sign, partial differential equations, vectors, applications to vibrating
strings, heat flow, electrical flow. Mr. Vest
255. Mathematical Astronomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 106 and 240. Development of
the implications of Kepler's Laws and Newton's Law of gravitation.
Mr. Bauserman
261, 262. Special Topics. S. 1 hr. per term. PR: Math. 108 or consent of instructor.
Primarily for teachers. Useful topics not covered in the regular required courses.
Content may vary with the needs of the student. Staff
Graduate Division
308. Theory of Probability. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108. Fundamental theorems. De-
velopment of density and distribution functions in the discrete and continuous
cases. Classical problems and solutions. Moments, characteristic functions,
limit theorems. Applications. Mr. Stewart
309. Group Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 246 or consent of instructor. Order,
index, coset, normal subgroup, factor group, homomorphism; direct product;
fundamental theorem of Abelian groups; and Jordan-Holder theorem.
Mr. Peters
311. Point-set Topology. I. 3 hr. PR: Math. 252. Transfinite cardinal numbers,
well-ordered sets, transfinite ordinal numbers, closed and perfect sets, measur-
able point sets in Borel sense; applications to Riemann and Lebesgue integrals.
Mr. Posey
312. Introduction to Combinatorial Topolocy. II. 3 hr. PR: Math 252. Linear
graphs, two-dimensional complexes and manifolds, n-dimensional complexes
and manifolds, orientable manifolds. The fundamental group and certain
unsolved problems. Mr. Posey
313. Advanced Differential Equations. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 240 and 252. Second-
order linear equations, Riccati equations, complex variables. Series solutions.
Equations of Fuchsian type, hypergeometric equation, confluence of singulari-
ties. Classical equations, applications. Mr. Vest
314. Tensor Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 252 and 245. Vector concept developed
from standpoint of algebraic invariants, surface geometry, tensor operators,
curvature tensor, Ricci and Bianchi identities, applications of tensors to
physical phenoma. Mr. Stewart
315. Calculus of Variations. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 240 and 252. Maximum and
minimum value of an integral, shortest distance, the brachistochrone problem,
surfaces of revolution of minimum area, conditions for a relative minimum.
Applications. Mr. Vehse
351, 352. Algebraic Geometry. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math. 243 and 246.
Characteristic properties and representations of curves and surfaces; algebraic
correspondences; linear systems; enumerative geometry. Mr. Cunningham
353. Linear Algebra. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 246 or consent of instructor. Review of
theory of groups and fields; linear vector spaces including the theory of
duality; full linear group; bilinear and quadratic forms; and theory of isotropic
and totally isotropic spaces. Mr. Peters
357. Fourier Series and Partial Differential Equations. I. 3 hr. PR: Math.
240 (or 253) and 252. Introductory material, partial differential equations
of physics, orthogonal sets; solving boundary value problems by Fourier
178 CURRICULA AND COURSES
series and integrals; uniqueness of solutions; Bessel functions, Legendre poly
nominals. Mr. Ves<
358. Operational Methods in Partial Differential Equations. II. 3 hr. PR:
Math. 240 (or 253) and 252. Laplace transformation, properties and elemen-
tary applications; problems in partial differential equations, complex variable;
problems in heat conduction, mechanical vibrations, etc. Sturm-Liouville
systems. Fourier transforms. Mr. Vest
360, 361. Differential Geometry and Theory of Surfaces. I, II. 3 hr. per
semester. PR: Math. 240, 241, 243. Metric properties of space curves and
surfaces by differential methods. Parametric representation, curvature, torsion,
trihedrons, geodesies, transformations, conformability, developability, ruled
surfaces, etc. Mr. Davis
362, 363. Introduction to Modern Algebra. I. II 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math.
246 or consent of instructor. Review of concepts from set theory and the
system of natural numbers; semi-groups and groups; rings, integral domains
and fields; extensions of rings and fields; elementary factorization theory;
groups with operators; modules and ideals; and lattices. Mr. Peters
364, 365. Theory of Functions of Complex Variable. I, II. 3 hr. per semester.
PR: Math. 240, 252. Complex numbers; functions of a complex variable;
fundamental theorems of Cauchy; conformal representation with applica-
tions; analytic continuation; calculus of residues, Gamma, Bessel, and elliptic
functions. Mr. Vehse
366, 367. Higher Plane Curves. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math. 241, 243.
Algebraic plane curves. General theory of curves, singularities, relationships,
associated curves; detailed study of curves of third and fourth order.
Mr. Stewart
372, 373. Line Complexes and Cremona Transformations. I, II. 3 hr. per semester
PR: Math. 241 and 243. Line coordinates, null system, systems of complexes, con-
gruences, surface theory, and mapping. Plane Cremona transformations,
introduction to general space theory, opportunities for research. Mr. Davis
374, 375. Algebraic Surfaces. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Math 243. Mapping
of quadric, cubic, quartic, and quintic surfaces on the plane; space trans-
formations, equivalence, postulation; curves on a surface, adjoint systems,
invariants. Mr. Davis
376, 377. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. I, II. 3 hr. per semester.
PR: Math. 240 and 252. Review of elementary point set concepts. Necessary and
sufficient conditions under which operations of previous analytical subjects are
valid. Different theories of integration. Mr. Cunningham
380. Thesis. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
NURSING EDUCATION
Associate Professor Oswald; Assistant Professor Fink
The Department of Nursing Education offers to graduate nurses a program
which enables them to function more effectively as professional members of a demo-
cratic society.
Nursing Education has as its main objectives the preparation of students to
meet the challenges presented in the varied, important, and increasing activities in the
expanding field of health; the development in students of a wide interest in social
and professional problems, with an ability to share in their solution for an increased
and enriched professional usefulness; and the preparation of students for democratic
leadership and creative service through varied types of guided learning experiences in
Nursing Education.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179
Pre-Nursing Curriculum
Students interested in professional nursing as a career and who plan to ent'er
a collegiate school of nursing may take one, two or more years of general college work
as given on page 130.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education
Admission Requirements: Applicants for admission to the Department of Nursing
Education must: (1) Meet the requirements for admission to the College of Arts and
Sciences; (2) be graduated from a state accredited school of nursing; (3) be registered
in one state or hold a temporary permit pending registration; (4) have experience in
institutional, public health, or private-duty nursing; and (5) take a graduate nurse
qualifying examination, the results of which will be used to plan individual programs
and as a guide to advanced standing.
Advanced Standing: Graduates of accredited schools of nursing may matriculate
for this degree with advanced standing. Advanced standing may be granted for the
following: (1) Basic nursing program in an accredited school of nursing. Each stu-
dent's record will be evaluated individually and advanced standing given according
to the content and quality of classroom and clinical instruction and experience. An
official transcript of the school of nursing record must be sent to the Registrar. Stu-
dents who desire to matriculate with advanced standing should request a School of
Nursing transcript form when thev applv for admission. Thirtv semester hours
represent the average advanced standing allowed for a satisfactory basic diploma pro-
gram in a hospital school of nursing. (2) Military credit— basic, eight and advanced, six
nonduplicate semester hours may be allowed for military service in World War II
and Korea upon presentation of separation papers to the Registrar. (3) Credit for re-
quired courses completed in other accredited colleges or universities may be accepted
for credit. Official transcripts of records of work must be sent to the University Registrar
by other colleges, universities, or schools of nursing.
Program Requirements: Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Nursing Education are required to complete at least 128 semester hours of credit with
256 grade points. The Nursing Education major includes at least 24 semester hours of
professional or allied professional courses, 54 semester hours of general academic,
scientific, education, and social subjects; a total of 58 semester hours of upper-division
courses, including the 24 hours required for the major, the 9 hours required for the
minor, and the electives necessary to total 128 semester hours required for a Bachelor
of Science Degree. With departmental approval, certain courses in education, sociology,
social work, or psychology, may be counted toward the major in Nursing Education.
REQUIRED COURSES
1. General Education Courses Required:
English Composition 1 and 2 6 hr.
English (any upper-division course) 6 hr.
Foreign Language (any one foreign language)* 12 hr.
Science (any one Physical or Biological Science) 8 hr.
Sociology 102 or 1 (and any other upper-division course) 6 hr.
Psychology— 1 or 3 (and any other upper-division course) 6 hr.
History 1 (or Humanities 1 and 2—8 hr.) 6 hr.
Physical Education 4 hr.
54 hr.
*Or two units for entrance and six hours in the same language.
2. Professional Courses Required:
101— Introduction to Nursing Education or
102— Principles and Methods of Teaching Nursing 3 hr.
103— Trends in Nursing 3 hr.
104— Ward Management and Teaching 3 hr.
180 CURRICULA AND COURSES
107— Guidance in Nursing 3 hr.
108— The Nurse and Community Relationships 3 hr.
113— Legislation and Jurisprudence Affecting Nursing 3 hr.
Social Work 212— Social Agency Observation 2 hr.
Electives in Nursing Education or closely allied subjects 4 hr.
24 hr
3. Major in Nursing Education: The non-specialized program leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education was established to provide an opportunity
for more thorough preparation of qualified graduate nurses to administer and
supervise nursing services in a hospital unit. Such a program is fundamental to
the understanding of administration, teaching and supervision, and serves as a basis
for future graduate study, including clinical specialties. The mjaor program
offered at present is: "Administration and Teaching in the Hospital Unit."
Courses of Instruction
Upper Division
101. Introduction to Nursing Education. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology. Consent.
An orientation course designed as an introduction to the philosophv, basic
principles, methods and organization underlving all fields of nursing, with
emphasis upon teaching, supervision, and administration in schools of nursing.
Miss Oswald
102. Principles and Methods of Teaching Nursing. II. 3 hr. PR: 104, or consent. A
study of basic principles and methods of teaching from the standpoint of
Nursing Education, and application to nursing situations, with emphasis on
• teaching of Nursing, planning, construction, and evaluation of units of work
and instruction. Miss Fink
103. Trends in Nursing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A prologue to the future in the
study of rapid professional and social changes, of recent developments, of new
perspectives, and of current problems in the struggle to achieve professional
maturity in all fields of nursing, and of allied professions in their relation
to the nurse, to professional organizations, and progress. Miss Oswald
104. Ward Management and Teaching. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. A study of the
basic principles underlying good ward management; effective supervision; ef-
ficient bedside and ward teaching; and the total patient care in the maintenance
of high quality nursing service. Evaluation of staff and students' competencies
as applied to good nursing care. Discussion of the Head Nurse's responsibilitv
for personal growth and development, and for civic and social obligations as a
professional citizen and nurse in the community. Miss Fink
106. Historical Foundations of Nursing. II. 3 hr. A historical study and review
of the origins, aims and growth of nursing, with special emphasis on the de-
velopment of the professional, public health, educational and international
aspects of nursing. Discussion materials wherever possible will be selected on
the basis of students' interests. Miss Oswald
107. Guidance in Nursing. I, II. 3 hr. A study of guidance principles and procedures
applied to the needs and problems confronting students and graduate nurses
in hospitals and schools of nursing. Miss Fink
108. The Nurse and Community Relationships. I, II. 3 hr. PR: None. Designed
to meet the challenge of today. "A Guide to Health," to increase professional
and social usefulness by playing well the nurse's role on the Health Team
wherever it may operate, in homes, in institutions, agencies, or the community.
Miss Oswald
110. Evaluation Methods in Nursing Fducation. II. 3 hr. PR: N.E. 101 or 102, 104,
psychology, and consent. To provide a better understanding of basic aims and
scientific principles of nursing care of the whole patient as a member of society.
Underlying educational principles applied to the selection, organization, and
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181
evaluation of the units of instruction, and the teaching methods in the
introduction of nursing. Staff
111. Personnel Policies and Practices. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Every professional
nurse, active or inactive, wants to know 'Why the Wheels Go Around"— the
basis of their own economic security, the essence of democratic administration,
the assurance of quality nursing care, of real joy in service, with renewed hope
and happiness to her patient. The What, the Why, and the How of personnel
policies and practices help find these and many other helpful answers.
Miss Fink
112. Nursing Procedures and Routines. II. 3 hr. PR' Consent. A critical study of
Nursing procedures and routines already established to find ways to advance,
to reinforce, and to keep abreast of new procedures. Emphasis on effective
means of evaluation, construction, and administration of nursing procedures
and routines— A splendid "refresher" for inactive nurses. Miss Fink
113. Legislation and Jurisprudence Affecting Nursing. I, II. 3 hr. A survey of
current legislation affecting nursing, including the State Board of Nurse
Examiners and other state and federal legislation as it relates to nursing and
nursing education. A critical study of jurisprudence and the legal aspects
of nursing. Miss Oswald
114. New Developments in Nursing. S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Designed as a work
conference around the general theme of Improving Basic Nursing Education.
Developed around such areas as teaching techniques, curriculum planning,
social and health integration, and counseling and guidance technique effective
in nursing. Staff
115. Problems in Nursing. S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. This course is planned to meet
needs and interests of nurses active in Public Health, Industrial, and Institu-
tional Nursing. Staff
116. Special Topics. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Designed to provide material for work
conferences or formal classes in topics such as: Interpersonal and Public Rela-
tions; Supervision and Teaching in Nursing for Hospital, Public Health, and
Industrial Groups: Rehabilitation; Long-term, Chronic Illness; Communica-
tion Competency; and other topics to meet current and critical needs of
professional nurses, their patients, and community. Staff
200. In-Service Education in Nursing. II. S. 3 hr. A studv of staff education pro-
grams in the various fields of nursing, including orientation programs to in-
stitutions, agencies and special services. Staff
201. Growth and Adjustment Related to Health. S. 3 hr. PR: N.E. 101, Psvchologv
122. Consent. Designed to studv the relation of social, intellectual, physical,
and emotional development throughout life. Emphasis upon those principles
basic to professional nursing practice in all fields. Staff
PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY
Professors Curtis and Cresswell; Associate Professors Light and Minor; Assistant
Professors Carruth and Cross; Instructors Brackman, Nolte, Rankin, Shaffr,
and Wertheimer.
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy has two main functions: (1) critical analysis of basic concepts, ideas,
ideals, and beliefs; (2) organization of knowledge, and the development of patterns
of tested belief for guidance of individual and institutional conduct.
Courses in philosophv are especially useful: (1) as a valuable background for
policy-making positions in government, business, schools, and church; (2) as a
preparation for work in the field of religion; (3) as an indispensable foundation for
graduate training leading to teaching and research in philosophy; (4) as a general
education providing conditions for the organization of knowledge and a clearer
recognition of values.
182
CURRICULA AND COURSES
PROGRAM FOR PHILOSOPHY MAJORS
]
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Setn.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Philosophy 4
3
Art, Lib. Sci.
History 1 or
History 2 or
English 1
3
or Speech
3
Humanities 1 3-4
Humanities 2
3-4
Foreign Lang.
3
English 2
3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Laboratory Sci.
4
Foreign Lang.
3
Economics, Pol.
Economics, Pol.
Phys. Educ.
1
Laboratory Sci.
4
Sci. or Soc.
Sci. or Soc.
Mil. or Air Sci. ]
. 2
Phys. Educ.
1
Sci. 3-4
Sci.
3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
2
Psychology 1
(unless 3, 4
already taken) 3
Literature or
Mathematics 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Educ. 1
(women)
Literature or
Mathematics
Mil. or Air Sci. 4
Phys. Educ.
(women)
3
2
16
16
16-19
li
5-19
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Philosophy 107
3
Philosophy 108
3
Philosophy 112 3
Philosophy 113
3
Philosophy
Philosophy
Philosophy
Philosophy
Electives
3
Electives
3
Electives 3
Electives
3
Minor Subject
3
Minor Subject
3
Minor Subject 3
Minor Subject
3
Upper Division
i
Upper Division
Upper Division
Upper Division
Electives*
6-9
Electives*
6-9
Electives* 6-9
Electives*
6-9
15-18 15-18 15-18
At least 9 hrs. of work are to be chosen from each of the groups below:
a) Philosophy 106, 112, 113, 205, 208, 218.
15-18
b) Philosophy 107, 108, 114, 115,
221,
*The following courses are highly recommended as cognate electives. A maximum
of six hours from this list may be counted toward the major, with the adviser's consent,
provided that at least 18 hours of philosophy courses are taken within the department:
Economics, 210, 222; English 220, 225; History 276, 290, 291; Political Science 170, 171,
272, 273.
PSYCHOLOGY
Courses in psychology are designed for one or more of the following ends: to
promote a better understanding of human nature and behavior; to lay a foundation
for graduate professional training; and to inculcate useful skills of psychological
technology.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
183
PROGRAM FOR PSYCHOLOGY MAJORS
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Setn.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1 3
English 2 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang. 3
Biology 1 or
Biology 2 or
Psychology 3 4
Psychology 4 4
Zoology 1
4
Zoology 2 4
History 1 or
History 2 or
Speech 11
3
Philosophy 4
Humanities 1 3-4
Humanities 2 3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 3
2
or 104 3
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ.
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
(women)
Economics* or
1
Phys. Educ.
(women) 1
Soc. Sci.
3-4
Economics* or
Literature or
Soc. Sci. 3-4
Mathematics
3
Literature or
Mathematics 3
14-17
14-17
17-18
17-18
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Psychology 130 3
Psychology
Psychology 103 3
Psychology 104 3
Psychology
Electives
6
Psychology
Psychology
Electives 3
Minor Subject
3
Electives 3
Electives 3
Minor Subject 3
Zoology 171
4
Minor Subject 3
Minor Subject 3
Upper Division
Upper Division
Upper Division
Upper Division
Electives 6-9
Electives
6-9
Electives 6-9
Electives 6-9
15-18
15-18
15-18
15-18
* Economics 1 and 2 should be taken by those planning to enter personnel work or to
minor in Economics.
Courses of Instruction
philosophy
Lower Division
4. Introduction to Philosophy. I, II. 3 hr. Study of living issues in the field of
philosophy: (1) philosophic development of scientific methods for gaining
knowledge; (2) fundamental moral, aesthetic, and religious values for guidance
in wise use of knowledge. Mr. Minor
Upper Division
104. Principles of Philosophy. I, II. 3 hr. An examination of two types of philoso-
phy, naturalism and idealism, the consequences of which are in frequent
conflict today. A first course in philosophy primarily for juniors and seniors.
(Not for those who have credit for Philosophy 4.) Mr. Cresswell
106. Logic. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil 4 or 104. An examination of formal reasoning and
scientific methods as means for attaining reliable knowledge. Mr. Cresswell
107. Fundamentals of Ethics. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. A search for the meaning
and nature of right and wrong, the good and the bad in human conduct: (1)
nihilism, the denial of ethics; (2) traditional theories of ethics; (3) recent
research. Mr. Minor
108. Social Ethics. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Critical analysis of conflicting
social policies operating in family, educational, religious, economic, and politi-
cal institutions in the interest of developing consistent principles for guidance
of all institutions. Mr. Minor
184 CURRICULA AND COURSES
110. Philosophy of Science. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. An examination of the
methods, presuppositions, and concepts of modern science. For students in-
terested in the influences of science on contemporary thought and society. Staff
112. History of Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. The
history of philosophy brings together in connected form the ideals prized by
the several periods in Western civilization which give meaning to the religious,
political, social and literary achievements of each period. The first semester
course ends with the 16th century. Mr. Cresswell
113. History of Modern Philosophy. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Continuation of
Philosophy 112, through the 19th century. Mr. Cresswell
114. Contemporary Philosophy. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Critical study of
Supernaturalism, Idealism, and Naturalism as systems for the guidance of man.
Mr. Minor
115. Contemporary Philosophy. II. 3 hr. Phil. 4 or 104. Critical study of human-
ism, existentialism, and organicism as systems for the guidance of man.
Mr. Minor
118. Philosophy of Art. I. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104. Study of Aesthetics which
examines the meaning and nature of art and beauty. Critical analysis of prin-
ciples to guide the development of aesthetic perception, form, expression, and
use in fine, industrial, and professional arts. Mr. Minor
205. Oriental Religions and Philosophies. I. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in philosophy,
or consent of instructor. An account of the religions of India, China and Islam
with their supporting philosophies; and the influence of the major Oriental
world views on the Western World. Mr. Cresswell
208. Philosophy of Religion. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in philosophy. An
attempt to discover the logically defensible foundations of religion.
Mr. Cresswell
217. Metaphysics. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104, 112, 113. Study of a selected
system of philosophy. Staff
218. Epistemology. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104, 106. Nature, scope and validity of
human knowledge. Mr. Cresswell
221. Axiology. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104 and 107 or consent. Study of the origin,
nature, and growth of value as the basis of intelligent development of normative
disciplines including the applied sciences, law, art, and religion. Mr. Minor
305. Philosophy of History. II. 3 hr. PR: Phil. 4 or 104, 106, a knowledge of the
history of western civilization and consent of the instructor. Various theories
of historical development, such as the Christian, the Marxian, the Oriental.
An examination of the question whether there is meaning in the course of
human history. Mr. Cresswell
PSYCHOLOGY
Lower Division
1. Introduction to Psychology. I, II. 3 hr. Prinicples of general psychology for
non-majors. (Not for those who have credit for Psychology 3 and 4.) Staff
3, 4. General Psychology. I, II. 4 hr. Open to freshmen. Three hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory a week. Fundamentals of general
psychologv for majors or those using psychology to satisfy laboratory science
requirement. Staff
20. Psychology of Personal Efficiency. I, II, 2 hr. For students whose scholastic
achievement is below capacity. Diagnosic and remedial practice in areas which
hamper personal or academic efficiency. For freshmen and sophomores; others
by consent. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND. SCIENCES 185
I pper Division
110. Applied Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. Applications of
psychology in fields of law, medicine, education, and business. Mr. Cross
114. Psychology in Personnel Work. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. Techniques
for selecting and placing personnel; job and worker analysis and classification;
interviewing; employment tests, merit rating, job evaluation. Mr. Curtis
115. Psychology in Industry. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. Job train-
ing, leadership training, motivation and morale, human relations, safety indus-
try and society. Mr. Curtis
116. Social Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. A study of the social
factors which determine human behavior. The relationship of class, race,
culture, social structure and other group phenomena to individual behavior.
Other topics include: attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, mass media of
information and national character. Mr. Rankin
122. Child Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. Growth trends in child
behavior, including the physical, intellectual, emotional, social and personality
development areas. Staff
125. Mental Hygiene. I or II. 3 hr. Man's personality, needs and emotions as they
relate to effective living in a modern world. Emphasis on those factors which
lead to healthy psychological adjustment. A course useful for students in all
curricula. Mr. Light
130. Statistical Methods in Psychology. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4.
Analysis and interpretation of psychological data. Mr. Brackmann
201. Physiological Psychology. 1 or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 3, 4, and Zoology
171 or equivalent. The organic basis for psychological activities such as
perception, emotion, motivation, and learning. Mr. Shafer
205. Individual Differences. 2 hr. II. PR: One course in psychology. Nature and
extent of the differences among individuals in psychological traits such as
intelligence and personality, as influenced by heredity, schooling, age, sex,
culture. Primarily for students in psychology and education. Mr. Cross
206. Learning and Motivation. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 3 and 4 or equivalent.
Survey of experimental data in the area of learning and motivation. Special
emphasis on contemporary learning theory. Mr. Shafer
214. Job Analysis. I or II. 3 hr. PR: 114 or 115 or M.E. 140. Instruction and super-
vised practice in preparation and use of job analyses. For students of psychology,
engineering, or management. Mr. Cross
216. Attitudes and Propaganda. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4, or consent. In-
cludes: the nature of attitudes and opinions, attitude measurement, opinion
changing, propaganda use and analysis, the social psychology of mass media,
democratic value and public opinion. Designed to meet the needs of students
from a variety of fields as well as Psychology .... especially Sociology, Political
Science and journalism. Mr. Rankin
218. Psychology of Personality. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1 or 3 and 4. Development
of personality from infancy through maturity to old age with special reference
to factors which shape it; theories of personality structure, personality adjust-
ment; field trip and demonstrations. Mr. Light
222. Psychology of Adolescence. II. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in psychology or consent.
Study of psychological, social, cultural, physiological influences on personalitv
during the period of adolescence, leading toward a deeper understanding of
the adolescent. Mr. Light
186 CURRICULA AND COURSES
224. Individual Intelligence Testing. I. 4 hr. PR: Psych. 122. Individual testing:
theory and practice in Binet and Wechsler intelligence tests. Mr. Carruth
225. Group Psychometric Testing. I. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4, and 130.
Theory underlying the construction of group tests of intelligence, aptitudes,
interests, personality, and attitudes. Practice in administering, scoring, and
interpreting them. Mr. Cross
226. Advanced Experimental Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 3, 4, 130. Lectures
and laboratory. Design of psychological experiments; psychophysics of audi-
tion and vision. Mr. Shafer
229. Abnormal Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: One upper-division course in psychology.
A consideration of the major economic behavior anomalies, e.g., schizophrenia,
psychopathic personality, organic psychoses, etc., and the various psychological,
chemical, surgical, and medical treatments thereof. Field trip to mental hospi-
tal and demonstrations. Mr. Light
233. Problem Children. II. 3 hr. PR: Child or Educational psychology. Study of
children who present psychological problems because of (1) exceptional men-
tal retardation or advancement; (2) organic disabilities having behavioral
consequences, such as cerebral palsy or deafness; (3) disorders' of conduct as-
sociated with atypical personality functioning. Of special interest to those who
regularly deal with children as teachers, nurses, etc. Staff
234. Problems in Child Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 122, and 224 or 225.
Students will select indivdiual problems in child behavior. Staff
236. Psychology of Adjustment. I. 3 hr. PR: Two courses in psychology or consent.
Dynamic principles of human personality adjustment. Mr. Carruth
240. History of Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4. Traces the develop-
ment of the science and concepts of psychology from their origin in philosophy,
physiology and medicine up to the modern era. Mr. Brackmann
242. Advanced Social Psychology. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 116 or graduate status. A con-
sideration of contemporary theory and practice in social psychology. Mr. Rankin
245, 246. Seminar. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. Critical study of selected topics. Staff
260. Statistical Methods in Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 130 or equivalent.
Sampling theory, probability, further parametric and non-parametric statistics.
Required for Master's degree. Mr. Brackmann
Graduate Division
301, 302. Special Problems in Research. I, II. 1-3 hr. per semester. Staff
303, 304. Thesis. I, II. 2-3 hr. per semester. Staff
310. Projective Techniques. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 224, 236, and consent.
Survey of the projective techniques used in psychodiagnostics, including the
Thematic Apperception Test, the Szondi Test, and the Rorschach Test. Special
emphasis will be given the Rorschach Test. Mr. Light
311. Practicum in Projective Techniques. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 310 or
equivalent. Supervised practice in scoring and interpretation of the Rorschach
Ink Blot Test and the Thematic Apperception Test. Mr. Light
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187
316. Counseling and Psychotherapy. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology 224 and 229 or
equivalent. Principles underlying Freudian and non-directive therapy, play
therapy and psychodrama. Mr. Light
317. Practicim in Counseling and Psychotherapy. I or II. 3 hr. PR: Psychology
316 or equivalent. Supervised experience in psychotherapeutic techniques
used by the psychologist in a clinic setting. Mr. Light
330. Systems of Psychology. II. 3 hr. PR: Psych. 1, or 3 and 4, and one
course in philosophy. Mr. Curtis
331. Theory Constriction. 3 hr. Problems and techniques of organizing the data of
psychology: philosophical background, problems of definition, logical structures
and techniques employed. Mr. Brackmann
338. Clinical Psychology. II. 4 hr. PR: Psych. 224 and consent. Supervised prac-
tice in the use of psychological techniques in a clinic setting. Mental testing,
interviewing parents, personality diagnoses, test interpretations and reports,
play techniques with children, case presentations at staff meetings. Emphasis
is on the multi-discipline approach at the University Counseling Center.
Mr. Light and Mr. Carruth
345, 346, 347, 348. Seminar. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. Critical study of selected topics. Staff
350. Practicim in Sti dent-Personnel Psychology. II. 1-3 hr. PR: Psych. 236 or
consent. Diagnostic and remedial techniques for dealing with reading and
work-study-skill efficiency; and personal-social-emotional adjustment.
Mr. Carruth
351. Practicum in Student-Personnel Psychology. I or II. 1-3 hr. Directed practice
in student-personnel counseling. Continuation of Psych. 350. Mr. Carruth
352. Practicum in Vocational Appraisal. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Principles and
procedures in appraising educational and vocational fitness. Supervised prac-
tice in testing and counseling college students presenting educational and voca-
tional problems. Mr. Cross
PHYSICS
Professors Ford and Thomas; Assistant Professors Buchanan, Gunton, Ollom, and
Williamson; Instructors Farr and Rexroad.
Various courses offered in Physics are designed to meet the needs of students of
the Colleges of Arts and Sciences, Agriculture, Education, Engineering, and Pharmacy.
Suggested Curriculum for A.B. with Major in Physics
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Mil. or Air Sci
1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
2
Mil. or Air Sci
.3 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Ed.
1
Phys. Ed.
1
Math. 107
4
Math. 108 4
Eng. 1
3
Eng. 2
3
Physics 109
2
Phvsics 110 2
Math. 3
3
Math. 5
4
Chem. 1
4
Chem. 2 4
Math. 4
3
French or
French or
♦Elective 3
Physics It
4
German
3
German
3
Elective 3
Physics 2t
4
* Elective
3
16 17 18 18
188
CURRICULA AND COURSES
THIRD
YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Setn.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Math. (200)
Physics (100)
or 200)
Physics (200)
*Elective
3
3
3
3
Math. (200)
Physics (100)
or 200)
Physics (200)
♦Elective
3
3
3
3
Physics (200)
Physics (200)
Physics (200)
Elective
Elective
3
3
3
3
3
Physics (200)
Physics (200)
Physics (200)
Elective
Elective
3
3
3
3
3
♦Elective
3
♦Elective
3
Seminar
Seminar
Elective
2-3
Elective
2-3
Seminar
Seminar
17-18
17-18
15
15
tAn alternative is Chem. 1 and 2 in the freshman year in place of Physics,
with Physics 111 and 112 in the sophomore year.
♦Electives must include:
6 hrs. of History or Humanities.
6 hrs. of Economics, Political Science, or Social Science.
3 hrs. of Art, Home Economics, Library Science, or Speech.
3 hrs. of Geography, Philosophy, Sociology or Laboratory Science.
Physics 249, 250, 231, 232, 233, 234, are required for graduation.
E.E. 250, 252 and a second language (French or German) are recommended
electives.
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
1. Introductory Physics. I. 3 hr. PR: Plane geometry and algebra. Required
of all students whose curriculum calls for introductory physics. Mechanics,
sound, heat. Staff
2. Introductory Physics. II. 4 hr. PR: Physics 1. Electricity, magnetism, and light.
Staff
Upper Division
109, 110. A Problems Course in General Physics. I, II. 2 hr. per semester. Pre- or
corequisite: Calculus. Open to students who have taken Introductory Physics
or equivalent; not open to students who have taken General Physics.
Mr. Williamson
111. General Physics. I, II. 5 hr. Pre- or corequisite: Calculus. Required of all
candidates for engineering degrees and recommended for all students who
major in mathematics. Not open to students who have credit for Introductory
Physics. Mechanics, sound, and heat. Staff
112. General Physics. I, II. 5 hr. Continuation of Physics 111. Not open to students
who have credit for Introductory Physics. Light, electricity and magnetism.
Staff
113. 114. Introductory Electronics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 1 year of college
physics. Mr. Rexroad
116.
17.
Photography. II. 3 hr. PR: 1 year of college physics, 1 year of college chemis-
try. The physics and chemistry of photography with practical applications.
Mr. Farr
Descriptive Meterology. I. 3 hr. PR: 1 year of college physics. Description
of the atmosphere and its weather. Reading and analysis of weather maps.
Weather observations. Mr. Williamson
118. Physical Meterology. II. 3hr. PR: Physics 117 or equivalent. The physics of
the atmosphere. Analysis of surface and upper air charts. Forecasting.
Mr. Williamson
221. Optics. II. 3 hr. PR: 10 hours of college physics, calculus. Work in optical
instruments, spectrometry, interferometry, and polarization.
Mr. Ford
225, 226. Introduction to Modern Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 10 hours
of college physics, calculus. Particle analysis, phenomena connected with the
structure of the atom. Mr. Ford
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189
231, 232. Theoretical Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 10 hours of college
physics, calculus. Theorems and problems in intermediate mechanics.
Mr. Clinton
233, 234. Introductory Electricity and Magnetism. I, II. 3 hr. per semester.
PR: 10 hours college physics, calculus. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, network
analysis, introduction to electrodynamics, and applications. Mr. Ollom
241, 242. Physics Seminar. I, II. No credit. Required of Junior, Senior, and Graduate
physics majors. Staff
249, 250. Intermediate Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: 10 hour* ol
college physics, calculus. Detailed techniques in experimental physics
Mr Ford
255, 256. Physics Seminar. S I, S II. 2 hr. 10 hours of college physics, 1 year col-
lege mathematics. Selected topics in modern physics. Primarily for Education
majors, not open to physics majors. Staff
257. Photography. S I. 3 hr. PR: One year of physics or equivalent. Primarily for
Education majors, not open to physics majors. Mr. Fair
258. Light. S II. 3 hr. PR: One year of physics or equivalent. Primarily for Edu-
cation majors, not open to physics majors. Mr. Ford
261, 262. Molecular Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 225, 226. Molecular
spectra, molecular structure and solid state physics. Mr. Gunton
283. Thermodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: 10 hours of college physics, calculus. Application
of First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics to physical systems. Mr. Ollom
284. Kinetic Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: 10 hours of college physics, calculus. Boltzman
distribution, viscosity, diffusion, thermal conductivity, specific heat.
Mr. Buchanan
287, 288. Tntpodtction to Mathematical Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR:
10 hours of college physics, calculus. Boundary value problems in vibration,
heat conduction, hydrodynamics, special relativity. Mr. Thomas
Graduate Division
371, 372. Advanced Classical Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Calculus, Physics 231, 232.
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of mechanics, Hamilton-Jacobi
theory, small oscillations. Mr. Ollom
379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hour
per semester, maximum credit 2 hours. (In cooperation with other department*
and the U. S. Bureau of Mines). Staff
381, 382. Physical Optics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 221, differential
equations. Mr. Ford
385, 386. Quantum Mechanics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 225, 226.
Schrodinger's equations, hydrogen atom, perturbation, molecular forces.
Mr. Thomas
387, 388. Differential Equations of Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Ph\sics
287, 288, differential equations. Application of differential equations to physical
problems. Mr. Thomas
389, 390. Nuclear Physics. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics 225, 226. Theory of
nuclear forces, transformation, energy levels. Mr. Buchanan
391, 392. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Physics
233, 234, differential equations. Wave propagation, electrodynamics of charged
particles. Mr. Thomas
397, 398. Research. I, II. 3-6 hr. per semester. PR: Consent of supervising in
structor. Staff
190 CI RRICULA AND COURSES
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Professors Frasure, Stewart, and Sturm; Assistant Professors Mann, Ross, White, and
Williams; Instructor Preston.
NATURE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE POLITICAL SCIENCE CURRICULUM
The political science curriculum provides a systematized course of study of the
origin, basis, and nature of the state in its many and varied aspects. These include:
principles, organization, and structure of political institutions, both domestic and
foreign; the processes and functioning of government; interrelationships between the
political institutions on the various levels of government; political behavior; the
control of governmental instrumentalities and the means for holding its agents respon-
sible; and the identification and analysis of public problems falling within the range
of government. Course offerings in the Department of Political Science provide a basic
general knowledge of the field, as well as more extensive and intensive training in the
specialized areas of political science, particularly on the senior and graduate levels.
Primary departmental objectives may be classified under four principal headings
as follows:
1. To develop an understanding of the role of government in modern society,
thus contributing to a general, liberal education and to preparation of students
for informed citizenship in a democracy.
2. To impart a basic knowledge and understanding of the techniques and pro-
cesses of government and administration to those persons who look forward
to a career in the public service.
3. To provide pre-professional training for students who are preparing to enter
the legal profession.
4. To provide advanced and specialized instruction, as far as the Master of Arts
degree, for persons who wish to enter teaching or research in the field of politi-
cal science.
The political science curriculum, therefore, enables the major in this field to gain
an understanding of the political society in which he lives and also to plan his
academic program so as to prepare himself for a career of public service.
REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS
A. The Undergraduate Major
Hours. Undergraduate majors in political science are required to take at least
twenty-six hours of upper-division course work in the department. There must be a
first minor consisting of twelve hours of upper-division courses, normally in history,
economics, sociology, psychology, or philosophy, and a second minor of six hours of
upper division work in a related field.
Required Courses. Each undergraduate major is required to take Political Science
1 (3 hrs.) or 2 (3 hrs.) and Political Science 200 (2 hrs.) Departmental majors are
encouraged to take both Political Science 1 and 2.
Distribution of Courses. The major in political science should work out his pro-
gram in such as way as to secure a well-rounded knowledge of the field, as well as to
concentrate in some particular area. Although the twenty-six hours of upper-division
work in political science is the minimum requirement, students should take at least
thirty-two hours.
The following are distribution requirements for an undergraduate major in
political science:
1. At least one upper-division course in each of the six groups into which the
offerings of the department are divided.
2. At least three upper-division courses in some one group.
Grouping of Upper-Division Courses by Fields
I. American National, State, and Local Government
Political Science 111, 113, 120, 210, 211, 213, 221. 225, 226, 310-311 320-321,
325-326.
II. Politics and Policy Development
Political Science 130, 231, 232, 233, 234, 330-331.
THE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES
191
III. Public Administration
Political Science 140, 241, 242, 243. 241. 245, 346-347.
IV. Foreign and Comparative Government
Political Science 150, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 351-352.
Y. International Relations, Organization, and Laic
Political Science 160, 261, 262, 262, 264. 361-362.
VI. Political Theorx
Political Science 170, 171, 272, 273, 274, 375-376.
Courses Suggested for Political Science Majors
FIRST
YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1 3
English 2 3
Pol. Science 1 3
Pol. Science 2 3
Laboratory Sci. 4
Foreign Lang. 3
Electives,
Laboratory Sci. 4
Foreign Lang. 3
Electives,
Foreign Lang. 3
History 52 3
Economics 1 3
Foreign Lang. 3
History 53 3
Economics 2 3
Group 1 3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Group 1 3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Psychology 1 or
Sociol. 1 3
Philosophy 4 3
Electives 1-2
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Educ. 1
Phys. Educ. 1
14-17
14-17
16-17
16-18
First Sem.
THIRD YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Hr. First Sem.
FOURTH YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Hr.
Pol. Science 150 3 Pol. Science 120 3 Pol. Science 170 3 Pol. Science 171 3
Pol. Science
electives
Elective,
Group 3
Elective,
Group 4
Elective, minors
3-6
Pol. Science
electives
Elective,
Group 3
3-6
3
Elective, Group 5 3
Elective, minors 3
Pol. Science 200 2
Pol. Science
electives 3-6
Electives,
minors 6-9
Pol. Science
electives
Electives,
minors
3-6
6-9
15-18
15-18
17-18
15-18
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
1. Elkments of Democratic Government. I, II. 3 hr. Introduction to government.
Origin, forms, and functions of the state; organization and forms of govern-
ment; and the relations of groups and individuals to the state. Primarily for
freshmen. Mr. White
2. The American Federal System. I. II. 3 hr. A survey course in American national
government. Intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Staff
Upper Division
101. Introduction to Government. I, II. 3 hr. (Exclusively for students in the
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering.) A consideration of the
basic principles and operation of national, state, and local government in the
United States. Staff
111. Functions of American National Government. I. 3 hr. The activities of the
executive branch of government, particularly as they relate to social and eco-
nomic development; expansion of govenmental activities and services since
1932. Mr. Ross
113. American Constitutional Principles. II. 3 hr. U.S. Constitution as interpreted
by the Supreme Court. Treatment is analytical rather than historical. Text
supplemented by some leading cases. Primarily for pre-law students. Mr. White
192 CURRICULA AND COURSES
120. State and Local Government. I, II. 3 hr. Survey of the legal basis, structure,
and operation of state and local governments, their relations with each other
and their place in the federal system. Miss Mann
130. Political Parties and Electoral Processes. I. 3 hr. The nature of political
parties. Public regulation of parties and electoral processes. A close examina-
tion of suffrage, nominating devices, campaign procedures, and the conduct of
elections. Mr. Ross
140. Introduction to Public Administration. I. 3 hrs. Introductory study of the
development, organization, procedures, processes, and human relations factors
of governmental administration in American democracy. Mr. Sturm
150. Contemporary European Governments. I, II. 3 hr. Comparative analysis by-
countries of constitutions, political structures, and functions, with major
emphasis upon the United Kingdom, France, Russia, and West Germany.
Mr. Williams
160. International Relations. I. 3 hr. Introduction to contemporary world politics.
Just enough background to make present-day international affairs more under-
standable. Mr. Frasure
170. History of Political Thought: Plato to Machiavelli. I. 3 hr. Examination
of major political ideas from the Greeks to sixteenth century with special
emphasis upon the development of natural law and western conception of
justice. Mr. Williams
171. History of Political Thought: Machiavelli to Bentham. II. 3 hr. PR: 170
or consent of the instructor. Analysis of the political ideas which developed
from the separation of faith and reason, the culmination of this movement in
rational integral liberalism, and the origins of modern conservatism as ex-
pounded by Edumnd Burke. Mr. Williams
200. Research Materials and Techniques in Political Science. I. 2 hr. A study
of basic source materials in political science and of the techniques and methods
of governmental research. Required of majors. Mr. Sturm
210. American Political Institutions. I. 3 hr. PR: 2 or consent of instructor.
Development of the Constitution, Congress, the Presidency, and the Supreme
Court as institutions with special attention to current problems and issues.
Mr. Sturm
211. Problems of American National Government. II. 3 hr. This course is intended
to give recognition to the major contemporary problems of government. Ex-
tensive reading of background materials as well as current literature in the field.
Mr. Ross
213. American Constitutional Law and Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: 2 or consent of
the instructor. Basic principles of American constitutional law as developed
through interpretation with special emphasis on constitutional theories and
national development. Primarily for seniors and graduate students. Mr. Sturm
221. West Virginia Government and Administration. I, II. 3 hr. A study of the
organization and operation of the state government of West Virginia.
Miss Mann and Mr. Sturm
225. Municipal Government. II. 3 hr. Legal basis, structure, operation, and prob-
lems of municipal government and municipal relations with other governmental
units. Miss Mann
226. Problems of State and Local Government. I. 3 hr. An examination of current
problems of state, county, and municipal governments. Students are expected
to have completed Political Science 120 or its equivalent.
Miss Mann and Mr. Ross
231. History of Political Parties. I (odd-numbered years). 3 hr. An examination
of the growth of political parties in the United States. Analysis of issues in
presidential campaigns as they relate to political party development. Mr. Ross
232. Public Opinion and Propaganda. II (alternate years). 3 hr. Analysis of tech-
niques of sampling and measuring public opinion; detection of propaganda;
the nature of propaganda and methods of the propagandist. Mr. Ross
THE COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 193
233. Current Political Issues. I (even-numbered years). 3 hr. An examination
of political party platforms and the major issues of the political campaign.
Students will be expected to examine background materials thoroughly.
Mr. Ross
234. The Legislative Process. II (alternate years) . 3 hr. Structure and organiza-
tion of legislative bodies. Powers of legislatures. Detailed study of lawmaking
procedures. The influences of outside forces. Mr. Ross
241. Administrative Organization and Management. II (alternate years). 3 hr.
PR: 140 or consent of instructor. Analysis of administrative organization and
reorganization and of such management fuctions as leadership, planning,
coordination, public relations, and management improvement. Mr. Sturm
242. Financial Administration. I (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 140 or consent of the
instructor. Survey of methods and problems of fiscal management, including
budgeting, accounting, tax administration, expenditure control, auditing, pur-
chasing, and financial organization. Staff
243. Public Personnel Administration. II (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 140 or
consent of the instructor. Survey of the development of public personnel
management, with attention to organization, recruitment, classification, training,
morale, unionism, and other aspects of personnel administration. Staff
244. Administrative Law and Regulation. II (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 140
or consent of the instructor. Study of the law of administration, primarily by
the case method, covering administrative powers, procedure in administrative
adjudication and rule-making, discretion, judicial control, and administrative
liability. Mr. Sturm
245. Public Administration and Policy Development. I (alternate years). 3 hr.
PR: 140 or consent of the instructor. Analysis of decision-making and policy
development in the administrative process by the case method. Staff
250. Comparative Government. I. 3 hr. An examination of the leading problems of
government organization, constitutional framework, political parties and public
opinion, and administrative procedures in several countries with emphasis
on the United States, United Kingdom, France, Germany, and Russia. The
subject is examined topically dealing with each problem in several countries.
Mr. Williams
251. Modern Dictatorships. II. 3 hrs. Politically undemocratic governments. Pro-
vides background of dictatorships generally, followed by treatment of several
modern dictatorships. Mr. Frasure
252. British Government and Politics. II (alternate years). 3 hr. Intensive study
of British government with emphasis upon both internal and external policies,
primarily during the twentieth century. Mr. Frasure
253. Contemporary Governments of the Commonwealth. II (alternate years).
3 hr. A survey of imperial organization and Dominion status; a comparative
study of the nature and development of political institutions in Canada,
Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa. Mr. Williams
254. Governments of Asia. I (alternate years). 3 hr. A survey of contemporary
politics and governments of Asia. Staff
255. Governments of Latin America. II (alternate years). 3 hr. A comparative study
of the major nations of Latin America. Staff
256. Governments of the Middle East. I (alternate years). 3 hr. An examination of
governments and political forces of the Middle East. Staff
261. International Organization. II. 3 hr. Emphasis will be placed upon agencies
created since the close of World War II. Some reference to development of
international law and League of Nations. Mr. Frasure
262. Specialized Agencies of the United Nations. II. 3 hr. A detailed treatment of
the specialized agencies and related institutions. Mr. Frasure
194 CURRICULA AND COURSES
263. Public International Law. I. 3 hr. Law governing relations among nations,
including development of rules, means of enforcement, and conflicts between
theory and practice. Mr. White
264. Conduct of American Foreign Relations. I. 3 hr. An attempt will be made
to determine the factors behind our foreign policy with emphasis upon policy
during the twentieth century. Mr. Frasure
272. Recent and Contemporary Political Thought. I. 3 hr. PR: 171 or consent
of the instructor. An examination of integral liberalism and the forces
leading to the decline of liberalism and a critical analysis of the fascist and
communist ideologies with their threat to the traditions of western civilization
embodied in Christianity and conservatism. Mr. Williams
273. American Political Theory. II (alternate years). 3 hr. PR: 171 or consent of
the instructor. A survey of major political ideas and their influence upon
society and government from the seventeenth century to the present.
Mr. Williams
274. Problems in Contemporary Political Thought. II (alternate years). 3 hr. An
intensive study of current trends in political thought through examination of
the works of contemporary writers. Mr. Williams
310-311. Directed Reading and Research in American National Government. I, II.
2-4 hr. each. Staff
320-321. Directed Reading and Research in State Government. I, II. 2-4 hr. each.
PR: 120 or consent of the instructor. Miss Mann
325-326. Directed Reading and Research in Local Government. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR:
225 or consent of the instructor. Miss Mann
330-331. Directed Reading and Research in Politics. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR: 130 or
consent of the instructor. Mr. Ross
346-347. Directed Reading and Research in Public Administration. I, II. 2-4 hr.
each. PR: 140 or consent of the instructor. Mr. Sturm
351-352. Directed Reading and Research in Comparative Government. I, II. 2-4 hr.
each. Mr. Frasure and Mr. Williams
361-362. Directed Reading and Research in International Relations I, II. 2-4 hr.
each. Mr. Frasure
375-376. Directed Reading and Research in Political Theory. I, II. 2-4 hr. each.
Mr. Williams
380. Thesis.. I, II. 2-6 hr. Staff
ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professors Ashburn and Manning; Associate Professors McBride and Mitram; Assistant
Professors Herrera and Singer; Instructors Frere, Simonette, and Wade.
Courses 1 and 2 or two years of high-school credit will be required for entrance
to courses 5, 6, 103, and 104. Usually students who have had two years' study of the
language in high school should take courses 5 and 6. Students who have done three
years of work in high school should consult the departmental adviser before
enrolling.
Students whose grades have consistently fallen below "B"' in language work in
the lower division should not select a Romance Language as a major subject.
No student who has not completeo French 109, 1 10, at least six hours in
courses 115, 116, 118, and French 217 and 231 or Spanish 109, 110, 211, 212, 221, and
222 will be recommended as a teacher of the subjects. The following courses are
recommended as a minor if a speaking knowledge of the language is desired: French
103, 104, 109, 110, and 231; Spanish 103, 104, 109, and 110.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
195
Program for Major Students
In order to be recommended by this department for the degree of Bachelor
of Arts a student should nave completed, in addition to special requirements
for the A.B Degree, at icast 24 hours of upper-division courses in one of the
following combinations:
FRENCH: 103, 104, 10". 110. 115. 116. 118. 217. 221. 222, and 231; Spanish or
Italian (6 to 12 hours)
SPANISH: 103, 104, 109. 110, 211, 212 221, and 222: French or Italian (6 to 12
hours)
FIRST YF.AR SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
English 1 3
Laboratory Sci. 4
French or Spanish 3
Electives,
Group 1 3-4
Phvs. Educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Second Sem. Hr.
English 2 3
Laboratory Sci. 4
French or Spanish 3
Electives,
Group 1 3-4
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Phvs. Educ. 1
Hr.
3-6
First Sem.
French or
Spanish
A second
Romance Lang. 3
Pol. Sci. 1 or
Soc. Sci. 1 3-4
Geologv 118 3
Phvs. Educ. 1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Electives 0-3
Hr.
Second Sem.
French or
Spanish
A second
Romance Lang. 3
Pol. Sci. 2 or
Soc. Sci. 2 3-4
Electives,
Group 4 3
Phvs. Educ. I
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Electives 0-3
3-6
14-F
14-17
14-18
14-18
THIRD YEAR
First Sem.
Hr. Second Sem.
French or
Spanish 109 3
French 115 or 118
or Spanish 211 3
Minor subject
& electives 12
French or
Spanish 110
French 116 or
Spanish 212
Minor subject
& electives
Hr. First Sem.
12
FOURTH YEAR
French 217 or
Spanish 221
Minor subject
k electives
Hr.
Second Sem.
French or
Spanish 222
French 231 or
elective in
Spanish
Minor subject
& electives
Hr.
12
14-18
Courses of Instruction
14-18
14-18
14-18
FRENCH
Lower Division
1. Elementary French. I, II. 3 hr.
2. Elementary French. I, II. 3 hr. Continuation ot French 1.
5. Intermediate French. I, II. 3 hr. Reading of modern French prose.
Staff
Staff
Staff
Staff
6. Intermediate French. II. 3 hr. Continuation of French 5.
Upper Division
103. Elementary Conversation. I. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of French or equivalent. Staff
104. La Lancue Pratique. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of French or equivalent. Staff
109. Grammar and Pronunciation. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French or equivalent.
For sophomores or juniors. Mr. Mitrani
110. Advanced Conversation. II. 3 hr. PR: French 109 or equivalent. For sopho-
mores and juniors. Mr. Mitrani
196 CURRICULA AND COURSES
115. The Classical School. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French or equivalent.
Mr. Manning
116. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French
or equivalent. Mr. McBride
118. Literature of the Nineteenth Century. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French
or equivalent. Mr. McBride
151. French for Elementary Schools. I. 3 hr. PR: French 103 and 104 or French
109 and 110 or equivalent. An intensive study of conversational French for
use in the elementary schools, with emphasis on pronunciation and common
usage. Observation and practice. Mr. Frere
152. French for Elementary Schools. II. 3 hr. Continuation of French 151.
Mr. Frere
217. French Civilization. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of French. Mr. Mitrani
221. The Romantic Movement. I. 3 hr. PR: French 115. Mr. Singer
*222. French Realism. II. 3 hr. PR: French 118. Mr. Singer
♦229. Literature of the 16th Century. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of French. Staff
231. Phonetics and Pronunciation. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of French or equival-
ent. Mr. Manning
♦237. Moliere. II. 3 hr. PR: French 115. Staff
244. Explication de textes. II. 3 hr. PR: French 109 and 110. Mr. Manning
*290. Old French. II. 3 hr. Mr. Manning
Graduate Division
393. Special Topics. I. 3-5 hr. Themes in French Literature and Culture. Staff
SPANISH
Lower Division
1. Elementary Spanish. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
2. Elementary Spanish. 1, II. 3 hr. PR: Continuation of Spanish 1. Staff
5. Intermediate Spanish. I. 3 hr. Reading of modern Spanish prose. Staff
6. Intermediate Spanish. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Spanish 5. Staff
Upper Division
103. Elementary Conversation. I. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of Spanish, or equivalent.
Mr. Herrera
104. La Lengua Practica. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of Spanish, or equivalent.
Mr. Herrera
109. Grammar and Conversation. I. 3 hr. For sophomores or juniors. Mr. Ashburn
110. Advanced Conversation. II. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 109, or equivalent. Mr. Ashburn
151. Spanish for Elementary Schools. I. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 103 and 104 or Spanish
109 and 110 or equivalent. An intensive study of conversational Spanish for
use in the elementary schools, with emphasis on pronunciation and common
usage. Observation and practice. Mr. Herrera
152. Spanish for Elementary Schools. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Spanish 151.
Mr. Herrera
211. Nineteenth Century Literature to 1870. I. 3 rh. PR: Spanish 5 and 6 or
equivalent. Mr. Singer
*Not given in 1955-56.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197
212. Spanish Literature Since 1870. II. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 5 and 6 or equivalent.
Mr. Singer
216. Civilization and Culture. II. 3 hr. PR: 12 hours of Spanish or equivalent.
Mr. Ashburn
217. Spanish American Literature and Culture. I. 3 hr. PR: Spanish 5 and
6 or equivalent. Mr. Mitrani
218. Spanish American Literature and Culture. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Course 217.
PR: Spanish 5 and 6 or equivalent. Mr. Mitrani
*221. Literature of the Golden Ace. I. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of Spanish, or equiva-
lent. Mr. Mitrani
*222. The Golden Age after Lope de Vega. II. 3 hr. PR. Spanish 221. Mr. Mitrani
*223. Estudios de Estilo. 1. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of Spanish, or equivalent.
Mr. Ashburn
*224. Explicacion de textos. II. 3 hr. PR: 18 hours of Spanish, or equivalent.
Mr. Ashburn
♦291. Cervantes. I. 3 hr. Mr. Singer
*Not given in 1955-56.
*295. Sixteenth Century Literature. I. 3 hr. Mr. Ashburn
*296. Old Spanish. II. 3 hr. Mr. Ashburn
Graduate Division
392. Special Topics. II. 1-3 hr. Themes in Spanish literature and culture.
Staff
ITALIAN
Lower Division
1. Elementary Italian. I. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette
2. Elementary Italian. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Italian 1. Mr. Simonette
5. Intermediate Italian. I. 3 hr. Reading of modern Italian prose.
Mr. Simonette
6. Intermediate Italian. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Italian 5. Mr. Simonette
Upper Division
109. Composition and Conversation. I. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette
110. Advanced Conversation. II. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette
RUSSIAN
The courses in Russian are designed to enable the student to follow the scientific
developments in Russia. The elementary courses will present the fundamentals of
grammar; pronunciation, with some practice in conversation; and translation of
simple scientific Russian in the fields of chemistry, physics and medicine.
Lower Division
1. Elementary Russian. I. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette
2. Elementary Russian. II. 3 hr. Mr. Simonette
5. Intermediate Russian. I. 3 hr. Reading jf modern Russian pro«e.
Mr. Simonette
6. Intermediate Russian. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Russian 5 Mr. Simonetu
*Not g-iven in 1955-56.
198 CURRICULA AND COURSES
SOCIAL WORK
Professor Fulton; Assistant Professors Loomis, Walcott, and Whitney; Instructoi
Ellison; Lecturers Falk, Johnson, Lawless, Maxwell, Rogers, Serotkin, and
Sleeth.
GENERAL STATEMENT
The Department of Social Work provides curricula and instruction in accord with
the highest standards of professional training for social work. Its program of training,
developed on the basis of many years of experience, is fully accredited by the Council
on Social Work Education.
For young people interested in a service career, social work offers interesting and
challenging experience, and a rewarding opportunity for the use of intelligence and
scientific knowledge, based on a sincere desire to be helpful. The field of social work
offers a wide range of opportunities for employment and advancement. The present
demand for social workers with graduate training far exceeds the supply; trained
social workers are needed in public and private child-caring agencies, family counselling
agencies, hospitals, medical departments of Veterans Administration facilities, psy-
chiatric clinics, mental hospitals, public schools, public assistance and other agencies.
Supervisors, administrators and community-organizing workers are needed in all areas
of social work.
The generic training offered at West Virginia University prepares students for
these positions and for advancement in the profession.
THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM
Professional social work education is a two-year graduate course leading to the
Master of Social Work degree. Students who are planning for a career in social work
and who expect promotion and recognition in the profession must obtain at least one
year of graduate training and should complete full training for the Master of Social
Work degree. The goal of graduate training is to enable students to develop the skills
with which people are effectively helped to solve tneir problems— individually, in groups
or as communities planning toward improved facilities for human welfare. Toward
the development of these skills, the student must obtain understanding of personality
development, of motivation for normal and deviate behavior; understanding of himself
as affecting his capacity to help others; and knowledge of health and welfare re-
sources in the community, how they are developed and used.
Requirements for the Master of Social Work Degree
(Please consult the Department of Social Work Announcements or the Graduate
School Announcements.)
Requirements for the Professional Certificate of Social Work
The Professional Certificate of Social Work is awarded to students who may wish
to have certification that they have completed approximately half of the training
required for the Master of Social Work Degree.
(For further inlormation consult the Department of Social Work Announcements
or the Graduate School Announcements).
Field Work
Field work is required of all candidates for the graduate degrees. It is an integral
part of the curriculum; its objective is to provide each student an opportunity to de-
velop skill in practice and to gain a deepened understanding of human behavior,
increased self-discipline, insight into his own role in the helping process, and a sense
of professional responsibility. Placements are made in countv and district offices of
the Department of Public Assistance, family counseling agencies, child-caring agencies
home service departments of American Red Cross chapters, the medical division of
Veterans Administration, mental health clinics, and other approved agencies. Assign-
ments are made to the same agency for the entire semester unless in exceptional
instances and on the basis of individual needs other plans seem more desirable.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
199
THE UNDERGRADUATE PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM
The preprofessional curriculum emphasizes liberal arts education. It offers, to
juniors and seniors in the college, a limited number of social work, courses to be taken
concurrently with a concentration in the social sciences, based on a lower division
foundation of general education. It has been developed for three interest groups:
(1) students who are preparing for graduate training in social work; (2) students who
wish to qualify for positions tor which graduate education is not now required; and
(3) students who wish to acquire an understanding of the field of social work as part
of their general education, or with a view to service on agency boards, committees and
community projects. Social work courses are available also to students from other
departments who wish to include knowledge of this field in their preparation for
educational counseling, psychology, recreation, etc.
The general plan of the preprofessional social work curriculum is: (a) two lower
division years of general education, including beginning courses in the several social
sciences; (b) two upper division years during which the student concentrates in the social
sciences and majors in the Department ot Social Work. It is recommended that the
student complete, during the four college years, a total of 50 or 60 hours in the
social sciences, including political science, economics, sociology, history, social work, and
psychology.
Upon the completion of this curriculum and all other requirements of the College
of Arts and Sciences, the student will be eligible for a Bachelor of Science degree with
a major in social work.
PREPROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORK CURRICULUM
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Lab. Science*
4
Lab. Science*
4
Foreign Lang.**
3
Foreign Lang.** 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Foreign Lang.
3
History 52
3
History 53 3
English 1
3
English 2
3
Economics 1
3
Economic 2 3
Group I
3-4
Group I
3-4
Psychology If
3
Pol. Sci. 2 3
Mil. or Air Sci
1 2
Mil. or AirSci.2
2
Group III
3
Group III 3
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ.
1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3
Phys. Educ.
2
1
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Educ. 1
14-16
14-16
16-17
16-17
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
Social Work 230 3
Social Work 285 3
Sociology 102 3
Sociology 243 3
Psychology 3
Pol. Science 120 3
Sociology 274 3
Group IV
Electives 2-6
Electives 9
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Social Work 260 3
Sociology 202 3
Electives 8-12
Second Sem. Hr.
Social Work 221 3
Home Ec. 104 3
Electives 8-12
14-18
14-18
14-18
14-18
♦Preferably Biology.
fOmitted if Psychology 3 and 4 are offered to satisfy the Laboratory Science
requirement.
**May be omitted if two units of high school credit in foreign language are
offered by the student.
Admission Requirements
Upper Division
Students are admitted to upper division work in the Department of Social Work:
(1) who have completed 58 or more semester hours in an accredited educational
institution with a total of 12 semester hours in economics, political science, psychology,
sociology and history; and (2) who have made written application approved by the
Department. Application forms may be obtained from the head of the Department.
CURRICULA AND COURSES
Graduate Division
Students are admitted for graduate study in the Department of Social Work who
meet all of the following requirements:
1. Graduation with a bachelors' degree from West Virginia University or from
another accredited institution.
2. Admission to the Graduate School.
I ompletion of the preprofessional curriculum at West Virginia University; or
satisfactory completion of courses in social science, totaling at least 24 semester hours,
including not less than 12 semester hours in one of the following fields: economics,
political science, sociology, psychology, or history. Students who have not fulfilled
these social science requirements may be admitted on condition that they complete
them before they become eligible for a graduate degree. The head of the department
determines the selection of courses to meet the undergraduate deficient
4. Approval by the Committee on Admissions of the Department, based on
satisfactory evidence of personal characteristics which give promise of usefulness in
the profession of social work.
Application Procedures
Upper Division
Students in West Virginia University should make application for admission to
the Department on forms obtained from the Department. Students from other
institutions should -1) request an application blank from the Registrar for admission
to the University; 2) request the registrar of the institution previously attended to
send a complete official transcript directly to the Registrar of the University; and (3)
make application for admission to the Department of Social Work.
Graduate Division
Written application for admission to the Department of Social Work is made on
forms which may be obtained from the Department. All applicants must also apply
for admission to the Graduate School on a form supplied by the Registrar. Students
from institutions other than West Virginia University must have a complete transcript
of their credits forwarded to the Registrar.
Prospective students are requested to make application as far in advance of the
date thev wish to enroll as is possible. The first-vear program is begun in September.
Second Near students will be admitted to begin work in July at the beginning of the
second summer term) or in September
Courses of Instruction
For fuller description see Department of Social Work Announcements.
General Prerequisites: Twelve semester hours in social sciences for Social Work
courses in the 200 series: 24 semester hours in social sciences for Social Work
courses in the 300 series. Such prerequisite courses may be taken in the fol-
lowing fields: economics, historv, political science, general social science, sociologv. and
psvchologv. Social Work courses in the 200 series raav be offered toward admis-
sion requirements for courses in the 300 series.
Upper Division^-
212. Community Social Welfare Resources. I, S. 2 hr. PR: A total of 12 sem.
hrs. in Social Sciences, including Psvchologv. A studv of the nature and
functions of selected community welfare and health agencies, including field
visits and discussion periods. Designed primarilv for teachers, school adminis-
trators, nurses and other interested persons. Not to be taken by students who
plan to offer SW 260 and 221 toward a degree. Mr. Loomis
2iThe preprofessional curriculum also includes Home Ec. 104: Nutrition and
Home Management, II, 3 hr.; See. 274, Housing, I, 3 hr.; and Soc 243, Anthropology.
II. 3 hr.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201
221. The Field of Social Work. II, S. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. A survey
of modern social services offered in family counseling agencies, hospitals,
psychiatric clinics, schools, social settlements, community chests and councils.
Lecture-discussion, supplemented by audio-visual aids and field visits.
Mr. Whitney
230. Pioneers in Social Welfare. I. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. Development
of voluntary social work programs, using biography to understand the social
movements led by such pioneers as Benjamin Rush, Dorothea L. Dix, Jane
Addaras, Mary Richmond, etc. Mr. Loomis
260. Child Welfare. I, S. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences. The role of home,
school, church, government in supplying the mental health needs of children.
Social services provided by agencies to children who require protection, assist-
ance, foster care, adoption, or service in own homes. Delinquency and juvenile
courts. Mrs. Ellison
285. Introduction to Public Welfare. II, S. 3 hr. PR: 12 hr. in social sciences.
An introduction to present-day public welfare programs. Development from
17th century poor laws to modern social security. Mr. Loomis
Graduate Division
301. Casework I. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An introduction to the philosophy, generic
principles, and basic concepts of the social casework method. Mr. Whitney
302. Casework II. S. 3 hr. PR: S.W. 301 and S.W. 311-312. or consent. Continua-
tion of S.W. 301 following a semester of field work. Miss Walcott or Mr. Whitney
303. Introduction to Social Group Work. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Beginning princi-
ples and methods by which group workers help individuals to use group rela-
tionships for individual growth. Mr. Serotkin
304. Community Relationships. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Community organization
responsibilities of worker, supervisor, and administrator; of councils, chests,
direct-service agencies, etc. Mr. Fulton
311, 312. Field Work. II, S. 5 hr. each. PR: S.W. 301. Field practice in selected
social agencies under general direction of the faculty. Miss Walcott and Staff
314. Field Work. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: Social Work 301. Field practice in selected
social agencies under general direction of the faculty and under direct supervi-
sion of agency supervisor or faculty members. Designed to supplement Social
Work 311 and 312 as needed. Variable credit: at least 55 clock hours per
semester hour of credit. Miss Walcott and Staff
315. Psychosocial Development of the Individual. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Normal
development of the individual from infancy to old age, with attention to
behavior problems of children. Emphasis is placed on the psychodynamics
of growth and adjustment and the mechanisms used by individuals to achieve
balance and maturity. Miss Walcott and Staff
320. Psychopatholocy. II. 2 hr. PR: S.W. 301, 315. Discussion of the various forms
of psychopathology, with emphasis on the dynamics of behavior. Application
to social casework. Mr. Whitney and Staff
321. Social Casework III. S. 2 hr. PR: S.W. 302. An advanced course in generic
social casework. Detailed analysis of case situations of increasing complexity
involving deviate and normal behavior. Case materials drawn from medical,
psychiatric, authoritative child welfare and family service settings.
Mr. Fulton and Miss Walcott
322. Social Casework IV. II, 2 hr. PR: S.W. 331-332. An advanced course in
social casework, generic and specialized. Analysis of casework processes, with
special emphasis on the helping relationship with clients whose problems are
complicated by difficulties within themselves or their relationships. Miss Walcott
202 CURRICULA AND COURSES
331, 332. Advanced Field Work. I, S. 5 hr. each. PR: S.W. 302. Continuation of S.W.
311-312, in a different setting, with opportunities for deepening understanding
and skill. Miss Walcott and Staff
334. Advanced Field Work. I, II, S. 1-4 hr. PR: Social Work 302. Continuation of
Social Work 331 and 332 with opportunities for increasing and deepening the
student's understanding and skills. Designed to supplement Social Work 331
and 332 as needed. Variable credit: at least 55 clock hours per semester hour
of credit. Miss Walcott and Staff
351. Social Statistics. I. 2 hr. Exploration of basic principles of social statistical
methods needed by the practitioner. Mr. Loomis
360. Social Security Programs. 3 hr. PR: Consent. An analysis and evaluation of
the current social insurance, public assistance, and service programs designed
to provide income maintenance and services to the aged, blind, disabled, de-
pendent children, veterans and other individuals and groups. Mr. Loomis
361. Social Agency Administration. I. 2 hr. PR: Admission to Department or
consent. Administrative principles applicable to the organization and opera-
tion of social agencies. Special attention to the practitioner's responsibilities.
Mr. Fulton
364. Research Methods. II. 2 hr. PR: Admission to Department or consent.
Scientific method as applied to problems in social work. Planning, organizing
conducting and reporting on a research study. Measuring results of casework.
Mr. Fulton
371. Medical Information. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Ill health as a social problem.
The causes, incidence, symptoms, and treatment of common diseases. Social
factors that promote or retard health. The social worker's responsibility for
case-finding, treatment and prevention, and the use of community resources.
Group work services in the care of the ill.
Medical School Staff, Lecturers, and Mrs. Ellison
380. Advanced Public Welfare. II. 2 hr. PR: S.W. 360. Current issues in modern
social insurance and public assistance programs. Analysis and evaluation of
the current programs and trends in current thinking about social security.
Mr. Loomis
381. Problem Report. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. per semester or term. Total required: 3 hr.
PR: Second year standing. Substantial exploration and discussion of a profes-
sionally significant problem. Required of all candidates for M.S.W. Degree.
Mr. Fulton and Staff
390. Seminar. II, S. 2 hr. PR: 30 semester hours in graduate social work training.
Selected problems in social work as a profession. Comparison of basic social
work methods. Generic aspects of settings. Staff
391. Seminar in Applied Psychodynamics. II, S. 1 hr. PR: S.W. 302 and 315. A
seminar in which case materials are discussed, with special emphasis on identi-
fying cause and effect relationships, and analyzing effectiveness of treatment.
Miss Walcott
392. Seminar in Community Organization. II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: S.W. 304 or
equivalent. Current problems in planning, organizing and financing social
services, with special reference to chests, councils, and state-wide organizations
of health and welfare services. Mr. Fulton
SOCIOLOGY
Professor Gibbard; Associate Professor Saposnekow; Assistant Professor Kerr;
Instructor Detrick.
The study of sociology should help the student to increase his understanding
of the society in which he lives. The work of an undergraduate major in
sociology provides basic preparation for teaching social sciences in high schools
and for careers in social work and other fields involving interpersonal relations.
The study of sociology should be an aid to citizenship and intelligent participation
in modern life.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
203
A major in sociology consists of 18 or more hours of upper-division courses
including as a rule Sociology 202, Introduction to Social Research, Sociology 243,
Introduction to Anthropology, and Sociology 246. Types of Sociological Theory.
A course in statistics is strongly recommended. Students may count toward a sociology
major Rural Sociology 105, Rural Life, and Psychology 130, Statistical Methods in
Psychology.
A student intending to major in Sociology may follow either the regular course
curriculum (Option A) or the Integrated Studies (Option B) lower division cur-
riculum.
If the Integrated Studies curriculum is followed, the student should take Sociology
1 and 2 in his second year, in place of six hours of electives.
The following program is suggested for students who pursue the Option A
curriculum.
FIRST YEAR
SECOND YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem. H>.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1
3
English 2 3
Sociology 1 3
Sociology 2 3
Foreign Lang.
3
Foreign Lang 3
Foreign Lang. 3
Foreign Lang. 3
Laboratory Sci
4
Laboratory Sci. 4
Speech 11 0-3
Speech 11 0-3
Electives,
Electives,
(either Sem.)
(either Sem.)
Group 1
3-4
Group 1 3-4
Psych. 1 (either
Psych. 1 (either
Mil. or Air Sci.
1 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Sem.) * or
Sem.) * or
Phys. Educ.
1
Phys. Educ. 1
Psych. 3, 4 0-3-4
Econ. 1 or
Pol. Sci. 1 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Educ. 1
Electives 0-4
Psych. 3, 4 0-3-4
Econ. 2 or
Pol. Sci. 2 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Educ. 1
Electives 0-4
14-17
14-17
15-18
15-18
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
Electives,
Group 3 (if
not fulfilled)
3
Electives,
Group 3 (if
not fulfilled)
3
Sociology 202 3
Sociology
elective 3
Sociology 246
Sociology
elective
3
3
Sociology elec-
tives
6
Sociology 243
Sociology elec-
3
Minor subject
elective 3
Minor subject
elective
3
Minor subject
tive
3
Electives 6-9
Electives
6-9
elective
3
Minor subject
Electives
3-9
elective
Electives
3
3-9
15-18
15-18
15-18
15-18
*If Psychology is not elected to fulfill the laboratory science requirement.
Otherwise, courses which satisfy Group 3 requirement are recommended in place
of psycholog-y. If not met in the sophomore year, the Group 3 requirement may be
satisfied in the junior year.
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
1. Introduction to Sociology. I, II. 3 hr. Basic concepts; fundamental in-
stitutions and functions of society. Staff
2. Contemporary Social Problems. I, II. 3 hr. Sociological analysis of current
social problems. Mr. Detrick and Mr. Kerr
Upper Division
Prerequisite for Sociology courses in the "200" series: Sociology 1 or 102, or
Social Science 1, 2 (or equivalents) .
204 CURRICULA AND COURSES
102. Principles of Sociolocy. I, II. 3 hr. Analysis of nature and operation
of our society; formulation of sociological principles. (A first course mainly
for upper-division students. Not for credit by students with credit for
Sociol. 1). Mr. Saposnekow
160. Family Living. I, II. 3 hr. A course without prerequisites, for students in all
divisions of the University, to help them attain knowledge, values, and skills
with respect to dating, courtship, mate selection, engagement, marriage,
parenthood, and family life. Mr. Ken
202. Introduction to Social Research. I. 3 hr. Trends in social research; ex-
amination of methods and techniques. Mr. Detrick or Mr. Gibbard
205. Urban Sociology. II. 3 hr. Growth of urbanism in the U.S.; population,
ecological, status, and institutional aspects of organization of cities; urban
problems. Mr. Gibbard
206. Rural Sociology. I. 3 hr. Rural conditions, structures, processes, problems,
trends, agencies. Staff
208. The Community. S. 3 hr. An analytical course intended chiefly to provide
background data for students interested in programs of community action
Topics to be included are: the basic characteristics of communities; community
institutions and resources; social cleavages within the community; the com-
munity survey and community planning. Mr. Gibbard
210. Marriage and the Family. I, II. 3 hr. Sociological analysis of the con-
temporary family and its problems. Mr. Kerr
211. Sociolocy of Childhood. II. 3 hr. Adjustment of child to American culture.
Mr. Kerr
220. Social Change. S. 3 hr. An analysis of the major changes now going on in our
society, of the forces underlying them, and of the tensions to which they give
rise. Mr. Saposnekow
229. Population and Migrations. I. 3 hr. Population theories; growth, composition,
and distribution of American population; immigration and cultural pluralism;
internal migrations and their consequences. Mr. Gibbarc
231. Race Relations. I. 3 hr. Race relations in the U.S. with emphasis on the
American Negro. Mr. Gibbarc
233. Criminology. I, II. 3 hr. Explanation of crime; critical study of criminal
justice, penal metnods, and reform movements. Mr. Saposnekow
234. Juvenile Delinquency. S. 3 hr. A scientific study of the nature, extent, and
causes of delinquency in the United States. Methods of treatment, correction,
and prevention, with emphasis on the work of the juvenile courts.
Mr. Saposnekow
235. Collective Behavior. I. 3 hr. Analysis of new group formation and behavior
following social dislocation; social unrest, crowd behavior, and other forms
of social contagion; the public and public opinion; social movements.
Mr. Detrick
243. Introduction to Anthropology. II. 3 hr. Biological history of man;
analytical study of social organization, culture, and intellectual life of primi-
tive man. Mr. Saposnekow
244. Culture and Personality. II. 3 hr. Significant interrelations between the in-
dividual and his culture. Mr. Detrick
246. Types of Sociological Theory. II. 3 hr. Examination of leading schools
of sociological thought in our day. Mr. Saposnekow
274. Housing. I. 3 hr. Urban and rural housing conditions in U.S.; proposed
solutions; role of public and private action. Mr. Saposnekow
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205
Graduate Division
Prerequisite for all courses in the "300" series: consent of department head.
371, 372. Thesis. I, II. 1-6 hr. Staff
391. General Seminar, I, II. 3 hr. Staff
392. General Seminar. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
393. Seminar in Sociological Research. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
394. Seminar in Sociological Research. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
395. Seminar in Sociological Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
396. Seminar in Sociological Theory. I, II. 3 hr. Staff
SPEECH
Professor Henning; Associate Professors Boyd, Jerome, and Welden; Assistant Professors
Anderson, Burrows, and Cobin; Instructors Anapol, Davis, Ford, Greene, and
Phillips.
The curriculum of the Department of Speech is so organized that a student
may receive basic training in the cultural and practical aspects of any one or
more of six fields of speech: (1) interpretation; (2) public address; (3) radio; (4)
speech correction and audiology; (5) teaching; and (6) theatre. In all courses of
training in speech skills, professional standards of achievement are emphasized.
Forensic Activities. Intramural and intercollegiate forensics, including debate,
oratory, and extemporaneous speaking, receive due attention. Speech tournaments,
trips, and tours as well as campus contests are included in the program. Participation
in these activities may lead to membership in Delta Sigma Rho, honorary forensic
fraternity.
Theatrical Performances. The University Players, in conjunction with classes
in dramatics, present a regular program of plays which affords ample opportunity
for student participation. In addition, other public and semi-public performances
are scheduled to provide experience for less advanced students. Membership in
Alpha Psi Omega may be earned by superior work in connection with various
productions.
Radio Programs. The University Radio Theater produces, through the facilities
of its professionally equipped and outfitted studios, five-minute to half-hour shows
for broadcasting. Many programs are recorded on tape and distributed to stations
throughout the state.
Off-Campus Speech Services. The Department sponsors and furnishes student
programs in the form of short plays, speeches, interpretative readings, and debates
for off-campus performances before women's and civic clubs, community organizations,
and church groups throughout the state.
Speech and Hearing Problems. Under the direction of a speech and hearing
specialist, the Department maintains a clinic for diagnosis and treatment of speech
and hearing deficiencies. All University students with speech and hearing handicaps
may avail themselves of the services of the clinic without additional cost.
Major Requirements. The minimum number of hours in speech courses for
a major is 36, including the following required courses: 3, 6, 11, 29, 50, 51, 121, 140, 250,
and 251. The 12 hours of electives taken in addition to these required courses must
all be upper division. A total of 40 semester hours in Speech may be counted toward
graduation. Included in the major requirements is passage of the platform test.
Platform Test. During the second semester of the sophomore year each speech
major shall demonstrate proficiency in a 15-minute platform test at a time and place
206
CURRICULA AND COURSES
designated by the head of the Department. Passage of this test shall be prerequisite
to continued registration as a speech major. Two tests shall be the maximum allowed
any student. A student may petition to have any public platform appearance
in which he may have occasion to appear judged as his platform test. Satisfactory
passage will fulfill this requirement.
RECOMMENDED DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES
FIRST YEAR
SECOND
YEAR
First Sem.
Hr.
Second Sem.
Hr.
First Sem. Hr.
Second Sem. Hr.
English 1
Science 2 2
3
4
English 2
Science 22
3
4
Language 3
Phys. Educ. (W) 1
Language 3
Phys. Educ. (W) 1
Language
Speech 3
Mil. or Air Sci.
3
3
1 2
Language
Mil. or Air Sci. 2
Phys. Educ.
3
2
1
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Speech 29 3
Hist. 52* 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Speech 11 3
Hist. 53* 3
Phys. Educ.
Electives 23
1
2
Speech 6
Electives 23
3
2
Pol. Sci. I 2 * 3
Eng. 3 or 5 3
Eng. 4 or 6 2 s 3
Pol. Sci. 2 24 3
16-18
16-18
16-17
16-17
THIRD YEAR
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
Speech 50
Speech 51
Speech 140
Philosophy 104
Electives 2 **
Hr.
2
1
3
3
7
Second Sem.
Speech 121
Speech 250
Speech 251
Electives
Hr.
3
2
1
10
First Sem.
Speech Elec.
Electives
Hr.
6
10
Second Sem.
Speech Elec.
Electives
Hr.
6
10
16
16
16
16
♦Students working- toward teacher certification should substitute History 1
and 2.
Teacher Training. For students working toward teacher certification in Speech,
attention is called to the foot-noted items in the above distribution of courses. Also,
in the selection of their speech electives, such students should be certain to elect
Speech 120, Spech 161, and Speech 162, all of which are required for certification in
the field of speech. A minimum of 36 hours in the field is needed for certification.
Courses of Instruction
Lower Division
1. Speech Clinic Laboratory. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Speech examination in
speech clinic and consent. Laboratory for students with speech and hearing
defects. Mr. Jerome and Staff
2. Speech Clinic Laboratory.
Continuation of Speech 1.
I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR:
Speech 1 and consent.
Mr. Jerome and Staff
3. Voice and Diction. I, II. 3 hr. Drills for developing proper breath support
and for producing a strong, flexible, resonant voice. Emphasis upon clarity
of voice for communication. Phonetics. Voices recorded and analyzed, with
corrective exercises prescribed. Open to all students. Mr. Cobin and Staff
22Students working toward teacher certification should take either Biology 1
and 2 or Physical Science 1 and 2.
2;Students working toward teacher certification should schedule Art 30 and
Music 10 here.
24Students working toward teacher certification should substitute Social
Science 1 and 2.
25Selection of course dependent upon whether English 3 or 5 was selected.
English 4 is to follow English 3 and English 6 is to follow English 5.
26Students working toward teacher certification should schedule English 18
or 21, Education 105, and Health Education 101 or 180 here.
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENXES 207
6. Acting. I, II. 3 hr. Drills for developing muscular control; for overcoming
inhibitions; for rendering the body expressive of thought and emotion. Co-
ordination of mind and body. Open to all students. Mr. Boyd and Mr. Burrows
11. Public Speaking. I, II. 3 hr. PR: English 1 and 2. Study and application of
principles of practical public speaking. Training in composition and effective
delivery of speeches and in skill in thinking and speaking before an audience.
Mr. Welden and Staff
29. Oral Interpretation. I, II. 3 hr. Development of mental and emotional re-
sponsiveness to written material. Techniques of communicating such material
to others through oral reading. Open to all students. Mr. Cobin
50. Theatrical Methods and Practices. I, II. 2 hr. Basic techniques and terminol
ogies of acting, scene construction, lighting, properties, costuming, directing
and theater history. (Must be accompanied by Speech 51 to receive credit.)
Mr. Burrows
51. Theatrical Methods and Practices Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. Laboratory to ac-
company Speech 50. Participation in actual production of University Theater
and Children's Theater plays. Mr. Ford
60. Junior Varsity Debate. I. 1-2 hr. Intercollegiate debate training and par-
ticipation preparatory to varsity team debating. Open to freshmen and
sophomores. Mr. Anapol
61. Junior Varsity Debate. II. 1-2 hr. Continuation of Speech 60. Mr. AnapoJ
75. Parliamentary Procedure. I, II. 1 hr. Study of and practice in establishing
rules of order and methods of conducting meetings, assemblies, societies, etc.
Mr. Welden
INTERPRETATION
Upper Division
104. Advanced Oral Interpretation. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 29. Content and form
of various types of literature and advanced techniques for their oral presen-
tation. Mr. Cobin
105. Basic Problems in Interpretation.. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 29. Designed to deal
with individual problems of students in interpretation. Mr. Cobin
113. Advanced Voice and Diction. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 3. Advanced training of the
voice for speech. Adapted to individual needs. Mr. Cobin
200. Art of Storytelling. Summer Session only. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Principles
involved in effective presentation of stories, with practical experience in class-
room and before audiences. Stories of all types for adults and children studied.
Mr. Cobin
203. Professional Reading. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 104 and consent. Intensive train-
ing in interpretation. Designed to meet needs of individual. Full length public
recital prepared and presented. Limited enrollment. Mr. Cobin
205. Advanced Problems in Interpretation. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 29 and consent.
Designed to deal with individual problems of advanced students in interpreta-
tion. Mr. Cobin
PUBLIC SPEAKING
Upper Division
120. Group Discussion. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 11. Theory and practice of various
forms of group discussion. Principles, methods, and types of group discussions;
application of contemporary problems. Mr. Welden
121. Argumentation and Debate. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 11. Principles of argumenta-
tion, evidence, and reasoning; application to debating. Mr. Welden
208 CURRICULA AND COURSES
123. Advanced Argumentation and Debate. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 121. Primarily for
varsity debaters and Law students. Mr. Anapol and Mr. Welden
124. Advanced Argumentation and Debate. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 123.
Mr. Anapol and Mr. Welden
125. Advanced Public Speaking. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 11. Techniques in composi-
tion and deliverv of public speeches. Attention to parliamentary procedure.
Mr. Anapol
220. Speech Composition. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 11 and consent. Materials of
speech, organization, and style; application to delivery. Mr. Henning
221. Persuasion. I 3 hr. PR: Speech 11 and consent. Study and practice in identi-
fication of factors motivating human behavior and belief, how to secure and
hold attention, the uses of suggestion, the dramatization of ideas. Application
to advertising and writing as well as speaking. Adapted to needs of pre-law
and commerce students. Mr. Henning
222. Forms of Public Address. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Composition and delivery of
the oration, political speech, speech of introduction, dedicatory address, and
eulogistic speech. Mr - Welden
223. Advanced Group Discussion. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Application of the prin-
ciples and practices of group discussion to classroom teaching, the conference
table, committee work, policy-determining groups, and the public forum
Opportunities for participation bv members of the class using current national
and international problems. Mr. Anapol and Mr. Welden
225. Interscholastic Forensics. Summer Session only. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Inter-
scholastic public-speaking activities with emphasis upon types commonly
termed original speech, such as debate, oratory, and extemporaneous speak-
inc. Opportunity for performance in each tvpe will be provided.
° rr ' Mr. Henning and Mr. Welden
Graduate Division
330. Classical Rhetoric. I. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Critical study of earlv writings in
the field of speech, their philosophies of composition, organization, style, and
delivery. Mr - Henning
331 Medieval and Modern Rhetoric. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Continuation of
Speech 330. Mr. Henning
335 History of American Public Address. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Critical study
of leading American speakers, their biographies, speeches, and issues with
which they dealt. Mr - ^ Velden
339. Seminar: Problems in Speech. I, II. 3 hr. Mr. Henning
RADIO AND TELEVISION
Upper Division
140 Introduction to Radio. I. 3 hr. Radio as an industry. Organization of
stations-local, regional, and network. FCC regulations. History of broad-
casting, its responsibilities, and job opportunities. Miss Anderson and Mr. Greene
141 R\dio Announcing. II. 3 hr. Procedures and routines of announcing. Staff
assignments, regulations, logged broadcasting operations, reports, and emergency
procedures. Preparation of news and commercial copy. Mr. Greene
142. Radio Acting I, II. 3 hr. Microphone techniques, analysis of character, mood
scene, and situation. Problems of pacing, timing, climax, and projection of
character. Participation in Radio Players broadcasts. Miss Anderson
143 Fundamentals of Radio Production. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 140 or consent
The operation and care of studio and control-room equipment. Nontechnical
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209
study of control and transmission of all types of radio programs. Blending
of sound, music, and speech in dramatic production.
Miss Anderson and Mr. Greene
144. Radio and T.V. Continuity Writing. I. 2 hr. Format of all types of radio and
television writing except dramatic scripts. Continuity for music programs,
talks, interviews, round-table discussions, forums, and variety shows.
Miss Anderson
145. Introduction to Television. I. 3 hr. Television industry, its history and develop
ment. Problems in production and fundamentals of picture transmission. Com-
parison with radio broadcasting. Miss Anderson
240. Dramatic Radio k T.V. Writing. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 141 or consent. Dra-
matic scripts, documentaries, poetry programs, serial dramas, and children's
shows. Scripts are written to be aimed at definite markets or for production
by University Radio and T.V. Players. Miss Anderson
241. Advanced Radio Acting. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 142 or consent. Specialized
study in character and dramatic types, regional and foreign dialects, develop-
ment of original characterizations for professional audition material. Partici-
pation in University Radio Players. Miss Anderson
242. Production Directing. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 143 or consent. Lecture and
laboratory in analysis, casting, rehearsal, and production of talk shows, inter-
views, round-table forums, popular and classical music shows, variety shows.
Miss Anderson
243. Television Workshop. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 145 or consent. Lecture and
laboratory study in production of television programming.
Miss Anderson, Mr. Boyd, Mr. Burrows
244. Radio k T.V. Programming. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 140 and 145 or consent.
Methods of analysis of audience interests and subsequent planning of programs
to service advertisers' accounts. Planning of public service, sustaining, and
educational programs for radio and television. Miss Anderson
Graduate Division
348. Seminar: Problems in Radio. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Miss Anderson
349. Seminar: Problems in Television. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Mr. Burrows
NOTE: For additional courses of training for television, refer to Speech 6, Speech 162,
Speech 260, Speech 261, Speech 263, Speech 264, and Speech 267.
SPEECH RE-EDUCATION
Upper Division
150. Phonetics. I. 2 hr. Production, perception, transcription, and variations ot
the speech sounds of the English language. Miss Phillips
250. Speech Correction. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. General survey of the field of
speech correction, adapted for the classroom teacher with emphasis on the
recognition and therapy of articulation disorders. For maximum benefit, Speech
251 should be taken concurrently. Mr. Jerome
251. Speech Correction Laboratory. I. 1 hr. PR: Speech 250. An observational and
performance laboratory period designed to accompany Speech 250. Students
taking course will train in analyzing speech characteristics in order to identify
and classify types of speech defects, such as articulation disorders, cleft palate
speech, delayed speech, and stuttering. Diagnostic testing procedures for
articulation disorders will be stressed and the basic therapeutic procedures
observed. Mr. Jerome
252. Speech Pathology. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 250 and consent. Theories and
therapies of stuttering. Miss Phillips
253. Audiometry. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Study of the anatomy of the ear, psycho-
physics of sound, testing of hearing, and function of hearing aids. Mr. Jerome
210 CURRICULA AND COURSES
255. Hard of Hearing Therapy. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 150 and consent. Theories
and methods of teaching lip reading and speech to the hearing handicapped.
Miss Phillips
256. Speech Anatomy. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Anatomical and physiological study
of the vocal mechanism. Mr. Jerome
257. Clinical Practice. I, II. 2-3 hr. PR: Speech 252 and consent. Supervised
therapy of the less severe speech and/or hearing problems Miss Phillips
258. Advanced Clinical Practice. I, II. 2-3 hr. PR: Speech 257 and consent.
Supervised therapy of severe speech and/or hearing problems. Mr. Jerome
Graduate Division
352. Advanced Speech Pathology. II. 3 hr. PR: Speech 250 and consent. Theories
of causation and therapies for delayed speech development, cleft palate speech,
and cerebral palsy speech. Mr. Jerome
359. Seminar: Speech Pathology. I, II, 2 hr. PR: 9 hours of speech re-education
courses and consent. Mr. Jerome
THEATER
Upper Division
160. Theatrical Make-up. I. 2 hr. Lecture-laboratory course in art of stage
make-up. Practical experience provided by doing make-up for University
Players productions. Mr. Ford
161. Stagecraft. I, II. 3 hr. Lecture-laboratory course in elementary problems of
scenery construction, scene painting, and stage lighting. Practical experience
provided on University productions. Mr. Ford
162. Play Directing. I. 3 hr. PR: Speech 50. Fundamentals of directing stage
and television play. Emphasis on work of director in relation to actor, stage,
business, composition, movement, and rehearsal schedule. Mr. Boyd
164. Theater Workshop. I, II. 1-3 hr. Laboratory for production of University
plays and informal stimulation of interest in creative arts. Open to all
students. Mr. Ford
260. Advanced Acting. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 6, Speech 50, and consent. Char-
acterization, script analysis, style, theories, and techniques. Designed to
meet needs of individual student. Mr Boyd
261. Theatrical Dialects. I. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Study and mastery of 12 common
dialects used in theater and radio. Mr. Boyd
262. Playvvriting. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 50 and consent. Development of creative
ability in dramatic composition. Study of techniques and problems of play-
wright. Of cultural value, but primarily a writing course. Mr. Cobin
263. Scene Design. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent. Lecture and laboratory in theories c\
scene design for stage and television, including actual construction of designs.
Open to juniors, seniors, and graduate students. Mr. Burrows
264. Advanced Play Directing. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 162, either Speech 161 or
164, and consent. Emphasis on work of director as an integrating artist. Dis-
play of high level of proficiency in direction of an one-act play required of
all students enrolled. Mr. Boyd
265. History of Theater. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 50 and consent. Historical survey
of theater from primitive times to present. Includes both oriental and
occidental theaters. Mr. Burrows
266. Theater in Society. II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 50 and consent. Objectives of
theater art, its position in our social structure, philosophy, objectives, and
ethical responsibilities of the theater artist. Mr. Burrows
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211
267. Advanced Scenery and Lighting. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Speech 161 and consent. A
more technical study of scenery and lighting problems than is offered in
Speech 161. Students are given opportunity for laboratory study through in-
dependent investigation and work on University Players' productions.
Mr. Burrows
268. Creative Dramatics. I. 2 hr. PR: Speech 6 or consent. The study and practice
of creative dramatic activity as a method of learning and self development for
children. Mr. Boyd
Graduate Division
368. Seminar: Problems in Theater. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Consent.
Mr. Boyd and Mr. Burrows
RELATED COURSES
170, 171, 172. Extra-Curricular Speech Activities. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent
of head. Head of department may grant credit for any extracurricular
speech activity which is assigned to and directed by member of speech staff.
Staff
270. Psychology of Speech. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hours of psychology and 18 hours of
speech. Psychological principles involved in speech situation. Analysis or
roles of emotion, habit, learning, judgment, rating, and imagery in speech.
Mr. Henning
275. Speech Problems of Children. Summer Session only. 3 hr. PR: Consent. Nor-
mal development of speech habits in children. Diagnostic and remedial pro-
cedures for speech defective. Relationship between speech and allied activities
such as reading, spelling, and disciplinary problems. Mr. Henning
Graduate Division
301. Research Problems and Methods. I. 3 hr. PR: Graduate standing. Required
of all candidates for Master's Degree in speech. Mr. Henning
370. Research. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Speech 301. a speech seminar, and consent of
head of department. For graduate students in speech. Mr. Henning and Staff
375. Independent Study. I, II. 1-3 hr. PR: Speech 301, a speech seminar, and con-
sent of head of department. Open to graduate students in speech who are
pursuing independent problems in that field. Mr. Henning and Staff
399. Thesis. I, II. 2-4 hr. Mr. Henning and Staff
The College of Commerce
GENERAL INFORMATION
The College of Commerce of West Virginia University was established by the
Board of Governors of the University on November 10, 1951, and began its initial
year of operation in September, 1952. Courses leading to the bachelor's and master's
degrees in business administration and economics have been offered by West Virginia
University for manv years in the Department of Economics and Business Administra-
tion which has been in the College of Arts and Sciences. After September, 1952, the
Department of Economics and Business Administration became the College of
Commerce. The College of Commerce is a member of the American Association of
Collegiate Schools of Business.
Objectives
The primary objective of the College of Commerce is to provide students with
training for careers in business and for careers that require extensive training in
economics. To achieve this aim, the curricula of the College are so constructed as
to provide a broad cultural background; a core group of courses in the various
phases of business administration and economics; and specialization in a particular
field of business administration or economics.
Undergraduate Program
Undergraduate work is undertaken in two divisions; the lower division, in which
Freshmen and Sophomores are enrolled, and the upper division, in which Juniors
and Seniors are enrolled. The lower division curriculum is designed to afford students
a liberal educational background and to provide a foundation for the work that
follows. Students will be admitted to the College of Commerce upon completion of
at least 58 semester hours of required and acceptable elective courses at a grade
average of not less than "C."
In order to provide a well-rounded background in the different phases of business
or economics, a core curriculum is required. These courses are: Economic Principles,
Industrial Management, Business Law, Money and Banking, Accounting, Statistics,
Labor Problems, Business Finance, and Marketing. (Certain exceptions are made in
the Economics major option.) Since manv students do not follow the careers for
which they prepare in the University, this background of fundamentals should better
enable them, in terms of versatility and adaptability, to meet the changing courses of
their careers than does a highlv specialized program. Furthermore, it affords a
comprehensive educational foundation upon which specialized programs can be built.
Although narrowly specialized training is avoided, major concentration areas
are offered. These permit upperclassmen to acquire a detailed knowledge of those
phases that interest them particularly. The major fields of study are as follows:
Accounting, Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing, Secretarial Training, and
General Business.
Graduate Program
The graduate curriculum (for the Master's Degree) is designed to give qualified
students the opportunity to pursue an advanced course of study in one or more
specialized fields of business administration or economics. Each student's program
is prepared in terms of his academic background and his interests, and is subject to
the approval of his adviser.
Bureau of Business Research
The Bureau of Business Research, functioning as an integral part of the College,
was organized for the purpose of undertaking research into business and economic
212
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 213
problems— particularly those of West Virginia. This research program is undertaken
by faculty members of the College of Commerce and by other staff members, under
the general supervision of the Director of the Bureau of Business Research.
Publication of a series of monographs, the West Virginia Business and Economic
Studies, was begun by the Bureau in 1949.
Building and Equipment
The physical facilities of the College of Commerce are modern and adequate.
Armstrong Hall, which houses the College, was erected in 1950. It contains excellent
classrooms and offices, well-equipped accounting and statistics laboratories, and the
Bureau of Business Research.
Placement of Graduates
The faculty placement adviser in the College as well as all staff members will aid
qualified graduates to find desirable employment. Graduates have access to the
University Placement Office, which serves graduating seniors and alumni.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Regular Students
Applicants seeking admission to the College of Commerce for the purpose of
obtaining a degree must have earned at least 58 semester hours of required and
approved elective courses in the lower-division curriculum at a grade average of not
less than "C."
REGISTRATION
Pre-Commerce freshmen and sophomores as well as juniors and seniors of the
College of Commerce enroll at the beginning of each semester or term of the University.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
Bachelor's Degree
The College of Commerce offers the degrees of Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration and Bachelor of Science in Economics. Candidates for these degrees
must have a minimum of 128 semester hours of work and have satisfied the College
requirements as to courses and grades (256 grade points) in order to graduate. A
candidate for the bachelor's degree must earn a minimum of 30 semester hours while
enrolled as a student in the College of Commerce.
A Second Bachelor's Degree
A student who has earned a Bachelor's Degree in one department or college of
West Virginia University may become eligible for a second Bachelor's Degree by
earning a minimum of 30 semester hours which include the core curriculum courses
of the College of Commerce.
Master's Degree
Candidates for the degrees of Master of Science in Business Administration and
Master of Arts in Economics must have a minimum of 30 semester hours (approved
by advisers) taken as graduate students. A thesis is required of all candidates. For
details about requirements for graduate degrees reference should be made to the
Announcements of the Graduate School.
214
CURRICULA Ax\D COURSES
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Lower Division
Pre-Commerce students are expected to complete the lower-division program of
study within the first two years of residence at the University. Economics 1 and 2 are
prerequisite to all upper-division courses in the College of Commerce. Certain ex-
ceptions are made for courses in Secretarial Studies when taken by persons registered
in other colleges.
FIRST YEAR
Courses Hr.
Eng. 1 and 2 6
Hist. 1 and 2
or Humanities 1 and 2 6 or 8
Laboratory Science 1 8
Math. 2, 3, or 8 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 and 2 4
P.E. (Service Program) 2
Electives (Men)2 6
Electives (Womenp 10
SECOND YEAR
Courses Hr.
Accounting 1 and 2 6
Eng. 23^ 3
Econ 1 and 2 6
Speech 11 3
Hist. 52 or Pol. Sci. 2 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 and 4 4
P.E. (Service Program) Women 2
Electives (Men)2 8
Electives (Women)2 10
Total 35 or 37 Total
33
Upper Division
Accounting
The accounting program is designed to prepare students for public accounting,
and for positions as accountants in business, industry, and government.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses
Intermediate Accounting
(Accounting 111)
Advanced Accounting (Accounting 112)
Cost Accounting (Accounting 115) ....
Industrial Management (Man. Ill) ..
Statistics (Economics 125)
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) .
Electives (Group 1) 4
Hr.
Electives (Group 2) 5 3
SENIOR VEAR
Courses Hr.
Advanced Accounting Problems I
(Accounting 113) 3
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
Money and Banking (Economics 111) .. 3
Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3
Electives (Group 1) 4 6
Electives (Group 2) 5 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total 30 Total
30
iA laboratory science may be chosen from Biology, Chemistry, Physics,
Botany, Zoology, Psychology, Geology, or Physical Science.
2Elective courses chosen from the following departments are recommended:
English, History, Humanities, Mathematics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychol-
ogy, Sociology, Speech, or Foreign Language. Students who select a foreign lan-
guage must complete 6 hours in the same language at the University. Students
who plan to major in secretarial studies should schedule Secretarial Studies
61 and 62 in the sophomore year.
3Students majoring in secretarial studies should schedule Secretarial Studies
51 instead of English 23.
4Electives in Group I are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval ot" the adviser. Depending upon their particular
areas of interest in accounting, students may select additional accounting courses
from the following: Accounting 213, Income Tax Accounting I; Accounting 214,
Income Tax Accounting II; Accounting 216, Advanced Cost Accounting; Accounting
217, Auditing Theory; Accounting 218, Auditing Practice; Accounting 220, Ac-
counting Systems; Accounting 221, Accounting for Selected Industries; Accounting
224, Advanced Accounting Problems II; Accounting- 230, Accounting Theory.
sElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year.
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE
215
Economics
This program is designed for those who wish to emphasize economics in their
training for business; for those who wish to undertake graduate work for an advanced
degree; for those who wish to enter government service; and for those who wish to teach.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Statistics (Economics 125) 3
Money and Banking (Economics 111) .3
Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
Economic Theory (Economics 221) . . 3
Electives (Group l) 6 6
Electives (Group 2) 7 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
SENIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Public Finance (Economics 241) 3
Business Cycles (Economics 235) 3
History of Economic Thought
(Economics 222) 3
Electives (Group 1) « 12
Electives (Group 2) 7 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total . .
Finance
. 30 Total
SO
This program is designed to meet the needs of those students who plan to enter
government service or to become associated with the financial or insurance departments
of banks or of commercial and industrial organizations.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Industrial Management
(Management 111) 3
Statistics (Economics 125) 3
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
General Insurance (Finance 115) .... 3
Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3
Electives (Group l) 8 6
Electives (Group 2) 9 3
Total 30
SENIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Problems in Business Finance
(Finance 212) 3
Business Cycles (Economics 235) 3
Investments (Finance 150) 3
Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3
Electives (Group l) 8 6
Electives (Group 2) 9 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total 30
cElectives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser.
7Electives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in group 2
in the junior and senior years.
sElectives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser.
sElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year.
216
CURRICULA AND COURSES
Management
This program is designed to prepare students tor the several types of positions in
management, especially those in production and in industrial relations. Although
it does not provide highly technical training for the several types of positions in the
field of management, it does provide a foundation upon which specialized training
can be developed.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Statistics (Economics 125) 3
Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6
Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3
Industrial Management
(Management 111) 3
Electives (Group l) 10 6
Electives (Group 2)" 3
Total 30
SENIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
Personnel Management
(Management 216) 3
Production Management
(Management 112) 3
Business Policy (Management 225) ... 3
Marketing Management
(Marketing 112) 3
Electives (Group l)io 6
Electives (Group 2)« 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total 30
Marketing
This program is designed to prepare students for positions in the field of distribu-
tion. The required and suggested courses include work in the areas of sales manage-
ment, sales promotion and advertising, marketing research and procurement as carried
on by manufacturing, wholesaling, and retailing establishments.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
Statistics (Economics 125) 3
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6
Industrial Management
< Management 111) 3
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3
Marketing Management (Marketing 112) 3
Electives (Group l)i* 6
Electives (Group 2) 13 3
Total 30
SENIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Labor Problems (Economics 115) .... 3
Principles of Advertising
(Marketing 120) 3
Principles of Retailing (Marketing 115) 3
Transportation (Economics 225) 3
Monev and Banking (Economics 111) . 3
Electives (Group I)"' 6
Electives (Group 2)* 3 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total 30
loElectives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser.
nElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year.
i2Electives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser.
i3Electives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Journalism 113, Principles of Advertising in the School of Journalism, and
Psychology 132, Psychology of Advertising and Selling in the College of Arts and
Sciences are especially recommended for students interested in the field of
advertising. Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives
In groups 1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year.
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE
217
Secretarial Studies
This program is designed for students who intend to become secretaries to
executives or supervisors of clerical activities in an office.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Industrial Management
(Management 111) 3
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3
Secretarial Training and Office
Practice ((Secretarial Studies 131) . 3
Shorthand 1 and 2 (Secretarial
Studies 125 and 126) 8
Electives (Group l)i* 3
Electives (Group 2) 15 4
Total 30
SENIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Statistics (Economics 125) 3
Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
Transcription (Secretarial Studies 132) 2
Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3
Electives (Group l)* 4 9
Electives (Group 2) 15 4
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total 30
General Business
A student selecting the General Business Program has a wider choice of electives
than does one who selects a more specialized program. This curriculum is recom-
mended to those who have not decided upon a specialized field of study but who
desire a well-integrated program in Business Administration.
JUNIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Statistics (Economics 125) 3
Principles of Marketing (Marketing 111) 3
Business Law (Bus. Law 111 and 112) . 6
Industrial Management
(Management 111) 3
Labor Problems (Economics 115) 3
Electives (Group l) 16 6
Electives (Group 2) 17 6
Total 30
SENIOR YEAR
Courses Hr.
Personnel Management
(Management 216) 3
General Insurance (Finance 115) 3
Money and Banking (Economics 111) . 3
Business Finance (Finance 111) 3
Electives (Group l)is 9
Electives (Group 2)i 7 6
Electives (Group 1 or 2) 3
Total 30
i4Electives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser.
lsElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in groups
1 and 2 in the junior year and electives from group 2 in the senior year.
i6Electives in Group 1 are to be selected from courses offered in the College
of Commerce with the approval of the adviser.
i7Electives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advanced Military or Air Science will use electives in group 2
in the junior and senior years.
218
CURRICULA AND COURSES
The Commerce-Law Curriculum
The Commerce-Law curriculum is designed to provide a cultural background
and a core group of courses in the various phases of business administration and
economics as a foundation for the study of law.
LOWER DIVISION
Pre-commerce students are expected to complete the lower-division program of
study within the first two years of residence at the University.
FIRST YEAR
Courses
English 1 and 2
History 1 & 2 or Humanities 1 & 2
Laboratory Science* 8
Math 2, 3 or 8
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 and 2
P. E. (Service Program)
Electives (Men)i 9
SECOND YEAR
Hr.
Courses
Hr.
6
Accounting 1 and 2
6
6 or 8
English 23 (Business English)
3
8
Economics 1 and 2
6
3
History 52 or Political Science 2
3
4
English 9 and 10
6
2
Speech 11 (Public Speaking)
3
6
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 and 4
4
Electives (Men)* 9
2
Total
UPPER DIVISION
35 or 37 Total
33
In the third year students will enroll in all upper-division core curriculum courses
in the College of Commerce with the exceptions of Business Law 111 and 112.
THIRD YEAR
Courses Hr.
Finance 111 (Business Finance) 3
Mktg. Ill (Prin. of Marketing) 3
Mgt. Ill (Ind. Management) 3
Economics 125 (Statistics) 3
Economics 111 (Money and Banking) 3
Economics 115 (Labor Problems) 3
Electives Group I20 12
Electives Group 2 21 6
36
In the fourth year students will enroll in the regular course work required by
the College of Law. Students will be recommended for a Bachelor of Science degree
in the College of Commerce upon the satisfactory completion of the requirements
of the College of Commerce program and upon the satisfactory completion of the
College of Law first year program piovided a total of not less than 128 semester
hours has been earned. The Bachelor of Laws degree will be conferred after a
student has completed requirements of the College of Law at the end of the sixth
vear.
18A laboratory science may be chosen from Biology, Chemistry, Physics,
Botany. Zoology, Psychology, Geology, or Physical Science.
if>Elective courses chosen from the following departments are recommended:
English, History, Humanities, Mathematics. Philosophy, Political Science, Psy-
chology, Sociology, Speech or Foreign Language. Students who select a foreign
language must complete 6 hours in the same language at the University.
20Electives in Group 1 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser from
courses offered in the College of Commerce.
2iElectives in Group 2 are to be selected with the approval of the adviser
from any department in the University other than in the College of Commerce.
Students electing advance Military or Air Science will use electives in Group 2.
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 219
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
ACCOUNTING
1. Principles of Accounting. I, II. 3 hr. A study of the accounting cycle, journals
and ledgers, working papers, and the preparation of financial and operating
statements for individual proprietorships. Staff
2. Principles of Accounting. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 1. Accounting concepts
applicable to partnerships and corporations, including manufacturing concerns;
analysis of financial statements and budgets. Staff
111. Intermediate Accounting. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 2. Analysis of account-
ing theory and practice as applied to partnerships and corporations.
Mr. Backer and Mr. O'Sullivan
112. Advanced Accounting. II. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 111. Accounting theories
applicable to valuation of assets and determination of liabilities. Mr. Kurtz
113. Advanced Accounting Problems I. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Accounting
for consolidations, installment sales, consignments, receiverships, reorganizations,
branches, foreign exchange, and estates and trusts. Mr. Kurtz
115. Cost Accounting. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 2. Characteristics of material,
labor, and burden costs in factory production; job order and process cost
accounting. Mr. Kurtz
213, 214. Income Tax Accounting. I, II. 3 hr. per semester. PR: Accounting 112.
Bureau of Internal Revenue Regulations and related legal cases; preparation
of tax returns for individuals, partnerships, and corporations. Mr. Backer
216. Advanced Cost Accounting. II. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 115. Accounting for stand-
ard costs and budgetary control. Mr. Kurtz
217. Auditing Theory. I. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Procedure required for inde-
pendent verification of financial statements; the duties and responsibilities of
the auditor; the various types of examinations. Staff
218. Auditing Practice. II. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 217. Application of the procedures
introduced in the previous semester, such as the preparation of audit work
papers and reports, analysis of published statements, case studies, discussion of
the Statement of Audit Procedure of the American Institute of Accountants.
Staff
220. Accounting Systems. I. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Installation of accounting
systems, particularly as applied to procedure survey, design of accounting forms,
use of hand written records, application of business machines, procedure re-
ports. Staff
221. Accounting for Specific Industries. I. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 112. Accounting
principles and financial reports peculiar to governmental agencies, banks, in-
surance companies, department stores, public utilities, brokerage houses, etc.
Staff
224. Advanced Accounting Problems. II. 3 hr. PR: Minimum of 18 hours in ac-
counting with an average grade of "B" or higher. Analysis and solution of
representative C.P.A. problems. Mr. Kurtz
230. Accounting Theory. II. 2 hr. PR: Accounting 112 and consent of instructor.
Origin and development of accounting principles and standards. Mr. Backer
331, 332. Thesis. I, II, 2 or 3 hr. Staff
BUSINESS LAW
111. Business Law. I, II. 3 hr. Introduction to the study of the legal system, courts
and procedures; fundamentals of contracts and insurance. Mr. Farmer
220 CURRICULA AND COURSES
112. Business Law. I. II. 3 hr. Fundamentals of the law of real and personal prop-
erty: sales of personal property; liens and security transactions; negotiable
instruments. Mr. Farmer
ECONOMICS
1. Principles of Economics. I. II. 3 hr. Organization and principles of economic
activity. Freshmen are not admitted to Economics 1 and 2. Staff
2. Principles of Economics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 1. Economics 1 and 2 are
prerequisite to all upper-division courses. Staff
111. Money and Banking. I. II. 3 hr. Our svstem of monetary and banking arrange-
ments, viewed in relation to functioning of the economic system as a whole.
Mr. Fishman
115. Labor Problems. I. II. 3 hr. Historv of modern labor movements: analvsis of
economic and social problems arising from relations between capital, labor, and
the state. Mr. Somers
116. History of Labor in United States. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115 or consent of
instructor. Origins and development of labor organizations with particular
attention to those in the U. S. Mr. Somers
119. Economics of Consumption. I. 3 hr. Economic and social problems involved in
consumer choices. Staff
125. Statistics. I. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 2, 3, or 8. Methods of collecting, presenting,
analvzing. and interpreting business data, with special emphasis on the analvsis
of frequencv distribution, trend fitting, seasonal corrections, forecasting, and
index numbers. A two-hour laboratory session is required in this course.
Mr. Hanczaryk
205. Current Economic Problems. S. 3 hr. PR: Economics 1 and 2 or consent of
the instructor. For students in Education only. A course designed to acquaint
public school teachers with reliable source material in economics and to
instruct them in studying current economic problems. Mr. Campbell
209. Problems in Economics. I, II. 1-3 hr. Staff
210. Comparative Economic Systems. II. 3 hr. Structure and processes of existing
economic systems throughout the world including review of basic principles of
free enterprise, socialistic, communistic, and fascistic societies. Comprehensive
analysis based on current and recent experiments in these economies. Mr. Clark
217. Trade Unionism. I. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 115. An analysis of the structure, govern-
ment, attitudes, and policies of organized labor: the economic and political
implications of union policv. Mr. Somers
218. Collective Bargaining and Labor Relations. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 115 or con-
sent of instructor. Theory and practice of collective bargaining: causes of
industrial peace and conflict: government regulation of labor relations.
Mr. Somers
221 Economic Theory. I. 3 hr. Training and experience in use of analytical
methods and techniques needed in dealing with fundamental economic prob-
lems. Mr. Thompson
222. History of Economic Thought. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 221. Economic ideas in
perspective of historic development. Mr. Thompson
225. Transportation. I. 3 hr. Development of an inland transportation system and
relations and policies of transport agencies. Mr. Campbell
230. Public Utilities. II. 3 hr. Development of regulation; economics of valuation
and rate making. Mr. Campbell
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 221
235. Business Cycles. I. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 125, or consent of instructor. Industrial
fluctuations; causes and possible remedies. Mr. Fishman
241. Public Finance. I. 3 hr. Fiscal organization and administration of modern gov-
ernments; public expenditures; governmental revenues; problems of public
debt Mr. Tower
242. Taxation. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 241 or consent of instructor. Comparative study
of taxes and tax systems. Particular emphasis upon tax structures of Federal
government and State of West Virginia. Mr. Tower
245. Government and Business. II. 3 hr. Government in its role of adviser and um-
pire; analysis of governmental policies and practices affecting business.
Mr. Fishman
250. International Trade. II. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Development of
trade among nations; theories of trade; policies; physical factors; trends; and
barriers. Mr. Campbell
256. Advanced Statistics. II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 125 or equivalent. Correlation,
index numbers, time series, analysis, statistical inference, and population
forecasting. Mr. Hanczaryk
310. Contemporary Economic Theory. II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 221. Recent developments
in economic theory such as those relating to imperfect competition, monetary
problems, and collectivist economy. Staff
315. Bibliography and Research. I. 2 hr. Sources of information; research procedures;
analysis and interpretation of data; preparation of manuscripts.
Mr. Coleman
319. Seminar in Economics. II. 2 hr. Staff
331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Staff
FINANCE
111. Business Finance. I. II. 3 hr. PR: Accounting 1 and 2 or consent of instructor.
Legal and economic aspects of business formation, operation, and readjustment;
social control of business activit\ . Mr. Tower
115. General Insurance. I. II. 3 hr. Theory of risk and its application to insurance;
principles underlying all forms of insurance — life, property, casualty, fire, and
surety. Sir. Wright
120. Life Insurance. I. 2 hr. PR: Finance 115. Principles of life-insurance protection;
legal regulation of insurance companies. Mr. Wright
150. Investments. II. 3 hr. PR: Finance 111 or consent of instructor. Investment
analysis and management for the individual and the firm. Mr. Tower
161. Real Estate. I. 3 hr. Principles and practices of real estate business. Mr. Wright
212. Problems in Business Finance. II. 3 hr. PR: Finance 111. A study of selected
problems of business finance developed largely by the case method. Mr. Tower
216. Casualty Insurance. II. 2 hr. PR: Finance 115. Nature of and reasons for ex-
isting practices in casualty insurance. An analysis of liability, automobile, acci-
dent and health, workmens compensation, and other casualtv coverages.
Mr. Wright
217. Property Insurance. I. 3 hr. PR: Finance 115. An analysis of Fire, Marine, and
Inland Marine insurance with particular reference to the theories of under-
writing used in these lines. The case method of study is utilized. Mr. Wright
331, 332. Thesis. I, II, 2 or 3 hr. Staff
222 CURRICULA AND COURSES
MANAGEMENT
111. Industrial Management. I, II. 3 hr. The assignment of managerial personnel to
the specialized activities, location and lay-out of manufacturing plants, stand-
ardization and simplification of equipment and processes, procurement issue
and storage of material, production cost and labor efficiency, planning and
scheduling of operations. Mr. Isaack
112. Production Management. II. 3 hr. PR: Management 111. The management and
administration of manufacturing and production activities with the proper
coordination and control of them to achieve production goals. Mr. Isaack
210. Problems of Small Business. II. 2 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate majors in
the College of Commerce. Analysis of specific problems facing small businesses
in our present-day American economy; specialized management course for stu-
dents who wish to prepare as proprietors of a small business. Staff
213. Problems in Business Administration. I, II. 1-3 hr. Staff
216. Personnel Management. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Economics 115. Principles and practice
in the direction, coordination, and remuneration of manpower. Mr. Isaack
225. Business Policy. II. 3 hr. PR: Senior standing and consent of instructor. In-
tegrated study of policies, organization, facilities, and control techniques of
business enterprises. Mr. Coleman
331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Staff
MARKETING
111. Principles of Marketing. I. II. 3 hr. Principles, policies, and practices followed
by producer, wholesaler, and retailer in distribution of commodities to con-
sumer. Mr. Crooks
112. Marketing Management. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Marketing 111. Organizing, planning,
and control of sales; operating a sales force; and formation of sales policies.
Mr. Crooks
115. Principles of Retailing. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Marketing 111. Mathematics of retail-
ing, organization, administration, merchandising, operations, and promotional
activities. Mr. Crooks
120. Principles of Advertising. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Marketing 111 and 112. Introduction
to principles and practices of advertising, including preparation of complete
advertising campaign. Mr. Roberts
210. Industrial Purchasing. I. 3 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate students. A sur-
vey of corporate procurement problems facing modern purchasing executives.
Mr. Roberts
215. Marketing Research. I, II. 2 hr. PR: For seniors and graduate students in
Marketing, and consent of instructor. The utilization of present-day marketing
research techniques in the solution of practical marketing problems, with par-
ticular reference to West Virginia. Mr. Roberts
331, 332. Thesis. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. Mr. Roberts
SECRETARIAL STUDIES
51. Business Communications. II. 3 hr. PR: 6 hr. English composition and ability
to type. Vocabulary and technique of business writing as applied to various
forms of research and reporting. Miss Coutts
61. Typewriting. I. 2 hr. For secretarial majors or consent of instructor. Instruc-
tion in formation of accurate typing habits.* Miss Coutts
THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 223
62. Typewriting. I. II. 2 hr. PR. Secretarial Studies 61 or equivalent. For secre-
tarial majors or consent of instructor.* Miss Coutts
125. Shorthand. I. 4 hr. Gregg shorthand for beginners.* Miss Courts
126. Shorthand. II. 4 hr. PR: Secretarial Studies 125, or equivalent. Intensive re-
view of fundamental principles ol Gregg shorthand; development of accurate
writing and ability to transcribe business and manuscript materials.*
Miss Coutts
131. Secretarial Training and Office Practice. I. 3 hi. PR: Ability to type. Anal-
ws of common working problems of a secretary. Special emphasis on sources
of information, procedures in filing, handling mail, planning itineraries, pre-
paring material for publication, preparing minutes of meetings, and preparing
statistical material.* Miss Coutts
132. Transcription. II. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. For advanced students of
typewriting and shorthand.* Miss Coutts
•Credit will be allowed for Secretarial Studies majors in the College of
Commerce and for students in the College of Education with Commerce teaching
fields, only.
The College of Education
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
In 1901 a Department of Education was established in the College of Arts and
Sciences of West Virginia University. Subsequently, departments of education grew up
in the College of Engineering and the School of Music. In 1927 the College of
Education was established by the Board of Governors of the University to unif)
professional training for school service.
Through its undergraduate and graduate courses, its seminars, its laboratory
schools, its field services, and its encouragement and direction of educational investi-
gation, the College of Education aims to contribute to educational efficiency by in-
culcating a liberal and more scientific conception of the functions of public schools
and by providing the professional training of elementary-school and secondary-school
teachers, principals, and supervisors, general school administrators, college teachers,
educational counselors, and educational research specialists.
The College of Education comprises the College with its resident courses of
instruction and its facilities for research; University High School with its opportunities
for observation, student teaching, directed supervision, and experimentation; Labora-
tory Elementary School with its opportunities for observation, student teaching, and
graduate study of pupil progress; and affiliated public schools for supervised student-
teaching experience.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Methods of Entrance
Candidates for admission to the University may be admitted either by exam-
ination or on the basis of official transcripts of record. Transcripts of college or
university record must be sent by the registrar of the other institution directly to
the Registrar of the University immediately after the student has completed his
work in that institution. Transcripts must be received by the Registrar at least
three weeks prior to the semester or term in which the applicant is interested.
The transcripts received in support of applications for admission become the
property of the University and are permanently filed in the office of the Registrar.
The requirements for admission to the College of Education are (a) grad-
uation from a first-class high school with University entrance requirements satis-
fied and (b) 58 semester hours of approved college work with an average of at
least two grade points per credit hour on all work presented. Students in other
colleges or universities who contemplate transferring to the College of Education
should so order their courses of study as to meet junior standing and should be
fulfilling the curricular requirements for the certification of teachers as stated in
the College of Education Announcements.
Orientation and Selection
To assist students in choosing a career in the area of teaching and to maintain
adequate standards for admission to teacher-training, the College of Education requires
all students to participate in the Orientation and Selection Program. The student
is enrolled in this program concurrently with the first course taken in the College
of Education.
224
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 225
Adviser
When the student enters the College of Education he is assigned an adviser from
the College. The student will plan his program of work — required courses, electives,
examinations, conference courses, etc. — in consultation with his adviser. Although
the adviser desires to be helpful, this does not absolve the student from becoming
familiar with all pertinent regulations and planning his program of work in accord-
ance with the objective of his choice.
West Virginia Board of Education Regulation for Certification of
Teachers
The West Virginia Board of Education requires that one hundred semester hours
of the one hundred twenty-eight required for certification shall be completed in regu-
larly scheduled campus courses. The twenty-eight hours of permissible nonresidence
courses may be earned by extension, home study (correspondence), radio, television,
special examinations and/or army service. Eighteen of the twenty-eight hours may
be applied to a Second Class Elementary Certificate and twelve hours to a Third Class
Elementary Certificate. Any teacher who may be penalized by the revised ruling be-
cause of credits earned before June 1, 1954, may be certified under present regulations.
Maximum Work
Students may not, without special permission, register in the College of Education
for more than 18 hours during any semester and 6 hours during any summer term.
Students may register in the College of Education for more than 18 hours during any
semester and 6 hours during any summer term only by special permission, provided that
that they have gained the preceding semester a grade-point average of 2.9, or better,
with no grade below C. Any student who desires to do irregular work, or to carry
more than the prescribed maximum of hours, must obtain written permission from his
adviser and the Scholarship Committee of the College. This permit is not valid until
it has been filed with the Registrar.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
To be eligible for recommendation for the degrees of Bachelor of Science in
Secondary Education and Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education a candidate
must:
1. Comply with the general regulations of the University concerning entrance,
advanced standing, classification, examination, marks, grade points, etc.
2. Satisfy the General Requirements for certification.
3. Complete the required hours of approved courses in Education.
4. Select and pursue two teaching fields for high-school teaching or the pre-
scribed curriculum for elementary teaching.
5. Adhere to the patterns prescribed in completing the teaching fields.
6. Present 128 hours of approved college credit, with a general average of "C"
as described under General Requirements for Certification. (Only credit earned in
West Virginia University and at Potomac State College will be used in computing grade
points for graduation.) The candidate must have completed 26 hours after enrolling
in the College of Education.
7. Be at least 18 years of age, of good moral character, interested in educational
work, and mentally, physically, and otherwise qualified to perform the duties of a
teacher.
Fulfillment of the requirements for graduation from the College of Education
qualifies a candidate to apply for recommendation for a West Virginia first-class
teaching certificate.
General Requirements For First-Class Certificates
In order to teach in the public schools of West Virginia, one must hold a cer-
tificate issued by the State Department if Education. Before any West Virginia
University applicant is eligible to receive a first-class teaching certificate he must have
226
CURRICULA AND COURSES
(1) met the minimum State requirements, (2) met the University degree requirements,
and (3) been recommended by the Dean of the College of Education as herein pre-
scribed.
The College of Education will inform each of its students who is a prospective
teacher, and any other prospective teacher, upon request, of the requirements for
certification, and assist him in preparing a program of studies to meet these require-
ments. It is the obligation of the student who desires such counsel to arrange a con-
ference some time before the end of the sophomore year.
A candidate for certification is required to achieve a grade-point average of 2.0
("C") or better, as follows: (1) on the total of college credits earned; (2) on the hours
earned in Education; (3) in student teaching; and (4) in each of the high-school teach-
ing fields or in the non-Education courses of the elementary field.
The Dean of the College of Education recommends candidates for certification
only after the completion of work for the baccalaureate degree. To be eligible for
recommendation by the University for any West Virginia five-year teaching certifi-
cate, the applicant must have done student teaching under the supervision of the
College of Education.
At least 45 semester hours of upper-division work, West Virginia University
standards, are required for all teaching certificates. The qualifications herein pre-
scribed are minimum, not optimum or maximum, and must be met by all candidates.
For additional information about certification consult the Dean of the College
of Education.
General Subject-Matter and Education Requirements for all
First-Class Certificates Valid for Five Years
Required Courses
Elementary
First-class
Special
School
High School
Nonacademic
English and Speech
Hr.
Hr.
Hr.
Written and Spoken English
6
6
6
English 1, 2
Advanced Written & Spoken English
3
3
3
English 18 or English 21
(Com.)
Study and Appreciation of
Literature
English 5 or 6 (American)
3)
3)
3)
OR
or
or
or
English 3 or 4 (English)
3)
3)
3)
Backgrounds of (Child) Literature
3
Library Science 203
Speech
Speech 3 (Voice and Diction)
3
or Speech 11 (Public Speaking)
Minimum Requirement
18
12
12
Social Science
Hr.
Hr.
Hr.
Development of Social
Institutions
History 1, 2
6)
6)
6)
OR
or
or
or
Humanities 1, 2
8)
8)
8)
Fundamental Social Problems
Social Science 1, 2
8
8
8
American History 52, 53
6
West Virginia History 150
3
Geography
3
Geog. 107 (Introductory) or
Geog. 109 (Econ.)
Minimum Requirement
26-28
14-16
14-16
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 227
Elementary
First-class
Special
School
High School
Nonacademic
Science and Mathematics
Hr.
Hr.
Hr.
General Biology 1, 2
8)
8)
OR
or
or
Physical Science 1, 2 (general)
8)
8)
General Biology 1, 2 AND
Physical Science 1
OR
Physical Science 1, 2 AND
Biology 1
12
Conservation
3
Forestry 140
Mathematics for teachers
3
Arithmetic 6
Minimum Requirement 18
Hr. Hr. Hr.
Music
Music in Human Relations 2 2 2
Music 10
Music and as Art and Science 2
Music 11
Music Materials and Procedures 2
Music 12
Minimum Requirement
Art
Art Appreciation:
Art 30 or 130
Creative Expression in the Fine Arts
Art 1
Creative Expression in the Applied Arts
Art 2
Minimum Requirement
Hr.
Hr.
Hr.
2
2
2
K 2
Vrts: 2
Hr. Hr. Hr.
Physical Weil-Being
Orientation-Physical Education
For Men, Physical Education 1, 2
2
2
For Men, Physical Education 1, 2,
43
4
For Women, Physical Education
1-16, 101, 102, 105
4
4
For Women, Physical Education
41, 42, 43
4
Health Education 101
2
2
2
Minimum Requirement 6 4-6 4-6
(Even if the Physical Education requirement for graduation from the University
has been waived because of a special permit from the University Health Service, two
semester hours in Physical Education are required of an applicant for a First-Class
Certificate or for a Special Nonacademic Certificate.)
228 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Professional Education Hr. Hr. Hr.
Human Growth and Dev., Ed.
105, 106 6 6 6
Adolescent Adjustment, Ed. 114 3 3
Student teaching, Sec. Sch., Ed. 124 4 4
Prin. of Tchg. Sec. Schools, Ed. 120 2 2
Mat. and Meth. Sec. Sch., Ed.
150-170 2 2
Approved Electives in Sec. Ed. 3
Stud. Tchg. El. Sch. Mus., Ed. 115 2
Math, and Meth. El. Sch. Mus., Ed. 130 2
Psych, and Management, El. Sch.,
Ed. 141 3
Language Arts in El. Sch., Ed. 142 3
Arithmetic in El. Sch., Ed. 143 2
Social Studies in El. Sch., Ed. 144 2
Science in El. Sch., Ed. 145 2
Student Teaching in El. Sch., Ed. 146 6
Minimum Requirement 24 20 21
NOTE: To be recommended by the University for any first-class certificate,
students shall complete a minimum of 8 semester hours in student teaching- and
methods at the University.
PROGRAMS FOR ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATES
Requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Elementary
Education and for Recommendation for the First-class
Elementary-School Teaching Certificate
Foundation— Lower-Division Work
In preparation for admission to the College of Education and the work of pre-
paring for teaching in elementary schools, students will register the freshman and
sophomore years in the College of Arts and Sciences and pursue the program of
general education that the State Board of Education has prescribed for all students
who seek recommendation for teaching certificates. This program of prescribed work
is included in the "Curriculum for Elementary-School Teachers" following herewith.
Training— Upper-Division Work
Admission: For admission to the prescribed courses in Elementary Education
(Educ. 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, and 147), including the noncredit Conference
courses, students shall register the final two years in the College of Education.
Subject Matter: In lower-division work students should pursue the lower-division
required courses indicated herein, so that the greatest possible number of hours of
their electives may be courses giving upper-division credit. The electives indicated
do not constitute a teaching field. Students in the program of Elementary Education
do not complete majors and minors. In consultation with their advisers, students will
choose electives in several fields of work according to their needs as well as their
personal interests.
Graduation and Certification Requirements: To become eligible for recommenda-
tion for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education and for the First-
Class Elementary-School Teaching Certificate, the student must complete the following
curriculum and plan of work with a grade average of 2.0 (or "C"), or better, in
(1) non-Education courses, (2) Education courses, and (3) directed teaching; and
have been enrolled in the College of Education for a least 26 semester hours of work,
including a minimum of 8 semester hours in student teaching and methods taken at
the University.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
229
CURRICULUM FOR FIRST-CLASS ELEMENTARY CERTIFICATE
English Hr.
(18 semester hours)
Written & Spoken English 6
Eng. 1, 2
Advanced Written & Spoken English 3
Eng. 18 or Eng. 21 (Com.)
Study and Appreciation of Literature 3
Eng. 3, 4 (Eng.), 5 or 6 (Am.)
Speech 3
Speech 3 (Voice and Diet.)
or Speech 11 (Pub. Spkg.)
Backgrounds of (Child) Lit. 3
Lib. Sci. 203
Social Studies
(26 semester hours)
Development of Social Institutions
Hist. 1, 2 OR
Humanities 1, 2
Fundamental Social Problems
Soc. Sci. 1, 2
Geography
Geog. 107 (Introd.)
or Geog. 109 (Economic)
West Virginia History 150
American History 52, 53
Science and Mathematics
(18 semester hours)
Biological Sciences 1, 2
AND
Physical Science 1
OR
Physical Science 1, 2
AND
Biological Science 1
Mathematics for Teachers
Arithmetic 6
68
12
%
2
2
Hr.
0&
Health and Physical Education
(6 semester hours)
Health Education 101
Physical Education 1 and 2 (Men)
OR
Physical Education 41 and 42
(Women)
Physical Education 43
Music
(6 semester hours)
Music in Human Relations
Music 10
Music as an Art and Science
Music 11
Music Materials and Procedures
Music 12
Art
(6 semester hours)
Art Appreciation 2
Art 30 or 130
Creative Expression in the Fine Arts 2
Art 1
Creative Expression in the
Applied Arts 2
Art 2
Education
(24 semester hours)
Human Growth and Dev., Ed. 105, 106 6
Psychology and Management,
El. Sch., Ed. 141 3
Language Arts in El. Sch., Ed. 142 3
Arithmetic in El. Sch., Ed. 143 2
Social Studies in El. Sch., Ed. 144 2
Science in El. Sch., Ed. 145 2
Student Teaching in El. Sch., Ed. 146 6
Electives
(24 semester hours)
Electives do not constitute a teaching field, a major or a minor.
in variety to meet individual needs.
They are courses
REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRST-CLASS ELEMFNTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE-
MAY 3, 1950, REGULATION, W.VA. STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
If because of credits earned before June 1, 1950, a teacher with five years of
experience in elementary schools would be penalized by meeting the course require-
ments for a first-class certificate in their entirety, he may be issued the certificate
provided:
1. He is enrolled in the College of Education.
2. He meets minimum requirements as follows:
English 15 hrs.
Social Studies 18 hrs.
Science and Mathematics 12 hrs.
(to include both Science and Mathematics)
Art 6 hrs.
Music 6 hrs.
Health and Physical Education 6 hrs.
230
CURRICULA AND COURSES
Education 20-24 hrs
To include: Human Development and/or
Educational Psychology
Methods and Management of
Elementary Schools
Student Teaching
Electives in Elementary Education
(Minimum)
(At least 11 hours in Education, including a minimum of
teaching, shall be taken at West Virginia University.)
3-6 hrs.
5 hrs.
5 hrs.
7 hrs.
hours in student
3. He meets all requirements for the B.S. degree in Education, including 45 hours
of upper division work and the residence requirement of either 90 hours or
the last 30 hours in actual residence at the University.
4. He takes no electives after June 1, 1950, until all regular requirements for the
B.S. Degree in Elementary Education and the first class certificate have been
met.
5. He counts no more than 24 semester hours in extension and/or corrspondence.
6. He has a grade-point average of 2.0 ("C"), or better, as follows: (1) on the total
of college credits earned (2) on the hours earned in Education; (3) in student
teaching; and (4) in non-Education courses.
REQUIREMENTS FOR SECOND-CLASS ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
English Hr.
(15 semester hours)
Written & Spoken English 6
Eng. 1, 2
Advance Written & Spoken English 3
Eng. 18 or Eng. 21 (Com.)
Study and Appreciation of Literature
Eng. 3, 4 (Eng.) , 5 or 6 (Am.)
Speech
Speech 3 (Voice and Diet.)
or Speech 11 (Pub. Spkg.)
Backgrounds of (Child) Lit.
Lib. Sci. 203
Social Studies
(17-19 semester hours)
Development of Social Institutions 6-8
Hist. 1, 2 OR
Humanities 1, 2
Fundamental Social Problems 8
Soc. Sci. 1, 2
History 150
OR
Georgraphy 107 (Introd.) or
Geography 109 (Econ.) 3
Science and Mathematics
(11 semester hours)
Biology 1 and 2 OR
General Physical Sci. 1 and 2 8
Mathematics for Teachers 3
Mathematics 6
3 Art
Music
(4 semester hours)
Music in Human Relations
Music 10
Hr.
Music as an Art and Science 2
Music 11
OR
Music Materials and Procedures 2
Music 12
(4 semester hours)
Art Appreciation 2
Art 30 or 130
Creative Expression in the Fine Arts 2
Art 1
OR
Creative Expression in the
Applied Arts
Art 2 2
Health and Physical Education
(4 semester hours)
Physical Education 1 and 2
or 43 (Men) 2
Physical Education 41 and 42
or 43 (Women) 2
Health Education 101 2
Education
(17-24 semester hours)
Human Growth and Dev., Ed. 105, 106 6
Psvchology and Management, El.
School, Ed. 141 3
Language Arts in El. Sch., Ed. 142,
Arithmetic in El. Sch., Ed. 143,
Social Studies in El. Sch., Ed. 144,
Sci. in El. Sch., Ed. 145 5
Student Teaching 3
Electives
(24 semester hours)
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 231
OTHER REQUIREMENTS:
1. To pursue this program a student is required to (a) enroll in the College of
Education and (b) have a third-class (standard normal) certificate, or have a
minimum of one year's teaching experience in the public schools.
2. No more than 18 semester hours by extension and/or correspondence can be
accepted.
3. A grade-point of 2.0 ("C"), or better, as follows: (1) on the total of college credits
earned; (2) on the hours earned in Education; (3) in student teaching; and (4) in
non-Education courses.
4. Thirty-two semester hours must have been completed in residence at the University
or 32 semester hours must have been completed in residence at one institution
with at least the last 16 hours completed in residence at the University.
REQUIREMENTS FOR SECOND-CLASS ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
MAY 3, 1950, REGULATION, W.VA., STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
If, because of credits earned before June 1, 1950, a teacher with five years of
experience in the elementary schools would be penalized by meeting the course
requirements for a second class certificate in their entirety, he may be issued the
certificate provided:
1. He is enrolled in the College of Education.
2. He meets minimum requirements as follows:
English 12 hrs.
Social Studies 15 hrs.
Science and Mathematics 12 hrs.
(to include both Science and Mathematics)
Music 6 hrs.
Art 6 hrs.
Health and Physical Education 6 hrs.
Education 15-24 hrs.
To include: Human Development and/or
Educational Psychology 3-6 hrs.
Methods and Managements of
Elemetary Schools 5 hrs.
Student Teaching 3-5 hrs.
Electives in Elementary Education
(Minimum) 4 hrs.
3. He takes no electives after June 1, 1950, until all regular requirements for the
second-class certificate have been met.
4. He counts no more than 18 semester hours in extension and/or correspondence.
5. He has a grade-point overage of 2.0 ("C"), or better, as follows: (1) on the
total of college credits earned; (2) on the hours earned in Education; (3) in
student teaching; and (4) in non-Education courses.
6. He has completed 32 semester hours in residence at the University or 32 semes-
ter hours in residence in one institution with at least the last 16 hours
completed in residence at the University.
REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVISIONAL ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
Provisional Elementary-School Certificates (valid for one year for teaching in the
elementary school) will be issued to applicants who:
1. Have an undergraduate degree and the recommendation of the Dean of the
College of Education.
2. Are within 18 hours of meeting the requirements for a First-Class Elementary
School Certificate.
232 CURRICULA AND COURSES
3. Have completed 15 hours of Elementary Education, (including a course in
student teaching) selected from courses applicable for a First-Class Elementary
School Certificate.
4. Have completed a part of the required courses in English, social studies, science
and mathematics, music, art, and physical education.
PROGRAM FOR FIRST-CLASS HIGH-SCHOOL CERTIFICATES
Education: Courses Required and Electives Approved for the
First-Class High-School Certificate
(A minimum of 20 semester hours of approved Education courses is required
for a West Virginia First-Class High School Teaching Certificate, and a
maximum of 24 semester hours will be accepted.)
I. Required Courses Semester Hours
Sophomore or Junior Year
Ed. 105. Educational Psychology— Human
Growth and Development 3
Ed. 106. Educational Psychology— The
School Program and Pupil Development 3
Senior Year
Ed. 124. Student Teaching 4) to be
Ed. 150-170. Materials and Methods 2) taken as
Ed. 120. Principles of Teaching in Secondary Schools 2) a block
Ed. 114. Educational Psychology— Adolescent Adjustment 3
II. Approved Electives in Secondary Education— Junior or Senior Year 3-7
Selected from Education:
Ed. 109, 136, 150-170, 197, 203, 212, 221, 222, 231, 233, 259, 262 or 266, 276 or 277,
281, 282, 284, 285, 291.
High-School Teaching Fields
Students desiring to qualify for a high-school certificate must complete the re-
quirements in two teaching fields.
First
AGRICULTURE-VOC. AGR. Teaching
Field
Minimum Required 50 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Farm Crops, Soils and Horticulture, Agron. 1, 2, and Hort 3 11
2. Animal, Dairy, and Poultry Husbandry
An. Husb. 11, 101, Dairy 11, and Poultry 1 13
3. Agricultural Economics
Ag. Econ. 102 and 104 6
4. Ag. Mechanics
Ag. Mech. 152, 153, 170, 252, 159, 175, 200, 254, or M.E. 7 ... 9
5. Plant or Animal Pathology
An. Path. 102 or PI. Path. 103 3-4
II. Electives in the above fields and in Agricultural Education,
Entomology, Forestry, and Genetics 7-8
Ag. Econ. 105, 131, 200, 206, 230, 271
Ag. Educ. 118
Ag. Mech. 151, 159, 170, 175, 200, 252, 254
Agronomy 205, 210, 211, 251 254
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 233
Genetics 111, 112
An. Husb. 13S, 141, 142. 162, 167
An. Path. 206
Poultry 103, 105, 106. 103, 201, 213
Dairy 12. 123. 221. 222
Hort'. 104. 106. 115. 117, 39, 206, 212 232
Entomology 102. 103
NOTE: Teachers of Vocational Agriculture must be approved by the State Super-
visor of Vocational Agriculture and the Vocational Agriculture Teacher Trainer.
First
Other
Teaching
Teaching
Field
Field
ART
Minimum Required 32 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Course*
1. Freehand Drawin?: Art 11 ■ 111), 12 (112) . . 6 6
2. Design: Art 121, 122 6 6
3. Painting: Art 113, 114 6 6
4. Modeling: Art 126 2 2
5. History and Appreciation of Art:
Art 30 or 130, 105, 106 S 4
II. Electi\e> unrestricted) 4
First Oher
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE Teaching Teaching
Fie'd " Field
Minimum Required 32 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Biology 1,2 8 8
2. Chemistry 1, 2 or Phys. Sci. 1.2 8 6
II. Electi\es 16 10
No more than four hours may be offered from any one of the groups below:
1. Animal Pathology 102, 206
2. Bacteriology 141
3. Biology 201. 202, 204. 205, 211, 212
4. Botany 104, 161. 224 __". 229, 266
5. Entomology 102
6. Forestry 140, 141. 144, 145, 1S5
7. Genetics 111, 112. or 221
8. Plant Pathology 103, 203
9. Zoology 171, 210. 221. 265, 229
First 0:her
BIOLOGICAL AND GEXERAL SCIEXCE Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 42 hr. 34 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Biology 1. 2 8 8
2. Chemistry 1,2 8 8
3. Ph\sics 1. 2 8 8
4. Geology 1,2 3-4 2
II. Electives 14-15 8
1. Electi\es selected from those listed for
teaching field in Biol. Science
2. Chemistry 5, 6, 10, 15, 31, 63
3. Physics 113 .114, 116, 117, US
4. Geology 3, 170
XOTE: A candidate for a teaching certificate who elects Biological and General
Science as a firit teaching field may not elect Biological Science as a second
ling field.
234
CURRICULA AND COURSES
First Other
COMMERCE Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 27 hr. 32 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Business Mathematics (Math. 8) 3 3
2. Accounting: Accounting 1,2 6 6
3. Retailing: Marketing 111, 115 3 3
4. Typewriting: Secretarial Studies 61, 62 . . . 4 4
5. Shorthand: Secretarial Studies 125, 126 . . 8 8
6. Secretarial Training and Office Practice:
Secretarial Studies 131 3 3
II. Electives (unrestricted in the field) 5
NOTE: Completion of the following courses (9 semester hours) will qualify the
candidate to teach Commerce (Business Principles) in addition to Commerce
(Occupational): Economics 111, Money and Banking-, Economics 119, Economics
of Consumption; and Business Law 111.
First Other
ENGLISH Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 35-36 hr 24 hr.
I. Required Courses (Exclusive of Freshman Composition)
1. Written and Spoken English 6 6
English 18 or 21 (3 hr.)
Speech 3, 6, 11, or 29 (3 hr.)
2. Literature 12 12
English 3 and 4, or 163, 164 (6 hr.)
(Survey: English Literature)
English 5 and 6 (6 hr.)
(American Literature)
II. Electives 17-18 6
1 . Literature 12 6
(Upper-division period or type courses:
include not more than 3 hr. in any one
tvpe or period. Suggested choices: 142,
160, 161, 166, 173, 175, 138 or 139, 140,
141; one or more "200" courses in
authors or periods of special interest to
the student.)
2. Two of the following: 5-6
Journalism 215 (2 hr.)
Library Science 1 or 101 (3 hr.)
Speech 162 (3 hr.) (Speech 50 may be
substituted)
First Other
FRENCH Teaching Field
Field Teaching
Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Elementary French: French 1 and 2 .... 6 6
2. Intermediate French: French 5 and 6 6 6
3. Advanced Grammar, Conversation and
Composition: French 109, 110, 231 6 6
4. Literature of the 17th, 18th, and 19th
centuries: French 115, 116, 118 6 6
II. Elective Courses in French 103, 104, 217 6
NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching field for each
hisrh school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent
courses are taken for University credit.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
235
First Other
GERMAN Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Elementary German: German 1 and 2 6 6
2. Intermediate German: German 3 and 4 . . . . 6 6
3. Spoken German: German 111, 112 6 6
4. Survey of German Lit.: German 245 3 3
5. History of German Lang.: German 251 3
II. Elective Courses in German (unrestricted) 6 3
NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching- field for each
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent
courses are taken for University credit.
First
HOME ECONOMICS-Vocational Certificate Teaching
Field
Minimum Required 40 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Family Economics and Home Management:
Selected from Home Econ. 124, 214, 224,
234 8-12
2. Housing, Home Furnishing, Equipment and
Applied Art: Selected from Home Econ.
3, 23, 123, 254, 133, 233 8-12
3. Foods and Nutrition: Selected from Home
Econ. 1, 101, 121, 15, 115, 215 8-15
4. Clothing and Textiles: Selected from Home
Econ. 2, 12, 102, 222, 17, 117, 217 8-15
5. Family Relationships and Child Develop-
ment: Selected from Home Econ. 114,
106, 206 5-9
HOME ECONOMICS-General Certificate
First
Other
eaching
Teaching
Field
Field
Minimum Required
I. Required Courses
1. Foods and Nutrition: Home Econ. 1, 15,
115, 101
2. Textiles and Clothing: Home Econ. 2 or
12,17; electives chosen from courses
with numbers ending in 2 or 7
3. Applied Art: Home Econ. 3, 23, 123, 133,
233 (23 or 123 required)
4. Home Management (to include Home Man-
agement Residence): Home Econ. 114,
224, 234
5. Child Development: Home Econ. 106
II. Electives (unrestricted)
36 hr.
24 hr.
8
6
8
4
8
3
3
3
236 CURRICULA AND COURSES
First Other
INDUSTRIAL ARTS Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 32 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Drawing— (at least one course in Mechanical
Drawing) Mechanical Engineering
20, 25 or 26 4 4
Art 11 (111), 12 (112), 121, 122
2. General Shop-Education 107, 108 3 3
3. Organization of Industrial Arts-
Ed. 194 2 2
4. Shops Total 23 15
NOTE: To be taken in three or more shop areas with a minimum of 6 semester
hours in one and not less than 3 semester hours in each additional area, such as:
Metal Working-Ed. 240, 241, 249
Automotive-Ed. 247, 320-321; Ag. Mech. 175
Ceramics-Ed. 243; Art 106
Design-Art 121, 122
Electricity-E.E. 10, 110; Ag. Mech. 170,
270; Ed. 248
Foundry-Ed. 107, 108
General' Metal-Ed. 104, 107, 108, 249
Leather-Ed. 107, 108. 244, 320, 321; Art 127
Machine Shop-Mech. Eng. 11, 12, 16,
105, 106. 107
Printing— Ed. 246; Journalism 110
Photography— Physics 116
Radio-Phvsics 113, 114
Plastics-Ed. 245
Sheet Metal-Ed. 249
Woodwork-Ed. 102, 103, 204;
Ag. Mech. 20, 252
Welding-M.E. 7
NOTE: No credits may be counted twice by being submitted in more than one
group.
First Other
ITALIAN Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Elementary Italian: Italian 1 and 2 6 6
2. Intermediate Italian: Italian 5 and 6 6 6
3. Grammar, Composition, and Conversation:
Italian 109, 110 6 6
4. Italian Literature: Italian 115, 116 6 6
II. Electives 6
NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching- field for each
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent
courses are taken for University credit.
First Other
LATIN Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Grammar and Composition: Latin 1 and 2 6 4
2. Cicero's Orations: Latin 4, 203 3 4
3. Vergil's Acncid: Latin 235 3 3
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
237
II. Electives (unrestricted)
18
11
NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching- field for each
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent
courses are taken for University credit.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Minimum Required
1. Required Courses
1. Using Books and Libraries: L.S. 1
2. Reference and Bibliography: L.S. 101
3. Children's Literature and Story Telling:
L.S. 203
4. Book Selection: L.S. 104
5. Book Selections for Adolescents: L.S. 205
6. History of Books and Libraries: L.S. 106 ,
7. Administration of School Library: L.S. 207
8. Library Practice: L.S. 108
9. Cataloguing and Classification: L.S. 102
First
Other
Teaching
Teaching
Field
Field
24 hr.
24 hr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
First Other
MATHEMATICS Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 24 hr. 22 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. College Algebra: Math. 2, 3 3 3
2. Plane Trig: Math. 4 or 10 3 3
3. Solid Geometry: Math. 7 3 3
4. Analytic Geometry: Math. 5 4 4
5. Calculus: Math. 107, 108 8
II. Electives 3 9
Any of the following:
Math. 106, 107, 108, 130, 238, 239, 240, 241, 244, 246, 247
NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching field for each
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent
courses are taken for University credit.
First Other
MUSIC Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 50 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Theory 16 6
Music 1, 2, 3, 117, 118, ir 119
2. Applied Music, Including Piano, Voice, Band
and Orchestral Instruments 16 9
Selected from Music 89, 90, 150, 190 ,191,
192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197
3. History or Appreciation of Music 6 3
Selected from Music 79, 80, 240, 241, 280, 281
4. Conducting and Musical Organizations 12 4
Music 181 or 182 (2 hrs. each)
Music 183, 185 (3 hrs. each)
Four hours selected from
Music 100, 101, 102, 103, 104
II. Electives (unrestricted) 2
NOTE: Students applying for the spec'al nonacademic Certificate are required
to complete 50 hours in Music.
238
CURRICULA AND COURSES
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Minimum Required
1. Anatomy and Kinesiology, Physical
Education 175
2. Physiology: Zoology 171
3. Health Education: Health Education 2, 101
4. Principles of Organization and Adminis-
tration of Physical Education-
Physical Education 278
5. Physical Inspection and Correction of
Remedial Defects— Men, Physical
Education 176
Women, Physical Education 178
6. Theory and Practice in Physical Education
First
Other
Teaching
Field
Teaching
Field
35 hr.
26 or 27 hr.
5
5
OR
4
4
4
4
Men Women
Men Women
A. Orientation: Physical Education
71, Recreation 1 4
Physical Education 71
B. Team Sports: Physical Education
151, Physical Education 152 . 5
Team Sports: Physical Education
31, 32, 63
C. Recreation Activities:
Phys. Educ. 52 53, 54 3
Recreational Activities: Physical
Education 33, 54, 61
D. School and Community Activities:
Physical Education 121,
Recreation 2, Physical Educa-
tion 66 3
Physical Education 66, 127,
Recreation 2
E. Rhythmic Activities: Physical
Education 132, 135 2
Physical Education 35, 67,
132, 133, 135
2-4
2-4
First Other
PHYSICAL SCIENCE Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 36 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Chemistry: Chemistry 1, 2 8 8
2. Chemistry: Chemistry 5 or 105, 6 or 106,
31 or 131 4 4
3. Physics: Physics 1, 2, 111, 112 8 8
II. Electives— at least four hr. must be in Chemistry
and/or Physics 16 4
1. Chemistry
2. Physics
3. Geology (not Geography)
NOTE: A candidate for a teaching- certificate who elects Physical Science as a
first teaching field may not elect Physical and General Science as a second
teaching- field. Phys. Sci. 1, 2 not accepted.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
239
First Other
PHYSICAL AND GEXERAL SCIENCE Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 42 hr. 34 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Chemistry: Chem. 1,2 8 8
2. Chemistry: Chem. 5 or 105, 6 or 106, 31 or 131 4 4
S. Physics: Physics 1,2 8 8
4. Biology: Biology 1,2 8 8
5. Geology: Geology 1,2 3-4 4
II. Electiyes: At least four hours must be in Chem-
istry and/or Physics 10-11 2
1. Chemistry
2. Physics
3. Geology (not geography)
4. Biology
NOTE: A candidate for a teaching- certificate who elects Physical and General
Science as a first teaching- field may not elect Physical Science as a second
teaching field.
First Other
SOCIAL STL DIES Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses (Exclusiye of General Social
Studies Requirements)
1. History: History 52, 53, 150 or 250 9 9
2. Political Science: Pol. Sci. 2, 106, 110 3 3
3. Economics: Econ. 1,2 3 3
(Only 3 hr. required for certification, but
students desiring to take upper division
courses in Economics must have both 1 and
2 as prerequisites.)
4. Sociology: Sociol. 1, 2, 102, or any 200
course except 202 and 246 3 3
5. Geography: Geog. 107, 109 3 3
II. Electives (upper division courses from
the five departments listed above) 9 3
First Other
SPANISH Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 30 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required Courses
1. Elementary Spanish: Spanish 1 and 2 6 6
2. Intermediate Spanish: Spanish 5 and 6 . . . . 6 6
3. Adv. Grammar, Conversation and Pronun-
ciation: Spanish 109, 110 6 6
4. Survey of Literature: Spanish 211 and 212 ... 6 6
II. Elective Courses in Spanish 103, 104, 216 6
NOTE: Two semester hours may be deducted in the first teaching field for each
high school unit with a maximum of 6 hours deduction, unless the equivalent
courses are taken for L'niversity credit.
240 CURRICULA AND COURSES
First Other
SPEECH Teaching Teaching
Field Field
Minimum Required 36 hr. 24 hr.
I. Required ( ourse>
1. Voice and Diction: Speech 3 3 3
2. Acting: Speech 6 3
3. Public Speaking: Speech 11 3 3
4. Oral Interpretation: Speech 29 3
5. Group Discussion: Speech 120 3
6. Argumentation and Debate: Speech 121 3 3
7. Introduction to Radio: Speech 140 3
8. Stage Craft: Speech 161 3 3
9. Play Directing: Speech 162 3 3
10. Speech Correction: Speech 250 2 2
11. Speech Correction Lab.: Speech 251 1 1
II. Electives in Speech (unrestricted) 6 6
Requirements for Provisional High-School Certificates
Provisional High-School certificates (valid for 1 year for teaching in junior and/or
senior high schools) will be issued to applicants who meet the following requirements:
1. Graduation and recommendation by the Dean of the College of Education.
2. General Requirements: Fifteen hours of secondary education, including a course
in student teaching, to be selected from the courses applicable for a first-class
high-school certificate. Three-fourths of the teaching subject-matter requirements
and not fewer than one-half of the requirements of each division of each teaching
field as designated for first-class high-school certificates.
MASTER OF ARTS
Required for Admission to Graduate Work in Education
1. General requirements for admission to the Graduate School.
2. Seventeen semester hours of approved undergraduate credit in Education.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO CANDIDACY FOR THE
MASTERS DEGREE IN EDUCATION
Admission to the Graduate School and to graduate work in Education do not
constitute admission to candidacy for a Master's Degree. Graduate students shall
apply to the Committee on Admissions for admission to candidacy for the Master's
Degree in Education. Applicants whose undergraduate average is the equivalent of
2.5 or better may be admitted to candidacy when they have met the following
requirements:
1. A first-class teaching certificate or at least 17 semester hours of approved
undergraduate credit in Education.
2. A maximum of 14 semester hours of graduate credit completed prior to ad-
mission to candidacy. At least 6 of these hours must be in Education and must
have been taken in residence at West Virginia.
3. A satisfactory score on preliminary examinations in general ability, written
English, and such other areas as the Committee on Admission may prescribe.
4. A minimum of one year's teaching experience for administrative programs,
such as principals, superintendents, and supervisors.
The Committee on Admissions, appointed by the Dean of the College of Educa-
tion, will consider individually those applicants for admission to candidacy who do
not meet these criteria.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 211
OPTIONAL ROUTES TOWARDS A MASTERS DEGREE IN EDUCATION
A. Thirty semester hours, including a maximum of six semester hours of research
(Education 362, Thesis) and the remaining hours in approved course work.
Examination (oral, written, or both, at the discretion of the individual mem-
bers of the committee) by the candidate's advisory committee.
B. Thirty semester hours, including three semester hours on a problem (Ed.
360, Problem) satisfactory to the adviser only, and 27 semester hours of
approved course work. Examination (oral, written, or both, at the dis-
cretion of the individual members of the committee) by the candidate's ad-
visory committee.
C. Thirty-six semester hours, including a minimum of 10 semester hours of
approved course work outside the field of Education. Examination (oral,
written, or both, at the discretion of the individual members of the committee)
by a committee of at least three.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE
MASTERS DEGREE IN EDUCATION
1. In order to qualify to take the final examination for the Master's Degree in
Education the candidate must present evidence that he holds a first-class
teaching certificate in West Virginia or its equivalent in another state.
2. At least 10 of the required 30-36 hours of approved graduate work shall be
in Education; and the combined undergraduate and graduate curriculum shall
contain a minimum of 30 hours of Education.
3. No more than 14 hours of graduate credit (including a minimum of 6 graduate
hours in Education taken in residence at West Virginia University) completed
prior to admission to candidacy may count toward partial fulfillment of
the requirements for the Degree.
Graduate Advisers
Each Education student enrolled in the Graduate School will be directed by the
appropriate one of the following advisers:
Professor Allen: Industrial Arts and Vocational Education.
Professor Baldwin: Superintendents; general school administration.
Professor Brennan: Industrial Arts.
Professors Brown and Noer: Home Economics Education.
Professors Butler and Hill: Vocational Agricultural Education.
Professors Cook and Williams: Secondary classroom teachers.
Professor Feaster: Graduate specials.
Professors Fish and Kennedy: Elementary-school classroom teachers.
Professor Jarecke: Guidance.
Professor Scott: General and special supervisors.
Professor Smotherman: Elementary-school principals.
Graduate Professional Curricula
CURRICULUM FOR SUPERINTENDENTS
Degree: Master of Arts
Required courses 24 Hr.
Ed. 203. Organization and Administration ot Adult Education,
OR Ed. 357, Organization and Administration of Vocational
Education 2
Ed. 231. Philosophy of Education, OR Ed. 233, Educational Sociology ..2
Ed. 316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects 2
Ed. 326. Practice in the Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction . .2
242 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Ed. 335. The Elementary-school Curriculum, OR Ed. 336. The
Secondary-school Curriculum 2
Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration (take early) ..2
Ed. 340. Public-school Finance 2
Ed. 341. School Buildings and Equipment, OR Ed. 343 School Surveys,
OR Ed. 344, Staff Personnel Administration 2
Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision (take early) 2
Ed. 353. The Secondary-school Principal 2
Ed. 356. The Elementary-school Principal 2
Ed. 372. Statistical Methods in Education 2
Other requirements 6-10 Hr.
Option A-Thesis (Ed. 362) , 6 hr 6
Option B-Problem (Ed. 360), 3 hr. Elective, 3 hr., to be
chosen with adviser's approval 6
Option C— Electives, at least 10 hours in academic fields, to be
chosen with adviser's approval 12
Total for Master's Decree 30-36 Hr.
Note: For those who already hold a Master's Degree and who wish to qualify
for the University's recommendation for a Superintendent's Certificate, the follow-
ing courses (described above) will satisfy:
Required courses 16 Hr.
General Administration: Ed. 339; 340: 203 or 357; 341 or 343 or 344 . .4-8 Hr.
Elementary-school Administration: Ed. 326, 335*, 356 4 Hr.
Secondary-school Administration: Ed. 327, 336*, 346, 353 4 Hr.
The School Laws of West Virginia require "At least 5 years of experience in
teaching, administration or supervision, or any combination thereof aggregating five
years." In addition, a health certificate is required.
Since most of the courses listed above have prerequisites, the consent of the
instructor must be obtained before enrollment.
*Ed. 335 or 336 (not both) can be accepted.
CURRICULUM FOR HIGH-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS 1
Degree: Master of Arts
I. Required courses (in approximate order listed) 14 Hr.
Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration
(take early) 2
Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision (take early) 2
Ed. 372. Statistical Methods in Education 2
Ed. 336. The Secondary-school Curriculum 2
Ed. 284. Pupil-personnel Administration 2
OR Ed. 373, Basic Course in Principles and Practices
of Guidance
Ed. 353. The Secondary-school Principal (take late) 2
Ed. 327. Practice Supervision of Secondary-school Instruction
(take late) 2
iCompletion of this curriculum also fulfills the scholastic requirements for
certification in West Virginia us a high school principal. Other requirements for
the high school principal's certificate are (1) graduation from an accredited col-
lege or university and qualifications for a first-class high school teaching cer-
tificate; (2) three years of secondary-school teaching experience; and (3) a
health certificate. Since most of the courses in this curriculum have prerequi-
sites, the consent of the instructor must be obtained before enrollment.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 243
II. Cognates 6-8 Hr.
Ed. 259. Special Problems in Music Education 2
Ed. 284. Pupil-personnel Administration 2
OR Ed. 373, Basic Course in Principles and Practices
of Guidance
Ed. 322. Organizing Programs of Audio-visual Instruction 2
Ed. 357. Organization of Programs in Vocational Education 2
Ed. 360. Problem in Education OR Ed. 362, Thesis in Education 3-6
Phys. Ed. 378. Problems in Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 3
Social Work 212. Social Agency Observation OR Social Work 260,
Problems of Child Welfare OR Social Work 285, Introduction
to Public Welfare 3
III. Academic 10-14 Hr
Academic courses in two or more recognized secondary-school
teaching fields. These courses are to be chosen with the adviser's
approval and are to be of a nature which will better qualify the
principal to supervise the classroom instruction of the kinds of
courses offered in modern secondary schools.
IV. Free Electives 0-6 Hr.
Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr.
NOTE: Those already holding- a Master's Degree, who desire to qualify for a
West Virginia high school principal's certificate, will be required to have the
fourteen hours listed in Section I and six hours from Section II to be recom-
mended for a certificate.
CURRICULUM FOR ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS 2
Degree: Master of Arts
Required courses 16 Hr.
I. Elementary-school Administration
Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration (take early) ..2
Ed. 356. The Elementary-school Principal 2
II. Elementary-school Supervision
Ed. 326. Practice in the Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction ...2
Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision (take early) 2
III. Other required courses:
Ed. 308. Psychology of Arithmetic 2
Ed. 309. Psychology of Reading 2
Ed. 335. The Elementary-school Curriculum (take early) 2
IV. One or more courses from the following:
Ed. 304. Remedial Techniques in Elementary-school Subjects 2
Ed. 306. Geography in the Elementary School 2
Ed. 307. Health and Science in the Elementary School 2
Ed. 316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects 2
Electives (For Op. C at least 10 hours in academic fields) , and other courses
in Education, to be chosen with approval of adviser 14-20 Hr.
V. Op. A: Thesis, 6 hr.; Electives, 8 hr 14 Hr.
OR
Op. B: Problem, 3 hr.; Electives, 11 hr 14 Hr.
OR
Op. C: Academic, 10 hr.; Electives, 10 hr 20 Hr.
Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr.
NOTE: An elective may be Education or academic, and must have adviser's
approval.
2Completion of this curriculum also fulfills the Education requirements for
the elementary-school principal's certificate. Other requirements are (1) possession
of a first-class elementary collegiate certificate; (2) three years of elementary-
school teaching experience; and (3) a health certificate.
244 CURRICULA AND COURSES
CURRICULUM FOR SECONDARY-SCHOOL CLASSROOM
TEACHERS
Degree: Master of Arts
I. Graduate courses in Education 10-20 Hr.
Administration and Supervision:
Ed. 284, Pupil-Personnel Administration 2
Ed. 285, The Junior High School 2
Ed. 322, Organizing Programs of Audio-visual Education 2
Ed. 339, Public-School Organization and Administration 2
Ed. 346, Principles of Administration 2
Curriculum and Methods:
Ed. 212, High-School Tests and Measures 3
Ed. 221, Audio-Visual Resources for Instruction 2
Ed. 222, Current Practices in Secondary Education 2
Ed. 224, Advanced Student Teaching 2
Ed. 251, Production of Audio- Visual Resources 2
Ed. 262, Vocational Home Economics in Secondary Schools 3
Ed. 336, The Secondary-School Curriculum 2
Ed. 350, Science of Teaching 2
Ed. 364, Advanced Methods in Teaching Industrial Arts 2
Ed. 366, Teaching the Language Arts 3
Ed. 367, Teaching the Social Studies in Elementary and
Secondary Schools 3
Ed. 368, The Teaching of Extra-Core Subjects 3
Ed. 369, The Teaching of Mathematics and Science 3
Ed. 390, Advanced Course for the Teaching of English 2
History and Philosophy:
Ed. 231, Philosophy of Education 2
Ed. 233, Educational Sociology 3
Ed. 281, History of Elementary and Secondary Education
in the United States 3
Ed. 282, Development of Modern Education 2
Ed. 283, History of Education in West Virginia 2
Guidance:
Ed. 348, Human Development and Behavior 3
Ed. 372, Statistical Methods in Education 2
Ed. 373, Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance .... 3
Special:
Ed. 203, Organization and Administration of Adult Education 2
Ed. 258, Education for Special Groups 2
Ed. 259, Special Problems in Music Education 2
Ed. 266, Adult Education in Homemaking 2
Ed. 270, Special Problem or Workshop 1-4
Ed. 276, Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Classes 2
Ed. 277, Organizing and Directing Supervised Farming Programs . . 2
Ed. 291, Exploratory Reading 2
Ed. 318, Planning Programs and Courses for Vocational
Agriculture Departments 2
Ed. 360, Problem in Education 3
Ed. 362, Thesis in Education 1-6
Ed. 392, Materials for General Reading 2
Ed. 395-8, Practicum 1-4
Ed. 399, Techniques of Educational Research 2
II. Graduate courses in one of the candidate's certified teaching fields 10-18 Hr.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 245
III. Graduate courses in another of the candidate's certified teaching fields 0-10 Hr.
IV. Other approved academic courses 0-6 Hr.
Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr.
All courses are to be selected by the candidate subject to the approval of his
adviser so as to fulfill the above requirements.
NOTE: This curriculum does not qualify for a certificate.
CURRICULUM FOR ELEMENTARY-SCHOOL CLASSROOM
TEACHERS
Degree: Master of Arts
Required courses 14 Hr.
I. Ed. 304. Remedial Techniques in Elementary-school Subjects 2
Ed. 306. Geography in the Elementary School 2
Ed. 307. Health and Science in the Elementary School 2
Ed. 308. Psychology of Arithmetic 2
(take early)
Ed. 309. Psychology of Reading 2
(take early)
Ed.316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects 2
(take early)
Ed. 335. The Elementary-school Curriculum 2
(take early)
II. Op. A: Thesis. 6 hr.; Electives, 10 hr 16 Hr.
OR
Op. B: Problem, 3 hr.; Electives, 13 hr 16 Hr.
OR
Op. C: Academic, 10 hr.; Electives, 12 hr 22 Hr.
Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr.
NOTE: An elective may be Education or academic, and must have adviser's
approval.
NOTE: This curriculum does not qualify for a certificate.
CURRICULUM FOR HOME-ECONOMICS EDUCATION
Degree: Master of Science
Required graduate courses in Education 10-20 Hr.
Required graduate courses in Home Economics 10-20 Hr.
Required graduate courses in tributary fields 0-10 Hr.
Total for Master's Decree 30-36 Hr.
246 CURRICULA AND COURSES
CURRICULUM FOR COUNSELORS^
Degree: Master of Arts
Required courses 16 Hr.
Ed. 373.* Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance 3
Ed. 374.* Counseling Techniques 2
Ed. 375.* Individual Inventory Techniques 2
Ed. 376.* Occupational Information Techniques 2
Ed. 377.* Special Counseling Problems 3
Ed. 378.* Advanced Studies of Human Adjustment OR Ed. 212. High-
School Tests and Measures 2
Ed. 379.* Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 2
Approved electives 9-14 Hr.
Psychology-222, 224, 225, 229, 233, 234, 236, 350, 351
Social Work - 212, 220, 251, 260, 301, 302, 315
Education - 284, 212, 258, 357, 360, 372
Sociology - 210, 211, 233, 244
Free electives 0-6 Hr.
Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr.
CURRICULUM FOR INDUSTRIAL-ARTS TEACHERS AND
SUPERVISORS
Degree: Master of Arts
Required from this group 10 Hr.
Ed. 339. Public-school Organization and Administration 2
Ed. 346. Principles of Supervision 2
Ed. 357. Organization of Programs in Vocational Education 2
Ed. 364. Advanced Methods in Teaching Industrial Arts 2
Ed. 373. Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance 3
Ed. 395. Practicum 2
Electives from this group 10 Hr.
Ed. 203. Adult Education 2
Ed. 221. Audio- visual Resources for Instruction 2
Ed. 222. Current Practices in Secondary Schools 2
Ed. 251. Production of Audio- visual Resources 2
Ed. 258. Education for Special Groups 2
Ed. 281. History of Elementary and Secondary Education
in the United States 3
Ed. 282. Development of Modern Education 2
Ed. 284. Pupil-personnel Administration 2
Ed. 285. The Junior High School 2
Ed. 322. Organizing Programs of Audio-visual Education 2
3Completion of this curriculum also fulfills the scholastic requirements in
West Virginia for a Counselors Certificate. Other requirements are (1) a
first-class teaching- certificate at the level at which the guidance is to be done;
(2) 2 years of successful teaching experience at the level at which the guidance
is to be done; and (3) cumulative wage-earning experience to a total of no less
than 1,400 clock hours of regular paid employment, as certified by the employer
or employers, in agriculture, commerce and industry, or 16 weeks in a co-
operative work-experience counselor-training program.
♦Completion of 12 semester hours alone as indicated by starred courses will
contribute to endorsement as a teacher-counselor. Other requirements for
certification as a teacher-counselor are possession of a first-class certificate
and 2 years' teaching experience at the level at which guidance is to be done.
Tf a Master's Degree has been earned in some other field, certification as a
counselor may be procured by having 25 semester hours' credit, 15 in the re-
quired list and 10 from the electives.
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 247
Ed. 326. Practice in Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction 2
Ed. 327. Demonstration and Practice in Supervision of Secondary-school
Instruction 2
Ed. 336. The Secondary-school Curriculum 2
Ed. 341. School Buildings and Equipment 2
Ed. 344. Staff-personnel Administration 2
Ed. 360. Problem in Education 3
Ed. 376. Occupational Information Techniques 2
Ed. 395-8. Practicum 3
E.M. 351. Coal Mining 3
Home. Ec. 266. Needs of Adolescents 3
Rec. 204. Recreation Hobbies 3
Practical or Skilled 10 Hr.
Ag. Mech. 252. Advanced Farm Mechanics 2
Ag. Mech. 253. Advanced Farm Machinery 3
Ag. Mech. 259. Functional Requirements of Farm Buildings 3
Ag. Mech. 270. Electricity in Agriculture 3
Ch. E. 260. Ceramics 3-6
Ed. 204. Advanced Woodworking 3
Ed. 206. Industrial Experience 2-6
Ed. 208. Wood Finishing 2
Ed. 240-250. Advanced Crafts 2-10
Ed. 320, 321. Special Topics in Industrial Arts 2-6
Free electives 0-6 Hr.
Total for Master's Degree 30-36 Hr.
CURRICULUM FOR GENERAL SUPERVISORS
Degree: Master of Arts
I. General Requirements 9 Hr.
Ed. 347. Supervision of Instruction 3
Ed. 348. Human Development and Behavior 3
Ed. 349. Evaluation and Research in Supervision 3
II. Practice or Laboratory Requirements 8 Hr.
Ed. 380. Practice in Supervision (1st sem. in field) 2
Ed. 381. Practice in Supervision (2nd sem. in field) 2
Ed. 382. Practice in Supervision (3rd sem. in field) 2
Ed. 383. Practice in Supervision (4th sem. in field) 2
III. Requirements in Problems of Teaching (elect three) 9 Hr.
Ed. 366. Teaching the Language Arts 3
Ed. 367. Teaching the Social Studies 3
Ed. 368. Teaching Extra-core Subjects 3
Ed. 369. Teaching of Mathematics and Science 3
IV. Electives (must be outside field of Education) 10 Hr.
Recommended Electives
Art 220
Eng. 220 (Com.) 228, 242, 243
Psychology 205, 218, 222, 224, 225
Sociology 211, 244
Speech 250, 251, 275
Physical Education and Athletics 209, 378
Health Education 203
Political Science 200, 231
NOTE: This curriculum can be pursued only after arrangement with the adviser.
248 CURRICULA AND COURSES
CURRICULUM FOR SUPERVISORS OF SPECIAL SUBJECTS
Degree: Master of Arts
I and II. Same as for General Superx'isors
III and IV. Special and Related Field Requirements 19 Hr.
Courses in special and related fields are selected to meet the needs of the super-
visor in training and must be approved by the adviser.
THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
Admission to the Graduate School and enrollment in graduate courses do not of
themselves imply acceptance of the applicant for a Doctor of Education Degree. The
sequence of prerequisites to admission, prerequisites to candidacy, and requirements
for the degree are as follows:
Prerequisites to Admission
Applicants expressing a desire to pursue a program leading to the Doctor of
Education Degree are required to satisfy a College of Education faculty committee
on prerequisites in the following ways:
A. rurnish evidence of significant and appropriate teaching experience.
B. Demonstrate the ability to read comprehendingly and to use creditable oral
and written English.
C. Demonstrate the ability to use the basic statistical processes.
D. Furnish evidence of wide reading in general and professional fields.
E. Show by means of oral and written tests a preparedness to undertake an
organized program of advanced graduate study and research.
F. In addition to the foregoing, the Committee on Prerequisites may require
a trial period of resident study.
Doctoral Committee
When an applicant has received the permission of the Graduate School to enter
upon an organized program of advanced graduate study and research he will be
assigned an adviser by the Dean of the Graduate School. The Dean of the Graduate
School and the adviser will jointly select a doctoral committee consisting of not
fewer than five members of whom at least one shall be from a field other than
Education. The adviser shall serve as chairman of the doctoral committee and this
committee shall have charge and direction of the applicant's program. This program,
prepared by the adviser and the applicant, must be approved by the doctoral com-
mittee and by the Dean of the Graduate School before the applicant is eligible to
stand for the qualifying examinations.
Qualifying Examinations
At a time to be determined by the doctoral committee after the applicant has
spent at least one semester, or three summer terms of six weeks each, in full-time
graduate work in on-campus residence beyond the Master's Degree or its equivalent,
he will be admitted to written and oral comprehensive preliminary or qualifying
examinations, conducted by the doctoral committee, in the areas of general professional
background, specialization, and cognates. The applicant must (a) evidence a grasp
of the important phages and problems of the field of study in which he proposes
to major and their relation to other fields of human knowledge and accomplishment;
(b) demonstrate the ability to employ rationally the appropriate instruments of re-
search; and (c) present a written tentative outline of a proposed research project.
The written qualifying examination precedes the oral that should tollow within
a reasonable time the successful completion of the written. If the committee is not
satisfied with the applicant's showing, it will make specific recommendations for
additional work in preparation for a second trial that may be undertaken not earlier
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 249
than six months nor later than twelve months after the first trial. The outcome of
the second attempt will be considered final.
When an applicant has passed the qualifying examinations he will formally be
promoted to candidacy for the Doctor of Education Degree. Admission to candidacy
must precede the final examination by at least one academic year in time and 12
semester hours in credit. A maximum of 30 semester hours of graduate work pursued
in fulfillment of the requirements for the Master's Degree, if of suitable character
and quality, may be credited toward the doctorate.
Requirements for Completion
Curriculum. The degree of Doctor of Education is not achieved by the mere
accumulation of course credits nor the completion of a definite residence requirement.
The exact amount and nature of course work to be undertaken by a candidate will
he- determined in the light of his previous preparation and the demands of his
chosen field of application. The aggregate of courses of graduate study shall, how-
ever, be not fewer than 70 semester hours, exclusive of the dissertation. Not more
than 12 of the 70 hours mav be earned in extension and/or practicum or field work.
The program of course work shall include a minimum of 42 semester hours in
Education, at least 30 of which shall be on the "300" level, and a minimum of 24
semester hours in cognate courses, of which at least 12 shall be on the "300" level.
These courses shall be so ordered and distributed as to promote broad and systematic
knowledge and the ability to prosecute independent research.
Candidates having an earlier graduate degree or its equivalent from West Virginia
University will be required to complete a prescribed minimum of resident graduate
work in one or more other institutions.
Residence. In general, requirements for the Doctor of Education Degree con-
template three years of full-time graduate work beyond the Bachelor's Degree,
including a minimum of two semesters in residence in full-time graduate study in
West Virginia University beyond the Master's Degree or its equivalent.
Special Requirements. Competence in the advanced techniques of statistical re-
search; evidence of a functioning command of appropriate methods of educational
investigation; and mastery of the rules of manuscript preparation.
Dissertation. The candidate must submit a dissertation pursued under the
direction of his doctoral committee on a problem in the field of his major interest.
The dissertation must show familiarity with previous knowledge of the general
problem; embodv a clear definition of the particular problem pursued; employ valid
methods of attack; demonstrate the ability to create and evaluate new knowledge;
present and interpret unequivocally the results of the candidate's individual investi-
gation; and disclose his ability to apply his contribution to the solution of educa-
tional problems.
Final Examination. If the candidate's dissertation is approved and he has
fulfilled all other requirements, he will be admitted to final oral examination before
his doctoral committee. At the option of his committee a written examination also
may be required. The final examination or examinations shall be concerned with the
dissertation, its contribution to knowledge, and the candidate's grasp of his field of
specialization and its relation to other fields. No candidate may proceed to his final
examination until he has fulfilled residence requirements for the degree and until
he has completed at least 12 semester hours of graduate study subsequent to his
admission to candidacy.
Time Limitation. Requirements for the Doctor of Education Degree must be
completed within seven years of admission to candidacy.
N'JTE: It is the responsibility of all applicants for admission to the Graduate
School and all cand'dates for graduate degrees to conform to the General
Regulations as published in the latest Announcements of the Graduate School
250 CURRICULA AND COURSES
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
No courses in Education except Ed. 102, 103, 104 105 and 106 are open to
sophomores. The following courses are required of teachers for recommendation
for a first-class high school certificate: Ed. 105, 106, 114, 120, 124, 150-170 and enough
additional hours chosen from the following approved electives to meet the minimum
requirement of 20 hours in Education: Ed. 109, 136, 150-170 in a second teaching
field, 197, 203, 212, 221, 222, 231, 233, 259, 262 or 266, 276 or 277, 281, 282, 284, 285, 291.
The following courses are required of teachers for recommendation for a first-class
elementary certificate: Ed. 105, 106, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, and 146.
Undergraduate Division
101. Introduction to Vocational Teaching. II. 2 hr. A survey of the field of
vocational education with particular emphasis on orientation as the foundation
for occupational preparation. Mr. Allen
102. Hand Woodworking (I.A.). I. 3 hr. Basic course for industrial arts teachers. Em-
phasis is placed on design and construction of small projects; development of
hand tool skills; a study of tools, materials and processes; basic finishing infor-
mation. Open to lower-division students. Mr. Brennan
103. Machine Woodworking (I.A.). II. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 102. Use of common pieces of
power woodworking equipment and safety factors involved in their use in school
shops. Open to lower-division students. Mr. Brennan
104. Basic Metalwork. (I.A.). I. 2 hr. Practical work in layout and construction in
bench work and wrought iron. Open to lower-division students. Staff
105. Educational Psychology— Human Growth and Development. I, II, S. 3 hr.
Open to sophomores or above. Special emphasis is placed upon competencies
on the part of prospective teachers in understanding and applying principles
involved in the growth and development of children and youth.
Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, and Mr. Smotherman
(NOTE: Ed. 105 is prerequisite to all other courses in Education.)
106. Educational Psychology- The School Program and Pupil Development. I, II,
S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 105. Continuation of Ed. 105 with special attention to the nature
of the school program as it affects the growth and development of pupils. Open
to sophomores or above.
Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Smotherman, and Mr. Wheat
107. General Shop. (I.A.). I. 3 hr. Basic course in practices and techniques involved in
the areas of printing, crafts, wood and metal work, forging, and foundry.
Emphasis on the organization of a general shop. Mr. Ault
108. Advanced General Shop (I.A.). II. 3 hr. Emphasis on planning, development of
projects, and individualized instruction. Additional areas will include drawing,
electricity, and ceramics. Mr. Ault
109. Secondary Education. I, II, S. 3 hr. Introduction to the problems of the second-
ary-school teacher. Mr. Williams
110. Maintenance and Construction of Industrial Arts Equipment (I.A.). I, II, S. 2
hr. PR: Ed. 102, 104, and consent of instructor. Solution of problems arising from
use of equipment found in school shops, development and construction of
functional shop equipment. Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan
114. Educational Psychology— Adolescent Adjustment. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 105
and 106. Types of learning activities featured in the program of the secondary
school and the forms of personal and social adjustment effected, with special
consideration given to methods and techniques applicable to the evaluation of
pupil progress. Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 251
115. Student Teaching in Elementary-School Music. I, II. 2 hr. Observation and
practice of teaching music to pupils in grades one through six in the University
Laboratorv Elementary School and the Monongalia County public schools, be-
tween the hours of nine and eleven daily. Open to seniors who have completed 27
semester hours in Music and 7 semester hours in Education with a grade-point
average of 2.0 ("C") in each and a general grade-point average of 2.0 ("C").
Mr. Broun and Mrs. Glasscock
120. Principles of Teaching in Secondary Schools. I, II, S. 2 hr. Open only to
those who qualify for the student teaching block. Mr. Cook and Mr. Miller
124. Student Teachinc. I, II, S. 4 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and one elective in Educa-
tion. (Ed. 114 is not an elective). This course is open only to seniors and
graduate students regularly enrolled in the University meeting the following
requirements:
1. Completion of approximately 75 per cent of the hours required in each
of two teaching fields and completion of Ed. 105, 106, and one approved elective
course in Education, with a minimum general grade-point average of 2.0 ("C")
and a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 ("C") in each teaching field and in
Education.
2. An applicant for student teaching must submit positive evidence that
he (or she) meets the requirements of physical conditions and emotional
stability necessarv for the performance of the duties of a teacher in the public
schools. Such evidence must come from the University Health Service on a
form used by the College of Education.
3. This course must be taken concurrently with Ed. 120 and the appro-
priate course of Ed. 150-170 unless exceptions have previously been made with
the Director of Secondary Student Teaching. A period of 3 hours daily must
be reserved for this and simultaneous courses for purposes of observation, dis-
cussion, and planning.
4. All students must reserve Monday, 7 to 9 P.M. biweekly in each calendar
month for teachers' meetings.
5. Because two-thirds of the program of the University High School is in the
forenoon, two-thirds of the applicants must schedule this course in the morning,
reserving three hours daily without interruption. Admission is by application
made early in the preceding semester to the Director of Secondary Student
Teaching.
6. The adviser is responsible for furnishing a check of the student's record to
determine eligibilitv,
Mr. Cook, Mr. Miller, Mr. Butler, Mr. Hill, and U.H.S. Staff
125. Supplementary Student Teaching. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Permission of the
director of student teaching. Must accompany Ed. 124 and can be taken only
by persons w r ho give valid reasons for earning six semester hours of student
teaching. A period of four consecutive hours daily (8-12 or 10-3) must be
reserved for Education 124 and 125 when taken simultaneously. Ed. 125
cannot count as a part of the 20 semester hours of Education required for
West Virginia certification
Mr. Cook, Mr. Miller, Mr. Butler, Mr. Hill, and U.H.S. Staff
130. Materials and Methods in Elementary-school Music. I, II. 2 hr. (To be
carried concurrently w T ith Education 115.) Mr. Brown and Mrs. Glasscock
136. High-School Program of Studies. I, II. 3 hr. Principles governing the selection
of educative content for secondary schools, with emphasis on possibilities
within various areas. Mr. Hudelson
141. Psychology and Management of the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR:
Ed. 105, 106, and enrollment in the elementarv undergraduate program of the
College of Education. Types of learning activities of the elementary school,
forms of personal and social adjustment, evaluation of progress of pupils,
with special attention to the organization of the daily program of the
school and the management of classroom activities.
Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy and Mr. Whea'
252 CURRICULA AND COURSES
142. Language Arts in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and
enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Educa-
tion. Modern practices in teaching the language arts. Special emphasis is
given lo methods and materials in teaching reading, language, handwriting,
and spelling in their relation to the total school program.
Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy
143. Arithmetic in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and
enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Educa-
tion. The methods and materials of learning and instruction in arithmetic.
Mr. Wheat
144. Social Studies in the Elemenatry Shcool. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106,
and enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of
Education. A study of modern practices in teaching the social studies. Emphasis
is placed on the principles and techniques underlying the community-oriented
social studies program. Instructional units in such areas as the community,
social processes, foreign culture and geography, and history are developed.
Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy
145. Science in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105, 106, and en-
rollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Educa-
tion. A study of modern practices in the teaching of science. Emphasis is
placed on the principles and techniques underlying the community-oriented
science program. Students are guided in developing instructional units in such
areas as the earth and the universe, conservation, health, living things, and
physical and chemical phenomena. Mr. Fish and Mr. Kennedy
146. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 6 hr. PR: Ed. 142. 143,
144, and enrollment in the elementary undergraduate program of the College
of Education; a minimum general grade point average of "C" (1) in non-
Education courses, and (2) in Education courses; senior standing. Students
enrolling for this course must plan a schedule so that one-half of the day
(9:00-12:00 or 12:00-3:00) is free. An applicant for student teaching must sub-
mit positive evidence that he (or she) meets the requirements of physical con-
ditions and emotional stability necessary for the performance of the duties of a
teacher in the public schools. Such evidence shall be provided by the University
Health Service on a form used by the College of Education. Mr. Kennedy
147. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Enrollment
in the elementary undergraduate program of the College of Education and
consent of the instructor. A special course for transfer students who have
completed three or more hours of student teaching in other institutions or
for those who are up-grading certificates. Mr. Kennedy
148. Student Teaching in the Elementary School. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Permission
from the Director of Elementary Student Teaching. A continuation of Educa-
tion 147 for students who need more than three hours in directed teaching for
graduation, recommendation, and certification. Mr. Kennedy
150-170. Materials and Methods of High-school Teaching. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Con-
sent of instructor. Special methods in the various secondary-school teaching
fields. For West Virginia certification these courses are an integral part of Ed.
124. May also be chosen as a two-hour elective by students who are registered
for student teaching in other fields.
The various sections of this course, with their instructors, follow:
150. Biology. 2 hr. Mr. Hathaway
151. Science. 2 hr. Mr. Federer
152. Physical Education. 2 hr. Mr. Eicher, Mr. Fizer, and Mrs. Hayhurst
153. French. 2 hr. Staff
154. Speech. 2 hr. Staff
155. Library Science. 2 hr. Miss Robinson
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
253
156.
157.
160.
161.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
179.
180.
194.
Spanish. 2 hr.
Latin. 2 hr.
Agriculture. 3 hr.
English. 2 hr.
Home Economics. 2 hr.
Industrial Arts. 2 hr.
Mathematics. 2 hr.
Physical Science. 2 hr.
Social Science. 2 hr.
Art. 2 hr.
Music. 2 hr.
Commerce. 2 hr.
Staff
Staff
Mr. Bible, Mr. Hill, and Mr. Butler
Mr. Full, Mrs. Post, and Miss Woofter
Miss Cook and Mrs. Roberts
Mr. Ault
Miss Wilt and Mrs. Dorsey
Mr. Federer
Mr. Talerico
Mrs. Roller
Mrs. Glasscock and Mr. Shahan
Staff
Safety Education— Safe Driving. S. 1 hr. Open to selected high-school teach-
ers. Mr. Eicher
Safety Education— Safe Driving. S. 1 hr. Open to selected high-school teach-
ers. Continuation of Ed. 179. Mr. Eicher
Organization of Industrial Arts. II. 2 hr. Comparative analysis of the objec-
tives of general and industrial arts education; industrial arts content; study of
the problems involved in organizing and administering industrial arts content;
and in organizing and administering industrial arts courses in unit and general
shops. Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan
197. Survey of Vocational Education. I. 2 hr. The relationship to the public-
school program and to each other of vocational agriculture, vocational home
economics, trade and industrial education, commercial education, distribu-
tive education, rehabilitation, and re-education. Mr. Allen
*203. Organization and Administration of Adult Education. II. 2 hr.
Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams
204. Advanced Woodworking, Construction, and Finishing (LA.). II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed.
102, 103, or equivalent. Selection of advanced projects, analysis of construc-
tion planning and finishing, application of machine tools. Mr. Brennan
206. Industrial Experience (LA.). I, II, S. 2-6 hr. Open only to students qualifying to
teach industrial arts or become counselors. Evaluation of educative outcome
of personal employment in industry as determined by duration, experience,
records, study on job, and final examination. Counts as extension credit.
Mr. Allen and Mr. Brennan
208. Wood Finishing (LA.). I, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 103 and Ed. 204. Practice and theory in
the art of sanding, scraping, filling, dyeing, staining, waxing, and other natural
and synthetic treatments to the surface of wooden articles constructed in the
industrial arts shop. Mr. Brennan
212. High-school Tests and Measures. I, II. 3 hr. Uses and techniques of educa-
tional measurement in secondary-school teaching. Mr. Hudelson
221. Audio-Visual Resources for Instruction. I, II, S. 2 hr. Multi-sensory tech-
niques in using wide varieties of materials and resources in teaching. One
laboratory period per week. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams
222. Current Practices in Secondary Education. I, II, S. 2 hr.
Mr. Schultz
•To receive graduate credit for any courses numbered 200-299, the student
must have ha-d at least 17 hours in undergraduate Education.
254 CURRICULA AND COURSES
224. Advanced Student Teaching (Secondary). I, II. S. 2 hr. PR: Education 124 or
its equivalent and permission of the Director of Secondary Student Teaching.
Emphasizes types of experiences not generallv included in beginning student
teaching. Mr. Cook, Mr. Miller, and U.H.S. Staff
226. Advanced Student Teaching (Elementary). I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: 3 hours of
student teaching or its equivalent and permission from the Director of Elemen-
tal Student Teaching. Emphasizes tvpes of experiences not generally included
in beginning student teaching. Mr. Kennedy
231. Philosophy of Education. I, S. 2 hr. PR: Five hours of Education courses and
senior standing. Evaluation of educational theories and practices in terms
of the several judgments of ultimate worth set up by man in his endeavor
to understand life's real meaning. Mr. Baldwin
233. Educational Sociology. II, S. 3 hr. PR: Five hours credit in Educa-
tion and senior standing. Impacts of institutions of society upon school, and
school's counter-impact upon social institutions and agencies. Mr. Williams
Education 240-250. These courses are designed to prepare versatile teachers of indus-
trial arts and to meet state certification requirements. The abbreviated intro-
duction to specific crafts through these courses is intended to provide broad
rather than specialized experience and to prepare the teacher to teach the
fundamentals of crafts rather than to attain vocational competence. Prospective
teachers should elect from these courses those which will supplement their
previous training in organizing and directing the industrial arts program.
240. Metal Working (LA.). I, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 104. Design and construction of
projects using sheet, bar, and wire. Introduction to jewelry. Staff
241. Jewelry (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 104. Design and construction of projects in
costume jewelry made from gold-filled and silver wire and sheets; installing
jewels; gold and silver soldering; tool design and tool making for special
operations. Staff
242. Upholstering (LA.). S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 103. Original and renewal installation of
selected materials for springing, stuffing, and covering furniture; incidental re-
inforcement and repairs. Each student will need to purchase a simple kit
of tools. Staff
243. Ceramics (LA.). II , S. 2 hr. Manipulation of ceramic materials. Projects are con-
structed involving slab, coil and potter's wheel operations, slip casting and
ceramic production processes. Glazing and firing of ceramic wares. Mr. Brennan
244. Leather Crafts (LA.). I, S. 2 hr. Selection of materials; design and construction
of projects in leather, tooling, carving, lacing, staining, etc. Mr. Brennan
24'j. Plastics (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. Manipulation of selected plastics in block, sheet, tube
and rod. Forming to shape, fabrication, and carving. Mr. Brennan
246. Graphic Arts (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. A study of the various media of reproduction. At-
tention is given to linoleum block, silk screen, letter press operations, hand
composition, proof reading, platen press operations, and basic book binding.
Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan
247. Auto Mechanics (LA.). S. 2 hr. Practice and theory in operation and main-
tenance of internal combustion engines. Staff
248. Electricity (LA.). II, S. 2 hr. Basic electrical theory and practice, including wir-
ing circuits, splices, motors, generators, etc., suitable for pupils in high school.
Staff
249. Sheet Metal (LA.). S, II. 2 hr. Designing, making patterns, and construction of
sheet metal objects useful about the modern home. Cutting, bending, form-
ing, spinning, soldering, and similar operations. Mr. Ault
250. Industrial Arts for Elementary Schools CI.A). II, S. 2 hr. Particularly designed
for elementary teachers. Planning units around activity areas and developing
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 255
of manipulative operations to supplement these units. Work includes simple
wood and metal operations, plastics, and crafts suitable for the elementary pupil.
Mr. Brennan
251. Production of Audio-visual Resources. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 221. Practical partici-
pation in planning and producing audio-visual media for use in teaching, for
supporting the school's public-relations program, and in educational research.
Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams
258. Education for Special Groups. I, II, S. 2 hr. A study of the techniques and
organization of instruction of adults and teen-age youth not in attendance at
ordinary day-school classes. Mr. Allen
259. Special Problems in Music Education. II, S. 2 hr. PR or cone: Ed. 124
or consent of instructor. Study and analysis of various types of music
positions; school-community music program, public performance, contests, fes-
tivals; music in school assembly, listening, creative activities. Mr. Brown
262. Vocational Home Economics in Secondary Schools. I, II. 3 hr. PR or cone:
Ed. 120, 124, and 163; home economics, 25 hours. Primarily for seniors and
teachers of home economics. Miss Noer
266. Adult Education in Homemaking. I, II. 2 hr. Current trends and present activi-
tives in the field of adult education. Organization of adult classes, development
of unit outlines; consideration of teaching methods; illustrative material and
bibliography for use in adult classes. Staff
270. Special Problems and Workshops. I, II. 1-4 hr. PR: 14 hr. Education. To take
care of credits for special workshops and short intensive unit courses on prob-
lems of Education dealing with measurement, guidance, administration,
methods, supervision, and the like. Staff
276. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Classes. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 106.
Participation in conducting young and adult farmer classes and school-com-
munity food preservation center; organization, course of study, methods of
teaching and supervision and young farmer association. Mr. Butler and Mr. Hill
277. Organizing and Directing Supervised Farming Programs. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed.
160 or consent. Planning programs of supervised farming, supervising and
evaluating such programs for all-day students, young farmers and adult farm-
ers. Mr. Hill and Mr. Butler
281. History of Elementary and Secondary Education in the United States. I, II,
S. 3 hr. Mr. Cook
282. Development of Modern Education. I, II, S. 2 hr. Comparative study of
schools in the leading nations of Europe since 1800. Mr. Schultz
283. History of Education in West Virginia. II, S. 2 hr. A study of the growth
of elementary, secondary, and higher education in the state with special
emphasis given to movements and influences which brought about significant
changes in organizational, financial, and instructional policies and practices.
Mr. Cook
284. Pupil-personnel Administration. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 106. Pupil
accounting, guidance, extra-curricular activities, and control. Open only to
seniors and graduates. Mr. Schultz
285. The Junior High School. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 105 and 106 and consent of
instructor. Open only to seniors and graduates. Mr. Hudelson
291. Exploratory Reading. S. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. For those who feel
need for wider acquaintance with books. Staff
Graduate Division
304. Remedial Techniques in Elementary-school Subjects. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 308
and 309 or consent of instructor. Methods and materials useful in aiding re-
tarded and failing pupils. Mr. Fish
256 CURRICULA AND COURSES
306. Geocraphy in the Elementary School. S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours undergraduate
credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Methods of directing
teachers in organizing content of geography for pupils.
Mr. Davis, Mr. Fish, and Mr. Smotherman
307. Health and Science in the Elementary School. II, S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of
undergraduate credit in elementary education. Materials and methods of
science with special consideration of human health and safety. Mr. Fish
308. The Psychology of Arithmetic. I, S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of undergraduate
credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Processes of number
thinking and sequential steps of their development among pupils.
Mr. Smotherman and Mr. Wheat
309. The Psychology of Reading. II, S. 2 hr. 10 hours of undergraduate credit in
elementary education or consent of instructor. Progress through grades in
art of reading; direction of attention required at different stages.
Mr. Feaster and Mr. Kennedy
316. Psychology of Elementary-school Subjects. S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of under-
graduate credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Distinguish-
ing features of various subjects, types of learning activity they require, and
sequences characteristic of each. Mr. Kennedy
318. Planning Programs and Courses for Vocational Agriculture Departments.
I, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 124. Gathering data, studying the farming problems of
all-day students, young farmers, and adult farmers, and planning the total
program for the department. Mr. Butler and Mr. Hill
320, 321. Special Topics in Industrial Arts. I, II. S. 2-3 hr. each. Consent of in-
structor. For graduate students in industrial arts. Special projects of im-
provement in phases needing special attention.
Mr. Allen, Mr. Ault, and Mr. Brennan
322. Organizing Programs of Audio-Visual Instruction. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 221.
An advanced course dealing with problems of planning extensive programs for
using exhibits, slides, graphics, films, radio, television, etc., for instructional
purposes. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams
326. Practice in Supervision of Elementary-school Instruction. S. 2 hr. PR: 6
graduate hours of elementary education or consent of instructor. Observing
and practicing major activities of supervisor in work with pupils and teachers.
To be taken late in student's candidacy. Mr. Davis and Mr. Smotherman
327. Demonstration and Practice in the Supervision of Secondary-school In-
struction. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Opportunity to observe
approved processes in classroom supervision and to practice, under guidance,
art of improving classroom instruction. To be taken late in student's candi-
dacy. Mr. Cook
335. The Elementary-school Curriculum. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: 10 hours of under-
graduate credit in elementary education or consent of instructor. Organization
of content and materials of instruction of subjects through the grades.
Mr. Fish
336. The Secondary-school Curriculum. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: High-school teaching
experience or consent of instructor. Principles of and practice in curriculum
construction for modern high schools. Mr. Schultz
M
339. Public-School Organization and Administration. I, S. 2 hr. PR: 20 hours of
Education and consent of instructor. An orientation course for present and
prospective school administrators, with emphasis upon the problems which
grow out of the county unit. Required as a basic course of all who specialize
in educational administration. Mr. Baldwin
340. Public-School Finance. S. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and consent of in-
structor. Sources of school support; taxation; efficient management of school
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 257
money: locally by improved budgetary practices, in state by more adequate
apportionment plans. To be taken late in student's candidacy.
Mr. Baldwin
341. School Buildings and Equipment. I, S. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and con-
sent of instructor. Philosophy, planning, and management of school plant as
appropriate physical environment — the home of pupils for effective learning.
Mr. Baldwin
343. School Surveys. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and consent of instructor. Develop-
ment of the educational survey as an instrument for improving educational
procedures. Mr. Baldwin
344. Staff-Personnel Administration. 2 hr. PR or Cone: Ed. 339 and consent of
instructor. Selection, induction, direction, evaluation, improvement, and pro-
motion of members of the supervisory, instructional, research, clerical, and
maintenance staffs. Mr. Baldwin
346. Principles of Supervision. I, S. 2 hr. Basic; general principles of elementary-
school, junior high-school, and senior high-school supervision. Miss Scott
347. Supervision of Instruction. 3 hr. Open only to persons who have had admin-
istrative or supervisory experience. A study of principles of supervision and of
techniques to be employed in the development of supervisory programs, grades
1-12. This course may be substituted for Education 346 if approved by the
adviser. Miss Scott
348. Human Development and Behavior. S. 3 hr. A study of the inter-relationship
of phvsical and environmental factors as they affect the behavior of children
and youth. Miss Scott
349. Evaluation and Research in Supervision. S. 3 hr. Open only to persons who
have had administrative or supervisory experience. A study of educational
research pertinent to the problems of supervision and of methods and tech-
niques to be employed in the organization of a research project. Miss Scott
350. Science of Teaching. S. 2 hr. PR: consent. Mr. Hudelson
353. The Secondary-school Principal. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 339, high school teach-
ing experience, or consent of instructor. Open only to graduate students in
Education late in their candidacy. Practicum in secondary-school administra-
tion. Mr. Schultz
356. The Elementary-school Principal. S. 2 hr. PR: 6 graduate hours of ele-
mentary education or consent of instructor. Work of principal in manage-
ment and supervision of school. To be taken late in candidacy.
Mr. Feaster and Mr. Smotherman
357. Organization and Administration of Vocational Education. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed.
339. Specific consideration of the development of practical training in agri-
culture, home economics, industry, and commerce with particular reference to
their place in the public school system. Mr. Allen
360. Problem in Education. I, II, S. 3 hr. One of the alternative requirements for
the Master's Degree in Education. (See Thesis or Option) . Staff
362. Thesis in Education. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. One of the alternative requirements for the
Master's Degree in Education. (See Thesis or Option). Staff
364. Advanced Methods in Teaching Industrial Arts. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 194.
Industrial arts development; effective use of instructional materials; methods
of evaluating industrial arts subjects. Mr. Ault and Mr. Brennan
366. Teaching the Language Arts. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Methods in
development of language arts of reading, writing, spelling through grades
one to twelve. Staff
258 CURRICULA AND COURSES
367. Teaching the Social Studies in Elementary and Secondary Schools. I, S.
3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor. Methods in teaching and course develop-
ment of social studies through all school grades. Mr. Cook
368. The Teaching of Extra Core Subjects. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent of instructor.
A consideration of problems arising in grades 1 to 12 in teaching art, music,
physical education, and club activities. Staff
369. The Teaching of Mathematics and Science. S. 3 hr. PR: Consent of in-
structor. A consideration of ways in which teachers may be helpful in teach-
ing methods of exact thinking, grades 1 to 12. Staff
372. Statistical Methods in Education. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: 20 hours of Education.
Mr. Hudelson
373. Basic Course in Principles and Practices of Guidance. II, S. 3 hr. An over-
view of a total guidance program. Mr. Allen and Mr. Jarecke
374. Counseling Techniques. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373, 375, 376. Study of and
practice in techniques of counseling. Mr. Jarecke
375. Individual Inventory Techniques. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373. Comprehensive
study of all objective measures used in schools; techniques of administration,
interpretating and recording results. Mr. Jarecke
376. Occupational Information Techniques. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373. Methods
of gathering and disseminating occupational and educational information.
Mr. Jarecke
377. Special Counseling Problems. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ed. 373, 374, 375, 376. Work
with actual problem cases according to clinical procedures. Cases to be pur-
sued to satisfactory conclusion. Mr. Jarecke
378. Advanced Studies of Human Adjustment. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 373, 374, 375,
376. Analytical consideration of identification, causes and development of
psychological maladjustments, further study of developments in counseling and
background in advance studies in guidance. Mr. Jarecke
379. Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ed.
373, 374, 375, 376. Operative framework of guidance programs in terms of
personnel, functions, relationships, physical facilities, institutional integration,
finance, standards, laws, and regulations. Mr. Jarecke
380. 381, 382, 383. Practice in Supervision. I, II. Credit 2 hr. each. PR: Assignment
to actual full-time work in supervision in a school system, previous certifica-
tion, and consent of instructor. Each course a continuation of preceding.
To complete the entire 8 hours not less than two full years of field experience
under control of Director of Supervisor Training will be accepted.
Miss Scott
390. Advanced Course for the Teaching of English. S. 2 hr. PR: Consent of
instructor. Mr. Hudelson
392. Materials for General Reading. S. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 291. Study of materials for
secondary schools and for adult classes. Staff
395, 396, 397, 398. Practicum. Special individual and group projects. I, II, S.
1-4 hr. per semester or term— aggregating not more than 12 hr. PR: 8 graduate
hours in Education. Enrollment with permission of adviser and instructors in
consultation. To provide appropriate credits for special workshops, prolonged
systematic conferences on problems and projects in Education. Credits in
these projects cannot be substituted for required courses and must be done
in residence.
Agricultural Education. Mr. Butler and Mr. Hill
Audio-visual Education. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams
Educational Measurement and Evaluation. Mr. Hudelson and Mr. Jarecke
Educational Psychology. Mr. Fish, Mr. Jarecke, Mr. Kennedy, and Mr. Smotherman
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 259
Educational Sociology. Mr. Baldwin and Mr. Williams
Elementary Education. Mr. Feaster, Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Smotherman and
Mr. Wheat
Guidance. Mr. Allen and Mr. Jarecke
Home Economics Education. Miss Brown and Miss Noer
Human Growth and Development. Mr. Fish, Mr. Kennedy, Miss Scott and
Mr. Smotherman
Industrial Arts Education. Mr. Allen, Mr. Brennan, and Mr. Ault
Music Education. Mr. Brown
Philosophy of Education. Mr. Baldwin
School Administration. Mr. Baldwin
Secondary Education. Mr. Cook, Mr. Hudelson, Mr. Schultz, and Mr. Williams
Special and Adult Education. Mr. Allen and Mr. Williams
Supervision. Mr. Cook, Miss Scott, and Mr. Schultz
Teaching of English. Mr. Hudelson
Teaching of Mathematics. Mr. Feaster, Mr. Fish, and Mr. Wheat.
Teaching of Science. Mr. Fish
Teaching of Social Sciences. Mr. Cook and Mr. Smotherman
Vocational Education. Mr. Allen, Miss Brown, Mr. Hill, Miss Noer, and Mr. Butler
Rural Education. Mr. Allen, Mr. Kennedy, and Mr. Schultz.
399. Techniques of Educational Research. II. 2 hr. PR: Ed. 372 and consent of
instructor. Application of research techniques to problems of modern education;
analysis and implications of results. Mr. Hudelson
The College of Engineering and
Mechanic Arts;
The School of Mines
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND MECHANIC ARTS
AND THE SCHOOL OF MINES
For the purpose of administration and instruction, the College of Engineering
and Mechanic Arts is organized into the following departments:
Aeronautical Engineering (A. E.) Electrical Engineering (E. E.)
Agricultural Engineering (Ag. E.) lUechanical Engineering (M. E.)
Chemical Engineering (Ch. E.) Mechanics (M.)
Civil Engineering (C. E.)
All the mining and industrial extension work of the University is organized under
the School of Mines. For the purpose of administration the school is divided into
the following divisions:
Mining and Industrial Extension Mining Engineering (E. M.)
Buildings and Equipment
Chemical engineering and mining engineering are housed in the Mineral Indus-
tries Building. Agricultural engineering is in the Forestry Building. Aeronautical, civil,
electrical, and mechanical engineering are housed in Mechanical Hall. This building al-
so contains the machine and welding shops, the steam-power laboratories and boiler
room, the internal combustion engine laboratory, the materials testing laboratory,
the electrical engineering laboratory, the hydraulic laboratory, the sanitary laboratory,
and some of the general drafting rooms. Mechanical Hall also houses the offices and
laboratories of the Materials Engineer of the State Road Commission. Mechanics and
some of the drawing courses are given in the new Physics Building.
In 1943-44 a modern brick and steel hangar, 80 by 120 feet, and a connecting
building containing class room, office, shop, boiler room and pilot room were con-
structed on University property adjacent to the Morgantown Municipal Airport.
The University has one Cessna Model 140A airplane, one Cessna 170B airplane, one
Piper PA-11 airplane, and two Piper PA-18 airplanes which are used for flight training
by University students. On the west side of the hangar is a concrete apron, 100 by 100
feet, which is connected to the Municipal Airport by a concrete taxi strip.
A Cessna four place Model 170A airplane is used by the Aeronautical Engineer-
ing Department for a course in Flight Testing and by the Civil Engineering Depart-
ment for a course in Aerial Mapping.
The Cessna airplanes are equipped with instruments for full panel and partial
panel instrument flight instruction. A Link Instrument Trainer is used in conjunc-
tion with these airplanes to supplement the instrument instruction. The airplanes
are equipped with two-way radio equipment, both low and high frequency. In
addition, three of the airplanes have complete Omni-directional Range installations.
In 1950 the Aerodynamics Laboratory Building was constructed. This structure
houses a modern low-turbulence wind tunnel used for instruction and research.
The tunnel, a single return type, has a test section area of 10 square feet. The
wind tunnel has a flexible 125 h.p. power system that makes possible a range of
airspeeds from zero to 200 miles per hour. The tunnel is adaptable for tests on
model aircraft, full scale components, and tests of a thermodynamic nature.
260
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 261
The Aerodynamics Laboratory Building has a 40 by 30 foot room on the west
side with a 38-foot opening. The opening is connected to the hangar apron by a taxi
strip. This room is used as an airplane shop and for testing purposes.
In the drawing rooms of Mechanical Hall are collections of models of structures,
mechanisms, charts, state and government maps, surveys, photographs, engineering
specifications, drawings, tracings, and blue prints. In connection with the drawing
rooms there are blue printing and photographic rooms equipped with electric appara-
tus, photostat, and photographic outfits.
The shops consist of a gas- and electric-welding shop and machine shop. Each
workshop is equipped with suitable benches, measuring instruments, tools, shop ap-
pliances, and machines, such as are ordinarily installed in the larger engineering col-
leges and commercial shops.
A variety of semi-automatic and automatic machines provides unusual opportun-
ity for the student of modern production methods.
The power-plant equipment consists of different types of steam and gas engines,
direct-connected or belted to electric generators; a 100-kw. Westinghouse condensing
steam turbine direct-connected to a direct-current generator; a 125-h.p. Skinner
Universal unaflow steam engine direct-connected to a 240-volt three-phase alternator; a
50-h.p. motor-generator set; a Babcock and Wilcox intregal furnace boiler, capacity
7,000 lbs. of steam per hour fired with natural gas under conditions fully automatic
modulating control. The boiler is equipped with an automatic boiler feed water
regulator, flue gas temperature indicator, and Bailey steam flow meter. An inde-
pendently gas-fired superheater equipped with temperature controller, pumps, con-
densers, air compressors, steam traps, and other auxiliary apparatus provides the
means of furnishing any desired kind of power.
The mechanical and steam laboratories contain small steam and gas engines,
two-stage air compressors, one water-cooled and one air-cooled, both equipped with
electrical and mechanical controls, motor-driven fans, electric dynamometers, water
brakes, Prony brakes, condensers, vacuum pumps, condensate pumps, steam calorim-
eters, C0 2 analyzer, steam and gas-engine indicators, revolution counters, planimeters,
anemometers, pressure gauges, thermometers, Venturi meters, orifices, Pitot tubes, and
nozzles for measuring the flow of air and steam, etc. These are supplemented by the
power plant equipment previously described, which affords facilities for steam- and
gas-engine tests and boiler tests with larger units, and also provides facilities for
various lines of experimental investigation.
The internal-combustion laboratory contains a single-cylinder engine, a two-
cylinder two-stroke cycle engine, a four-cylinder engine, a four-cylinder opposed-pis-
ton type engine, a six-cylinder and an eight-cylinder automotive gasoline engine, a
large two-cylinder gas engine, a Diesel tractor engine with electric dynamometer, a
two-cylinder Diesel engine, water brakes, Prony brakes, generators, indicators, tach-
ometers, planimeters, and other apparatus necessary for conducting performance tests
on these engines.
The Ordnance Department, U. S. Army, has selected the University for the estab-
lishment of a sub-gage laboratory. This laboratory is housed in a specially con-
structed air-conditioned room. It is equipped with the most modern types of high-
precision gages and measuring instruments such as contour projectors, comparators,
Pratt & Whitne) measuring machine, Sheffield multi-check, precision gage blocks,
sine bars, sine blocks, surface plates, toolmaker's microscope, electro-limit gages, equip-
ment for light-wave measurement, micrometers, height gages, etc.
The electrical laboratory has motor-generator sets which supply controlled direct-
current or alternating-current power to meet the special requirements of the labora-
tory. These motor-generator sets supplement the power available from the Monon-
gahela Power Company and the generators in the mechanical engineering laboratory.
In addition to standard types of direct and alternating-current motors and
generators, the electrical laboratory has special types of machines, such as a
Fynn-Weichsel motor, a rotary converter, alternators ranging from 25 to 800 cycles,
a G.E. amplidyne demonstration set for use in servomechanism, an electronic direct-
reading frequency meter with a range from 1 to 50,000 cycles per second, a high-
frequency demonstration oscillator rated at 1,000 watts, an electronic Mot-O-Trol,
etc. There are also standard types of motor generators, rectifiers, storage batteries
262 CURRICULA AND COURSES
reactances, capacitors, auto transformers, constant current transformers, and experi-
mental apparatus for demonstrating many of the principles of electricity and
magnetism. The equipment of the laboratory includes, besides the standard
laboratory measuring instruments, tachometers, slipmeters, stroboscopes, frequency
meters, illuminometers, oscillographs, rotating standards, a Fahy permeameter, a
Silsbee current transformed testing set, laboratory precision standards, a potentiometer
for the calibration of direct and alternating-current instruments, a full wave reversing
Thy-mo-trol drive, an instrument comparitor, magnetic amplifier, and a harmonic
generator.
A relay demonstration board especially developed for college laboratories has been
secured. This board demonstrates the complete protection of an electrical transmission
line and associated equipment.
In the communications and electronics laboratory there are various electronic
devices such as communication receivers, television receivers, cathode ray oscilloscopes,
vacuum-tube voltmeters, audio and radio frequency bridges, oscillators, signal generat-
ors, square-wave generators, amplifiers, photoelectric relays, an ignitron and a metal
tank rectifier, wave analyzer; also electronic testing devices such as tube-testers, multi-
testers, an electronic switch, a chanalyst, and a dynamic demonstrator. An amateur
radio station licensed as W8SPY is maintained normally by staff members for demon-
strating the principles of radio communication.
For use in ultra-high frequencies and associated work there are micro-wave
generators, electric-wave guides, a wave standard, a Mega-Match, parabolic and other
electric-wave reflectors, and micro-wave demonstration devices.
Telephone equipment consisting of standard parts .relays, etc. is supplemented
with parts and assemblies for demonstrating essential features of various types of
manual and dial telephone exchanges. An artificial telephone line is available for
studies of phenomena associated with electric wave propagation and electric filters.
The Materials Testing Laboratory is equipped with devices for testing cement,
iron, steel, brick, stone, and other engineering materials. The principal machines
are an Olsen testing machine of 400,000-pound capacity which can accommodate
tension and compression specimens up to 6 feet, and beams up to 16 feet in length;
two hydraulic Baldwin-Southwark universal testing machines of the latest type, one
of 200,000-pound capacity, the other of 60,000-pound capacity with autographic
recording attachment; a 10,000-pound Olsen transverse testing machine; a 10,000-
inch-pound Riehle torsion machine with autographic recorder; and Brinell, Rock-
well, Shore, Galileo and Vickers hardness testers. Morehouse proving rings for calibra-
tion of testing machine are a part of the equipment of this laboratory. Photo-elastic
and Stresscoat equipment has been provided for stress-analysis, and complete electrical-
resistance strain-gage apparatus is available both for class demonstration and for
research purposes.
The hydraulic laboratory pipe system is so connected that water may be used
either from the city pressure lines or from either of two centrifugal pumps— one 350
g.p.m. and the other 600 g.p.m.— which take suction from three 4,000-gal. calibrated
storage pits. Water is furnished to a weir tank where weirs of rectangular, triangular,
or other shape may be tested; two orifice tanks where circular or square orifices and
short tubes are tested under low heads; a 12-inch impulse wheel equipped with a glass
paneled case and Prony brake for measuring the power developed; a Rotometer;
a Eureka water meter; a Venturi meter; and two pipe lines designed for the
study of pipe friction and the loss of head due to bends. Small rates of flow are
measured by weighing the discharge on platform scales of 1,000-lb. capacity, while
larger rates are weighed on a 10,000-lb. Fairbanks scale. The laboratory is fully
equipped with gauges, manometers, and pitometers.
Through the courtesy of the Morgantown Water Commission a 12-inch pipe line is
available for pitometer work. A stream-flow measurement «tation is maintained on
the Monongahela River where a Price current meter is used to measure the river
discharge. Rainfall records are obtained from a Ferguson recording rain gage.
The sanitary engineering laboratory is well equipped for student work in water
purification and sewage disposal. Hydrogen-ion concentrations may be measured by
a Beckman pH meter, or by permanent color standards. Other colorimetric work is
done with an electro-photometer. Turbidity may be measured by a U.S.G.S. rod, or
by Jackson, Hellige or Baylis turbidimeters. Chlorine concentration in water is measur-
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 263
ed colormetrically, chemically or by a W&T amperometric apparatus. An ozone gener-
ator is available for studies in taste removal and disinfection. In addition, there is the
usual supply of glassware, balances, chemicals, steam baths, burners, and muffle
furnaces for mineral analyses; microscopes, special filters, and micrometers for algae
studies; and pressure and dry-heat sterilizers, incubators, and special media for
bacterial studies.
A number of transits, levels, plane tables, and other surveying instruments are
used by students in working out field-surveying problems. Aerial photographs of
neighboring territory are available to be used in photogrammetric mapping. Topog-
raphy is obtained from these photographs by use of the Fairchild stero comparagraph.
Diapositive aerial photographs are used with a multiplex projector to demonstrate
another method of producing topographic details. Aerial mapping cameras are
available for mapping that is done in cooperation with the Aeronautical Engineering
Department. The usual supply of steel tapes, level rods, range poles, plumb bobs,
etc., are available and are used by students taking surveying.
Through cooperation with the Testing Division of the State Road Commission,
students are given experience with the actual work of testing all kinds of highway
materials including tar, asphalt, paint, steel, oil, cement, sand, gravel, stone, concrete,
drainage pipe, and soils. Equipment available includes constant temperature baths,
viscosimeters. specific-gravity balances, drying ovens, furnaces, a three-compartment
DeVal abrasion machine, a Los Angeles abrasion machine, diamond core drill, ball
mill, briquette machine, Dory hardness machine, Page impact tester, small rock
cruslier, motor-driven vibrating screens for both coarse and fine aggregates, standard
moulds for cement and concrete specimens, concrete mixer, brick rattler, Kriege and
Hubbard-Field stability testers, a 30° -below-zero refrigerator for freezing-thawing
tests, an "electric eye" turbidimeter for cement testing, and equipment for consolida-
tion, shear, stability, and permeability tests on soils.
The laboratories for chemical engineering unit operations and unit processes are
well equipped for small-scale production of industrial chemicals and for conducting
experimental work for the collection of performance and design data. Among the
types of equipment in these laboratores are a Lummus 16-plate column still; a Badger
copper fractionating unit fitted with an 8-inch, 15 plate bubble-cap column and all
accessories including a 20-thermoc.ouple temperature-measuring system; a Great West-
ern pot still also fitted to operate as a steam still; Stokes double-effect evaporator
with vacuum pump; 10-gallon Dopp vacuum pan; Devine crystallizer for both
atmospheric and vacuum operation; Sperrv filter press, open-delivery washing type,
with montejus and pumps; Shriver stainless-steel portable self-contained filter
unit, closed-delivery washing type; Oliver continuous rotary filter; American rotary
disc filter; Kelly pressure filter; several crock filters; International centrifuge; Tolhurst
center-slung variable speed centrifuge; Sharpies supercentrifuge; Proctor and Schwartz
cabinet dryer with automatic-temperature and humidity controls; Devine vacuum-
chamber drver; Buflovak double-drum dryer for atmospheric or vacuum operation;
large Freas precision drying oven; single-tube experimental heat exchanger with
automatic multipoint temperature recorder; Ross Multitube, two-pass heat exchanger;
"Karbate" absorption tower, nitrator, sulphonator, fusion pot, autoclave, and Z-blade
mixer with stainless-steel bowl.
In connection with this equipment there is provided a completely equipped mod-
ern chemical laboratory furnished with specialized instruments and apparatus such
as nitrometers, centrifugals, constant-temperature baths, refractometers, melting and
boiling-point apparatus, turbidimeters, and colorimeters, together with apparatus for
complete analytical, testing and control work.
The ceramics laboratories are well equipped for instruction and research. They
contain a muffle pottery kiln; Kutz clay-testing kiln; two fusion-point furnaces; frit
and glass-melting furnace; general heating furnace and decorating kiln. All the
kilns and furnaces are gas-fired and except for the pottery and decorating kiln,
have individual motor-driven blowers. There are also available a number of small
and medium-sized electric furnaces and a Hoskins heavy-duty large size furnace. The
grinding equipment includes a jaw crusher; crushing rolls; sample grinder; hammer
mill; wet pan; 18-inch by 25-inch ball mill; gang of six ball mills of three sizes and
two gallon-size individual ball mills. A Federal unit for dust classification and a
Tyler Ro-Tap sieve shaker are also part of the equipment. For plastic clay work
264 CURRICULA AND COURSES
there is provided a Patterson clay washing outfit, slip pump, filter press, and a vacuum
pugmill, laboratory size; volumeters; jigger; and pottery wheels for individual use.
Other equipment includes a spray booth; raw-materials bins; Fisher and Polaroid strain
finders for glass. The laboratories are equipped for practically all routine tests and
analyses.
The metallurgy laboratory is well equipped for experimental work along the lines
of heat treating, and photomicrographic examination of metals and alloys. Heat
treating equipment includes two electronic high frequency induction heaters, and
several electric muffle furnaces with thermocouples and pyrometers. Metallographic
equipment includes: a metallurgical specimen cut-off machine, a belt surfacer,
specimen mounting presses, polishing tables each having three independently motor-
driven polishing discs, seven metallurgical microscopes, two with camera attachments,
a B & L metalloscope, a B & L research metalloscope complete with accessories, two
darkrooms equipped with apparatus for developing, printing, enlarging, and color
photography. Other equipment includes: two Westinghouse metallurgical X-ray
units, a Reihle universal testing machine, and Rockwell hardness testers.
The electrochemical industries laboratory contains a 1.2 kw. motor generator set
for electroplating; tanks for electrolytic cleaning, rinsing, and plating; Reliance vari-
able-speed polishing lathe; Ajax-Northrup high-frequency furnace; Lectromelt 37.5
kva. electric arc furnace; Vorce chlorine-caustic cell, Fisher titrimeter; hypochlorite
cell, iodoform cell, clay dewatering cell; Fisher electro-analyser; Beckman pH meter
with accessories; a number of rheostats, ammeters, voltmeters and potentiometers.
The laboratory for water examination and investigations of liquid industrial
wastes contains all the necessary apparatus, instruments, and chemical reagents for any
required qualitative tests or quantitative determinations on boiler and industrial
waters and trade wastes. For special tests and procedures there are available: an
autoclave, dry-sterilizing oven, ammonia in water stills, Nessler tubes, biological and
polarizing microscopes, counting cells, settling cones, incubators, Kober colorimeter,
sets of color standards for complete range of hydrogen ion measurements, Jackson
turbidimeter, U.S.G.S. color discs and tubes, and a Parr photoelectric turbidimeter for
sulfate determinations.
The fuels and oil-testing laboratories are supplied with a U. S. Steel Corporation
type furnace and absorption chain for determining the by-product coking values of
coals; a multiple-unit electric furnace and absorption chain for ultimate analysis of
coal; Saybolt four-tube viscosimeter, special flasks and centrifuge tubes for determina-
tion of water and sediment in oils; flash and fire-point testers, sulfur-in-oil outfit;
Kjeldahl-nitrogen digestion and distillation equipment. Assemblies for analysis ot
fuel and stack gases include Bureau of Standards precision, Orsat technical, Fisher
precision, Hempel burettes and pipettes, referee total sulfur, and Tutwiler H2S
burette, Reed vapor-pressure bomb for gasoline, Parr total-carbon apparatus, and Lovi-
bond and A. P. A. colorimeters.
The services available in the Chemical Engineering Department laboratories are:
110-volt and 220-volt a.c, 2- volt to 150-volt d.c, superheated and saturated steam,
compressed air, vacuum, gas, and hot and cold water.
Other facilities available in this department are: (1) a large well-equipped drawing
and design room with extensive collection of catalogues and texts on plant equip-
ment and structures; (2) a locker room with individual student lockers, industrial
washers, and showers; (3) a cold room with automatic-temperature control; (4) a
well-equipped shop operated by a skilled mechanician; (5) a large stockroom for chem-
icals, apparatus, and instruments, and having an adjacent special chamber for acid
storage; and (6) separate research laboratories.
The latest trade literature, catalogues, and reports of commercial developments
in engineering are kept in classified files for students' reference. The University
library has a thoroughly classified and indexed collection of the standard and latest
books in engineering and the allied sciences, complete bound sets of the transactions
of several scientific and engineering societies and current issues and bound volumes
of the principal scientific technical periodicals.
The extensive technical library donated by Mrs. Mary Dille Emory as a nucleus
for a memorial to her husband, Prof. Frederick Lincoln Emory, deceased, is also
available for use.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 265
School of Mines Laboratories
The mining laboratories in the Mineral Industries Building are designed to
supplement the technical instruction related to the various phases of mining
engineering and to correlate basic theory and principles with their application
in industrial practice.
The mining laboratory includes various types of electrical control systems as
commonly used with modern mining equipment, especially arranged to permit analysis
of the electrical circuits and operating principles. Specimens of typical equip-
ment for drilling, cutting, and blasting are included, together with key assembly
parts of such units. There also are devices for demonstrating and determining the
explosibility of suspended dusts, dust analysis equipment, apparatus for deter-
mining dust counts, and models showing methods of working anthracite, bituminous
coal, and mineral deposits.
The mine ventilation laboratory is equipped with centrifugal and multistage
axial flow fans, together with the necessary facilities for demonstrating the prin-
ciples of fluid flow as related to mine ventilation and determination of the per-
formance characteristics of the fans used. A gas testing room is provided for
practice and demonstration with flame safety lamps and other gas detection devices.
The laboratory is provided with apparatus and facilities for air analysis; and the
William Clifford and James T. Beard collection of safety lamps is of particular
academic interest as related to the history and development of mine lighting.
The fuels laboratory is especially equipped for the analysis and study of fuels,
with particular emphasis on coal and coke. The equipment includes analytical
balances, calorimeters, drying and roasting ovens, fusion furnaces, and special
equipment necessary for the promixate and ultimate analysis of coal and the deter-
mination of coking and ash fusion characteristics. An X-ray diffraction unit is available
for special analytical work.
The coal preparation laboratory is outstanding in its facilities for coal testing
and in the variety of coal cleaning and preparation equipment provided. The
testing equipment includes facilities for screen analysis, float and sink separation,
and the various units required to reduce and prepare samples for laboratory analysis.
Cleaning equipment includes a sand media cone, a three-cell Baum-type jig, a
calcium chloride washer, a heavy media cone washer, spiral separator, concentrating
tables, basket jigs, an air cleaning table with filter-type dust collectors, a magnetic sep-
arator, centrifuges, and a complete closed circuit mineral flotation unit. The cleaning
units listed are all self-contained pilot units with auxiliary equipment to permit
complete test operation and are in addition to a wide range of individual devices
for demonstration and instructional purposes.
The oil and gas laboratory contains a full range of equipment necessary for
determination of the chemical and physical properties of oil and gases as related
to their use, transmission, and production. Apparatus and facilities are provided for
core analysis to determine saturations, porosity, permeability, and grain structure
of producing sands, together with diamond core drills and saws for the prepar-
ation of samples for such tests. Also included are various specimens of drilling
and other production equipment for instruction and demonstration, together with
rotary drilling mud testing apparatus. The gas measurement section includes bell-
types, critical flow, and low pressure flow provers for testing meters of various types.
Also provided is a wide range of domestic, orifice and large capacity displacement
meters with the necessary meter runs for their operation.
Special equipment for instruction in geophysics is provided, and the school
maintains an earth-movement recording seismograph station, operated in accordance
with standards approved by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, for recording earth-
quakes and the movement of severe storm zones. Portable blast seismic instruments
are available for field testing and demonstration.
Facilities for Inspection Trips
The University is located in a region which affords the student unusual oppor-
tunities for practical observation and education in engineering. Morgantown is the
center of an extensive coal region in which are large workings of the Pittsburgh,
Sewickley, and upper Freeport seams, while nearby are the Fairmont and Connells-
266 CURRICULA AND COURSES
ville fields. West Virginia's gas and oil district approaches within four miles of the
city. The region abounds with rich deposits of glass sand, limestone, clay, shales, and
valuable building stone.
Within the city limits and in nearby towns are numerous factories and plants,
including large steam and hydraulic central stations for the production of electric
power, cement plants, extensive glass factories manufacturing glass of every descrip-
tion, an anhydrous ammonia plant, brick plants, by-products coking plants, brass
plant, brass and iron foundries, large oil- and gas-pumping stations, glass sand and
limestone-crushing plants, etc.
Pittsburgh, the center of the world's greatest iron and steel industries, is onlv
seventy-four miles from the University. The Wheeling area, with its large steel and
ceramic industries and its large modern central stations, is approximately the same
distance. The rapidly expanding Ohio River Valley industrial area in the vicinity
of Parkersburg and the concentration of plants in the Kanawha Valley affords an
excellent opportunity to visit large modern chemical plants.
Organized inspection trips under faculty supervision are taken each year. Credit
for one inspection trip is required for graduation.
NATIONAL SOCIETIES
Student chapters of the following national societies are maintained: Institute
of the Aeronautical Sciences, American Society of Agricultural Engineers, American
Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American
Institute of Electrical Engineers, Institute of Radio Engineers, American Institute of
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, and
Society for Advancement of Management. Meetings of these student branches are
held weekly.
The West Virginia Alpha Chapter of Tau Beta Pi was installed at West Virginia
University on June 3, 1922. Tau Beta Pi is the honorary engineering fraternity and
has chapters in 96 leading engineering colleges. Membership may be conferred upon
candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Aeronautical, Agricultural,
Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, and Mining Engineering who have maintained
a rank in scholarship in the highest fifth of the class.
The West Virginia Upsilon Chapter of Sigma Gamma Epsilon was installed at
West Virginia University on May 27, 1927. Sigma Gamma Epsilon is an honorary
mineral industries fraternity with chapters in thirty of the leading universities. Sen-
iors and juniors in mining engineering and majors in metallurgy and ceramics in
chemical engineering who have attained high scholarship rank are eligible for mem-
bership.
The West Virginia Pi Gamma Chapter of Pi Tau Sigma was installed at West
Virginia University on March 31, 1942. This is an honorary mechanical engineering
fraternity with chapters in fifty-nine universities. Seniors and juniors in mechanical
engineering who have attained a high scholastic rank are eligible for membership.
The West Virginia Beta Rho Chapter of Eta Kappa Nu was installed at West
Virginia University on May 2, 1947. Eta Kappa Nu, national electrical engineering
honorary society, has qualifications for membership which distinctly stimulate and
reward high scholarship. The upper one-fourth of the junior class and the upper
one-third of the senior class who have high scholastic standings and good character
are eligible for membership.
A loan fund is maintained by the local chapter for students enrolled in the
College of Engineering.
The West Virginia Chapter of Chi Epsilon was installed at West Virginia Univer-
sity on May 14, 1949. This is an honorary civil engineering fraternity with chapters
in thirty-nine colleges and universities. Seniors and juniors in civil engineering who
have attained a high scholastic rank are eligible for membership.
Standing Committees
Engineering Schedules: Professor E. C. Jones
Library: Professors Seibert and Speiden and Assistant Professor Slonneger.
Committee on Scholarship: Professors C. H. Cather, J. B. T. Downs, Associate
Professor Fairbanks
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 267
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
Any student, in order to be eligible to receive a Bachelor's degree in any
branch of engineering for which degrees are offered, in addition to satisfying
all entrance requirements shall be required to complete satisfactorily the number of
semester hours of work as specified in the curriculum of the department leading to the
degree for which the student is a candidate, plus the general requirements of
physical education and military science required by the University for such a degree.
SUBSTITUTIONS
The following substitutions are regularly allowed in addition to special
substitutions listed elsewhere:
Chemistry 115 for Chemistry 15.
Physics 1, 2, 109, and 110 for Physics 111 and 112.
THESIS
Any candidate for a baccalaureate degree in engineering may with the con-
sent of his major professor prepare a thesis on some subject relating to a
special branch of engineering or other department of applied science. It will
be presented for approval first to the instructor under whose guidance it has been
prepared, then to the head of the department in which the degree is to be
conferred. A typewritten copy of the thesis prepared in accordance with official
specifications and signed by both the instructor in charge and the head of the
department, must be placed in the University library before graduation.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING CURRICULA
The several four-year curricula are set up to give, in the first two years,
a well-rounded training in the basic sciences of mathematics, chemistry, and physics
and in English. A moderate amount of shop work, drawing and surveying is
given to introduce the student to the practical side of engineering.
This is followed by such technical subjects as mechanics, thermodynamics, and
electricity, the degree of emphasis varying somewhat with the curriculum followed.
These courses bridge the gap between the pure sciences and the professional
courses. In addition, courses in the humanities are given throughout the four years.
In the third and fourth years special emphasis is placed on the professional work
of the engineer. In these years a certain number of credit hours are available for
electives.
1. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Aeronautical Engineering.
2. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Agricultural Engineering.
3. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Chemical Engineering.
4. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil
Engineering, with option in sanitary engineering.
5. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Electrical Engineering.
6. A four-year curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Mechanical Engineering,, with options in power and industrial engineering.
7. Combined science and engineering curricula extending over five or more
years leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Science in
Engineering.
268 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Plan for Numbering Courses
For convenience it is customary to designate the course of study by the
name of the department or group of departments and the number of the particular
course. Whenever reference is made to engineering courses in the course announce-
ments and textual matter the department or groups of departments will be in-
dicated as follows:
Aeronautical Engineering A.E. Mechanical Engineering M.E.
Agricultural Engineering Ag.E. Mechanics M.
Chemical Engineering Ch.E. Mining Engineering E.M.
Civil Engineering C.E. General G.
Electrical Engineering E.E.
The plan for numbering courses is as follows:
Courses 1 to 99— intended primarily for freshmen and sophomores.
Courses 100 to 199— junior and senior courses not open to graduates.
Courses 200 to 299— advanced courses for juniors, seniors, and graduates.
Courses 300 to 399— advanced courses open only to graduates.
Classification of Students
To be classified as a freshman in the College of Engineering or School of Mines
a student must have credit for at least 15 units of entrance requirements. To be
classified as a sophomore he must have credit toward his degree for 30 hours; as a
junior 72 hours; as a senior 112 hours; except that a student who is a candidate for the
degree of Bachelor of Science to be classified as a sophomore must have credit for
27 hours of college work; as a junior, 60 hours; as a senior, 94 hours.
CURRICULUM IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Aeronautical Engineering
Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design and construction of aircraft and
aircraft power plants; theoretical aerodynamics; aircraft performance and stability;
and structural design.
The aeronautical engineering curriculum has been designed to furnish the student
with a firm fundamental knowledge of the fields listed above. The senior year elec-
tives furnish an opportunity for advanced study in some of these fields. An inspection
trip is required of all fourth year students. The trip is made in the spring and may
include visits to government operated aeronautical research laboratories or industrial
aircraft plants.
A number of laboratory courses are included in the aeronautical engineering cur-
riculum. These courses supplement the instruction in the lecture courses and also
furnish the students with an opportunity to become familiar with modern laboratory
techniques. The Aeronautical Engineering Department operates five laboratories
for student instruction.
1. Aerodynamics Laboratory— <a. 250 mile-per-hour wind tunnel is used to supple-
ment instruction in aerodynamics, performance, stability and instrumentation.
2. Aircraft Structures Laboratory— to augment classroom work dealing with the
theory of aircraft structural analysis.
3. Design Laboratory— for second, third and fourth year courses in detail, aero-
dynamic and structural design.
4. Flight Test Airplane— A Cessna Model 170 airplane is used as a flying laboratory
for a course in flight testing.
5. Flight Hangar— the hangar houses six University owned airplanes. Five of the
airplanes are used for flight training instruction. (See Aviation courses.)
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
269
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures
Hist. 53— Mod. America or M.E. 20-
Eng'g Drawing 3
Math. 3-College Algebra 3
Math. 4— Plane Trig 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Phys. Ed. 1 1
19
Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3
Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
M.E. 1 1-Machine Work 2
M.E. 20— Eng'g Drawing or Hist. 53—
Mod. America 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Phys. Ed. 2 1
19
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
M. 101-Statics 3
Math. 107-Calculus 4
M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5
Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
Second Sem. Hr.
A.E. 116— Aircraft Det. Design 2
Engl. 126-Adv. Comp 3
M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3
Math. 108-Calculus 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. 112-General Physics 5
19
First Sem.
A.E. 201— Elem. Aerodynamics
C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics ..
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics .
M. 103-Mech. of Materials . ,
THIRD YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
.... 3
.... 3
.... 3
.... 3
M. 104-Kinetics 3
Math. 253-Adv. Applied Math 3
Hr.
A.E. 202-Aerodynamics 3
A.E. 209-Aircraft Perf. & Stab 3
A.E. 210-Basic Aircraft Struc 3
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
Non. Tech. (Group I)* 3
18
18
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
A.E. 207— Aerodynamic Design 3
A.E. 21 1-Redundant Aircraft Struc. .. 3
A.E. 217-Aircraft Structural Des 3
Ch.E. 250-Physical Metallurgy 3
M.E. 229-Int. Comb. Engines 3
Elective** 3
Second Sem. Hr.
A.E. 205— Experimental Aerodyn 2
A.E. 212-Applied Aircraft Design 3
A.E. 213— Aircraft Structures Lab 1
E.E. 105-Electrical Fund 4
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
Non-Tech. (Group II)* 3
Elective** 5
IS
18
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
A.E. 203— Applied Aerodynamics 3
A.E. 208-Flight Testing 2
A.E. 214-Adv. Aircraft Struc 3
A.E. 218-Aeroelasticity 3
A.E. 220-Seminar 2-6
A.E. 299-Thesis 2-6
Flight Training 1-3
Non-Technical 1-3
**A minimum of five hours of technical electives must be selected from the
approved list.
♦Non-Technical Group List
Group I
Phil. 4— Intro, to Philosophy .
Psych. 1— Intro, to Psychology
Group II
3 Pol. Sci. 101-Intro. to Govt 3
3 Soc. 1— Intro, to Sociology ?
270 CURRICULA AND COURSES
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering
Agricultural Engineering is the application of engineering principles to agri-
culture. Success in tk* application of engineering fundamentals to the agricultural
industry requires knowledge of both the biological and physical sciences. The
purpose of the course is to give the student who completes it general training
in agricultural and engineering fundamentals. Considerable stress is given to
basic requirements of plant and animal life on the farm which affect engineering
practices, but greater emphasis is placed on a thorough knowledge of those under-
lying principles and methods which are the foundation of all the engineering
professions.
Although the curriculum gives no opportunity for specialization, Agricultural
Engineering is made up of four major fields. These are Farm Power and Machinery,
Farm Structures, Soil and Water Conservation, and Rural Electrification.
Students preparing to take Agricultural Engineering should present for entrance
as many units as possible in mathematics, chemistry, and physics; also, sufficient farm
experience to meet the College of Agriculture requirements.
Some of the organizations and industries employing agricultural engineers are
electric power companies and co-operatives; farm machinery manufacturers and dis-
tributors; manufacturers and distributors of building materials; oil companies; electric
equipment and other suppliers for farm utilities; trust companies; farm management
agencies; federal agencies such as Soil Conservation Service; U.S. Department of Agri-
culture, Federal Land Bank, and Indian Service; colleges and universities; Army and
Navy, and foreign governments.
Opportunities for employment are numerous. At no time since the establish-
ment of the profession has it been crowded; the outlook is good for a continuance
of this situation. With agriculture becoming increasingly mechanized, the demand
for agricultural engineers is increasing and should continue to increase. New
opportunities arise as mechanization continues. Starting salaries are in line with
salaries in other branches of engineering.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
Hist. 53-Mod. America or M.E. 20- M.E. 11-Machine Work 2
Eng'g Drawing 3 M.E. 20— Eng'g Drawing or Hist. 53—
Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Mod. America 3
Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1
Phys. Ed. 1 1
19 19
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Ag. E. 10— Introductory Agr'l Eng'g . . 3 Math. 108— Calculus 4
Math. 107-Calculus 4 M.E. 7-Welding & Heat Treatment . . 1
M.E. 26 Descriptive Geometry 2 M.E. 29— Mechanism 3
M. 101-Statics 3 M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 Phys. 112— General Physics 5
19 18
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
271
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Ag. Econ. 102— Agr'l Economics 3
E.E. 105— Elect. Fundamentals 4
M.E. 113-Machine Design 3
M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3
Agronomy 2— Soils 4
Second. Sem. Hr.
Ag. E. 100-Farm Structures 3
C.E. 1-Surveying 2
E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4
Engl. 126-Adv. Comp 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
M. 104-Kinetics 3
17
18
FOURTH YEAR
Firsi Sem. Hr.
Ag. Econ. 104— Farm Management .... 3
Ag. E. 110-App. of Elect, to Agr 3
Ag. E. 140-Soil & Water Cons 3
Ag. E. 230-Farm Power 4
C.E. 1 15-Fluid Mechanics 3
Elect. (Agri.) 3
19
Second Sem. Hr.
Ag. E. 190— Farm Machinery 3
Agronomy 1— Farm Crops 4
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
Speech 1 1— Public Speaking 3
Elect. (Agri.) 3
Elect. (Eng'g) 3
Elect. (Non-Tech) 3
19
Engineering Electives must be selected from the following courses: Chem. Eng'g
250, 284; C.E. 122; M.E. 140, 203; Geology 1.
Agricultural Electives must be selected from the following courses: Agronomy 230;
D.H. 11, 12; A.H. 11; P.H. 1; Hort. 3.
Non-Technical Electives must be selected from the following courses: Pol. Sci. 101;
Hist. 2, 52; Psychology 1; Philosophy 4; Sociology (Rural 105) .
CURRICULUM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering
The standard four-year course in chemical engineering has been developed to
qualify young men for positions in operation, design, construction, and management
of manufacturing plants in which raw materials are subjected to chemical and physical
changes to produce finished products. This curriculum includes fundamental courses:
in mathematics through differential equations; in chemistry: inorganic, analytical,
organic, and physical; in physics; in basic engineering: engineering drawing, mechanics,
and strength of materials; in electrical engineering; in metallurgy; in chemical en-
gineering: principles, calculations, thermodynamics, design, unit operations, unit
processes, and economics; in electrochemical and chemical technology. This curricu-
lum provides the student with a broad foundation in the fundamental principles of
those subjects which wide experience has shown are essential for a successful career
in the chemical engineering profession; or as engineers in any industry involving a
succession of unit operations and unit processes.
To complete the requirements for the B.S.Ch.E. degree in four years, students
should follow the curriculum as outlined, although it is definitely advisable to take
Organic Chemistry 233 and 238 in the Summer Session before the third year.
Students preparing to take chemical engineering should present for entrance as
many units as possible in mathematics, chemistry, and physics, and it is desirable
to also have units in German, French, or Spanish. While certain basic courses in
English, economics, and public speaking are required in the regular curriculum, a
student will obtain a broader education in economics, history, language, science,
applied technology, and engineering by taking the combined Bachelor of Science
and Chemical Engineering courses. By a careful selection of electives both degrees
may be earned in five years.
In recognition of the increasing tendency on the part of industry to promote
engineers to administrative and executive positions, the curriculum has been broaden-
ed to include more required work in the field of humanities and additional elective
courses may be selected from the humanities and business administration courses.
272
CURRICULA AND COURSES
In addition to the demand for students trained in chemical engineering there is
considerable demand in the state for men trained in ceramics, metallurgy, and fuel
technology, fields closely allied with chemical engineering. A basic course in general
metallurgy is required of all students seeking a degree in chemical enginering. In
addition, students may elect courses in metallurgy, ceramics, and fuel technology
in their undergraduate and especially in their graduate programs. These courses
are integrated with the chemical engineering courses, making use of many of the
unit process and unit operation concepts common to these categories.
The department, along with the other departments of the College of Engineer-
ing and the School of Mines, is a part of the Engineering Experiment Station. The
combined facilities of the department and the station are available for investigation
and research. The greater number of projects are so selected that graduate students,
and to some extent undergraduate students, participate in the program. The work
of the Engineering Experiment Station thus is part of the educational program.
FIRST YEAR CHEMICAL ENG'G.
First Sem. Hr.
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3
History 53— Modern America 3
Math. 3— College Algebra 3
Math. 4— Plane
Mil. or Air Sci.
Phys. Ed. 1 ..
Trig.
Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3
Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Phys. Ed. 2 1
19
17
First Sem.
SECOND YEAR
Hr. Second Sem.
Ch.E. 140-Ch.E. Calculations 2
Chem. 15— Quant. Analysis 3
Math. 107-Calculus 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5
Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
Hr
Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3
M. 101-Statics 3
Math. 108-Galculus 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. 1 12— General Physics 5
19
17
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Ch.E. 205-Principles of Ch.E 5
Chem. 233— Organic Chem 4
Chem. 260-Physical Chem 4
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
Math. 240- Differential Eq 3
Second Sem. Hr.
Ch. E. 207-Principles of Ch.E 5
Chem. 238-Organic Chem 4
Chem. 261-Phys. Chem 4
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3
19
19
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Ch. E. 211-Chem. Eng'g Lab 2
Ch.E. 234-Chem. Technology 2
Ch.E. 242-Ch. E. Thermodynamics ... 3
Ch.E. 272-Ch.E. Design 3
E.E. 105— Elec. Fundamentals 4
♦Electives 5
Second Sem. Hr.
Ch.E. 212-Chem. Eng'g Lab 2
Ch.E. 238-Electrochem. & Corrosion . . 2
Ch.E. 243-Ch.E. Thermodynamics ... 3
Ch.E. 250-Phys. Met 3
Ch.E. 273-Ch.E. Design 3
* Electives 6
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
19 19
*At least 6 of the 11 hours must be selected from the following subjects: English,
Language (6 hr. minimum), Psychology, History, Political Science, Sociology, Eco-
nomics, Commerce.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 273
CURRICULUM IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
•
The civil engineering curriculum has been planned to give a broad coverage of
those general and scientific subjects that form the foundation of all engineering and
special training in the civil engineering field. General subjects are included in most
of the semesters of the four-year program. These are intended to improve and enrich
the student's understanding of man's relation to man and they have been classified
as communications (English, public speaking, foreign languages), humanities (history,
philosophy, psychology) and social consciousness courses (economics, political science
and sociology). In addition to drawing, physics, and mathematics which form the roots
of any engineering course, the student investigates such fields as chemistry and geology
which give a breadth of scientific training.
A thorough study of the fundamentals of plane and topographic surveying is
scheduled for the second year and the following summer. During this summer, the
student spends five weeks at Camp R. L. Morris near Terra Alta, West Virginia, con-
centrating on field surveys. Professional training in photogrammetry may be elected
during the fourth year to round out this work.
Courses in mechanics, thermodynamics and electrical engineering furnish
breadth in training in engineering subjects and depth of training comes from profes-
sional work in highway, railway, structural, sanitary and hydraulic engineering, any
of which may be the specialty of the civil engineer.
The civil engineering professional field is too broad to be covered thoroughly
in a four-year course. For this reason, primary emphasis is placed on engineering
fundamentals. A degree of professional specialization is still possible, however. In
addition to the sanitary engineering option on page 274, the student, during his
last year, may elect specialized courses in the fields of transportation, water power
or photogrammetry. If he prefers, he may elect to prepare a thesis or may select some
upper division courses from other engineering departments.
The State Road Commission of West Virginia and the Civil Engineering Depart-
ment offer a cooperative program in which the student divides his time between
formal education and practical experience. One or more semesters are spent each
year pursuing the regular Civil Engineering curriculum in school and for the re-
mainder of the time the trainee is employed by the State Road Commission where all
possible advantage is taken of the engineering theory which the student has mastered
so far. The student's pace through the curriculum is determined primarily by his
financial position. Upon successful completion of the program, the regular B.S.C.E.
degree is granted and the trainee is offered an engineering position with the State
Road Commission.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem. 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Hist. 53— Modern America 3
Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
Math. 4— Plane Trig 3 M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2
M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1
Phys. Ed. 1 1
19 19
SECOND YEAR CIVIL ENG'G
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
C.E. 2-Surveying 4 C.E. 3— Route Surveying 2
Geol. 1-Gen. Geology 3 M. 101-Statics 3
Geol. 2-Geol. Lab 1 Math. 108-Calculus 4
Math. 107-Calculus 4 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Phys. 112-General Physics 5
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
19 19
274
CURRICULA AND COURSES
SUMMER
C.E. 104— Summer Surveying (five weeks) 5
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals 4
Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3
M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3
M. 104— Kinetics 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
Second Semester Hr.
C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics 3
C.E. 121— Structural Analysis 3
C.E. 105— Highway Engineering 4
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3
Non-tech, elective 3
19
19
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
C.E. 106— Railway Engineering 3
C.E. 123-Structural Design 3
C.E. 130— Water Supply and Sewerage . 5
Non-tech, elective 3
Technical elective 3
Second Sem. Hr.
C.E. 120— Engineering Materials 2
C.E. 204— Advanced Structures 3
C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3
C.E. 207— Foundations 3
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
G. 190— Law for Engineers 3
Technical electives 4
17 18
Six hours of foreign language may be taken instead of Speech 11 and English 126.
Non-technical electives must include 3 hours from each of the following groups:
Group 1— History, Psychology, Philosophy
Group 2— Economics, Political Science, Sociology
RECOMMENDED TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
C. E. 124-Thesis 2-4 C.E. 209-Highway Mtls. Lab 2
C.E. 200-Water Power Eng'g 2 C.E. 210-Photogrammetry 2
C.E. 208-Transp. Econ 2 C.E. 21 1-Geodesy 3
Up to 4 hours of technical electives may be selected from upper division courses in
other engineering departments with Adviser's consent.
Civil Engineering: Sanitary Option
Civil Engineering students who desire to specialize in sanitary engineering follow
the regular curriculum through the five-week summer surveying course except they will
take Chemistry 15, Quantitative Analysis, 3 hours, in the second semester of the second
years instead of Speech 11. The remainder of the curriculum for sanitary engineering
option is given below.
THIRD YEAR
First Sem
Hr. Second Sem.
Chem. 233-Organic Chem 4
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 102-Mech of Materials 3
M. 104-Kinetics 3
Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
Non-tech, elective 3
Hr.
Bact. 141— Gen. Bacteriology 4
C.E. 1 15— Fluid Mechanics . 3
C.E. 121— Structural Analysis 3
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3
M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3
19
19
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 275
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
C.E. 117— Municipal Engineering 2 C.E. 105— Highway Engineering 4
C.E. 130— Water Supply and Sewerage . 5 C.E. 120— Engineering Materials 2
C.E. 202-Water Purification 3 C.E. 203-Sewage Disposal 3
E.E. 105-Electrical Fundamentals 4 C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3
Non-tech, elective 3 C.E. 207— Foundations 3
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
G. 190— Law for Engineers 3
17 18
Six hours of foreign language may be taken instead of Speech 11 and English 126.
Non-tecnical electives must include 3 hours from each of the following groups:
Group 1— History, Psychology, Philosophy
Group 2— Economics, Political Science, Sociology
CURRICULUM IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
The course in electrical engineering has been developed for the purpose of
giving the student who completes the course general training in engineering funda-
mentals and broad training in the field of electrical engineering. Special training in
the electrical power field or the communications field is available as electives in the
senior year.
In the first two years of electrical engineering the work is limited mostly to those
subjects which are essential as preparatory courses for the more technical courses in
the third and fourth years.
During the third year, fundamental courses in electrical engineering are intro-
duced. An additional mathematics course of special importance to electrical engineer-
ing is included, as well as other fundamental engineering subjects.
In the fourth year the curriculum is made up almost entirely of courses in elec-
trical engineering. During the year, the student elects a group of courses pertaining to
the field of communications or to the field of electric power (see opposite page) .
It will be observed that for many of the courses scheduled in this curriculum,
the work of the classroom is supplemented by concurrent work in the laboratory or
drafting room. By means of experimental work in the laboratory, followed with
well-written reports and problems in the design of electrical apparatus, the student
acquires a clearer conception of the facts and principles discussed in the classroom and
also a working knowledge of the subject matter. All of this is essential if he is to
become a successful electrical engineer.
In order that students may receive a broader training in the field of humanities,
six hours of non-technical subjects are required. The non-technical electives must
be selected from the subjects listed below the curriculum. It is recommended that
not more than one course be elected in each of the subjects listed.
FIRST YEAR ELECTRICAL ENG'G.
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
Hist. 53-Mod. America or M.E. 20— M.E. 11— Machine Work 2
Eng'g Drawing 3 M.E. 20— Eng'g Drawing or Hist. 53—
Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Mod. America 3
Math. 4— Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1
Phvs. Ed. 1 1
19 19
276
CURRICULA AND COURSES
SECOND YEAR ELECTRTCAL ENGINEERING
First Sem. Hr.
E.E. 10-Intro. Elect. Eng'g 2
Engl. 126— Adv. Composition 3
Math. 107-Calculus 4
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5
Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
19
Second Sem. Hr.
E.E. 100— Elem. of Elect. Eng'g 4
Math. 108-Calculus 4
M. 101-Statics 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phys. 112— General Physics 5
18
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
E.E. 130-D.C. Machinery 3
E.E. 131-D.C. Machinery Lab 2
E.E. 135-A.C. Theory 3
E.E. 136-A.C. Theory Lab 2
Math. 253-Adv. Applied Math 8
M. 104-Kinetics 3
Second Sem. Hr.
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
E.E. 232-A.C. Machinery 4
E.E. 243-Elect. Calculations 2
E.E. 250— Electronics 4
M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3
Elect. (Non-tech.) 3
19
19
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
E.E. 233-A.C. Machinery 4
E.E. 252— Electronics 4
E.E. 260— Network Analysis 4
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
Elect. (Non-tech.) 3
Second Sem. Hr.
C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics 3
E.E. 245— Electric Control 2
E.E. 284-Transients 3
Elect. (Tech.) 6
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
G. 190— Law for Engineers 3
18
17
Non-technical electives must be selected from the following subjects: Languages
(6 hrs. min.), Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
Technical electives may be selected from the following: Advanced Mathematics or
Physics, M.E. 125, or any engineering course in the 200 series.
CURRICULUM IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
The Mechanical Engineering program is designed to mentally develop the student
to deal effectively with general engineering problems. Adequate courses in the hu-
manities, social consciousness and communication are provided throughout the four
years to insure the development of a well-rounded individual who is capable ot
assuming a responsible position in society.
The first and second years are primarily devoted to the basic preparatory courses
essential to the more technical courses which follow in the third and fourth years.
Basic engineering drawing courses provide a contact with the engineering work
during the first year. Theoretical and practical engineering shop courses are taught
during the summer following the first year. This is planned to give a fundamental
knowledge of machine tools and methods of production.
Courses in mechanism, statics, mechanics of materials, kinetics, dynamics, machine
design, thermodynamics and other technical courses provide an opportunity to apply
the basic fundamental mathematics, physics and chemistry. Power engineering
begins with the course in thermodynamics in the third year and is continued by the
courses in heat engines, internal combustion engines, and power plants. A sufficient
amount ef electrical engineering is given in the third and fourth years to enable
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
277
the student to handle engineering operations involving electrical problems. Addi-
tional electrical engineering courses are available as electivcs.
Well equipped laboratories, described under Buildings and Equipment, are pro-
vided to supplement class-room instruction. Experiments and tests conducted under the
test codes of the recognized national societies are included in the laboratory work.
Elcctives are provided in the fourth year that enable the student to specialize in
a technical field and to acquire a broader cultural background. The student may
specialize in either power or in the industrial field in accordance with his natural
inclination. Students interested in the power field pursue courses in steam turbines,
heating, ventilating, and air conditioning. Students interested in the industrial field
pursue courses in problems of organization and management of industries, motion
and time studv, quality control, and related subjects.
The curriculum is highly technical yet sufficiently broad to meet the requirements
of industry and society. The young graduate ordinarily enters a graduate apprentice-
ship in a public utility, a manufacturing or an operating organization where opportu-
nity is provided for his development in research, design, operation, sales, or adminis-
tration, depending upon his interests and aptitudes.
A student who desires an even broader training in the liberal arts subjects than is
provided in the regular four-year curriculum may take a combined bachelor of
science and mechanical engineering course. Bv a careful selection of electives and
proper sequence of registration, both degrees may be earned in five years.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr.
Math. 3— College Algebra 3
Math. 4-Plane Trig 3
M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
lMnv Ed. 1 1
Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3
Hist. 53— Modern America 3
Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Phvs. Ed. 2 1
19
19
SUMMER SESSION FOLLOWING FIRST YEAR
M.E. 7— Welding and Heat Treatment 1
M.E. 1 1 -Machine Work 2
M.E. 16— Production Methods 2
SECOND YEAR MECHANICAL ENG'G
First Sem. Hr.
Engl. 126— Advanced Comp 3
Math. 107-C.alculus 4
M. 101-Statics 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5
Speech 1 1 —Public Speaking 3
Second Se-m.
Math. 108— Calculus
M. 102-Mech. of Materials
M.E. 29— Mechanism
Mil. or Air Sci. 4
Plus. 112-General Physics
Hr.
20
17
First Sem.
THIRD YEAR
Hi
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals .... 4
Math. 253-Adv. Applied Math 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
M. 104-Kinetics 3
Pol. Sci. 101-Intro. to Govt 3
Second Sem.
Hr.
Econ. 2— Prin of Economics 3
E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4
M. 103-Mech. of Materials . . 3
M.E. 122-Mechanical Lab 1
M.E. 112-Dvnamics of Mach 3
M.E. 125-Heat Engines 3
19
17
278 CURRICULA AND COURSES
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hi. Second Sem. Hr.
Ch.E. 250-Physical Metallurgy 3 E.E. 174-Ind. App. of Elect. Cont. ... 3
M.E. 113— Machine Design 3 G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
C.E. 1 15— Fluid Mechanics 3 G. 190— Law for Engineers 3
M.E. 123-Engineering Lab 1 M.E. 203— Adv. Machine Design 3
M.E. 223-Steam Power Plants 3 M.E. 228-Engineering Lab 1
* Elective (Non-tech.) 3 M.E. 229-Int. Comb. Engines 3
tElective (Tech.) 3 *Elective (Non-tech.) 3
tElective (Tech.) 3
19 19
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
*Non-technical electives must be selected from Psychology, Philosophy, Sociology
or Languages.
fTechnical electives may be selected from M.E. 124, M.E. 140, or any course in the
200 series.
Curriculum in Industrial Engineering Option — Mechanical Engi-
neering
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Industrial engineering is a relatively new branch of engineering. The industrial
engineer must combine his knowledge of engineering principles with everyday manu-
facturing operations in order that the product be produced in larger and sufficient
quantities at a minimum cost. The field of the industrial engineer is that of the
process, production and cost expert engaged in planning, organizing, improving,
managing, and operating the various processes for producing all kinds of manufac-
tured products.
The purpose of the industrial option is to provide training for those students who
are interested in the managerial and technical activities in the engineering field. The
option is basically engineering with its foundation in mathematics and the sciences,
but the emphasis is upon the human factors and the economic aspects which are
essential in engineering work.
There are many new problems challenging industry. Industrial engineers are
being called upon more and more to answer this challenge. Their job is to coor-
dinate the man, machines, materials, and methods into a smooth-running organ-
ization.
The first and second years are devoted to basic courses in English, mathematics,
chemistry, physics, statics, mechanism, drafting and shop practice which are essential
to the more technical courses that follow in the third and fourth years.
Industrial engineering includes motion and time study analysis for work simpli-
fication and standardization, control of quality and quantity of production through
modern mass production methods, establishment of cost standards and reduction of
costs through improved methods of manufacture, and technical aspects of personnel
management in such activities as job evaluation and wage incentives.
The laboratories provide the student with practice in the various phases of
industrial engineering. Facilities are also available for research and development of
methods and procedures of manufacture and control.
Besides giving the engineering fundamentals, the industrial option provides for
basic course work in the fields of mechanical and electrical engineering. The studies
prescribed within the option provide for intensive training in the various branches of
industrial engineering. The specialization courses starting in the junior year are
planned for progressive instruction in the principles and techniques of industrial
engineering as practiced in industry. Additional course work is provided in the field
of statistics. Statistics as a tool in industrial engineering has been increasing steadily,
its greatest contribution in recent years being in the control of quality of manufactured
products by statistical method.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
279
The department annually sponsors an Industrial Engineering Conference. Stu-
dents are encouraged to attend the meetings and thus are afforded an opportunity
of hearing opinions expressed by men of national recognition.
West Virginia has many types of industries in which industrial engineers may be
profitably employed. Greater efficiency in operations as well as the expansion of in-
dustrial activities in the state will maintain the need for graduates in this ever devel-
oping field.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1— Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr.
Hist. 53-Mod. America or M.E. 20-
Eng'g Drawing 3
Math. 3— College Algebra 3
Math. 4-Plane Trig 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2
Phys. Ed. 1 1
19
Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 2— Comp. and Rhet 3
Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
M.E. 11-Machine Work S
M.E. 20-Eng'g Drawing or Hist 53-
Mod. America 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Phys. Ed. 2 1
19
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 101-Statics 3
Math. 107-Calculus 4
M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. 1 1 1— General Physics 5
Second Sem. Hr.
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 102-Mech. of Materials 3
Math. 108— Calculus 4
M.E. 30— Industrial Organization 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
Phvs. 112— General Physics 5
19
19
THIRD YEAR INDUSTRIAL ENG'G
First Sem. Hr.
Acct. 1— Prin. of Acct 3
M. 103-Mech. of Materials 3
M.E. 141— Manufacturing Processes ... 2
M.E. 144— Engineering Statistics 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
Second Sem. Hr.
Acct. 2— Prin. of Acct 3
Ch.E. 250— Physical Metallurgy 3
Engl. 126— Advanced Comp 3
M. 104-Kinetics 3
M.E. 140-Motion & Time Study 3
M.E. 122-Mechanical Lab. . . . '. 1
M.E. 142-Production Control 3
17
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem.
C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics ....
Econ. 115— Labor Problems ....
M.E. 286— Engineering Economy
M.E. 110-Tool Design
Hr.
.. 3
.. 3
2
'.'. 3
M.E. 288-Job Evaluation & Wage Inc. . 3
M.E. 290-Ind. Statistics 2
Elective 2
Second Sem. Hr.
E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals .... 4
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
G. 190— Law for Engineers
M.E. 292-Plant Lavout Sc Design
M.E. 294-Std. Mfg.' Costs
Psy. 115— Psychology of Ind. ...
Elective ,
18
19
Fin. Ill— Business Finance
E.M. 215-Industrial Safety Eng'g 2
M.E. 211-Ind. Eng'g Prob 2
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES
3 M.E. 250-Heat, Vent. & Air Cond 3
E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4
280 CURRICULA AND COURSES
THE SCHOOL OF MINES
CURRICULA
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Engineering of Mines
1. Four-year curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering
of Mines, with options in coal mining engineering and in petroleum and geological
engineering.
2. Combined science and engineering curricula extending over five or more
years leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science in
Engineering of Mines.
Mining Engineering deals with the exploitation, extraction, marketing and utiliza-
tion of minerals from within the earth. The role of the mining engineer is quite
diversified and there are opportunities for technical specialization in prospecting,
development, production, beneficiation, utilization and marketing. Therefore, the
mining engineer must be well trained in the fields of mining and geology and also
in the principles of civil, electrical and mechanical engineering as applied to the
mining industry. With the present trend toward the use of engineers in industrial
management and administrative positions the mining engineer's training must also
include economics, business, personnel management, and the various humanities.
The basic curricula in mining engineering are devoted to thorough training in
mathematics, physics, chemistry, geology, English and economics, together with
engineering drawing and surface and underground surveying. Beginning with the
third year, provisions are made for specialization in either of the two options.
Summer employment is usually arranged for students desiring it and such work
is encouraged.
Mining Engineering: Coal Mining Engineering Option
In this option the professional curriculum includes study of the geology, classifi-
cation and analysis of coals and the engineering principles of blasting, materials
handling, transportation, hoisting, water control, surface and underground systems
of mining, roof control, ventilation, coal preparation and structural design. Special
consideration is given to the application of mining machinery with particular atten-
tion to power transmission, and electric and hydraulic control systems. Special courses
in the design of surface and underground mining installations give the students
opportunity for expression of the engineering principles developed in preceding
phases of the work. The student receives an introduction to the management and
social aspects through courses devoted to economic, social, governmental, labor,
financial, and safety problems incident to the operation of a mining enterprise.
For those desirous of further or alternate specialization, electives in the fields of
metal mining, mineral beneficiation, geology, fuel technology, mine power applications,
metallurgy, industrial engineering, and mining economics are offered.
Local coal fields, mines, and preparation plants are used extensively for experimental,
instructional and field work.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 M.E. 26— Descriptive Geometry 2
Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Hist. 53— Modern American History ... 3
Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1
Phys. Ed. 1 1
19 19
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
281
SECOND YEAR
First Son. Hr.
Eng. 126— Advanced Composition 3
Math. 107-Calculus 4
Geol. 1— Physical Geology 3
Chera. 10— Quantitative Analysis 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5
Second Sent. Hr.
Math. 108-Calculus 4
Plus. 112-General Physics 5
M. 101-Statics 3
E.M. 103-Mine Surveying 3
E.M. 106-Mineralogy 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
19
SUMMER
E.M. 102— Summer Mine Surveying (six weeks) .
19
THIRD YEAR
First Sem. Hr.
E.E. 105— Electrical Fundamentals 4
Econ. 1— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 102— Mechanics of Materials 3
E.M. Ill— Introductory Mining 2
E.M. 107— Mining Methods 4
Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
Second Sem. Hr.
E.E. 106— Electrical Machinery 4
Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
M. 103— Mechanics of Materials 3
E.M. 212-Advanced Mining 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3
M. 104-Kinetics 3
19
19
FOURTH YEAR COAL MINING ENG'G.
First Sem. Hr.
C.E. 122— Structural Engineering 3
C.E. 115-Fluid Mechanics 3
E.M. 213-Mine Ventilation 3
E.M. 217-Coal Preparation 4
E.M. 220-Mine Design 2
Electives 3
IS
Second Sem. Hr.
E.M. 223-Mine Management 3
E.M. 221-Mine Design
E.M. 222-Mine Equip. & Mach.
E.M. 215-Ind. Safety Eng'g ..
G. 190— Law for Engineers . . .
Non. Tech. Electives
G. 100— Inspection Trip
. 3
. 3
Cr.
17
RECOMMENDED TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
E.M. 230-Elem. of Geo. Prosp
E.M. 208-Geol. Surveying
E.M. 214— Mine Valuation
E.M. 218— Adv. Mineral Preparation . .
E.M. 219— Adv. Mining Methods for
Vein Deposits
E.M. 224— Mining Eng' Problems . 1 to
E.M. 226-Adv. Mining Eqpt. Appl. . .
E.M. 227— Mine Power Applications . . .
E.M. 228— Mine Equipment and
Machinery Controls
Non-technical electives selected with
2 Ch.E 250— Physical Metallurgy 3
1 Ch.E. 281-Fuel Tech. (Solid Fuels) . . 3
3 Ch.E. 282-Fuel Tech. (Gaseous and
3 Liquid Fuels) 3
C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3
3 C.E. 207— Foundations 3
3 M. 200-Adv. Mech. of Materials 3
3 M.E. 140-Motion and Time Study 3
2 Geol. 151— Structural Geology 3 or 4
Geol. 275— Coal Geology 4
3 Econ. 115— Labor Problems 3
Manage. 216— Personnel Management . 3
approval of the student's adviser.
Mining Engineering: Petroleum and Geological Engineering Option
This option is planned to meet the needs of the student specializing in petroleum
engineering and for those especially interested in the geological aspects of mining
engineering.
The petroleum engineer must be well versed in the identification and interpreta-
tion of geologic features related to the occurrence and recovery of oil and natural gas.
The study of geology is emphasized in the petroleum and geologic curriculum and is
supplemented by thorough treatment of the engineering principles related to the
282 CURRICULA AND COURSES
development, production, transportation, marketing and utilization of oil and natural
gas. Local production and gas storage fields, secondary recovery projects, compressor
stations and refineries provide excellent opportunity for field study and the petroleum
engineering laboratories are particularly well equipped.
There is a growing demand for the mining geologist with thorough training in
the fundamentals of engineering in general and mining engineering in particular
who is especially qualified to analyze the geologic features of a mining property as
related to valuation and development methods. Opportunities for the mining geologist
are offered by mining companies, equipment manufacturers, the various state and
federal agencies, and by business organiations having a secondary interest in mineral
resources, as investment houses, railroads, and chemical producers.
The fundamentals of engineering are combined with the study of geology
throughout the curriculum. The geology courses prescribed for the petroleum pro-
gram treat the origin, properties, accumulation and geographic distribution of oil
and natural gas. Related courses in oil and gas production, core analysis, oil refining,
petroleum engineering design and petroleum property management deal with the
chemical and physical properties of oil and natural gas, their extraction and subse-
quent processing, and the valuation of petroleum properties and marketing. An intro-
ductory course in geophysical methods as applied to prospecting for oil and natural
gas included in the basic curriculum acquaints the student with the equipment,
methods, and calculations used and gives opportunity for field practice with the
various instruments and devices employed. The problems of natural gas measurement
and distribution are particularly stressed and special laboratories for that phase of
the work are provided. The fundamentals of mining engineering are offered beginning
with the third year of study for students interested in the mining geology aspects.
Supplemental courses in English, public speaking, history, economics and business
law provide for a well-balanced educational program that equips the graduate for
engineering careers in both technical and administrative fields.
FIRST YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Chem. 1— Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 2— Inorganic Chem 4
Engl. 1-Comp. and Rhet 3 Engl. 2-Comp. and Rhet 3
G. 1— Engineering Lectures Cr. Math. 5— Analytical Geom 4
M.E. 20— Engineering Drawing 3 M.E. 26— Descriptive Geom 2
Math. 3— College Algebra 3 Hist. 53— Modern American History ... 3
Math. 4-Plane Trig 3 Mil. or Air Sci. 2 2
Mil. or Air Sci. 1 2 Phys. Ed. 2 1
Phys. Ed. 1 1
19 19
SECOND YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Sem. Hr.
Phys. Ill— General Physics 5 Phys. 112— General Physics 5
Math. 107-Calculus 4 Math. 108-Calculus 4
Chem. 15— Quantitative Analysis 3 E.M. 106— Mineralogy 2
Geol. 1-General Geology 3 M. 101-Statics 3
Geol. 2-General Geology Lab 1 E.M. 103-Mine Surveying 3
Mil. or Air Sci. 3 2 Mil. or Air Sci. 4 2
18 19
SUMMER
E.M. 102— Summer Mine Surveying (six weeks) 5
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 283
THIRD YEAR
First Son. Hr. Second San. Hr.
Chem. 233-Organic Chem 4 E.M. 204-Oil & Gas Production 4
Geol. 3— Historical Geology 3 Econ. 2— Prin. of Economics 3
Geol. 4— Historical Geology Lab 1 Speech 11— Public Speaking 3
Econ. I— Prin. of Economics 3 M. 104— Kinetics 3
Engl. 126— Advanced Composition .... 3 M. 103— Mechanics of Materials 3
M. 102— Mechanics of Materials 3 G. 190— Law for Engineers 3
E.M. 201— Oil Field Development 2
19 19
FOURTH YEAR
First Sem. Hr. Second Son. Hr.
E.M. 216— Petroleum Eng'g Design .... 2 C.E. 115— Fluid Mechanics 3
Ch.E. 286— Petroleum Technology 2 E.M. 232— Petroleum Reservoir Eng'g . 2
E.E. 105-Elements of E.E 4 Geol. 272— Petroleum Geology 3
M.E. 121— Thermodynamics 3 E.M. 205— Gas Measurement Eng'g 2
Geol. 151-Structural Geology 3 Geol. 161— Field Geology 3
Electives 3 E.M. 208— Geological Surveying 1
E.M. 203-Petroleum Property Val.
and Management 2
Electives (Non-tech.) 3
G. 100— Inspection Trip Cr.
17 19
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES (PETROLEUM ENG'G)
E.M. 207-Introductory Seismology 1 Ch.E. 282-Fuel Tech. (Gaseous and
E.M. 230-Elem. of Geo. Prosp 2 Liquid Fuels) 3
E.M. 231— Geo. Prosp. Lab 1 Geol. 170— Nat. Resources and Geology
E.M. 212-Adv. Mining 3 of W.Va 2 or 3
E.M. 214-Mine Valuation 3 Geol. 172-Econ. Geol. (Non-Met.) 3
E.M. 206-Elem. of Geo. Prosp. . . 2 or 3 Geol. 271-Econ. Geol.: Ore Deposits . . 3
E.M. 215-Ind. Safety Eng'g 2 C.E. 206-Reinforced Concrete 3
E.M. 219— Adv. Mining Methods for M.E. 270— Industrial Lubrication 3
Vein Deposits 3 Econ. 115— Labor Problems
Ch.E. 150-Physical Metallurgy 3 M. 200-Adv. Mech. of Materials 3
E.M. 224-Mining Eng'g Problems . 1 to 3
Ch.E. 281-Fuel Tech. (Solid Fuels) . . 3
Non-technical electives selected with approval of the student's adviser.
FIVE YEAR CURRICULA
Degrees: Bachelor of Science in conjunction with a degree in engineering or mining
engineering.
These curricula are designed to meet the needs of students who wish to receive a
broader training than is provided in the four-year program. They also enable the
student to take lighter schedules than are required in the four-year curricula.
(A) Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science, to be conferred at the end
of the fourth year, where the student's grade point average is 2.5 or over, or at
the time of the conferring of the engineering degree where the grade point
average is below 2.5.
(1) The requirements of the first three years of any four-year engineering cur-
riculum.
(2) a. Twelve semester hours of one foreign language, where no secondary school
entrance credits have been alowed, or
b. Six semester hours at intermediate level, where two units of entrance
credits have been allowed in the same foreign language.
284 CURRICULA AND COURSES
(3) Electives from the following groups, amounting to six semester hours where
(2a) applies and twelve semester hours where (2b) applies.
a. Not more than three hours each of English, history, and speech.
b. Not more than six hours each in any one or more of the following groups:
foreign language (other than specified above); journalism; commerce; political
sciences; and philosophy, psychology, and sociology.
(B) Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in engineering or in mining
engineering, to be conferred on completion of the work of the fifth year.
GRADUATE CURRICULA
Graduate work leading to the degree of Master of Science in Engineering is
offered in all departments. In certain departments courses leading to the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy are also offered. The student who plans to pursue
graduate work is directed to the courses as outlined in the Graduate School section
of the Catalog. Students within ten semester hours of graduation may petition the
Dean of the Graduate School and receive credit towards a Master's degree for work
taken beyond the requirements for the Bachelor degree.
SPECIAL ENGINEERING CURRICULA
1. Elective Groups for Students in Other Colleges. Candidates for degrees other
than engineering degrees and special students in any department of the Univ-
ersity are permitted to elect subjects in the College of Engineering and the School
of Mines, provided, in each case, they have had the subjects specified as pre-
requisites. Students who wish to take a general classical or scientific course of
study before taking the engineering curriculum are advised to carry their mathe-
matics as far as called for by the engineering curriculum, and to take some of
their elective work in the College of Engineering.
2. Partial Curriculum. Students who have not the time or are otherwise
unable to take full curriculum will be allowed to take a special or partial cur-
riculum, consisting of such studies as they are prepared to take, provided such
curriculum shall have been approved by the adviser. For further information see
statement of requirements for admission as special students.
PROFESSIONAL DEGREES
The University confers the following professional degrees: Aeronautical Engineer
(A.E.), Chemical Engineer (Ch.E.), Civil Engineer (C.E.), Electrical Engineer (E.E.),
Mechanical Engineer (M.E.) , and Engineer of Mines (E.M.), upon graduates of the
College of Engineering and of the School of Mines of West Virginia University on the
basis of practical experience and study in absentia, the presentation of a thesis, and
oral final examination.
To be eligible, a candidate for a professional degree must have been in active
practice of his profession for at least five years since receiving his first degree,
and must have been in responsible charge of important work for at least two years.
Application for registration as a candidate for a degree should be made not later
than October 1 in the year in which the degree is expected. Detailed regulations and
registration blanks may be obtained from the Dean of the College of Engineering or
the Director of the School of Mines.
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE PROGRAM
An evening Technical Institute curriculum, entitled Industrial Equipment Main-
tenance, was started in October, 1953. This curriculum consists of 12 semester hours
of work distributed over a period of two years with three hours per semester. Class-
room work is given for three hours, two evenings per week. A certificate of completion
is awarded to those who satisfactorily complete this curriculum. Each student must
enroll for the complete program each semester. The Technical Institute program may
not be used in partial satisfaction of degree requirements.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
28!
Admission requirements include graduation from an accredited high school or
secondary school, or an equivalent background of training or experience in industry.
rhe fees are $3.00 per semester hour for residents of West Virginia, and $10.00
per semester hour for non-residents.
The curriculum comprises the following work:
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr.
T.I. 1— Fund, of Elect. Maint 1 T.I. 2— Wiring Diag. & Elect. Controls . 1
T.I. 5— Pract. Mathematics 1 T.I. 6— Pract. Mathematics 1
T.I. 9-Written & Oral Exp 1 T.I. 10-Written & Oral Exp 1
3 3
SECOND YEAR
First Semester Hr. Second Semester Hr.
T.I. 3-Lub. & Hydrau. Systems 1 T.I. 4-Conv. Equip. & Mine Dist.
T.I. 7— Pract. Mathematics 1 Systems 1
T.I. 11-Acct., Shop Rep. & Equip. T.I. 8-Pract. Mathematics 1
Records 1 T.I. 12-Shop Reports & Equip. Records 1
1 3
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Professor Seltzer and Assistant Professor Ulrich.
Under graduate Division
A.E.
116. Aircraft Detail Design. II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 26. Detail drawing of airplane
components. Use of Aircraft Standards and drafting procedure. Development
of contoured surfaces and projections. Methods of production and fabrication.
6 hr. lab. Mr. Ulrich
201. Elementary Aerodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: M. 101, Physics 111 or equivalent.
Physical properties of air, airfoils, effect of planform, induced drag, parasite
drag. Engine characteristics, propellers. Airplane performance at sea level and
altitude. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seltzer
202. Aerodynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: Math. 253, A.E. 201, and C.E. 115, (or cone.)
Steady flow of incompressible and compressible fluids, dimensional analysis,
viscous flow. Stream functions of two dimensional ideal flows, boundary layer
theory. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seltzer
203. Applied Aerodynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 202. Chordwise and spanwise air-load
distribution for plain wings, wings with aerodynamic and geometric twist, wings
with deflected flaps, and wings with ailerons deflected. Section induced drag
characteristics. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seltzer
205. Experimental Aerodynamics. II. 2 hr. PR: A.E. 202. Wind tunnel testing
methods and equipment and wind tunnel boundary corrections. Experi-
ments include: Yaw characteristics of Pitot-static tubes, pressure distribution
on wings and circular cylinders, boundary layer determination, determin-
ation of wind tunnel turbulence, force tests of wings and airplane models,
stability and performance determination and corrections for scale effect. 1 hr.
lee, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Seltzer
286 CURRICULA AND COURSES
207. Aerodynamic Design. I. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 209. Preliminary design of aircraft.
Inboard profiles, design, weight and balance calculations; three view drawings.
Airplanes are designed to specification with respect to performance and stability.
1 hr. lee, 6 hr. lab. Staff
208. Flight Testing. I, II. 2 hr. PR: A.E. 209. Flight test theory and pracitce.
Data on stability and performance taken in Cessna 170A airplane. Flight test
data reduction practice. 1 hr. lee, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Seltzer
209. Aircraft Performance and Stability. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 201. Effect of super-
chargers and constant speed propellers on airplane performance. Performance
analysis by chart methods. Gas turbine-jet airplane performance. Helicopter
performance. 3 hr. lee. Mr. Seltzer
210. Basic Aircraft Structures. II. 3 hr. PR. M. 103. Design of elementary struc-
tural forms,truss analysis and use of thin sheet in aircraft. Deflections by
Virtual Work. Least Work and Williot Diagram. 3 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich
211. Redundant Aircraft Structures. I 3 hr. PR: A.E. 210 or equivalent. Con-
tinuation of A.E. 210. Analysis and design of statically indeterminate
structures used in aircraft. Design for achieving high strength/weight ratios.
3 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich
212. Applied Aircraft Design. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 207 and A.E. 211. Structural
design of airframe members to C.A.A. requirements. The work is performed
on the airplane designed in A.E. 207 during the previous semester. Layout
and detail design of specified components are required. 6 hr. lab. Staff
213. Aircraft Structures Laboratory. I. I hr. PR: A.E. 211. Strength tests of
aircraft materials, airplane center of gravity determination, static test of air-
plane ribs, bending and torsion of shell structures, inspection by Magnaflux,
compression tests of thin-walled structures. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Ulrich
214. Advanced Aircraft Structures. II. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 211. Incomplete tension
fields, critical loads, torsional column failure, instability of flat sheets, cylin-
drical structures. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Ulrich
217. Aircraft Structural Design. I. 3 hr. PR: M. 103. Analysis and detail design
of simple fittings, beams, welded structures, forgings, castings. Methods of
production and fabrication. 1 hr. lee, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Ulrich
218. Aeroelasticity. I. 3 hr. PR: A.E. 210. The study of vibrating systems of single
degree and multiple degrees of freedom, flutter theory and modes of vibration,
wing torsional divergence and aileron reversal. 3 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich
220. Seminar. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: Senior standing and permission of the instructor.
Special material and projects. Staff
222. Aircraft Propulsion. I, II. 2 hr. PR: A.E. 201, M.E. 121, M.E. 229. Propeller
theory, constant speed propellers. Basic requirements of propulsion systems,
utilization, of available energy, fuels, charge handling, combustion, performance,
turbine engine characteristics. 2 hr. lee. Mr. Ulrich
280. Aeronautical Problems. I, II. 1-3 hr. Upper division and graduate. Staff
299. Thesis. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. Staff
AVIATION
Professor Seltzer and Flight Supervisor Henry; Flight Instructors Bennett and
Jamison
Undergraduate Division
•170. Aviation Ground School. I, II, S. 2 hr. Nomenclature of aircraft, civil air
regulations, navigation, meteorology, and aircraft engines. Staff
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 287
*171. Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Beginning flight instruction and training
consisting of 20 hours of flight time. The student will have approximately
12 hours of dual and 8 hours of solo flying in this course. Special flight fee
$100, payable at registration. Staff
♦172. Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Continuation of A.E. 171, consisting of 20 hours
flight time. This course, together with A.E. 171, should enable a student to
obtain the required flight time and necessary experience to prepare him for a
C.A.A. private pilot's examination. Special flight fee of S100, payable at regis-
tration. Staff
* 173. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Twenty hours flight training of an
advanced nature, including radio and instrument navigation and procedures
and advanced cross-country flying. Link Instrument Trainer instruction may
be taken concurrently. Flight instruction given in Cessna airplanes. Special
flight fee of $100, payable at registration. Staff
* 175. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Continuation of A.E. 173. Consisting
of 20 hours of flight time. Special flight fee of SI 00, payable at registration. Staff
* 176. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. ] hr. Continuation of A.E. 175. Consisting
of 20 hours of flight time. Special flight fee of $100, payable at registration.
Staff
* 177. Advanced Flight Training. I, II, S. 1 hr. Consisting of 20 hours of flight time.
Special flight fee of S100, payable at registration. Staff
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Professor Longhouse; Associate Professor Dickerson; Instructor Reid
Undergraduate Division
Ag.E.
10. Introductory Agriclutural Engineering I. 3 hr. A general course introducing
the several fields of Agricultural Engineering and where they are applied
in Agriculture and Industry. 3 hr. rec. Sir. Longhouse
100. Farm Structures. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Structural design and functional
requirements of farm service buildings. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse
110. Application of Electricity to Agriculture. I. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 106. Economic
application of electric light, heat, and power. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
140. Soil and Water Conservation. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Engineering principles
and practices in conservation, utilization, and management of soil and water
resources. 2 hr. rec> 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dickerson
180, 181. Assigned Topics. I, II. 1-4 hr. per semester. For juniors and seniors. Staff
190. Farm Machinery II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 113. Construction, operation, adjustment,
and testing of farm machines. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Reid
230. Farm Power. I. 4 hr. PR: M.E. 121. Fundamental theories underlying design
and operation of internal combustion engines used in agriculture. 3 hr. rec.
3 hr. lab. Mr. Longhouse
Graduate Division
320, 321. Special Topics. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. (For the Master's Degree, Special Topics
ordinarily may count 2 to 4 hours; maximum credit, 6 hours.) Staff
397. Research. I and II. 1-6 hr. Staff
"Courses may be taken as undergraduate work by students in colleges other
than the College of Engineering.
288 CURRICULA AND COURSES
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Koehler and Simons; Associate Professors Fairbanks and P. R. Jones;
Assistant Professor Kapnicky; Instructors Cai.i.i and Wen; Lecturer SEBASTIAN.
Undergraduate Division
Ch. E.
*140. Chemical Engineering Calculations. I. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 2 and Math. 3.
Industrial stoichiometry; industrial calculations involving material and energy
balances. Mr. Kapnicky
160. Elements of Ceramics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 15. Ceramic raw materials, body
preparation, forming, drying and firing. Physical and chemical properties of
ceramic products. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones
161. Ceramic Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR or cone: Ch.E. 160. Measurement of
physical and chemical properties of ceramic material in the plastic, dry and
fused states. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Jones
186. Oil Laboratory. II. 1 hr. PR: Chem 6 or 15. Standard petroleum lab-
oratory testing methods and procedures. Primarily for students taking
Petroleum and Natural-gas Option. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Galli
*200. Chemical Engineering Operations. I, II, S. 2 hr. An introduction to the various
operations and equipment used in the chemical engineering industries. Pri-
marily for chemistry majors. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler
205. Principles of Chemical Engineering. I. 5 hr. PR or cone: Chem. 260. Theory
and application of the unit operations of chemical engineering. 3 hr. rec, 6 hr.
calc. lab. Mr. Simons and Mr. Galli
207. Principles of Chemical Engineering. II. 5 hr. Continuation of Ch.E. 205.
3 hr. rec., 6 hr. calc. lab. Mr. Simons and Mr. Galli
211, 212. Chemical Engineering Laboratory. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207. Experi-
mental work in the unit operations; practice in writing engineering reports.
6 hr. lab. Mr. Koehler and Mr. Wen
224. Unit Organic Processes. II. 3 hr. PR: Chem. 238 and Ch.E. 207. Unit
processes involved in the synthetic organic chemicals industries. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Simons
*234. Chemical Technology. I, II, S. 2 hr. A survey of some of the manufacturing
procedures employed in the process industries, including theory, equipment
and economics. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Galli
*235. Chemical Technology. I, II, S. 2 hr. Similar to Ch.E. 234. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Galli
*238. Electrochemistry and Corrosion. I, II. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Chem. 2 and PR or
cone: E.E. 105 or Chem. 260. Review of theoretical electrochemistry followed
by a study of the underlying principles of several selected electrochemical
industrial processes and how their principles have influenced design and opera-
tion. Approximately a quarter of the course is devoted to the electrochemical
theory of corrosion and corrosion prevention. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Koehler
242. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 140 and Chem.
261. Applications of themodynamics to chemical engineering; relationships
between the fundamental and thermodynamic functions; thermodynamic trans-
formations. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones
243. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 242. Appli-
cations of thermodynamics to non-ideal gases; construction of thermodynamic
diagrams; mechanical work in non-ideal systems; fugacity, activity, and chem-
ical potential; chemical reaction equilibria; physical equilibria. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Jones
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 28 ( J
•250. Physn \\ Metallurgy. 1, II. 3 In. PR: l'h\s. 112. Includes the principles of
process metallurgy, plastic deformation, heat treating and alloying. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Fairbanks
251. Metallography. I, II. 2 hr. Preparation of ferrous and non-ferrous samples
for micro-photography: heat treating, carburizing, physical testing and X-ray
studies of metals. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Fairbanks
252. Ferrous Metallurgy, I. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. The making, shaping, alloying,
and heat treating of steel. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Fairbanks
253. Nonferrous Metallurgy. II. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. Nature of ores, benefication,
smelting, refining, alloying, uses, heat treating, and properties of the major
nonferrous metals. 2 A r. rec. Mr. Fairbanks
255. Metallurgical Calculations. II. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. Material and heat bal-
ances, charge, heat transfer and power calculations, and cost analysis. 2 hr. rec.
Mr. Fairbanks
261. Ceramics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 160. Body and glaze calculations. Compositions
and properties of whitewares. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Jones
262. Refractories. I. 2 hr. PR: Ch.E. 160. Manufacture, properties, uses, of
standard tests and phase diagrams of refractory materials. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Jones
*263. Glass. II. 2 hr. PR or cone: Chem. 15. Physical and chemical properties of
glass. Methods of analysis of glass and raw materials. Theory and practice
of manufacture. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Jones
264. Enamels, Glazes, and Colors. II. 3 hr. PR or cone: Ch.E. 261. Preparation and
application of enamels, glazes, and colors. Physical tests and detailed study of
problems. 1 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Jones
272. Chemical Engineering Design. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207, M. 102 and Econ. 2.
Design of process equipment from economic, chemical and engineering con-
siderations. Study of plant location and layout. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Simons
273. Chemical Engineering Design. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Ch.E. 272. 2 hr. rec,
3 hr. lab. Mr. Simons
280. Chemical Engineering Problems. 1-6 hr. For junior, senior and graduate
students. Staff
*281. Fuel Technology. I. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Chem. 15. Technology of solid fuels.
Classification and reserves. Analysis and testing. Origin, occurrence, com-
position and properties. Mining and methods of manufacture. Principles
of carbonization, gasification and combustion. Fuel engineering calculations.
Nucleonic fuels and their use in nuclear power plants. Economic aspects.
2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Sebastian and Mr. Jones
*282. Fuel Technology. II. 2 or 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 281. Technology of gaseous
and liquid fuels. Classification and reserves. Analysis and testing. Origin,
occurrence, composition and properties. Methods of production. Natural
gas and petroleum. Refining and cracking processes. Manufactured fuel
gases. Storage and transmission. Combustion processes and burner designs
Gasification and combustion calculations. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Sebastian and Mr. Jones
284. Industrial Instrumentation and Control. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Math. 108.
Discussion of process characteristics, theory and application of measuring
means. Theory, modes and application of automatic control. Selection and
characteristics of final control elements. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Galli
286. Petroleum Technology. I. 2 hr. PR: Chem 233. Discussion of crude oil
desalting, distillation, natural gasoline recovery, thermal and catalytic crack-
ing, solvent refining, dewaxing, filtration, blending and compounding of
petroleum products. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Gall?
290 CURRICULA AND COURSES
297, 298. Thesis. I, II. 2-5 hr. A problem in chemical engineering or industrial
chemistry is selected for investigation. A carefully prepared report is required.
Open only to qualified seniors. 6-15 hr. lab. Staff
Graduate Division
300. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-6 hr. Hours to be arranged. Staff
304. Advanced Unit Operations: Diffusion. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207 and
243. Advanced theory and laboratory work in the diffusional operations in-
cluding absorption and extraction in their various aspects. 2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab.
Mr. Kapnicky
305. Advanced Unit Operations: Drying. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207. Ad-
vanced study of psvchrometric principles and the various drying theories.
2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab'. Mr. Koehler
306. Advanced Unit Operations: Heat Transfer. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207.
Same as Ch.E. 304, but dealing with heat transfer, evaporation, and crystalliz-
ation. 2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Simons
307. Advanced Unit Operations: Distillation. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 207.
Advanced study of vaporization principles of separation of liquid mixtures,
steam, batch, continuous, azeotropic, extractive and molecular distillation.
2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Galli
323, 324. Advanced Unit Processes. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Chem. 238 and Ch.E. 207.
Advanced study of the unit processes with application to process development.
2 hr. rec, 0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Simons
*340. Phase Equilibria. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Chem. 261. Interpretation, construction
and applications of one, two, and three-component diagrams; applications
of the phase rule. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler
344. Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E.
243. Review of thermodynamic transformations, use of Jacobians; advanced
applications to chemical and physical equilibria; development and appli-
cations of phase rule; equilibria diagrams for non-ideal systems; determin-
ation and use of activity coefficients; methods of estimating thermodynamic
functions; introduction to statistical mechanics. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Kapnicky
345. Chemical Engineering Kinetics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 243. Applications
of chemical kinetics to industrial reactor design; review of physical chemical
principles; theories of reactions, design of batch and flow reactors; theories
of catalysis; reaction mechanisms; data interpretation; applications to design
of catalytic reactors; effects of diffusion on catalytic reactions. 3 hr. rec
Mr. Kapnicky
*350. Advanced Physical Metallurgy. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 250. Includes crystalli-
ization, plastic deformation and constitutional diagrams. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Fairbanks
*351. Advanced Metallography Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 251. Includes
a study of slip bands, precipitation hardening, isothermal transformation of
austenite, hardenability, powder metallurgy and crystallography. 9 hr. lab.
Mr. Fairbanks
352. Advanced Ferrous Metallurgy. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 252. Recent developments
in making, shaping, alloying, and heat treating of steel. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Fairbanks
353. Advanced Nonferrous Metallurgy. II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 253. Recent develop-
ments in benefication, reduction, refining, alloying, and heat treating of
nonferrous metals. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Fairbanks
354. Adv. Physical Metallurgy. II. 3 hr. Continuation of Ch.E. 350. Includes
principles of heat treating, alloying and metal fabricating. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Fairbanks
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 291
355. Advanced Metallurgical Calculations. II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 243. Com-
prehensive problems on metallurgical processes. Mr. Fairbanks
360. Advanced Ceramic Technology. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 161. Special ceramic
bodies including high temperature porcelains and high frequency insulators.
3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones
361. Advanced Ceramic Laboratory. I, II. 2 hr. PR or cone: Ch.E. 360. X-ray
analysis, measurements of mechanical, electrical and chemical properties of
ceramic materials. Special forming methods. Mr. Jones
372. Advanced Chemical Engineering Design. I, II, S. 2-5 hr. PR: Ch.E. 273.
Critical discussion of and practice in equipment-design methods. 2 hr. rec,
0-9 hr. lab. Mr. Simons
379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. In cooperation with other departments and
the Bureau of Mines. 1 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler
381. Advanced Fuel Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: Ch.E. 282. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Koehler
397. Research. I, II, S. PR: Ch. E. 207 and 212. 1-6 hr. Suitable problem in
chemical engineering, metallurgy, ceramics, or fuels is selected for investigation.
Mr. Koehler and Staff
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors Davis and Speiden; Associate Professor Baker; Assistant Professor Burchinal;
Instructors Duncan and Painter
Undergraduate Division
C.E.
*1. Surveying. I, II. 2 hr. PR: Math. 4. For non-civil engineering students. Ele-
mentary theory of measurement of distance, direction and difference in eleva-
tion. Field work with transit, tape, level, stadia and plane table. Office com-
putations and plotting. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Baker
*2. Surveying. I. 4 hr. PR: Math. 4. Instruments and methods for measurement of
distance, direction, and difference in elevation; stadia, topographic, and land
surveying; traverse and area calculations; map plotting. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Baker
*3. Route Surveying. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 2. Simple, compound, reversed, and spiral
curves; vertical curves; cross-sectioning; slope-stake setting. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Baker
*5. Land Surveying. I. 4 hr. PR: Math. 10. Primarily for forestry students.
Theory and practice with compass, transit, level, stadia, and plane table;
computations of area; astronomical observations; map plotting. 2 hr. rec,
6 hr. lab. Mr. Duncan
*6. Topographic Mapping. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 5. Primarily for forestry students
Topographic maps; surveys for roads and property lines; U.S. Public Land
Surveys; practice in lettering, plotting and inking of topographic maps. 1 hr.
rec, 3 hr. lab. Staff
104. Summer Surveying. S. (5 weeks). 5 hr. PR: C.E. 3. Field practice and further
theory in topographic, hydrographic, route, plane table and land surveys, bench
mark levels, triangulation; astronomical observations; computations and map
plotting. Mr. Baker
105. Highway Engineering. II. 4 hr. PR: C.E. 104. Highway administration,
economics and finance; planning and design; subgrade soils and drainage;
construction and maintenance. Design of a highway. Center line and grade
projections, earthwork and cost estimate. 2 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab. Mr. Painter
292 CURRICULA AND COURSES
10G. Railway Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 104. Development and importance of
the railroad industry. Principles of location, operation, maintenance and
construction. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Painter
115. Fluid Mechanics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR or Cone: M. 104. Fluid statics, laminar and
turbulent flow of compressible and incompressible fluids, flow measurements,
open channel flow, and kinetics of fluids. 3 hr. rec. Staff
117. Municipal Engineering. I. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Required for Sanitary Engineer-
ing option. Water supply and treatment of sewage, collection and disposal of
garbage and rubbage; insect and rodent control; milk and food sanitation;
industrial hygiene; swimming pool sanitation. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Speiden
*120. Engineering Materials. II. 2 hr. PR: M. 103. Properties and economic use of
various materials used in engineering. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Painter
121. Structural Analysis. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Stresses in bridge and roof trusses
graphically and analytically; dead loads, panel loads, highway loads; influence
lines; beams and girders; riveted and welded connections. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. com-
putation. Mr. Burchinal
122. Structural Engineering. I. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. For non-civil engineering stu-
dents. Stresses in trusses under dead and live load; beams and girders; riveted
and welded connections. Design of structural elements. 2 hr. rec, 3 hr. compu-
tation and design. Mr. Burchinal
123. Structural Design. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 121. Design of steel and timber structures.
Cost estimates. 9 hr. computation. Mr. Davis
124. Thesis. I, II. 2 to 4 hr. Special design, investigation or original research on an
assigned topic relating to Civil Engineering. Staff
130. Water Supply and Sewerage. I. 5 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Required quantity and
quality of water supplies, sources, treatment, pumping and distribution of
water. Uniform and non-uniform flow in open channels; rainfall and runoff;
separate and combined sewers; design of a sewer system. 4 hr. rec, 3 hr. com-
putation. Mr. Speiden
180. Civil Problems. I, II. 1-4 hr. For sophomores and juniors with partial credit
in required courses. Staff
200. Water-Power Engineering. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Flow and power of
streams; power loads; storage required; design of a high masonry dam;
hydraulics of turbines; turbine characteristics; appurtenances. Mr. Speiden
201. Hydraulic Measurements. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR or cone: C.E. 115. Calibration of
gages, meters, orifices and weirs; pipe friction; loss in bends; impulse turbines;
flow in open channels. 3 or 6 hr. lab. Staff
202. Water Purification. I. 3 or 4 hr. PR or Cone: C.E. 130. Slow and rapid
sand filtration; coagulation; disinfection; softening; corrosion control; specifi-
cations for filter sand and water works chemicals; physical and chemical
characteristics of water; bacterial quality. 1 hr. rec. and 6 hr. lab. for 3 hr. cr.
In addition to the above the design of elements of a rapid sand filter plant
3 hr. lab. Total of 4 hr. cr. Mr. Speiden
203. Sewage Disposal. II. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 115. Characteristics of sewage; dilution;
irrigation; screening; sedimentation; oxidation; chlorination; digestion and
disposal of sludge; activated sludge process; industrial wastes. 2 hr. rec, 3
hr. lab. Mr. Speiden
204. Advanced Structures. II. 3 hr. PR. C.E. 121. Deflections of trusses and
girders by auxiliary load of unity, Castigliano's Theorem, Williot diagram,
elastic curve and moment area methods; cantilever bridges; two and three
hinged arches; continuous spans; swing bridges; suspension bridges. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Davif
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 293
206. Reinforced Concrete. II. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 121. Rectangular beams; single and
double reinforcement; T-Beams; columns; combined bending and thrust;
footings; concrete building bay; arch for highway bridge. 1 hr. rec, 6 hr. lab.
Mr. Davis
207. Foundations. I. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 121. Soil mechanics; piles; cofferdams; cassions;
piers; abutments; spread footings; underpinning; retaining walls. 2 hr. rec.
3 hr. lab. Mr. Davis
208. Transportation Economics. II. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 105. PR or Cone: C.E. 106. The
economic aspects of transportation based on engineering principles. Highways,
railways, waterways, airways and pipe lines— their competitive natures, costs,
government aid and regulation. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Painter
209. Highway Materials Laboratory. II. 2 hr. PR: M. 103. Testing of highway
materials for compliance with specifications in the State Road Commission's
Material Testing Laboratory. 6 hr. lab. Mr. Painter
210. Photogrammetry. I. 2 hr. PR: C.E. 104. Geometry and interpretation of the
aerial photograph; flight planning; radial-line control; principles of stereoscopy;
plotting instruments. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Baker
211. Geodesy. II. 3 hr. PR: C.E. 104 and Math. 108. Precise base line measurements,
triangulation and leveling, geodetic astronomy; figure of the earth, map pro-
jections; rectangular coordinate systems; least squares adjustment; gravity.
Mr. Baker
280. Civil Problems. II. 1-4 hr. For junior, senior and graduate students. Staff
Graduate Division
351. Advanced Water-Supply Engineering. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: C.E. 130. A detailed
study of specific problems concerning the collection, treatment or distribution
of water. Mr. Speiden
352. Sewerage and Sewerage Disposal. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: C.E. 130. Special problems
involved in the structural or hydraulic design of sewers or in the treatment
and disposal of sewage or industrial wastes. Mr. Speiden
353. Advanced Design Problems. I, II. 2-6 hr. A design or investigation of any
assigned problem related to civil engineering. Mr. Davis or Mr. Speiden
354. Statically Indeterminate Structures. I, II. 2-6 hr. PR: C.E. 204. Design or
investigation of structures statically indeterminate in one or more aspects.
Moment distribution. Mr. Davis
355. Soil Mechanics. I, II. 2-6 hr. Classification of soils; permeability; seepage;
settlement; shearing strength; stability of slopes; lateral pressures. Special
theoretical or laboratory investigations. Staff
397. Research. I, II. 2-6 hr. Original report, or investigation on some topic in the
Civil Engineering field. Mr. Davis and Mr. Speiden
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors Jones and Seibert; Associate Professors Peterson and Smith; Assistant
Professors Dubbe and Keener; Instructors Davis and Porterfield.
Undergraduate Dixnsion
E.E.
*10. Introductory Electrical Engineering. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: Math. 5. An
elementary course to introduce the fundamental laws and principles of
electrical circuits. Introduction to electrical laboratory equipment and pro-
cedure. 1 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Davif
294 CURRICULA AND COURSES
*100. Elements of Electrical Engineering. I, II, S. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 10, Math. 108 (or
cone.) Physics 112 (or cone.) Underlying principles of electric, magnetic and
dielectric circuits including applications of Ohm's and Kirchhoff's laws. In-
duced and generated electromotice force. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr., lab. Mr. Porterfield
*104. Illumination. I, II. 2 hi. PR: Physics 112 and Math 108. A study of the
basic principles and practices of illumination engineering, including a light-
ing survey and the design of a typical lighting installation. 2 hr. rec.
Mr. Peterson
105. Electrical Fundamentals. I, II. 4 hr. PR: Math 108 and Physics 112. Funda-
mental principles of electric and magnetic circuits. Induced and generated
electromotive force. Fundamental A.C. circuit analysis. Polyphase systems.
Elementary electronics. 3 hr. rec. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Peterson and Mr. Davis
106. Electrical Machinery. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 105 or consent. The operating
characteristics, applications and control of electrical machinery and equipment
used in industry. 3 hr. rec. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Peterson and Mr. Davis
130. Direct-current Machinery. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 100. A study of the con-
struction and the operating characteristics of direct current generators
and motors. Special applications and special types of generators. Start-
ing and speed control of motors. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Dubbe
131. Direct-current Machinery Laboratory. I, II. 2 hr. To accompany E.E. 130.
A laboratory and problem course dealing with direct current machines. 6 hr.
lab. Mr. Dubbe
*135. Alternating-current Theory and Measurement. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 100
and Math. 108. The study of sinusoidal wave forms, introduction and use
of vector algebra as applied to A-C circuit analvsis, analysis of linear bi-
lateral networks, coupled circuit behavior, and polyphase systems. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Seibert
*136. Alternating-current Theory and Measurement Laboratory. I, II, S. 2 hr.
To accompany E.E. 135. A laboratory and problem course dealing with
alternating current circuits. 6 hr. lab. Mr. Porterfield and Mr. Seibert
174. Industrial Applications of Electric Control. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 106. Fun-
damentals of electrical control devices used in industry, with emphasis on
applications. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Jones
180. Electrical Problems. I, II. 1-3 hr. For sophomores and juniors. Staff
232, 233. Alternating-current Machinery. I, II. 4 hr. each semester. PR: E.E.
130 and 135. A study of the theory and operation of transformers, induction
motors, alternators, synchronous motors, rotary converters and single-phase
motors. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab. Mr. Smith
243. Electrical Calculations. I, II. 2 hr. PR: E.E. 106 or 130 and E.E. 232
(or cone.) Assigned problems pertaining to the design of electrical equip-
ment. Emphasis placed on the electrical characteristics of the equipment.
6 hr. lab. Mr. Jones
245. Electric Control. I, II. 2 hr. PR: E.E. 233. A study of control equipment
and its application. Stress is placed on the ability to understand control
circuits. 6 hr. lab. Mr. Peterson
•250. Electronics. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 135. The study of electron ballistics, tube
characteristics, rectifiers and voltage amplifiers. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Keener
*252. Electronics. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 250. The study of power amplifiers, tuned
amplifiers, oscillators and modulators. 3 hr. rec, 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Seibert
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 295
260. Network Analysis. I, II. 4 hr. PR: E.E. 135 and Math. 253. An introduction
to network analysis as applied to the following subjects: Foster's reactance
theorem, infinite lines, reflections on transmission lines, coupled circuits and
filters. 3 hr. rec. 3 hr. lab. Mr. Dubbe
261. Transmission Lines. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 260. Transmission lines and terminal
equipment at power and radio frequencies. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Keener
•264. Radio Engineering. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 252. Study and analysis of radio
transmission, receiying and sound systems, frequency modulation. tele\ision.
radiation and propagation. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seibert
•265. Radio Laboratory. I, II. 3 hr. To accompany E.E. 264. 6 hr. lab.
Mr. Keener and Mr. Seibert
Electrical Problems. I. II. 1-3 hr. For junior, senior, and graduate students.
Staff
282. Symmetrical Components. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 233. An introduction
to the methods of symmetrical phase components as applied in calculating
current in >%>:ems under \arious types of unbalanced conditions. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Smith
Transients. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 135 and Math. 253. A study of the
transient behavior of yarious electrical circuits and networks. Heaviside's
Operational Calculus, Expansion Theorem, an introduction of the Laplace
Transform methods. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Dubbe
Electric-power Transmission and Distribution. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 260.
ody of circle diagrams applied to the yarious characteristics of power
transmission system, phase modifier applications and an introduction to power
em stability. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Dubbe
286. Industrial Control. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 245 and Math 253. Electrical-
control deyices in industry, their application and use in protection and
control of electrical and mechanical equipment. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Keener
Industrial Electronics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 250. A survey of the theory
and applications of electronics in industry. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Keener
288. Antennas. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 264 or cone. Analysis and design of antenna
systems. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seibert
299. Ultra-high-frequency Technology. II. 3 hr. E.E. 264 or cone.) Study
of special problems encountered at high and ultra-high frequencies with
special emphasis on pulse techniques as used in radar, teleyision and pulse-
modulation. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Seibert
Graduate Division
300. Seminar. I, II, S. 1-3 hr. PR: Consent. Discussion of research in electrical
engineering and special problems. Staff
350. Vacuum-tube Circuits. I. II. 3 hr. PR: E.E. 252. An advance study for the
analysis and design of vacuum-tube circuits. Mr. Seiben
379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. In cooperation with other departments and
the U.S. Bureau of Mines.) Staff
386. Servomechantsms. II. 3 hr. PR: M. 104 and E.E. 245. Analysis and synthesis
of servo control circuits. Mr. Jones and Mr. Keener
Research. I. II. 1-6 hr. Advanced research or special investigations on some
topic related to electrical engineering. Mi. Tone- or Mr. Seiber:
296 CURRICULA AND COURSES
GENERAL
Professor C. H. Cather; Associate Professor Worrell; Assistant Professor Weaver.
G.
1. Engineering Lectures. I. (credit). Required of all freshmen in engineering.
A series of lectures designed to acquaint the engineering student at the be-
ginning of his course with the profession he has chosen. 1 hr. lecture. Mr. Cather
100. Inspection Trip. II. (credit.) Required of all seniors in engineering. Staff
190. Law for Engineers. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Contracts, agency, business organiza-
tions, sales, negotiable instruments, real and personal property, professional
registration and patents. Mr. Worrell and Mr. Weaver
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors H. M. Cather, Downs and Shafer; Associate Professor Curtis; Assistant
Professor Slonneger; Instructors Brake, Delaney, L.E.Jones, Martin, and Pyles.
Undergraduate Division
M.E.
*7. Welding and Heat Treatment. I, II, S. 1 hr. Practice in cutting and welding
steel and cast iron with oxy-acetylene and electric arc welding equipment.
Demonstrations of different methods of heat treatment. One 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Jones and Mr. Martin
•11. Machine Work. I, II, S. 2 hr. A study of equipment, purpose and character
of operations, methods of holding work, turning, boring, drilling, grinding
and shaping. Use of precision measuring instruments. Two 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Jones, Mr. Martin, and Mr. Delaney
16. Production Methods. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 11 or Cone. The economic use
of machine tools; assembly line manufacture, gauging, and inspection during
the various processes of manufacture. 1 hr. rec. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Jones
*20. Engineering Drawing. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Plane Geometry. Lettering, use and
care of instruments, orthographic projection, isometric drawing, auxiliary
views, detail drawings and working drawings, assembly drawings, reproduction
of drawings, and piping layouts. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr. labs.
Mr. Curtis and Staff
*26. Descriptive Geometry. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 20 and solid geometry. The
application of projective drawing to the solution of advanced space problems
dealing with points, lines, planes, and solids by the use of auxiliary views.
Two 3 hr. labs. Mr. Curtis and Staff
*29. Mechanism. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 26, Math. 107 and Phys. 111. Graphical and
analytical solution of position, relative motion and velocities, instant centers,
acceleration displaceemnt diagrams, cams, gears, and gear trains and belt
drives. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr labs Mr. Curtis and Staff
30. Industrial Organization. I, II, S. 2 hr. A review of the principles of organ-
ization and administration that are applicable to various engineering and
industrial enterprises. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Brake
110. Tool Design. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Design, construction, application and
economic aspects of jigs, fixtures and special tools used in manufacturing on
a production basis. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Downs
112. Dynamics of Machinery. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 104 and M.E. 29. Determination
of inertia forces; balancing of reciprocating and rotating masses; vibration and
critical speeds of shafts; turning-effort diagrams and their analysis for fly-wheel
requirements; theory of governors; and gyroscopic forces. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr
labs. Mr. Down*
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 297
113. Machine Desicn. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 103 and M.E. 112 or consent. Analysis and
design of machine parts, considering both the theory and its modifications due
to manufacturing processes and financial limitations. Emphasis is on use of
rational methods wherever possible and the development of judgment in the
design of machines and machine members. 2 hr. rec. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Downs
121. Thermodynamics of Engineering. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR. Physics 111 and 112 and
Math. 108 (or reg. in Math. 108). First and second laws of thermodynamics;
laws of permanent gases; vapors and gas-vapor mixtures; use of diagrams and
tables giving the properties of steam and other vapors, flow of fluids, throttling.
3 hr. rec. Staff
122. Mechanical Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR: M.E. 121. Experiments involving
calibration of measuring instruments, calorific value of fuels, physical proper-
ties of lubricating oil and elementary tests of engines and boiler. One 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Slonneger
123. Engineering Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR: M.E. 122. Measurement of flow of
gases and vapors, economy and efficiency test of complete machines such as
air compressors, automotive engines and diesel engines. One 3 hr. lab.
Mr. Slonneger
124. Thesis. I, II. 2-4 hr. Investigation or original research on some special topic
relating to mechanical engineering. Staff
125. Heat Engines. I, II, S. 3 hr. Continuation of M.E. 121. Thermodynamics as
applied to heat power engineering; boilers, steam engines, steam turbines,
internal combustion engines, air compressors and refrigeration. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Slonneger
140. Motion and Time Study. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing. Principles
and techniques, job analysis, standardization and formula construction, stop
watch and micro-motion analysis of industrial operation, development of produc-
tion and incentive standards. Two 1 hr. rec, one 3 hr. lab. Mr. Brake
141. Manufacturing Processes. I, II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 11. Study of production
methods and engineering materials; description and evaluation of machine
tools, jigs, fixtures in modern production, gauges and special tools. 2 hr. rec.
Mr. Brake
142. Production Control. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 140. Planning, scheduling,
routing and dispatching in manufacturing operations and production control
systems. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Brake
144. Engineering Statistics. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Junior standing. The use of
graphical analvsis; measures of central tendency and dispersion; normal,
binomial and Poisson distributions in engineering application; linear regression
and correlation and tests of significance. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer
203. Advanced Machine Design. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 113. Continuation of M.E. 113,
and continues to stress the applications of fundamental principles to the design
of machine members. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr. labs. Mr. Downs
211. Lndustrlax Engineering Problems. I, II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 140. For seniors.
Special problems relating to industrial engineering. Mr. Shafer
*223. Steam Power Plants. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 125. Principles of design
and operation of modern steam power plants for central stations and
for process industries. Each student submits an individual design problem.
3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather
224. Steam Turbines. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 125. The theory of fluid dynamics
and the thermodynamics of the modern turbines; materials, construction
details and design of important elements; influences on economy of variations
in cycles and operative ranges. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather
228. Engineering Laboratory. I, II, S. 1 hr. PR: M.E. 123. Economy and efficiency
test of steam engines, steam turbines, gas engine; comprehensive test and heat
balance of power plant in the laboratory. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Slonneger
298 CURRICULA AND COURSES
229. Internal Combustion Engines. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 121. The thermodynamics
of the internal combustion engines; Otto cycle; Diesel cycle; two and four-
cycle engines, fuels, carburetion and fuel injection, combustion, engine
performance, supercharging. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Slonneger
250. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 125.
Methods and systems of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning of various
types of buildings, types of controls, and their applications. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Cather
270. Industrial Lubrication. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 103 and M.E. 112. Characteristics
of crudes, refining methods, testing specifications, selecting, applications,
and purification of oils and greases for industrial use. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather
280. Mechanical Problems. I, II. 1-6 hr. For juniors, seniors, and graduates. Staff
286. Engineering Economy. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR: M. 102. Comparison of the relative
economy of engineering alternatives; compound interest in relation to calcu-
lation of annual costs, present worth and prospective rates of return on in-
vestment; increment costs, sunk costs and the economy of equipment replace-
ment. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Brake and Mr. Shafer
288. Job Evaulation and Wage Incentives. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 140 or consent
of instructor. Principles used in evaluating jobs, rates of pay; characteristics
and objectives of wage incentive plans; incentive formulas and curves. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Shafer
290. Industrial Statistics. I, II, S. 2 hr. PR. M.E. 144. Economic objectives of
quality control in manufacturing through sampling methods; the Shewhart
control chart for variable attributes and defects per unit; statistical approach
to acceptance procedures. 2 hr. rec. Mr Shafer
292. Plant Layout and Design. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 142. Problems in industrial
plant design, equipment location, space utilization, layout for operation and
control chart for variable attributes and defects per unit; statistical approach
light, heat and ventilation. 1 hr. rec. Two 3 hr. labs. Mr. Shafer
294. Standard Manufacturing Costs. 1, II, S. 3 hr. PR: Bus. 2 or 5. Development
of standards for labor, material and overhead expenses; uses of standards for
control; analyses of variances between standard and actual costs: job order
costing and estimate costing procedures. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer
Graduate Division
303. Advanced Machine Design. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 203. Stresses in indeterminate
machine parts, experimental stress analysis. Design for high temperatures,
pressures and speeds. Bearings and lubrication. Rotating discs and elastic
stability at high speeds. Effects and elimination of vibration in machines;
impact and shock loading; machine mountings and shock absorbers. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Downs
351. Advanced Internal Combustion Engines. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 229.
Combustion in spark ignition engine and in compression ignition engine:
detonation; fuel-air ratios; heat losses; lubrication; efficiencies; two-stroke
engines; four-stroke engines, performance, exhaust turbines, gas turbines.
3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather
354. Advanced Refrigeration. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 250. Thermodynamics
of vapor cycles, refrigerants, fluid flow, heat transfer, psychrometrics, types
of refrigeration and equipment required, application of refrigeration in
industry, food preservation. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Cather
370. Theory of Industrial Engineering and Organization. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR:
Graduate standing and consent of instructor. History and development of
scientific management in industry starting with early works of Taylor, Gilbreth
and Gantt, to the present time. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 299
371. Methods Analysis. I, II. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 140. An advanced study of the
technique of methods analysis as an effective means of methods improvement
and cost reductions. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer
372. Advanced Time Study. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 140. Review of the various
investigations which have been made, with special consideration given to the
development of these studies into new fields. 3 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer
373. Budget Control. I ,11. 2 hr. PR: M.E. 294. Principles involved in the prepara-
tion of budgets by functional divisions and the application of divisional budgets
as control media. 2 hr. rec. Mr. Shafer
374. Advanced Engineering Economy. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M.E. 286. Continuation of
M.E. 286, with special emphasis on depreciation, engineering and economic
aspects of selection and replacement of equipment; relationship of technical
economv to income taxation and load factor and capacity to economv. 3 hr. rec.
Mr. Shafer
379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. (In cooperation with other departments and
the U.S. Bureau of Mines). Staff
397. Research. I, II. 1-6 hr. Investigation or original research on some special topic
relating to mechanical engineering. Mr. Cather and Staff
MECHANICS
Professor C. H. Cather; Associate Professor Worrell; Assistant Professor Weaver;
Instructor Plants.
Undergraduate Division
M.
•101. Statics. I. II, S. 3 hr. PR: Math. 107 and Physics 111 (or reg. in Math. 107 and
Physics 111). Fundamental definitions and the concept of static equilibrium;
systems of forces and couples; application to solution of trusses and frames;
centroids and moment of inertia. 3 hr. rec. Staff
*102. Mechanics of Materials. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M. 101 and Math. 108 (or reg. in
Math. 108). Stress and strain; riveted and welded joints; shafts and beams;
deflection; statically indeterminate beams; column theory and design; non-
homogenous beams, 3 hr. rec. Staff
♦103. Mechanics of Materials. I, II, S. 3 hr. PR: M. 102 and Math. 108. Combined
stresses; fatigue; impact; creep and temperature effects; properties of materials;
laboratory tests and the interpretation of the mechanical properties of materials.
2 hr. rec/ and 3 hr. lab. Staff
•104. Kinetics. I, II, S. 3 hr. Continuation of M. 101. PR: M. 101 and Math.
108. Kinematics of a particle; moment of inertia of masses; translation,
rotation and plane motion of rigid bodies; principle of work and energy,
impulse and momentum; application to engineering problems. 3 hr. rec. Staff
200. Advanced Mechanics of Materials. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102. Combined
stress and theories of failure; thick wall cylinders; flat plates; unsymmetricaj
bending; curved flexural members; localized stress; strain-energy methods in
the analysis of statically indeterminate members. Mr. Cather
201. Advanced Kinetics. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 101 and 104. Dynamic balancing;
Corioli's Law; gyroscopes; governors; simple servo-mechanism; mechanical
vibration. Mr. Worrell
202. Advanced Materials Laboratory. I, II. 2-4 hr. PR: M. 102, 103. Con-
tinuation of M. 103 with emphasis on a selected problem or problems.
Mr. Cather or Mr. Worrell
300 CURRICULA AND COURSES
203. Experimental Stress Analysis. I, II. 3 hr. PR: M. 102, M. 103, M. 104. Intro-
duction to some of the more common experimental methods of analyzing stress
distributions. Photoelasticity, brittle lacquers, strain gage techniques and
instrumentation, as applied to problems involving static, dynamic and residual
stress distributions. 2 hr. rec. One 3 hr. lab. Mr. Worrell
Courses In The School Of Mines
Professor Spindler; Associate Professor Laird; Assistant Professors McClung and
Palowitch.
Undergraduate Division
E.M
102. Mine Surveying. S. 5 hr. (laboratory and field work). PR: E.M. 103. Con-
tinuation of and supplementing E.M. 103; intensive field practice in under-
ground and surface surveying. Should be taken during summer term immed-
iately following semester in which E.M. 103 is taken. Mr. Laird and Mr. McClung
103. Mine Surveying. I, II. 3 hr. (2 hr. lecture, 1 hr. laboratory). PR: M.E. 26 and
Math. 5. Principles of surface and subsurface surveying, celestial observations,
and related calculations. Field practice using transit and level. Mr. Laird
106. Mineralogy. II. 2 hr. (rec. and lab.). PR: Chem. 10 or 15. Mineral identifica-
tion, blowpipe analysis of minerals; occurrence, geographic distribution, and
utilization of minerals; elements of crystallography. Mr. Laird
107. Mining Methods. I. 4 hr. PR: Physics 112 and Geol. 1. 3 hr. rec, 1 hr. lab. In-
spection and evaluation of mining properties, mining methods and systems
of mining, roof control, and operating characteristics of mining machinery.
Inspection trips with written reports required. Mr. McClung
*109. Coal Analysis Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. (laboratory). PR: Chem. 10. Sampling,
preparation of laboratory samples, and analysis of coal. Mr. Palowitch
111. Introductory Mining. I, II. 2 hr. PR. Chem. 10 and Phys. 106. Explosives, tim-
bering, drilling, and shaft sinking. Mr. Palowitch
*201. Oil-field Development. I. 2 hr. PR: Geol. 3. Introduction to principles, equip-
ment, and methods applied to development of an oil property. Mr. Laird
*203. Petroleum Property Valuation and Management. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 204.
Petroleum property valuation and acquisition; economic, governmental and
social aspects of management of oil and gas properties. Mr. Laird
*204. Oil and Gas Production. II. 4 hr. (3 hr. rec, 1 hr. laboratory) . PR: E.M. 201.
Continuation of E.M. 201 with core analysis, drilling mud testing, and oil
testing laboratory. Mr. Laird
205. Gas-measurement Engineering. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 201 and C.E. 115. (1 hr. rec,
1 hr. lab.) Methods of commercial gas measurement and pressure regulation with
a laboratory devoted to use of various types of equipment. Mr. Laird
*207. Introductory Seismology. I, II. 1 hr. PR: Phys. 112. Earthquakes
and their causes and area distribution; theory of elastic waves; the principles
of seismograph construction, adjustment, and operation; interpretation and
calculation of seismograms with exercises provided by records of the University
seismograph station. Mr. Laird
*208. Geological Surveying. II. 1 hr. PR: E.M. 103 and Geol. 161. 1 hr. field and
lab. Topographic mapping with the plane table. Mr. Laird
209. Mineral Preparation. I, II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 212 and M. 104 or consent. Prin-
ciples of preparation, beneficiation and concentration of metallic and non-
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 301
metallic ores for further processing or utilization. Not open to students with
credit in E.M. 217. Mr. Palowitch
210. Mineral Preparation Laboratory. I, II. 1 hr. PR: E.M. 209 or concurrent
registration in E.M. 209. Laboratory exercises and practice in sampling, float
and sink separation, assembly and interpretation of test data, and the use of
various types of beneficiation equipment. Mr. Palowitch
212. Advanced Mining. II. 3 hr. PR: E.M. Ill and E.E. 106. Engineering principles,
methods and equipment applied to mine transportation, hoisting, and drainage.
Mr. McClung
213. Mine Ventilation. I. 3 hr. (2 hr. rec, and 1 hr. lab.). PR: E.M. 107 and
M. 104. Principles, purposes, methods and equipment pertaining to the venti-
lation of mines. Mr. Spindler
'214. Mine Valuation. I, II. 3 hr. PR: Econ. 2 and E.M. 107, or consent of instructor.
Mineral property evaluation, sampling and estimation of mineral deposits,
capitalized costs in mining and recovery of investment, analysis of mining
costs, cost control and time analysis of mining operations. Mr. Palowitch
215. Industrial Safety Engineering. 1, II. 2 hr. PR: Senior standing. Analysis of
problems of industrial safety and accident prevention, laws pertaining to
industrial safety and health, compensation plans and laws, and industrial
property protection. Mr. Palowitch
216. Petroleum Engineering Design. 1. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 204 (laboratory).
Structural and machine analysis and design as related to the production and
transportation of oil and natural gas. Mr. Laird
217. Coal Preparation. I, II. 4 hr. (2 hr. rec, 2 hr. lab.) PR: E.M. 212, E.M. 109, and
M. 104. Principles of preparation and beneficiation of coal for marketing, with
laboratory devoted to sampling, float and sink separation, and use of various
types of coal-cleaning equipment. Mr. Palowitch
218. Advanced Mineral Preparation. II. 3 hr. (2 hr. rec, 1 hr. lab.) PR: E.M. 106,
E.M. 217. The theory and practice of concentrating ores and industrial min-
erals with special consideration to the more recent advances in the beneficia-
tion of both ores and coal. Mr. Palowitch
219. Advanced Mining Methods for Vein Deposits. I, II. 3 hr. PR: E.M. 107, M.
104. Methods and systems of mining other than flat seams. Emphasis placed on
selection of methods in relation to cohesive strength of ore bodies and their
enclosing wall rocks. Mining of anthracite seams included. Mr. Palowitch
220. Mine Design. I, II. 2 hr. (laboratory). PR: E.M. 212 and registration in C.E.
122. Design of an underground mining development with full report.
Mr. Spindler and Mr. McClung
221. Mine Design. I, II. 3 hr. (laboratory). PR: E.M. 220. Continuation of E.M.
220 including design of preparation plant and loading facilities with full re-
port covering plan, equipment, operation, and costs.
Mr. Spindler and Mr. Palowitch
222. Mine Equipment and Machinery. I, II. 2 hr. PR. E.E. 103 and E.M. 212. Selec-
tion, installation, operation, and maintenance of mining equipment.
Mr. McClung
233. Mine Management. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 212, and Senior standing. Economic,
governmental, social, and labor aspects of mining as related to the management
of a mining enterprise. Mr. Spindler
224,225 Mining Engineering Problems. I, II. 1 to 3 hr. PR: Senior or graduate
standing. Investigation and detailed report on a special problem in mining
engineering related to coal mining, mineral mining, or geological, petroleum,
and natural gas engineering. Supervision and guidance by a member of the
graduate faculty. Staff
302 CURRICULA AND COURSES
226. Advanced Mining Equipment Applications. I. 3 hr. (2 hr. rec, 1 hr. lab.)
PR: E.M. 222. Structural, mechanical, hydraulic and electrical characteristics
of the more common items of mining equipment. Controls, electrical and
hydraulic circuits, and mechanical transmissions with associated problems.
Laboratory design of a control system for a mining machine. Mr. McClung
227. Mine Power Applications. I. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 222 or consent. Underground
transmission systems, electrical controls for mining machinery, alternating cur-
rent applications in coal mining, power costs and safety features. Mr. McClung
228. Mine Equipment and Machinery Controls. II. 3 hr. PR: E.M. 227 or consent.
Principles, application and use of electric and hydraulic devices and circuits
for protection and control of mine machinery and equipment. Mr. McClung
230. Elements of Geophysical Prospecting. I. 3 hr. PR: Geol. 151, Phys. 112.
Methods, instruments and caclulations for geophysical prospecting. Mr. Laird
231. Geophysical Prospecting Laboratory. I. 1 hr. (Laboratory). PR: E.M. 230 or
concurrent registration in E.M. 230. Field and laboratory use of instruments used
in geophysical prospecting. Mr. Laird
232. Petroleum Reservoir Engineering. II. 2 hr. PR: E.M. 204. Reservoir evaluations
utilizing statistical analyses and subsurface data as related to a producing oil
or gas field, a gas storage field or a secondary recovery project. Mr. Laird
Graduate Division
301, 302. Advanced Mine Design. I, II. Credit arranged. Advanced detail design and
layout of coal mine plant, particularly incorporating new ideas of machines
and mining methods. Staff
351. Coal Mining. SI. 3 hr. PR: Chemistry, 10 hr., Physics, 8 hr., and accompanied
or preceded by general geology. Especially for students who are planning to
teach mining subjects in high school. Not open to students taking E.M. 102,
111, or 212. Hours arranged . Staff
379. Seminar in Coal Research. I, II. 1 or 2 hr. PR: Consent. Credit 1 hr. per
semester, maximum credit 2 hr. (In cooperation with other departments and
the U.S. Bureau of Mines.) Staff
395, 396. Graduate Seminar in Coal Mine Operation and Administration. I, II.
3 hr. PR: B.S. Degree and consent of Committee. Group discussion and
analysis of problems related to the production, preparation, marketing, and
utilization of coal with special assignments and emphasis in accordance with
personal background and field of interest of the individual students. Staff
397. Research. I, II. Credit arranged. Individual problem in some phase of
mining. Carefully prepared report required. Staff
RESEARCH AND EXTENSION
The Engineering Experiment Station
Professor W. A. Koehler, Director
The chief functions of the Engineering Experiment Station are to encourage
and carry on research and investigations that will enhance the industrial and
economic welfare of the people of West Virginia; to make original contributions to the
fundamental principles and knowledge along scientific and engineering lines; and
to stimulate and train graduate students in research activities. The research
undertaken by the Station therefore is primarily concerned with investigations in
the production, processing, and utilization of the natural resources of West Virginia;
investigations that will aid the existing industries of the state and promote the de-
velopment of new industries; and investigations that will aid in the planning, design.
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 303
and development of the public works of the state. As a consequence of this program,
the subjects receiving particular attention by the staff of the Station are coal, oil,
t>as, clays, stone, sand, timber, water, steam and electric power, sewerage, sanitation,
road building, transportation, aeronautics, and communications.
The Station will assist in compiling surveys and in conducting investigations of
the industrial requirements and possibilities of any region or community in the state
It cooperates with the West Virginia University Agricultural Experiment Station,
State Road Commission, State Geological Survey, State Water Commission, U.S. Bureau
of Mines, national engineering societies and state or national agencies whose assistance
may promote the more effective fulfillment of the Station's functions.
To aid state industrial organizations that lack facilities and personnel to under-
take important research investigations which arise in the development of their oper-
ations, the Station stands ready, where time and facilities permit, to assist in the prose-
cution of investigations on their fundamental problems. Such advisory services are
free, but any special equipment, materials, or labor that may be needed must be sup-
plied bv the organization for which the work is done. Several companies and tech-
nological associations are sponsoring research fellowships in the Station.
The staff of the Station includes part-time services of several of the teaching
members of the faculties of the College of Engineering and of the School of Mines,
as well as a few full-time research engineers and chemists and part-time graduate
student research assistants.
The results of the studies, surveys, investigations, and researches of the Experi-
ment Station are published in bulletin form. Two series of bulletins are issued; to
date there are 26 numbers in the Research Series and 39 in the Technical Series.
The Technical Bulletins contain selected papers from the Proceedings of the Annual
State Water Purification Conferences, the State Coal Conferences, the Appalachian
Gas Measurement Short Courses, and the Industrial Engineering Conferences. A
list of publications and copies of the bulletins may be obtained upon application to
the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station.
U. S. Bureau of Mines Station
The United States Bureau of Mines maintains laboratory and pilot-plant facilities
for research and development work on the production of synthesis gas from coal,
which is part of the Bureau's over-all program for synthetic liquid fuel development.
Under the terms of a cooperative agreement between the University and the
Bureau, students are employed by the Bureau on a part-time basis.
A limited number of graduate students may be appointed as Bureau of Mines
Fellows to work on research problems of interest to the Bureau. With the approval
of the students' theses advisory committees, the problems may also be accepted as
research for theses requirements. The students so selected have an opportunity to
work under the joint supervision of government experts and University staff members.
In the selection of part-time student workers, preference is given to those in the
upper third of their class.
The Bureau staff also conducts a graduate seminar in coal research. In this
seminar, research problems and methods are discussed, with special reference to
applications to the Bureau's current problem.
Mining and Industrial Extension
The department of mining and industrial extension in the School of Mines con-
ducts courses of instruction in practical subjects in various sections of the state where
groups of individuals wish to study and receive training in subjects pertaining to their
everyday work. The department also aims to disseminate useful knowledge which
has been amassed by research studies at the University to all classes of citizens in the
state, and in this way to bring the University and its opportunities for learning to
various groups of students who desire to enroll in its extension department.
The Short Courses in Coal Mining, Coal Preparation, and Mine Equipment and
Maintenance
The Short Course in Coal Mining offered by the department of mining and
industrial extension gives an opportunity to operators, officials, and employees of
304 CURRICULA AND COURSES
mining companies to obtain instruction pertaining to their work. The subjects cov-
ered in the short course are: explosives, methods of mining, timbering, mine gases,
mine ventilation, hoisting, haulage, mine drainage, safety lamps, mine management,
electricity in mines, mine fires and explosions, safety organization and administration,
mining arithmetic, and elementary drawing.
Special attention is given to students desirous of preparing themselves for the
teaching of mining classes under the Smith-Hughes and George-Dean Acts.
At the close of the short course the West Virginia Department of Mines conducts
an examination for mine foremen and fire bosses. Tuition is free.
The Short Course in Coal Preparation is held principally for men who have been
associated with the sizing and preparing of coal for market.
The classroom portion of the course covers the purpose of coal preparation,
breaking and crushing, screening, cleaning, analysis of float and sink tests and wash-
ability curves, dewatering and drying, dedusting and dust collection, recovery of
fines, auxiliary equipment, treatment of coal surfaces, loading, cost, power, water and
labor, and analysis of flow sheets.
In the laboratory, the equipment includes a sand media cone, Baum jig, calcium
chloride washer, heavy media cone washer, concentrating tables, basket jigs, air clean-
ing table with filter-type dust collectors, magnetic separator, centrifuges, and a com-
plete closed circuit mineral flotation unit. These units are all self-contained pilot
units with auxiliary equipment to permit complete test operation.
A Short Course in Mine Equipment and Maintenance is being offered by the
department of mining and industrial extension to persons whose interest is in the
maintenance of coal mining equipment. The subjects covered in this short course
are: practical mechanics, equipment hydraulics, equipment electricity, shop mathe-
matics, lubrication, electricity and hydraulic measurements, electrical controls, under-
ground mining equipment, substation and fan maintenance, preparation plant
maintenance and maintenance reports and records.
The forty-third annual session of the Short Course in Coal Mining and the third
Short Course in Mine Equipment and Maintenance will begin Tuesday, July 5, and
continue until Friday, August 12, 1955. The fifth annual session of the Short Course
in Coal Preparation will begin Tuesday, May 31, and continue until Saturday, July 9,
1955. For further information, write for the special announcement of the Short
Course in Coal Mining, Coal Preparation, and Mine Equipment and Maintenance.
Vocational Courses Offered in Extension
Courses in foreman training and other special courses for those in industry are
offered in centers where there is sufficient interest. The services of the Department
are available for any city or town desiring to establish night schools and part-time
schools.
Extension courses in mining are offered under the direction of the University
at various mining towns throughout the state. The instruction in these courses is
carried on by University extension instructors who visit each center every week. At
the present time the work is planned on a four-year basis to cover the following
courses: mine gases, safety lamps, ventilation, timbering, explosives, haulage, preven-
tion of mine accidents, mine waste, drainage and pumping, mine methods, foreman-
ship, electricity, mine fires and explosions, and coal geology. In each of these unit
courses, particular emphasis is placed on safety features, state mining laws, and ap-
plication of arithmetic to mining problems.
In addition to the above, special classes are offered in such subjects as effective
speaking, group discussion, mine equipment and maintenance, mine surveying, and
other selected subjects for which there is local demand.
Short Course in Gas Measurement
The Appalachian Gas Measurement Short Course in held annually on the campus
and is conducted by the University in cooperation with the Public Service Commission
of West Virginia, the West Virginia Oil and Natural Gas Association, the American
Gas Association, manufacturers of gas measurement and regulation equipment and
public utilities and industries producing, marketing or consuming natural gas in
West Virginia and neighboring states. The course provides instruction in the theory
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 305
and practice of gas measurement and regulation and is designed to be of interest
to executives and officials of gas companies as well as to metermen.
The first Short Course was held in 1938 and 1955 will see the fifteenth of these
events. The course covers a period of three days and is usually held during the last
week of August.
Fire Service Extension Schools
The annual West Virginia State Fire School, conducted by the University in
cooperation with the State Fire Marshal and the West Virginia Inspection Bureau,
meets for a five-day period during the latter part of July. It affords information
on new developments and intensive training in fundamentals of fire fighting to mem-
bers of the fire service in the state. A permanent fire protection research and training
center is maintained on the campus in cooperation with the office of the State Fire
Marshal.
In addition, the University, in cooperation with the Vocational Division of the
State Department of Education, offers the Firemen's Extension Course to fire depart-
ments in West Virginia. The course may be had upon application by the chief of any
organized municipal or industrial department.
Instructional material covers such subjects as: local water supply and distribution,
apparatus and equipment, principles of combustion, portable extinguishers, hydraulics,
pump operation, respiratory apparatus, hose and ladder practices, flammable liquids
and gases, fire fighting tactics, property inspections and fire prevention education.
Classes meet once a week for a period of twenty-nine weeks, beginning about the
first part of October, and are taught by local instructors. Approximately one-fifth of
the total class time is devoted to actual fire department evolutions.
Oil and Gas Extension Courses
In cooperation with the petroleum and natural gas industry, the Industrial
Extension Department offers a five-year course of study in this subject at various
points throughout the state.
Course I is of a preparatory nature, including a review of mathematics and treat-
ment of the principles of physics and mechanics. Course II covers such topics as:
properties of natural gas, fluid flow, gas measurement and gas transmission. Course III
includes meter testing, pressure regulation and compression. Course IV treats of the
principles of combustion and gas storage; while Course V covers general geology,
geology of oil and gas and production practices.
Classes are organized in September and meet w T eekly for a period of approximately
eight months. Instructors are employed on a part-time basis by the University and
are selected for their technical training and industrial experience in the subjects which
they teach.
Industrial Engineering Conference
The Industrial Engineering Conference, sponsored by the College of Engineering
and the School of Mines, is held annually on the campus during the latter part of
April or early May. The Conference is designed to promote the dissemination of
information on industrial engineering principles and techniques, looking toward in-
creased efficiency and reduced costs in industrial processes. Specialists in various fields
present papers and lead discussions in problems relating to their respective subjects.
The Graduate School
GENERAL INFORMATION
By the order of the Board of Governors of West Virginia University a University
Graduate School is established, whose roots are implanted in all University under-
graduate work, irrespective of departments or schools. The Graduate School is
empowered (1) to direct research and investigation with particular reference to
problems of the State and (2) to train and recommend to the Board of Governors
candidates for the degrees of Master of Science, Master of Science (Home Economics
Education), Master of Science in the various Engineering branches, Master of Arts,
Master of Music, Master of Social Work, Master of Agriculture, Master of Home
Economics, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education.
All regulations governing the Graduate School such as the determination of
curricula, projects, majors, minors, standards, thesis requirements, and similar matters
shall be formulated by the Executive Committee and the Dean of the Graduate School
and presented to the Graduate Faculty for its consideration and action.
THE STUDENT BODY
Seniors in the colleges of West Virginia University who are within 10 semester
hours of graduation may, with the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School,
enroll for graduate courses for which they mav receive graduate credit after obtaining
their bachelors' degrees. Such graduate courses must not have been offered for
undergraduate credit, and in every case permission must have been requested before
or at the time of enrolling for the course or courses. Normally, the maximum amount
of credit available to a senior by petition in this manner before he completes all
lequirements for the baccalaureate degree and gains admission to the Graduate School
shall be 15 semester hours.
THE ADVISER
The adviser will arrange a specific course of study to be approved by the Dean and,
in the case of candidates for advanced degrees, will preside at the candidate's qualifying
and final examination.
THE FACULTY
The Graduate Faculty is composed of those faculty members who are actively
assisting with any phase of the graduate program such as teaching graduate courses,
directing graduate research, supervising thesis and problem work, advising graduate
students and directing their graduate studies. Membership is by appointment bv the
Dean of the Graduate School following certification by the Executive Committee.
Deans and Directors of the various colleges and schools and the President and Vice-
president of the University are members ex officio.
GRADUATE DEGREES
Graduate degrees offered by the departments in the University which have been
approved for graduate work are as follows:
Master of Agriculture (MAgr,)
Master of Arts (A.M.)
Master of Home Economics (M.H.E.)
Master of Music (Mus.M.)
Master of Science (M.S.)
Master of Science in Chemical Engineering (M.S.Ch.E.)
306
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 307
Master of Science in Civil Engineering (M.S.C.E.)
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (M.S.E.E.)
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering ( M.S.M.E.)
Master of Science in Engineering of Mines (M.S.E.M.)
Master of Science in Home Economics Education (M.S.H.E.E.)
Master of Science (Biochemistry)
Master of Social Work
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.)
PROFESSIONAL DEGREES
The following professional degrees are conferred upon graduates of the College
of Engineering and the School of Mines of West Virginia University on the basis of
practical experience and study in absentia, the presentation of a thesis, and an oral
final examination.
Engineer of Mines (E.M.) Chemical Engineer (Ch.E.)
Mechanical Engineer (M.E.) Civil Engineer (C.E.)
Electrical Engineer (E.E.)
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GRADUATE DEGREE
General Regulations
1 . candidacy
Admission to candidacy for any graduate degree is conditioned upon the fulfillment
of the requirements for admission to the Graduate School, and also the particular
requirements of undergraduate and graduate preparation for the field of study in
which the student wishes to specialize. Unconditional admission to candidacy for
an advanced degree involves a suitable period of graduate work in residence in which
the student demonstrates his ability to do work of graduate caliber. Detailed informa-
tion concerning candidacy for the Master's Degree and the Doctor's Degree may be
found on the pages immediately following.
2. SCHOLARSHIP
No credits are acceptable toward an advanced degree which are reported with a
grade lower than "C."
Reasonable standards of oral and written English must be maintained.
3. CURRICULUM
Credit toward a graduate degree may be obtained only for courses listed in this
Bulletin and numbered 200-399.
No more than 15 hours of graduate courses in any one semester nor more than
6 hours of graduate courses in any one term of the Summer Session may be carried
by a student. Any exception to this rule must be approved in advance by the Dean
of the Graduate School.
4. RESIDENCE AND EXTENSION
Residence credit for special field assignments and for work taken off the University
campus shall be allowed only with prior approval of the Dean.
No more than 15 hours of extension work may be counted by any one student
toward the Master's Degree.
For majors in Education, no more than 12 hours by extension may be counted
toward the Master's Degree.
The maximum credit that students pursuing graduate work by extension may
receive in any one field shall be 8 semester hours.
No more than 6 hours of graduate credit obtained in other approved institutions
may be considered in meeting the requirements for the Master's Degree in West
308 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Virginia University.* Graduate credits so accepted toward the Master's Degree must
meet the usual departmental requirements for a continuous and unified program of
graduate study and will reduce correspondingly the number of hours of graduate work
by extension offered in West Virginia University extension centers that may be
offered in meeting the requirements for the Master's Degree.
The time during which credit may be acquired in extension offered by institutions
outside the state shall be limited in any area as determined by the University Com-
mittee on Extension and properly publicized by the Director of Extension.
No credits earned by extension prior to the admission of the student to graduate
work and acceptance for graduate study may be counted toward meeting the require-
ments for the Master's Degree. This rule shall not apply to seniors in West Virginia
University within ten hours of graduation who petition for graduate credit for courses
not used to meet undergraduate requirements.
Each graduate student in residence, whether taking course work or engaged in
conducting research or in writing a thesis or report, must register at the beginning
of each semester or term during which graduate work is being done. He must be
registered during the session in which he is to appear for final examination. Under
exceptional conditions and with the prior approval of the Dean a graduate student
may be permitted to meet a portion of the requirements for the degree in absentia,
provided the customary residence and other requirements are met.
5. LIMITATION OF CREDIT LOADS FOR PART-TIME GRADUATE STUDENTS
Part-time graduate students will be required to reduce their credit loads in
proportion to the outside service rendered and the time available for graduate study.
In general, persons in full-time service to the University or other employer will not
be permitted to enroll for more than 4 hours of work in any one semester or to obtain
credit for more than 8 hours in any one academic year. In corresponding manner
the maximum credit load for a single summer term of six weeks shall be 2 hours and
for a Summer Session of nine or twelve weeks it shall be 3 hours. Any exceptions to
these limitations will be by permission of the Dean only and prior to registration for
the work.
6. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
The Graduate School will allow credit for educational experience in the Armed
Forces in partial satisfaction of advanced degree requirements for courses of the
200-399 series established by the Committee on Admissions by evaluation and/or by
examination. For the Master's Degree, veterans may receive a maximum of 6 hours
of credit by examination for work taken in the Armed Forces, but credit so obtained
will reduce correspondingly the amount permitted bv transfer from another institu-
tion. Such credit, however, will not serve to reduce graduate-degree residence re-
quirements.
7. THESES AND PROBLEM REPORTS
All theses and problems reports shall be presented in the form prescribed at
least one month previous to the Commencement Day on which the degree is ex-
pected. If the thesis or problem report is accepted, typewritten and bound copies
shall be submitted to the Office of the Graduate School at least one week before the
degree is to be conferred; a minimum of five copies of the master's or doctor's thesis
or problem report is required.
8. FINAL EXAMINATIONS
The candidate shall not be eligible for the final examination until his thesis or
problem report has been approved by the examining committee. Following approval
of the candidate's thesis or problem report and satisfactory completion of the courses
in residence and satisfaction of other graduate requirements, he shall be given a final
examination by his advisory committee. Examining committees for theses and for
final examinations for advanced degrees shall contain no fewer than three members
♦This regulation applies to all masters' degrees based upon a total credit
requirement of 30 to 36 semester hours. The degree of Master of Social Work is
based upon a total credit requirement of 54 to 60 semester hours, 24 to 30 of which
may be transferred under suitable conditions, but the last 30 of which must be
earned and completed in West Virginia University.
THE C.RAIHA TE SCHOOL 109
for candidates for the Master's degree, and no fewer than five members for candidates
for the Doctor's degree. In order to have his thesis accepted or to be considered
as having rilv passed his examination, the candidate shall have no more
than one unfavorable vote in each case
9. REQUEST FOR DECREE
At the time of registration for the semester or session in which the candidate
expects to receive a graduate degTee, he shall submit a formal request to the Dean of
the Graduate School for the conferring of such degree. The candidate must have
completed all requirements for the degree which he wishes to receive, at least one
week before Commencement Da\.
10. COMMENCEMENT ATTENDANCE
Candidates for degrees to be conferred at the close of the second semester are
expected to be present in person to receive their deg:
The Degree of Master of Arts and Master of Science
requirements for candidacy
Satisfactory fulfillment of General Regulation No. 1 for graduate degrees stated
on page 307; will admit an applicant to candidacy.
REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION
The completion within a period of seven \ear>* immediately preceding the con-
ferring of the degree, except with the permission of the Dean, of no less than 30 credit
hours of graduate work approved by the ac^
Residence: A minimum is required of two semesters, or one semester and three
summer terms, or five summer terms of residence in full-time graduate study at V.
Virginia Universitv. For students offering 15 credit hours in extension, a minimum
period of residence Virginia University of one semester or three summer terms
shall be required for the Master's Degree.
Program: In general when a thesis is offered, the program will cor. _ I hours
or more of suitable course work and 1 to 6 hours of thesis or research.
Thesis or Problem Report: A thesis or problem report granting no more than
6 hours of credit mav be required b% the faculty of the college, school, or departmen
in which the candidate's major interest lies.
Final Examination: An examination, oral or written or both at the option of the
candidate's examining committee, shall be required, covering the candidate's thesis or
problem report, studies in his major and minor fields, and his ability to apply facts
and principles.
Special Requirements: The candidate must meet the special requirements of thr
department in which he pursues his major stud\.
The Degrees oi Master ui Agriculture and Master oi Home
Economics
REQUIREMENTS. The requirements for and regulations governing the granting of
these two degrees are the same as those for the degree of Master of Science with the
following exceptions:
•This ruling untinued temporarily during the war period. It
reinstated, effective June 1, 1948, as follows:
Be? ~ar rule will . g
be put into effect with the provision that, in the c have
already started their graduate programs, the adviser and the Dean of the
Graduate School will determine : taken before the seven-year p^-
shall be accepted for credit. If the adviser and the Dean cannot agree, the case
rht before the Executive Committee for review. In the event that a
I lent began work during the war period, an extension up I
maximum of five years may be granted.
310 CURRICULA AND COURSES
1. Candidates for the degrees of Master of Agriculture and Master of Home Eco-
nomics shall have previously completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agriculture or Bachelor of Science in Home Economics, or their equiva-
lents.
2. A research thesis shall not be required, but a problem report on some phase of
agriculture or home economics shall be required. Not more than three semester hours
of credit may be allowed for the problem report, which must be approved by the
student's committee. The report must be submitted in the form prescribed by the
regulations of the Graduate School.
3. The program of work shall be such that the emphasis will be on breadth of
knowledge in the field of agriculture or home economics, as the case may be, rather
than upon study in one narrow field of science. To insure such breadth of training,
the student must take work in at least five subject matter fields. Not more than ten
credits will be accepted in any one field and not more than ten credits from other
colleges in the University will be accepted.
4. Special regulations may be made by the subject matter divisions concerned, and
approved by the Dean of the Graduate School.
The Degree of Master of Social Work and
the Professional Certificate of Social Work
requirements for the degree of master of social work
The degree of Master of Social Work is conferred by the University upon those
students satisfactorily completing the requirements as established by the Graduate
School. These requirements are:
1. Broad pre-professional training including not fewer than 24 hours of under-
graduate work in the social sciences.
2. Completion of graduate courses approved by the Department of Social Work
totaling not fewer than 54 semester hours, of which the last 30 hours shall have been
completed in West Virginia University. In most cases the total program will range
from 54 to 60 hours in order that the student may obtain 6 to 12 hours of elective
work in the social sciences.
3. Completion of 20 semester hours or two full semesters of supervised field work
under faculty direction.
4. Completion of a problem report.
5. Demonstration of competency in the theory and practice of social work to
the satisfaction of the faculty of the Department. This will include passing with a
satisfactory grade a comprehensive final examination, which may be oral or written,
or both, at the discretion of the Department. The degree will not be awarded solely
for credits earned.
For most students the requirements for the degree of Master of Social Work can
be met in one year after completion of the requirements for the certificate.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE OF SOCIAL WORK
The Professional Certificate of Social Work is awarded to students who may wish
to have certification that they have completed approximately half of the training
required for the Master of Social Work Degree. The requirements for the Certificate
of Social Work are: completion of 30 semester hours of graduate social work courses,
including at least 10 semester hours of field work; and satisfaction of all other require-
ments of the Graduate School. The Certificate can normally be earned in two
semesters and a summer term of six weeks.
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 311
The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 1
REQUIREMENTS FOR CANDIDACY
Admission to the Graduate School and enrollment in graduate courses does not of
itself imply acceptance of the applicant for a Doctor's Degree. After a period of
residence the applicant will be admitted to a comprehensive preliminary or qualifying
examination (either oral or written or both) in which he must demonstrate (a) a grasp
of the important phases and problems of the field of study in which he proposes to
major and an application of their relation to other fields of human knowledge and
accomplishments, (b) the ability to employ rationally the instruments of research that
have been developed in his major field, and (c) the ability to read French and German
to the satisfaction of his examining committee. -
When an applicant has successfully passed his qualifying examination he will be
formally promoted to candidacy for the Doctor's Degree. Admission to candidacy
must precede the final examination for the Doctor's Degree by at least one academic
year. Graduate courses pursued in fulfillment of the requirements for the Master's
Degree, if of suitable character and quality, may be credited toward the doctorate.
REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION
(a) Curriculum: The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy is not awarded for the mere
accumulation of course credits nor for the completion of a definite residence require-
ment. The exact amount and nature of course work to be undertaken by a candidate
will be determined in light of his previous preparation and the demands of his chosen
field of application. The aggregate of correlated courses of graduate instruction,
should, however, be no less than 60 semester hours, exclusive of research or thesis,
except research or thesis credits earned for the Master's Degree. These credits shall be
ordered and distributed so as to promote broad and systematic knowledge and the
ability to carry on independent research.
(b) Residence: In general the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
contemplate at least three years of full-time graduate work beyond the Bachelor's
Degree. A minimum of 36 weeks in residence in full-time graduate study at West
Virginia University is required.
(c) Thesis: The candidate must submit a thesis pursued under the direction of
the faculty of this University on some problem in the field of his major interest. The
thesis must present the results of the candidate's individual investigation and must
embody a definite contribution to knowledge.
(d) Special Requirements: The candidate must satisfy such special requirements,
subject to approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, as may be required by the
faculty of the college or department in which his major lies. All required examina-
tions in modern languages shall be taken not later than one academic year before the
final examination for the degree.
(e) Final Examination: If the candidate's thesis is approved and he has fulfilled
all other requirements stated above, he will be admitted to final oral examination on
his thesis before his examining committee. At the option of this committee, a
comprehensive written examination also may be required.
The Degree of Doctor of Education
This is a professional degree open to school leaders, administrators, teachers, and
counselors who furnish evidence of significani and appropriate teaching experience.
Persons expressing a desire to pursue the program leading to this degree must
satisfy a College of Education faculty Committee on Prerequisites. See page 248 in
the College of Education.
iDepartments offering- the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy are: Agricultural
Biochemistry, Agronomy and Genetics, Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, Geology,
History, and Plant Pathology, Bacteriology and Entomology, and Biology.
2With the approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, one other language
may be substituted for French or German.
The School of Journalism
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM
The first instruction in journalism at West Virginia University consisted of a
two-hour course in news writing offered in 1915 in the Department of English of the
College of Arts and Sciences. A sequence of professional courses was inauguarted by
the same department in 1920. As the demand increased, a complete professional cur-
riculum was made available. In 1927 an additional full-time instructor was engaged,
larger quarters were obtained, and a separate Department of Journalism was created.
From year to year as enrollments grew, notice was taken of the superior quality
and esprit de corps of the students who chose journalism as a field of major concen-
tration. In 1935 a third full-time instructor was employed, and laboratories for
instruction in news photography and typography were provided. By 1938 no fewer
than 160 alumni had graduated from the professional courses, and many were filling
positions of distinction. Forty per cent of the number were connected with newspapers
and magazines. The others were engaged in advertising, business, public relations,
radio, high-school or college instruction, library administration, and secretarial
work or in the activities of home makers and community leaders. More than ninety-
seven per cent were employed.
In consequence of the substantial development over nearly two decades and in
view of the rapid advancement of professional schools of journalism throughout the
nation, the University Board of Governors on April 22, 1939, separated the journalism
unit from the College of Arts and Science and reorganized it as a School of Journalism
with an administrative status similar to that of other schools and colleges of the Uni-
versity. Since that time the School has conferred the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Journalism on 273, of whom 154 are men. Since 1920 the University has graduated
443 persons with journalism as a major field of study. Of this number slightly fewer
than half are women. A fourth full-time instructor was added in 1946 and a fifth
full-time instructor in 1949. To expand and intensify the instruction in newspaper-
advertising, industrial journalism, radio journalism, news photography, printing
processes, promotion, public relations, and administration, ten lecturers in journalism
were engaged for 1954-55.
Aims
The main purposes of the school are these: (1) To find and prepare superior young
men and young women who contemplate reporting and other journalistic writing,
or radio and television journalism, or advertising, or the editing and management of
newspapers or special periodicals, as a career; (2) to provide in addition to thorough
and complete technical training the broad informational background and sure
intellectual discernment that distinguish educated persons; (3) to cultivate a full
sense of the responsibility that modern workers in the field of communications must
assume in their relation to the community, state, and nation, and to familiarize them
with tested procedure in pursuing objectives of high social value; (4) to stimulate an
inquiring attitude toward journalism as an institution and promote scholarly research
in its various branches; (5) to furnish a suitable educational foundation for persons
looking forward to business or professional work closely related to journalistic practice.
Standards
From the beginning, instruction in journalism at West Virginia University has
been in accord with the best professional-school standards. Emphasis has ever been
on quality, not numbers. Only students with a scholastic rating of approximately "B"
or higher have been encouraged to take the basic courses in reporting, and those not
able to maintain an equally high standard in the first journalism courses have been
requested to choose a major elsewhere.
The instructional staff has been engaged with careful attention to their individual
ability to give expert instruction in particular fields. The curricula have been kept
312
THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 313
constantly abreast of progress in leading educational centers. Class sizes have never
reached proportions where individual instruction had to be sacrificed. The school
now conforms to recognized national standards, especially those required by the
American Society of Journalism School Administrators, and is ranked with superior
professional schools of the United States.
Location and Equipment
The School of Journalism, after being housed in Woodburn Hall for more than
32 years, moved into Martin Hall in 1953 where it occupies almost the entire building.
This fine old academic structure of late Georgian design is located on the Circle in
the center of campus activity. After extensive renovation, various alterations, and
other changes in the interest of instructional efficiency and modern appearance, the
building now serves virtually all the functional purposes that might be obtained from
an entirely new structure.
With its basement and three stories, Martin Hall has the equivalent of 32
standard-sized classrooms, 29 of which provide the School with lecture rooms, an
audio-visual classroom, an auditorium seating over 150 persons, a front business office
and advertising seminar room, an advertising layout laboratory, a typographical
laboratory, a composing and press room, quarters for a proposed offset photo-engraving
laboratory, a large newsroom, a reading room, seven news-photography darkrooms, a
radio journalism laboratory with expansion space for a television news and advertising
laboratory, a public-relations and industrial-journalism laboratory, a room for the
West Virginia Journalism Hall of Fame, a lounge, offices for the instructional and
editorial staffs, and space reserved for future publication requirements.
In most respects the journalism rooms devoted to instruction in newspaper editing
and publishing are equipped like the editorial and business quarters of a large
weekly or a small-city daily newspaper. The large newsroom contains a U-copy desk,
many work tables and desks, telephones, and 25 typewriters with desks. There is also
a teletypewriter on which United Press dispatches typed in the style of copy used on
teletypesetter circuits may be received from 3 p.m. to 3 a.m. every day. These reports
are edited for the University daily newspaper by journalism majors working under
the supervision of faculty members. These wire reports also furnish laboratory
material for various classes.
The adjacent reading room contains a reference library and various newspaper
files. It receives daily representative newspapers of the nation. It makes available
for intensive study about 20 of the leading dailies, many carefully selected weeklies,
and a number of the standard magazines of the United States. It has also a
collection of the best high-school and college newspapers in West Virginia and other
states. The school subscribes to most of the important special periodicals of the
publishing and writing professions. A number of journalism books in frequent use
are shelved in this room.
For instruction in newspaper typography, a large laboratory has been equipped
not only for providing demonstration material but also for giving the individual
student extensive practice in the setting and adaptation of type. The advertising-layout
laboratory is supplied with special tables and desks for applied instruction. The
facilities of the news-photography laboratory have been greatly increased. Additional
cameras and developing materials are being added. Practice facilities are excellent
for those wishing to specialize in news-reporting with the camera. Equipment for
training in the various journalistic aspects of radio has been provided. The use of
television in news reporting and advertising is also being given attention. The School
offers comprehensive programs of instruction in radio-journalism, industrial publica-
tions and public relations. Having installed in 1953 a Model 31 Blue Streak Linotype,
the school is now giving instruction in the fundamentals of mechanical composition.
The School of Journalism building also houses the office of the West Virginia
Press Association, which makes available to the students certain publications, periodi-
cals, information, and other material from its files and records.
Additional opportunities for observation and practice, especially in the business
and mechanical aspects of newspaper work, are provided at the plant of the West
Virginia Newspaper Publishing Company, in Morgantown, where the University
newspaper is printed under contract.
314 CURRICULA AND COURSES
Practice Opportunities
Opportunities for applying the principles of sound newspaper and radio practice
are good. The Daily Athenaeum, a five-day campus newspaper, is produced by
journalism students in the various workrooms of the school where laboratories are
conducted from 2-5 p.m. and from 7-10 p.m. every day except Saturday and Sun-
day. Reporters working on news runs cover the Unhersity community thoroughly,
and trained deskworkers not only edit the local reporter's copy but also prepare for
publication the dispatches of state, national, and world origin received by the United
Press teletype. Local pictures are taken by the campus newspaper's own staff photog-
raphers, and other news pictures are selected from mats purchased from a national
distributor.
All reporters serve as correspondents of weekly and daily newspapers. Majors
pursuing the advertising-management sequence are required to spend no fewer than
five hours a week soliciting advertising accounts for the campus daily, writing copy,
and otherwise servicing their accounts, and making collections for advertising sold.
Some students get additional practice by working part-time for Morgantown dailies
or by taking vacation positions on newspapers of their home community. Majors are
especially urged to obtain vacation work on a good weekly or daily newspaper during
the summers that precede their junior and senior years. As a rule, student journalists
have staff positions on, or are regular contributors to, other campus publications.
Students in the radio journalism sequence receive practical instruction not only
in the University broadcasting studio but at Station WAJR, Morgantown, with which
working relations exist. Campus, local, and world news is broadcast at WAJR every
day from scripts prepared by radio students. Special scripts are also presented from
time to time. In the school's radio laboratory are records for making recordings, a
playback, a wire recorder, two tape recorders, a receiving set, and other equipment
essential to such instruction. A television receiving set has been installed, and plans
are projected for buying a television camera. Practice opportuniites in television news
and advertising will be arranged with area stations.
The Placement of Graduates
During the last three decades alumni who had completed all or most of the
professional courses in journalism have found little difficulty in finding desirable
positions. Although the school cannot guarantee positions to graduates, it is glad to
assist them in learning of openings and in making contact with employers. To this end
it maintains without charge a placement register for both current and past graduates.
Students and alumni are also invited to make free use of the University Placement
Service.
Professional Relations and Services
From 1920 to 1954 the publishers, editors, and other communications workers paid
annual visits to the University Campus to attend the State Journalism Conference.
Among the organized groups participating were the West Virginia Publishers' Associa-
tion, the West Virginia Associated Press, the 'West Virginia State Newspaper Council,
the West Virginia Industrial Magazine Editors, the West Virginia Broadcasters' Asso-
ciation, the West Virginia Sports Writers' Association, and the West Virginia Inter-
collegiate Press Association. In 1953 the West Virginia Publishers' Association and
the West Virginia State Newspaper Council were dissolved. In their place a modern
West Virginia Press Association was instituted. This new association plans to con-
tinue the long series of journalism conferences but to hold the annual meetings from
time to time at other places than in Morgantown. The School of Journalism and the
University as a whole will nevertheless continue their close relations with workers in
the general communications field because the School is providing office quarters for
the West Virginia Press Association and is employing the secretary-manager as a half-
time lecturer. Special technical institutes are also projected by the School for the
purpose of bringing communications personnel often to the campus. The WVPA
will cooperate in such enterprises.
On the occasions when professional groups meet at the University the journalism
faculty and students become acquainted with the practicing press, and members of the
THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 315
Fourth Estate come to know one another better and exchange tested ideas. About one
hundred of the leading newspapermen of the nation and world have made addresses
at past conferences. Technical experts have traced the progress of journalistic science
and invention. Business and advertising specialists have conducted practical symposia
in which their hearers freely took part. Editors of vision have given arresting
glimpses of the still greater journalism of the future. The opportunity to hear leaders
ot newspaper organizations and to mingle with persons successfully engaged in news-
paper practice and other forms of mass communication has long been appreciated by
the \oung men and women in training.
In order to perpetuate the names, achievements, and ideals of the state's dis-
tinguished editors of the past, the West Virginia Journalism Hall ot Fame was insti-
tuted in 1935. Elections, formerly made by members of the State Newspaper Council,
will continue to take place every two years under the sponsorship of the West Virginia
Press Association. Suitable memorials are being placed in Martin Hall in a special
room designed for the Hall of Fame and exhibits of historical significance. The
names of persons thus far honored follow:
Archibald Campbell (1853-1899). Wheeling Intelligencer. Elected 1935.
Andrew Price (.1871-1930). Pocahontas Times, Marlinton. Elected 1935.
John Gabriel Jacob (1826-1903). Wellsburg Herald. Elected 1937.
Enos W. Newton ( -1S56). Kanawha Republican, Charleston. Elected 1937.
Albert Sidney Johnson (1863-1925). Monroe Watchman, Union. Elected 1939.
Harry Lambright Snyder (1861-1935). Shepherdstown Register. Elected 1939.
Jefferson Slidell Brown (1861-1935). Randolph Enterprise, Elkins. Elected 1941.
Robert S. Northcott (1818-1905). National Telegraph, Clarksburg. Elected 1941.
William E. Chilton (1858-1939). Charleston Gazette. Elected 1943.
Howard Holt (1883-1936). Grafton Sentinel. Elected 1943.
Aldine S. Poling (1867-1936). Barbour Democrat, Philippi. Elected 1945.
Herschel Coombs Ogden (1869-1943). Wheeling News-Register and other West
Virginia newspapers. Elected 1945.
Gilbert Miller (1878-1939). Post and Dominion-News, Morgantown. Elected
1947.
Horatio Seymour Whetsell (1868-1941). Preston County Journal, Kingwood.
Elected 1947.
William M. O. Dawson (1853-1916). Preston County Journal, Kingwood.
Elected 1949.
Samuel Alexander McCoy (1880-1935). Moorefield Examiner. Elected 1949.
William B. Blake, Sr. (1851-1938). West Virginia News, Ronceverte. Elected
1951.
Earl Herndon Smith (1879-1940). Fairmont Times. Elected 1951.
Walter Eli Clark (1869-1950). Charleston Daily Mail. Elected 1953.
Robert H. Pritchard (1892-1950). Weston Democrat. Elected 1953.
From the beginning the press of the State has assumed a cordial and cooperative
attitude toward professional training for journalism at the University. For many
\ears the State Newspaper Council had among its standing committees one on
Educational and Professional Standards and another on School of Journalism Building.
The former group interested itself long and earnestly in helping the journalism
unit maintain high-grade instruction and offer study inducements such as scholarships
to superior young people. The latter concerned itself with ways and means
of obtaining still better housing and equipment facilities for the school. Because of
intensive studv of elementary journalism in high schools and increasing attention
paid to school publications, together with wide use of the newspaper as a teaching
aid in English, civics, history, geography, science, and other subjects, the University
has long cooperated with the state's educators. The School of Journalism provides
an annual critical service for high school news-periodicals and awards various degrees
of excellence. It also unites with the West Virginia Association of Scholastic Jour-
nalism Directors each year in conducting a two-day State Institute of Scholastic
Journalism in which the problems of teaching journalism and publishing newspapers
and annuals are professionally considered.
Journalism Organizations
Journalism organizations of which eligible students may become members are:
The University Press Club, to which all proficient reporters and advanced students
belong; Theta Sigma Phi, national organization of high-scholarship women in schools
of journalism and of professional women in newspaper, magazine, radio, publicity,
and other writing fields; Journaliers. professional fraternity; and Kappa Tau Alpha
316 CURRICULA AND COURSES
national journalistic scholarship society, to which about ten per cent of the highest-
ranking majors are elected each year. Many other University organizations are also
open to journalism students with special interests outside the field of journalism.
Courses Open to Non-Journalism Majors
Major students in other colleges of the University may pursue courses in journal-
ism for credit, provided these students can offer in each instance the necessary
prerequisites.
Proficiency in English
Regular students of the University or transfers from other colleges and universities
are expected to speak and write the English language with a marked degree of
correctness. This means that in their English composition courses they should have
achieved a standing of approximately "B" or higher. If upon entering the School of
Journalism a student is found deficient in English, he will be required to take one
or more additional courses in fundamental composition.
Typewriting and Shorthand
Before or soon after entering the University, a student planning to become a
journalism major should learn the touch system of typewriting. From the beginning
every reporter is expected to submit copy in neat typewritten form and to have
a typing speed of no fewer than forty words a minute. If the reporter cannot demon-
strate such typing ability, he may be asked to withdraw from the reporting course.
He will find it advantageous to have his own machine.
Persons training for book-publishing or advertising-agency work and those expect-
ing to become secretaries or assistants to executives find shorthand either desirable
or indispensable. Such students are advised to learn it before coming to college or
during their freshman or sophomore year.
The Committee on Scholarship
Messrs. Reed, Bond, and Summers.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE
THE BROAD EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION
Far more than previously, newspaper publishers and other executives in the field
of communications are insisting that their staff members be persons with a broad
educational background. The day of the practitioner narrowly drilled in certain
techniques and possessing only limited general culture is rapidly passing. As a
result the modern school of journalism devotes 75 per cent of its curricula to studies
that provide a comprehensive and authoritative education.
Among the foundation courses that receive special attention are these: the
English language and literature: modern foreign language (Spanish, German, and
French recommended, in that order) ; theoretical and applied economics, and business
administration; national, state, and local government and the government systems of
foreign countries: American politics and international relations; the problems of
management and labor and their social implications; American and European
history; philosophy, psychology, and natural science. Persons capable of producing
newspapers or broadcasting news events and their interpretation with which today's
readers and listeners will be satisfied must be thoroughly informed about all aspects
of the modern world. They must also know the art and science of the best journalistic
practice.
THE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 317
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN JOURNALISM
A candidate who has satisfied all general requirements of the University and who
as a regularly enrolled student of the School of Journalism has earned 64 semester
hours of credit of a value specified later in the Scholarship section and in the subjects
listed in one of the professional curricula hereinafter outlined will be recommended
for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Journalism, provided the combined number
of his credits acquired as a pre-journalism student and as a regularly enrolled journal-
ism major totals no fewer than 128. As a minimum professional requirement, 25 of the
64 semester credits earned after the student has enrolled in the school must be obtained
in journalism subjects. Moreover, no fewer than 60 of the 64 hours mentioned above
shall be obtained in courses numbered between 100 and 300.
Foreign Languages
To be eligible for graduation, a student must have completed 12 semester hours
in one language or 6 semester hours in each of two foreign languages in college; or
he must have offered 2 units in a modern foreign language for entrance and must
have completed 6 hours in the same language in college.
Laboratory Sciences
A candidate for the degree must have acquired 8 hours in one of the following
laboratory sciences: biology, botany, chemistry, geology, physics, psychology, and
zoology.
Maximum and Minimum Work
During each semester a regular student may register for no fewer than fourteen
and no more than eighteen hours. To obtain permission to carry eighteen hours, a
student must have maintained an average in all subjects of "B" or higher during the
preceding semester. Variations from the foregoing rule will be allowed only on
recommendation of the School's Committee on Scholarship.
Exemptions from Requirements
Exemption from any professional course because of practical newspaper experience
that a student may have had will be granted only after the student has submitted
satisfactory evidence as to the nature and quality of the experience. For such exemp-
tions approved advanced courses shall be substituted. Credit toward a degree can be
granted for practical work onlv when it has been done under the supervision of an
accredited instructor or employer.
Professional Adviser
The director of the School of Journalism is the general adviser for all journalism
students. Not only juniors and seniors but pre-journalism freshmen and sophomores
should consult him about all scholastic and curricular problems that may arise.
THE MINOR FIELD
Since the prospective newspaper, radio or industrial-journalism worker needs the
broadest and most thorough education possible, he will find his opportunities and
usefulness enlarged if while in the professional school he devotes himself to a second
field of concentration. To meet the requirements for a minor, he must earn at least
twelve semester hours of credit in some other subjects than journalism, nine of which
must be in the junior and senior courses.
Minors especially recommended for journalism students are business administra-
tion, economics, education, English, history, political science, and sociology. Since
there is a growing demand for journalistic writers who can interpret developments
318 CURRICULA AND COURSES
in agriculture, astronomy, chemistry, home economics, physics, and other related
subjects, students with sufficient technical background will be encouraged to select
a minor in one of these scientific fields.
SCHOLARSHIP
Graduates of the School of Journalism are expected to be not only citizens of
good manners, of honorable and upright character, and of respect for other people
and their ideas, but alert individuals of better-than-average intellectual attainments.
It is urged, therefore, that all candidates for a degree aspire to earn at least three times
as many grade points as they have credit hours. To be eligible for graduation, a
student must earn as a minimum during 
TVNews
OpenLibrary